polecem zajrzec na : www.ad.siemens.de dok.w wielu jezykach Dodano po 16 : pare ciekawych informacji o S5
Introduction
SIMATIC is a family of proĆ
grammable controllers (PLCs)
consisting of many finely
tuned components: ProgramĆ
mable controllers, programĆ
ming devices, intelligent inĆ
put/output modules, etc. And
each product group encomĆ
passes in turn a whole range
of individual components.
Programmable controllers
E
Siemens AG 1998
There are HMI systems and
systems for open communicaĆ
tions to match SIMATIC.
This graded performance
capability is the strength of
the SIMATIC family.
This catalog gives you inĆ
formation on our product
ranges SIMATIC S5,
SIMATIC 505, SIMATIC
programming devices,
SIMATIC PCs and
SIMATIC S5 software.
From the compact mini conĆ
troller to the highĆperforĆ
mance PLC. There are
SIMATIC controllers for every
demand and every requireĆ
ment, in all types and sizes.
What they all have in common
is high processing capability
packed into the smallest posĆ
sible space, ruggedness to
cope with the harshest meĆ
chanical and climatic requireĆ
ments, high speed and exĆ
pandability.
Redundant systems
Failsafety? High availability?
No problem for
SIMATIC S5/505!
We offer the following PLCs
based on our S5Ć95U,
S5Ć115U, S5Ć155U and 505
standard systems
S The S5Ć95F and the S5Ć115F,
two failsafe PLCs which can
be used wherever there
could be danger to personĆ
nel, material or the environĆ
ment.
S
The S5Ć115H, S5Ć155H and
TI505 systems, three faultĆ
tolerant systems which can
be used wherever producĆ
tion downtimes must be
avoided at all costs.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Introduction
Programmable controllers
(continued)
Intelligent I/O modules
SIMATIC S5/TI505 PLCs don't
just perform openĆloop control
these days, they also handle
the following:
S ClosedĆloop control
S Positioning
S Counting, proportioning
S Valve control and much
more.
For this purpose, there are inĆ
telligent I/O modules:
They are microprocessor conĆ
trolled and execute timeĆcritiĆ
cal special tasks completely
autonomously, and they have
a direct connection to the proĆ
cess via their own input/outĆ
put channels. This avoids
additional loads for the CPU.
Distributed I/Os
If it is necessary to bridge
large distances between the
process and the I/O modules,
the wiring can become very
complex and susceptible to
faults. If a modular and flexĆ
ible automation system is reĆ
quired, we recommend use of
distributed I/O systems:
S Using the ET 100U elecĆ
tronic terminator, I/O modĆ
ules can be located up to
3 km/1.8 miles from the proĆ
cess.
S
With the ET 200 distributed
I/O system, you can use disĆ
tributed I/Os, miniĆcontrolĆ
lers and a large number of
field devices at distances of
up to 23 km/14.3 miles from
the programmable controller.
The connected devices are
networked over the
PROFIBUSĆDP highĆspeed
fieldbus, complying with
EN 50 170.
Programming devices,
software
The SIMATIC family offers you
an attractive overall programĆ
ming devices, concept - from
the lowĆcost handheld proĆ
gramming devices to the esĆ
pecially powerful desktop
programming devices.
And to match these - our softĆ
ware. Starting with the operatĆ
ing system:
S WINDOWS 95 Ċ for the
proven SIMATIC software
and for all PC applications
And our STEP 5/TISOFT softĆ
ware allows you to program
your controller simply and
quickly. You generate, docuĆ
ment and test with one and
the same software.
Industrial PC
The rugged industrial PCs of
the SIMATIC range are the
ideal tools for acquiring, proĆ
cessing and archiving maĆ
chine data and process data
for operator control and visuĆ
alization of material flows and
manufacturing sequences, as
well as for process control
tasks.
The PCĆÜSR software for
monitoring, openĆloop control
and closedĆloop control is
available specially for highĆ
speed configuring of lowĆend
and mid range process conĆ
trol systems.
HMI
The more complex automated
processes become, the more
important it is to have manĆ
machine communications "
suited to the process.
Our range of SIMATIC HMI
devices provides the right
solution for every task.
Open communications
The productivity of any
manufacturing system deĆ
pends to a great extent on the
flexibility of the control sysĆ
tems used. Decentralization
means increased flexibility
but also an increased need
for devices to exchange data
with each other and with a
host computer.
SIMATIC offers a choice of
two solutions for this purpose:
S PointĆtoĆpoint connection
from CPU to CPU or over
communications processors
where only a few nodes are
to be linked
Services
Services such as qualified
consultation, dependable
maintenance or training all
help you to realize the full poĆ
tential of your SIMATIC.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
S
Communications over the InĆ
dustrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS
or SINEC L1 local area netĆ
works where larger numbers
of programmable controllers
are to be linked.
1/3
Introduction
SIMATIC S5-115U
The rugged programmable
controller without fan for the
entire midĆrange. It can be
adapted in stages exactly to
your requirements.
CPU 941
CPU 942
CPU 943
CPU 944
CPU 945
Main memory for program
and data
(1 statement = 2 bytes)
18 KB
RAM/EPROM/
EEPROM
42 KB
RAM/EPROM/
EEPROM
48 KB
RAM/EPROM/
EEPROM
96 KB
RAM/EPROM/
EEPROM
256/384 KB
RAM/EPROM/
EEPROM
Execution time for 1 K
binary statements
1.6 ms
1.6 ms
0.8 ms
0.8 ms
0.1 ms
Flags/S flags
2048/01)
2048/01)
2048/01)
2048/01)
2048/327681)
Counters
1281)
1281)
1281)
1281)
2561)
Timers
1281)
1281)
1281)
1281)
2561)
Arithmetic functions
+, -, x, :2)
+, -, x, :2)
+, -, x, :2)
+, -, x, :2)
+, -, x, :3)
Digital inputs/outputs, max.
4096/4096
of which
max. 512 with
process I/O
image
4096/4096
of which
1024/1024 with
process I/O
image
4096/4096
of which
1024/1024 with
process I/O
image
4096/4096
of which
1024/1024 with
process I/O
image
4096/4096
of which
1024/1024 with
process I/O
image
Analog inputs/outputs, max.
256/256
256/256
256/256
256/256
256/256
HMI devices
J
J
J
J
J
Ċ
SINEC L1
PROFIBUS
Ind. Ethernet
AS-Interface
Ċ
SINEC L1
PROFIBUS
Ind. Ethernet
AS-Interface
J
SINEC L1
PROFIBUS
Ind. Ethernet
AS-Interface
J
SINEC L1
PROFIBUS
Ind. Ethernet
AS-Interface
SINEC L1
PROFIBUS
Ind. Ethernet
AS-Interface
Communications:
PointĆtoĆpoint connection
BusĆtype LANs
J = can be connected/available
1) Of which all, half or none can be retentive
Ċ = cannot be connected/not available 2) Fixed point
1/6
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Introduction
SIMATIC S5-135U
SIMATIC S5-155U
S5-135U
The compact controller with
multiĆprocessor capacity for
all tasks of the midĆrange. It
saves a lot of space in the
control cabinet with its comĆ
pact modules.
S5-155U
The highĆperformance PLC
which combines the highest
performance levels with exĆ
tremely short execution times
- the memory giant with mulĆ
tiprocessor capability " .
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 9484)
64 KB RAM/EPROM and
22 KB RAM for data blocks
64 KB RAM/EPROM and
46 KB RAM for data blocks
64 KB RAM/EPROM and
46 KB RAM for data blocks
640/1664 KB
RAM/FlashĆEPROM
20 ms
1.1 ms
0.6 ms
0.2 ms
2048/0
2048/0
2048/8192
2048/32768
128
256
256
256
128
256
256
256
+, -, x, :3)
+, -, x, :3)
+, -, x, :3)
+, -, x, :3)
max. 1024/1024 with process I/O image
in addition 3072/3072 without process I/O image
in addition 4096/4096 with direct memory access
in addition 518152/518152 with page addressing
max. 192/192
in addition 256/256 with direct memory access
in addition 32130/32130 with page addressing
J
J
J
J
Ċ
SINEC L1
PROFIBUS
Ind. Ethernet
AS-Interface
Ċ
SINEC L1
PROFIBUS
Ind. Ethernet
AS-Interface
J
SINEC L1 (slave)
PROFIBUS
Ind. Ethernet
AS-Interface
J
SINEC L1 (slave)
PROFIBUS
Ind. Ethernet
AS-Interface
3) Fixed point/floating point
4) For S5Ć155U only
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
1/7
Introduction
The powerful programmable
controllers providing the ideal
combination of openĆloop
control tasks, closedĆloop
control tasks and complex
mathematical functions.
SIMATIC 505
CPU
525Ć1102
535Ć1212
545Ć1102
545Ć1103
555Ć1101
555Ć1102
575
560T
565T
Main memory
for program and
data (1 stateĆ
ment = 2 bytes)
10 KB
RAM/
EEPROM
40 KB
RAM/
EEPROM
192 KB
RAM/
EEPROM
96 KB
RAM/
EEPROM
384 KB
RAM/
EEPROM
1920 KB
RAM/
EEPROM
832 KB
RAM
1024 KB
RAM
1024 KB
RAM
Execution time
per 1 K of binary
statements
4 ms
0.8 ms
0.78 ms
0.78 ms
0.07 ms
0.07 ms
0.9 ms
1.3 ms
1.3 ms1)
Flags/of which
retentive
511/256
1023/512
4096/
1024
4096/
1024
32768/
4096
32768/
4096
23552/
4096
56320/
4096
56320/
40961)
Counters
256
400
4096
1024
20480
20480
4096
20480
20480
Timers
256
400
4096
1024
20480
20480
4096
20480
20480
Arithmetic funcĆ
tions
+, -, x, ;,
Ǹ
+, -, x, :,
Ǹ
+, -, x, ;,
Ǹ, trig.
funct.
+, -, x, :,
Ǹ, trig.
funct.
+, -, x, :,
Ǹ, trig.
funct.
+, -, x, :,
Ǹ, trig.
funct.
+, -, x, :,
Ǹ, trig.
funct.
+, -, x, :,
Ǹ
+, -, x, :,
Ǹ, trig.
funct.
Digital inputs/
outputs, max.
512
1023
2048
1024
8192
8192
8192
8192
8192
Analog inputs/
outputs, max.
128
1023
1024
1024
8192
8192
8192
8192
8192
Distance to disĆ
tributed mountĆ
ing racks
Ċ
396 m
1000 m
Ċ
1000 m
1000 m
1000 m
1000/
4000 m
1000/
4000 m
SIMATIC moniĆ
toring systems
Ċ
Ċ
J
J
J
J
J
Ċ
Ċ
Networking
TIWAY/
Industrial
Ethernet
TIWAY/
Industrial
Ethernet
TIWAY/
Industrial
Ethernet
TIWAY/
Industrial
Ethernet
TIWAY/
Industrial
Ethernet
TIWAY/
Industrial
Ethernet
TIWAY/
Industrial
Ethernet
TIWAY/
Industrial
Ethernet
TIWAY/
Industrial
Ethernet
PID control
Ċ
Ċ
64
16
64
64
64
Ċ
64
Analog interrupt
blocks
Ċ
Ċ
128
16
128
128
J
Ċ
128
Programs for
special
functions
Ċ
Ċ
1023
64
1023
1023
J
Ċ
1023
J = can be connected/available
1/8
Ċ = cannot be connected/not available
1) When used with CPU 560T
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115U
Application
Fig. 3/1
S5Ć115U programmable controller (sample configuration)
The S5Ć115U programmable
controller is suitable for auĆ
tomation tasks in the medium
performance range.
Its highly modular design
featuring five different
powerful CPUs has set a
new standard.
The S5Ć115U is suitable for
such areas as:
S Machine control systems
S
S
3/2
Process automation
Process monitoring
The rugged construction of
this PLC makes it suitable for
use under harsh operating
and environmental conditions,
e.g. in the vicinity of power
equipment, in cranes, on
oceanĆgoing ships, or in
offĆshore installations.
The standardized hardware
technology, the highly moduĆ
lar design of the PLC and the
high performance capabilities
of the programming devices
give the system the following
features:
S Easy use due to simple
assembly and connection
S Simple replaceability with
snapĆon blockĆtype modules
S Adaptability through the use
of different input and output
voltages as well as the finely
graduated modular expanĆ
sion capability of the inputs,
outputs and memory
S Operation without fans in all
standard applications
S
S
S
S
S
Simple and vibrationĆresisĆ
tant mounting of modules,
which are simply snapped
onto the solid mounting rack
and locked into position with
screws
Simple programming by
means of structured proĆ
gramming and the use of
standardized program
sections (function blocks)
OffĆloading of the CPU and
the program through the use
of intelligent I/O modules
(e.g. digital position deĆ
coder, valve control module)
Simple communication with
other programmable
controllers and computers
through the use of internal
communications processors
and LANs
Easy system startĆup by
means of programming deĆ
vices and service units with
extensive programming and
debugging aids
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115U (continued)
Design
An S5Ć115U programmable
controller (PLC) consists of
a central controller (with
CR 700) and as many expanĆ
sion units as required (with
ER 701).
The central controller always
contains a power supply
module and a CPU module.
The expansion units can be
configured with or without a
power supply module, depenĆ
ding on the type. They are
connected to the central
controller using interface
modules.
Depending on the automation
task, different input/output
modules can be plugged into
the PLC:
Digital and analog I/O
modules
S Communications processors
S Intelligent I/O modules
S Modules for special
functions
S
Adapter casings are available
for modules which are not of
blockĆtype construction.
Possible configurations
Central configuration
In a central configuration the
expansion units (EUs) are
either in the same cabinet as
the central controllers (CCs)
or in a separate cabinet next
to it. The maximum length for
the cable connecting the CC
to the furthest EU is 2.5 m
(8.2 ft).
EU
IM 305
EU
ER 701-0
ER 701-1
IM 306
ER 701-0
ER 701-1
max. 2.5 m
(max. 8.2 ft)
0.5 m/1.5 m
(1.6 ft/4.9 ft)
CC
IM 305
CC
CR 700-.
S5-115U/H
Fig. 3/2
Distributed configuration
In a distributed configuration
the EUs are installed at a
distance of up to 3000 m
(9840 ft) from the CC. Three
additional EUs can be
connected in a central
configuration to each
distributed EU.
IM 306
CR 700-.
S5-115U/H/F
Central connection of expansion units
EU
IM 31.
ER 701-2
ER 701-3
last EU:
max. 3000 m (9840 ft)
CC
IM 30.
CR 700-.
Note
The expansion units of other
SIMATIC S5 programmable
controllers, distributed
peripherals and field devices
can also be connected.
last EU:
max. 3000 m (9840 ft)
S5-115U/H/F
EU
IM 31.
ER 701-2
ER 701-3
Fig. 3/3
Distributed connection of expansion units
General technical specifications
Insulation group
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Transport and storage temperature
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
C in acc. wilth VDE 0110 (lineĆ
side), Para. 13 Group 2 (for 48 V,
24 V, 5 V input/output)
IP 20 for power supply modules
or modules with screw terminals,
otherwise IP 00
0...55 _C (air inlet temperature
below)
- 40...+ 85 _C
Humidity rating
Altitude rating
Mechanical loading
F in acc. with DIN 40040
(15% to 95% nonĆcondensing)
860...1060 hPa
(660...1060 hPa during transport
and storage)
Mounting in fixed equipment
which is free of vibrations;
suitable precautions must be
taken to prevent sustained
vibration, shocks and bumping
3/3
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115U (continued)
Principle of operation
The principle of operation of
the S5Ć115U programmable
controller is largely governed
by the function components
" program memory " and
" processor " .
In the versions of the
S5Ć115H and S5Ć115F proĆ
grammable controllers, the
redundary functions are an
additional factor.
Inputs
0 1
Read
inputs
Program memory
The program memory
contains the user program.
Processor
The processor operates
cyclically:
At the beginning of each
cycle, the processor reads
the signal states of all inputs
and stores them in a process
input image (PII).
The program is executed
step by step.
The processor stores the
calculated signal states in a
process output image (POI).
At the end of a cycle, the proĆ
cessor transfers the informaĆ
tion from the process output
image to the outputs.
The cycle can be stopped by
interrupts (process and time
interrupts).
Programming
PII
Execute
program
0
Cyclic
user
program
Flags
Timers
Counters
Interrupt
program
CounĆ
ter
e.g.
time,
process
interrupt
Write
outputs
Processor
Program memory
0 1
POI
0
Outputs
Fig. 3/4
Principle of operation of the S5Ć115U
STEP 5 methods of representation
U E 1.1
U E 1.2
= A 1.1
STL
PG 605
Memory
submodule
(EPROM,
EEPROM)
E1.1 E1.2 A1.1
LAD
PG 710
E1.1 &
E1.2
S5-115U
A1.1
CSF
S1
T1
S2
S4
T2
S3
Up to PG 760
GRAPH 5
Fig. 3/5
Programming language
3/4
on-line programming
off-line programming
Programming the S5Ć115U programmable controller
The programming language
for SIMATIC S5 proĆ
grammable controllers is
STEP 5 in one of the following
representations:
S CSF Ć Control System
Flowchart
S
S
LAD Ć Ladder Diagram
STL Ć Statement List
Programs for sequence
control systems can be
entered clearly in the form of
a flow diagram using the
GRAPH 5 software package.
Programmable controllers with
CPU 945 can also be proĆ
grammed in the SCL highĆ
level language.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115U (continued)
Programming devices
The following programming
devices can be used for proĆ
gramming the S5Ć115U proĆ
grammable controller:
S
S
S
S
PG 605
PG 720P
PG 740
PG 760
Program input
There are two ways of
entering the user program:
S Direct program entry to the
CPU in the central controller
(onĆline programming)
S
Programming the memory
cards or memory subĆ
modules (flash EPROM,
EPROM and EEPROM) in
the programming device
without connecting it to the
programmable controller.
The memory card or
memory submodule is then
plugged into the CPU
(offĆline programming)
Program execution
Cyclic program execution
OB 1: The blocks of the user
program are executed in the
sequence specified in organiĆ
zation block OB 1.
Time-controlled program
execution
OB 10 to OB 13: The time
when processing takes place
depends on the call interval.
This can be set between 1 ms
and 1 min (CPU 945) or
between 10 ms and 10 min
(CPU 941 to CPU 944). It is
therefore possible to process
certain parts of the program
independently of the scan
time.
Interrupt-driven program
execution
OB 2 to OB 5: When certain
input signal changes (process
interrupts) occur, cyclic
execution is interrupted at the
next statement and an organiĆ
zation block assigned to this
event is started. The user can
formulate his response proĆ
gram to this interrupt in this
organization block. Cyclic
program execution is then
resumed at the point at which
it was inerrupted.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
The programming devices
have operĆator prompting to
facilitate programming and
numerous aids for debugging
and system startĆup. A printer
can be connected to the proĆ
grammer for program docuĆ
menting.
Time interrupt-controlled
program execution
OB 6: After a specified period
of time, a time interrupt is
initiated and this organization
block is called. Subsequent
execution depends on the
program contents of OBĂ6
defined by the user for this
purpose.
The higherĆpriority execution
levels (organization blocks)
can interrupt the lowerĆpriority
execution levels after any
STEPĂ5 operation. The order
of priority is as follows (from
the highest to the lowest
priority): time interruptĆ
controlled, interruptĆ
controlled, timeĆcontrolled,
cyclic.
3/5
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115U (continued)
Communication
PointĆtoĆpoint connection
The communications proĆ
cessors enable the proĆ
grammable controller to
communicate with other proĆ
grammable controllers,
computers, operator control
and process monitoring
systems and peripherals via
pointĆtoĆpoint connection.
Programmable controller with
communications processors
PC
S5-115U
S5-115H
S5-115F
They have their own memory
for data, texts and displays.
The communications proĆ
cessors handle data commuĆ
nications with the devices
connected to them completely
autonomously, thereby
relieving the CPUs of timeĆ
consuming communications
tasks.
For communication with
computers, other proĆ
grammable controllers and
peripheral devices such as
printers, either the CPĂ523,
CPĂ524, CPĂ544 and CPĂ544B
communications processors
or the second interface of the
CPU can be used (CPUĂ943,
CPUĂ944, CPUĂ945).
Local area networks
3/6
SINEC L1 local area network
SINEC L1 (Siemens Network
Communication Low Range)
makes it possible to configure
a small, distributed autoĆ
mation system on the lower
level of communications
technology by simple means.
Devices for
operator
control and
process
monitoring
Printer
Fig. 3/6
Connections between programmable controller and PC,
operator control and process monitoring equipment and printer
Communication with the
equipment of the
SIMATIC HMI operator control
and process monitoring
system is handled by the
CPĂ526, CPĂ527 and CPĂ528
communications processors.
The S5Ć90U, S5Ć95U/F,
S5Ć100U, S5Ć115U/H/F,
S5Ć135U and S5Ć155U/H
programmable controllers
can be connected.
Features
S Up to 31 nodes
S Baud rate 9.6 kbit/s
S Max. coverage 50 km
(31 miles)
S Transmission medium:
twisted pair cable
PROFIBUS local area
network
See Section 10.
Industrial Ethernet
local area network
See Section 10.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115U (continued)
Quality assurance
procedures
To ensure correct operation of
all SIMATIC S5 products and
to prevent failures, extensive,
costĆeffective quality assurĆ
ance procedures are carried
out at every stage of the life of
a product:
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
During product planning
During product development
During production
In product operation
Product planning
The product planning phase
covers all the activities from
market research to type speĆ
cification. Quality assurance
in the product planning phase
ensures that the SIMATIC S5
product conforms to the right
standards of quality required
on the market.
S
S
S
WorstĆcase design of all
circuits
Systematic and computerĆ
controlled testing of all
components supplied by
subcontractors
BurnĆin of all LSI circuits,
e.g. processors and memoĆ
ries. Burning in is an aging
process which helps to
reduce the number of
failures early in a product's
life. The components are
subjected to a high temperĆ
ature for several hours in a
burnĆin cubicle
Measures to prevent static
charge from building up
when handling MOS circuits
Visual inspections at various
stages of production
InĆcircuit testing of all
modules, i.e. computerĆ
aided testing of all compoĆ
nents and their interaction
with other components in the
complete circuit
Continuous heatĆrun test at
elevated ambient temperaĆ
ture over a period of several
days
Careful computerĆcontrolled
final testing
S Statistical evaluation of all
failures to enable the imĆ
mediate initiation of suitable
corrective measures
S
Product operation
Even when the SIMATICĂS5
products are in operation on
the customer's premises, they
are still under constant
supervision. Extensive quality
control precautions are taken
in the following areas:
S Stockkeeping and despatch
S Service
S Field observation
Established methods are
used in all these areas, which
operate precisely, punctually
and conscientiously, whilst
also remaining flexible for
special customer requireĆ
ments.
Product development and
production
The following are some examĆ
ples of routing quality assurĆ
ance precautions taken
during development and
production:
S Use of highĆquality
components
S
Availability
Availability is the probability
of finding a system in a funcĆ
tional state at a specified
point in time.
Safety
Safety is defined by
DINĂ31000 as " A state of
lower risk than the permitted
limit " . The " permitted limit is
the maximum acceptable
degree of risk for a specific
plant " . The plantĆspecific
degree of risk may be stipuĆ
lated by law, by the plant opeĆ
rator or by an independentĆ
body of experts, e.g. the
German Technical
Inspectorate (TÜV).
SIMATIC programmable conĆ
trollers are designed for use
in harsh industrial environĆ
ments. To ensure correct
operation of the equipment,
it must be installed and
connected in accordance
with certain rules. Certain
principles must also be
observed as regards wiring,
earthing and shielding.
Timely planning of the necesĆ
sary measures for improving
the electromagnetic compatiĆ
bility (EMC) of the proĆ
grammable controllers is
advisable in order to avoid
retrofitting. These rules are
explained in the section
entitled " Installation
guidelines " in the relevant
product manuals.
For the installation of failsafe
controls, the relevant regulaĆ
tions must be observed.
Sometimes an even higher
level of faultĆtolerance or
safety is required than that
normally offered by the SIĆ
MATIC S5 U range. FaultĆ
tolerant or failsafe proĆ
grammable controllers, such
as the S5Ć115H or S5Ć115F,
are available for this purpose.
Installation guidelines
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/7
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115H
Application
In many fields of automation,
increasingly high demands
are being placed on the
availability and fault tolerance
of programmable controllers
(PLCs). Particularly in fields
where a plant shutdown would
be extremely expensive. In
such cases, only redundant
systems can offer the
standard of availability
required.
FaultĆtolerant systems will
normally continue to operate
even if one or more faults
cause parts or the control
system to fail.
The S5Ć115H programmable
controller consists of two
interĆlinked central controllers.
It operates on the " master/
slave " principle. One subunit,
the master, controls the
process. If a fault occurs, the
other subunit, the slave,
immediately takes over
control.
Design
Fig. 3/7
This ensures a high degree of
fault tolerance, which makes
the S5Ć115H especially
suitable for applications in
the following fields:
Fields with predominantly
continuous processes, e.g.:
S Refineries
S Chemicals
S Power stations
S Steelworks
S Environmental protection
(e.g. water treatment)
S Pipelines
S OffĆshore installations
In the S5Ć115H programmable
controller the central functions
are always implemented in a
redundant configuration. The
I/Os can, however, also be
configured with redundancy.
Three different levels of fault
tolerance are possible, deĆ
pending on the arrangement
of the I/O modules:
S Normal fault tolerance
(singleĆsided configuration)
S Enhanced fault tolerance
(switched configuration)
S Maximum fault tolerance
(fully redundant configuĆ
ration)
The different levels of fault
tolerance can be combined
as required.
Areas of production emĆ
ploying batch processes, e.g.:
S The automotive industry
S The pharmaceutical industry
S The food industry
S In plants with flexible
manufacturing systems
S In highĆbay warehouses
The performance capability,
user convenience and other
technical features of the
S5Ć115H faultĆtolerant proĆ
grammable controller correĆ
spond to a large extent to the
features of the S5Ć115U.
I/O configuration
SingleĆchannel
SingleĆsided
configuration
Normal fault
tolerance
Enhanced
fault tolerance
TwoĆchannel
Switched
configuration
Fig. 3/8 shows the configuĆ
rations for the three levels of
fault tolerance.
3/8
S5Ć115H programmable controller
Fig. 3/8
Maximum
fault tolerance
Degrees of fault tolerance of the I/O area
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115H (continued)
Design (continued)
Normal fault tolerance
(singleĆsided configuration)
In the singleĆsided configuraĆ
tion (see Fig. 3/9) the I/Os are
connected in singleĆ
channel mode and only
addressed by one of the two
subunits. The I/Os in this
configuration can be plugged
into either
S a central controller or,
S if the number of slots is not
sufficient, expansion units.
Information read into the one
subunit (e.g. from digital input
modules) is automatically
transmitted to the second
subunit. It is immaterial
whether one subunit is the
master and the other the
standby. What is important is
whether or not the subunit
which is connected to the I/Os
is operational. In the event of
a failure, the I/Os connected
to the subunit concerned are
also out of action.
IM 324R
IM 304.
IM 306 1)
Subunit A
Subunit B
IM 304
All 721 connecting cables
EU
IM 314
IM 306
To further
expansion units
1) Using either IM 306/IM 306 or IM 304/IM 314
Fig. 3/9
SingleĆsided configuration (normal fault tolerance)
IM 324R
IM 304
Subunit A
Subunit B
IM 304
This configuration is used for
sections of a plant which do
not require enhanced
availability.
Enhanced fault tolerance
(switched configuration)
In the switched configuration
(see Fig. 3/10) the I/Os are
connected in singleĆchannel
mode, but they can be
addressed by both subunits.
The I/Os in this configuration
must always be plugged into
an expansion unit with an
ER 701Ć3LH or EG 185U
subrack.
Up to eight expansion units
can be connected in switched
configuration, distributed
between up to two I/O bus
lines.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
All 721 connecting cables
EU
IM 314R
To further
expansion units
Fig. 3/10 Switched configuration (enhanced fault tolerance)
Expansion units in switched
configuration are connected
via the IM 304 interface
module in the central
controller and the IM 314R
interface module in the
expansion unit. The
expansion units can also be
expanded in a centralized
configuration via the IM 306
interface module.
Expansion units in switched
configuration are connected
to both subunits and are
addressed by the one
currently acting as master.
This configuration is
employed when failure of
individual I/Os is not crucial.
3/9
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115H (continued)
Design (continued)
Maximum fault tolerance
(twoĆchannel configuration)
In the twoĆchannel configuraĆ
tion (see Fig. 3/11) identical
I/Os are installed with the
same addresses in both subĆ
units. Inputs and outputs can
be used in redundant configuĆ
ration in both the central
äcontroller and in additional
expansion units. Both failure
of central functions and failure
of the I/Os on one channel
can be tolerated. This
configuration offers the maxiĆ
mum degree of availability.
The I/O modules in the redunĆ
dant configuration must be
made known to the operating
system using the COM 115H
parameterization software.
The redundant I/O modules
are addressed in the same
way as singleĆchannel I/O
modules in the user program.
The operating system does
the rest.
Subunit A
IM 324R
IM 304.
IM 306 1)
IM 324R
IM 30.
IM 306 1)
Subunit B
All 721 connecting cables
EU
EU
IM 314
IM 314
Fig. 3/11 TwoĆchannel configuration (maximum fault tolerance)
Subunit A
IM 324R
IM 304
Subunit B
IM 304
The intelligent I/O modules
and communications proĆ
cessors can also be used in
twoĆchannel, redundant conĆ
figurations (see pages 3/53
and 3/56).
Expansion units can be
connected to each central
controller in the same way as
for the S5Ć115U programĆ
mable controller, using the
relevant interface modules
(centralized and distributed
configuration).
Expansion unit
The ET 200 distributed I/O
system can also be
connected to the S5Ć115H
programmable controller.
For further information on the
configuration of the S5Ć115H
faultĆtolerant programmable
controller, please see
Section 11 (Configuring).
IM 314R
Fig. 3/12 Mixed configuration of an S5Ć115H
Mixed configuration
The different levels of fault
tolerance can be combined
as required. A mixed configuĆ
ration (see Fig. 3/12), i.e. a
combination of twoĆchannel/
redundant, switched and
singleĆsided configuration is
frequently the most econoĆ
mical solution.
3/10
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115H (continued)
Design (continued)
Redundancy of IPs and CPs
Intelligent I/O modules (IPs)
and communications proĆ
cessors (CPs) can also be
used redundantly. Both
switched and twoĆchannel reĆ
dundant configurations are
possible.
IM 324R
IM 304
Subunit A
IM 304
Subunit B
Criteria
Which configuration is the
more suitable largely
depends on the application.
Advantages of the switched
redundant configuration:
S In the event of failure of one
of the central controllers, the
IPs/CPs retain their
redundancy
S In the event of failure of one
of the IPs/CPs, the central
controllers retain their
redundancy
S Shorter scan time
Disadvantages of the
switched redundant
configuration:
S At least two expansion units
in switched configuration are
required
S For repair of an IP/CP the
expansion unit concerned
needs be switched off. All
the other I/O modules in the
same expansion unit are
therefore out of action.
Advantages of the twoĆ
channel redundant
configuration:
S No expansion units in
switched configuration are
required
S For repair of IPs/CPs it is
usually only necessary to
disconnect redundant
components from the
power supply.
Disadvantages of the
twoĆchannel redundant
configuration:
S Longer scan time
Switched redundant
configuration
IP/CP
IM 314R
Expansion unit
IP/CP
To remote node
Expansion unit
IM 314R
Fig. 3/13 IP/CP in switched redundant configuration
TwoĆchannel redundant
configuration
In the twoĆchannel redundant
configuration an IP or CP
must be installed in each subĆ
unit. Unlike I/O modules in reĆ
dundant configuration, the two
IPs/CPs occupy different adĆ
dresses or pages in the two
subunits and operate indeĆ
pendently of one another.
When data is received by one
IP or CP, it is automatically
transmitted to the other subĆ
unit.
The redundancy function for
the switched and twoĆchannel
redundant configurations
must be programmed by the
user. The user program
defines which is the active IP
or CP and must be able to
detect a fault in one IP or CP
in order to switch over to the
other IP or CP if necessary.
The operating system ensures
that the data in the two subĆ
units remains identical. The
two IPs/CPs must be
regarded as independent
modules.
For further details, please
see Configuring (Section 11).
At least two units are required
for the switched redundant
configuration. An IP or CP of
the same type must be
installed in each expansion
unit. When data is received by
one IP or CP, it is automatiĆ
cally transmitted to the other
subunit.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/11
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115H (continued)
Principle of operation
The principle of operation of
the S5Ć115H faultĆtolerant
programmable controller can
be compared with an " OR "
operation. The programmable
controller is in an operational
state when at least one of the
two subunits is functioning
correctly (see Fig. 3/14).
Each of the central controllers
contains a CPU 942H with a
new firmware version comĆ
pared with that of the
CPU 942. This firmware
performs all the additional
functions of the S5Ć115H
independently, e.g.:
S Data interchange
S Fault handling (switchover
to standby)
S Synchronization of the
two subunits
S SelfĆtest
S Fault locating
The operating system of the
S5Ć115H supports redundant
operation of:
S Digital I/O modules
S Analog I/O modules
Data interchange and
fault handling
MasterĆslave operation
The S5Ć115H basically operĆ
ates on the masterĆslave
principle in hotĆstandby mode
(see right). One subunit, the
master, controls the process.
If a fault occurs, the other
subunit, the standby or slave,
takes over the control
functions. The faulty subunit
can then be repaired without
interrupting the process.
The combined operation of
the two subunits differs acĆ
cording to the I/O configuraĆ
tion:
S Switched configuration. The
master controls the process
whilst the slave merely runs
on standby. If a fault occurs,
the standby immediately
takes over control
3/12
Sensor
Subunit A
Subunit B
Data interchange:
If a fault occurs, the
operational subunit
assumes control
Readback input
(R-DI)
Actuator
Fig. 3/14 Example of an S5Ć115H with redundant input and output
S
TwoĆchannel I/O configuraĆ
tion (fully redundant configuĆ
ration). Both subunits control
the process in parallel. The
standby also issues output
signals and reads in input
signals. For further details
please refer to Section 11
HotĆstandby
HotĆstandby is the ability to
switch over to a standby
device in the event of a fault
automatically and without
detremental effect. For
operation in this mode it is
absolutely essential that both
subunits should be able to
exchange data quickly and
reliably. In the S5Ć115H the
two subunits are normally
linked by the central controller
interface via which they are
both supplied with:
S The same user program
S The same data blocks
S The same process I/O
image contents
S The same receive buffer
contents, e.g. when using
communications processors
Synchronization
To avoid in switching over
from master to standby, synĆ
chronization of the subunits is
essential. This includes interĆ
change and comparison of
data to ensure that both units
have the same information at
their disposal. The synchroĆ
nization procedure used for
the S5Ć115H is " eventĆdriven
synchronization.
EventĆdriven synchronization
is carried out every time an
event occurs which could
change the internal state of
the subunits, e.g.
S Commands with direct
access to the I/Os
S Block call commands
S Time function commands
When programming, the user
does not need to think about
synchronization because this
is taken care of by the operatĆ
ing system.
The standby unit is therefore
always up to date and ready
to take over control immeĆ
diately if a fault occurs.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115H (continued)
Principle of operation
(continued)
Self-test
Extensive selfĆtest functions
are implemented in the
S5Ć115H programmable conĆ
troller. The following compoĆ
nents and functions are
tested:
S Internal S5 bus
S Central controller link
S Fault location system
S CPUs
S Memories
SelfĆtest on restart
Each subunit runs through all
the selfĆtest functions on reĆ
start.
SelfĆtest in cyclic operation
For cyclic operation the operĆ
ating system breaks down the
selfĆtest functions into short
sections approximately 5 ms
long. One or more of these
are processed in a cycle. The
number of sections per cycle
is configured by the user.
Any faults detected during
the selfĆtest are reported.
Programming,
parameter assignment
Programming
Programming of the S5-115H
is the same as for the
S5-115U. All STEP 5 operaĆ
tions allowed in the S5-115U
can be used.
OnĆline
programming
Both onĆline and offĆline
programming are possible.
Programming
device
OnĆline programming
For onĆline programming the
programming device is conĆ
nected to the CPU of one of
the subunits. The program is
autoĆmatically relayed to the
other subunit.
Memory submodule
OffĆline programming
OffĆline programming is posĆ
sible using an EPROM subĆ
module in the programming
device without connecting it
to the programmable controlĆ
ler. The submodule is then duĆ
plicated and plugged into the
CPUs of both subunits.
Parameter assignment
The COMĂ115H parameteriĆ
zation software supports the
user in parameter assignment
and error diagnostics:
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
S5-115H
Subunit A
OffĆline
programming
COM
115H
S5-115H
Subunit B
Fig. 3/15 OnĆline and offĆline programming
Interactive parameter asĆ
signment of data specific to
the H version
S Generation of the parameter
assignment data block from
the parameter assignment
data.
S
System diagnostics using
the error data blocks and
the interrupt register
S Printout of data specific to
the H version
S General system handling,
e.g. loading blocks
S
3/13
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115H (continued)
Subracks for the S5-115H
Subracks for central
controllers:
S
S
S
S
Interface modules for the
S5-115H
CR 700Ć0LB
CR 700Ć2
CR 700Ć2F
CR 700Ć3
In the S5Ć115H faultĆtolerant
programmable controller,
interface modules are used
Configuration for
Subracks for centralized
expansion:
S
S
ER 701Ć0
ER 701Ć1
Subracks for distributed
expansion:
For singleĆsided or
redundant configurations
ER 701Ć2, ER 701Ć3 and
ER 701Ć3LH
S For switched configurations
ER 701Ć3LH and EG 185U
S
for connecting expansion
units in centralized and disĆ
tributed configurations, for
switched configurations and
for linking the central
controllers.
Interface module required in
Central controller
Expansion unit
SingleĆsided or redunĆ
dant configuration
Switched
configuration
Centralized expansion
IM 305
IM 306
IM 305,
IM 306 in
ER 701Ć0/1
Ċ
Distributed expansion
IM 304
IM 314 in
ER 701Ć2/3/3 LH
2 x IM 314R in
ER 701Ć3LH or
EG 185U
CPU for the S5-115H
A CPU 942H is required in
both subunits of the S5Ć115H
faultĆtolerant programmable
controller.
I/O modules for the S5-115H
The following I/O modules can
be used for the S5Ć115H faultĆ
tolerant programmable
controller:
S I/O modules; all digital I/Os
except for the 776 power
output module; all analog
I/Os
3/14
Intelligent I/O modules;
all intelligent I/Os except for
the IP 241 digital position
encoder
S Communications processors
S
For further information on the
I/O modules which can be
used, see SectionĂ11.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115F
Application
Safety is becoming more and
more important in modern
manufacturing processes.
That is why systems which
represent a danger to man,
machine, production and the
environment in the case of a
fault must meet increasingly
stringent safety requirements.
Redundant systems meet
these safety requirements.
Failsafe systems deactivate
the defective part immediately
if a fault occurs. This does
not, however, increase the
availability.
Failsafe operation of the
S5Ć115F programmable
controller is achieved by
comprehensive quality
assurance measures and by:
S The twoĆchannel, i.e. redunĆ
dant structure with compariĆ
son of results via the central
controller interface
Requirement classes
The safety requirements
which must be met by a
control system are set down
in DIN V 19250. This standard
divides the control systems
into eight safety requirement
classes.
The requirement class for a
certain application can be deĆ
termined by means of the risk
graph in accordance with
DIN V 19250 shown in
Fig. 3/17. Requirement class
1 represents the lowest safety
requirements. Class 8
requires the highest safety
standard.
The example illustrated in the
risk graph shows how the
requirement class fo a burner
control is determined. From
the four risk parameters
(extent of damage, duration of
stay in hazardous areas,
danger prevention and probaĆ
bility of occurence) it is clear
that the system must at least
fulfill the conditions of requireĆ
ment class 5.
In accordance with
DIN V 19250, the failsafe
S5Ć115F programmable
controller corresponds to
requirement class 6.
The S5Ć115F can therefore be
used in the requirement
classes 1 to 6.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Fig. 3/16 S5Ć115F programmable controller
SelfĆtests performed by the
operating system
S
S1
S
The failsafetyĆspecific exterĆ
nal interconnection of I/Os
1
A1
S2
A2
-
-
G1
2
1
-
G2
3
2
1
4
3
2
5
4
3
G1
G2
5
4
6
7
W2
Burner control
5
8
W3
S4
6
7
S3
Extent of damage
S1: Minor injury of one person;
minor environmental damage
S2: Major injury
of one or several persons
or death of one person
S3: Death of several persons;
permanent major
environmental damage
S4: Catastrophic effects,
death of many persons
A1:
A2:
G1:
G2:
6
W1
Duration of stay
in hazardous areas
Seldom to occasionally
Frequently to permanently
Danger prevention
Possible under certain
conditions
Hardly possible
Probability of occurence of
the unwanted event
W1: Very low
W2: Low
W3: Relatively high
Fig. 3/17 Risk graph for the requirement classes in acc. with DIN V 19250
with examples of application
Applications for requirement
class 6 include:
S Burner controls, e.g. in
coalĆfired power stations
S Passenger transport
systems, such as cable railĆ
ways, underground railways
and fairground carousels
Road traffic signal systems
Telecontrol installations for
gas and oil pipelines
S Environmental protection
systems, e.g. pollutant filters
S Systems for the production
of hazardous gases
S
S
3/15
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115F (continued)
Design
The S5Ć115F failsafe proĆ
grammable controller consists
of two interlinked central
controllers. Only prototypeĆ
tested components may be
used (see Section 11).
I/O configuration
The central functions of the
S5Ć115F programmable conĆ
troller are always redundant.
For the I/O modules, a distincĆ
tion is made between " safetyĆ
related " and " nonĆsafetyĆ
related " areas.
Safety-related areas
In " safetyĆrelated " areas the
I/O modules must always be
in a twoĆchannel, redundant
configuration (see Fig. 3/18).
This can be implemented in
the central controllers or in
expansion units. The operatĆ
ing system must be informed
of which I/O modules are
available in redundant configĆ
uration using the COM 115F
parameter assignment softĆ
ware. The redundant I/O modĆ
ules are addressed as singleĆ
channel I/O modules in the
user program. The operating
system does the rest.
EU
IM 306
EU
IM 306
Central
configuration
Subunit A
705
connecting
cable
IM 324
IM 304
IM 306
IM 304
IM 306
Subunit B
721
connecting
cable
721 connecting cable
EU
IM 314
IM 306
IM 314
IM 306
EU
Distributed
configuration
Fig. 3/18 TwoĆchannel (redundant) I/O configuration (failsafe)
Non-safety-related areas
In " nonĆsafetyĆrelated " areas
singleĆchannel configuration
of the I/O modules is sufficient
(see Fig. 3/19).
The twoĆchannel/redundant
and singleĆchannel configuraĆ
tions can be combined with
one another. The I/Os in
singleĆchannel configuration
can be allocated to the two
subunits as desired.
Central
configuration
Subunit A
IM 324
IM 306
EU
Subunit B
721 connecting cable
EU
IM 306
IM 304
IM 306
721
connecting
cable
IM 304
IM 306
Distributed
configuration
Fig. 3/19 SingleĆchannel I/O configuration (failsafe in central controller,
nonĆfailsafe in expansion unit)
3/16
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115F (continued)
Principle of operation
The principle of operation of
the failsafe S5Ć115F proĆ
grammable controller can be
compared with an " AND "
logic operation. It is in the opĆ
erating state only when both
subunits operate
properly.
The two central controllers
each contain a CPU 942F with
firmware that is different from
that of the S5Ć115U. This firmĆ
ware executes all additional
functions of the S5Ć115F indeĆ
pendently as, for example:
Output to sensor
Redundant
sensor
Subunit A
Subunit B
Data exchange:
In case of a fault,
transition into a safe
operating state
Readback input A
Readback input B
Data exchange and
response to errors
S Synchronization
S SelfĆtest
S
The failsafety of the I/O is
ensured by the external interĆ
connection of sensors and
actuators (see Fig. 3/20 and
Configuring in Section 11).
Data exchange and
response to errors
Both subunits can exchange
data rapidly and reliably via
the central controller interĆ
face, for the following
purposes:
S Comparison
S Synchronization
S Passivation (switching off
of functions)
Both subunits operate
synchronously with the same
user program. They carry out
a cyclic comparison of:
S Their input signals
S Their output signals
S Other data, such as the
timers and counters
Differences in the results of
the two subunits indicate an
error. A response to that error
is then initiated. In the case of
the failsafe S5Ć115F proĆ
grammable controller this
response and other protective
functions have to be deterĆ
mined in the COM 115F
parameter assignment softĆ
ware.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Actuator
Fig. 3/20 Example of an S5Ć115F with safetyĆoriented input and output
The following error response
options are available:
S The entire unit is switched
to STOP
S Only the defective compoĆ
nents are deactivated
S User program response
Comparison of inputs
After reading the input signal
states, the two subunits
compare their process
images. If they detect any difĆ
ferences between their proĆ
cess images, they read the inĆ
put signals again - several
times, if necessary - until the
disĆcrepancy time expires. If
there are still any discrepĆ
ancies between the two proĆ
cess images at that point, this
indicates either an external or
internal fault. The proĆ
grammable controller
immediately initiates the
response to this error. The
user can program the
response and the disĆ
crepancy time himself as
agreed with the acceptance
authorities.
Comparison of outputs
At the end of one cycle, the
two subunits compare their
process images again.
Different results indicate an
internal fault. The selected
error response is then
initiated.
Comparison of further data
In addition, the two subunits
compare
S The current state of timers
and counters
S The current state of the
logical program counter
and, if necessary,
S The data from the
SINEC L1 link
3/17
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115F (continued)
Process and time interrupts;
Process and time interrupts
are processed only after a
synchronization. At the
operating system level, the
S5Ć115F responds to an
interrupt after a maximum of
20 ms. During user program
execution the user himself
must ensure synchronization
by means of a standard
function block.
Principle of operation
(continued)
Synchronization
Both subunits must be continĆ
uously synchronized. That is
why synchronization points
are provided at the beginning
and end of each program
cycycle and at every 20 ms in
the operating system. At
these points, data are
exchanged and compared
with each other.
During user program exeĆ
cution, the S5Ć115F subunits
are also synchronized with the
following events:
S Direct I/O accesses and
clock scans; After such
commands, the operating
system automatically
synchronizes both subunits
S
SelfĆtest
Extensive selfĆtest functions
are implemented in the
S5Ć115F failsafe proĆ
grammable controller.
These selfĆtests can even
detect errors which have
occured in both subunits
simultaneously.
The following components
are tested:
S Internal S5 bus
S Central controller interface
S Processors
S Memory
S All redundant I/Os
Self-test during initialization
During initialization in failsafe
operation, the whole range of
seltĆtest functions is run
through completely in each
subunit.
Self-test in cyclic operation
For cyclic operation, the operĆ
ating system splits up the
selfĆtest functions into small
test segments. Depending on
the number of I/Os these are
between 5 and 140 ms long.
The number of test segments
per cycle is determined by
the user through the setting of
the test cycle time.
Programmming and
parameter assignment
Programming
With the exception of certain
restrictions, programming of
the S5Ć115F is identical to that
of the S5Ć115U. Program input
can either be onĆline or offĆ
line (see S5Ć115H, page 3/14).
For onĆline programming the
CPUs of both subunits must
be provided with the same
memory submodule.
Frequently used functions,
such as arithmetic and
signalling functions, safetyĆ
oriented interfacing or burn
control are available in the
package of prototypeĆtested
standard function blocks.
These function blocks have
already been tested by the
German Technical InspectorĆ
ate (TÜV) and therefore faciliĆ
tate the system acceptance
procedure (see Section 7).
Note
In the failsafe mode, the
control program must be
stored on an EPROM or
EEPROM submodule.
3/18
OnĆline
programming
S5-115F
Subunit A
programming device
Memory submodule
Off-line
programming
COM 115F
S5-115F
Subunit B
Fig. 3/21 OnĆline and offĆline programming
Parameter assignment
The COM 115F parameteriĆ
zation software supports the
user in parameter assignment
and error diagnostics:
S Parameter assignment of
safetyĆspecific data in interĆ
active mode
S Generation of the parameĆ
terization data block from
the parameter assignment
data
System diagnostics via error
data block and interrupt
register
S Documentation of safetyĆ
specific data via printer
S General system handling,
e.g. loading of block or
reading of data
S Failsafe communication via
SINEC L1 LAN
S
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115F (continued)
Communication
PointĆtoĆpoint link
A pointĆtoĆpoint link with the
S5Ć115F programmable conĆ
troller is made possible using
the CP 523 communications
processor. It is primarily
used for
S Connection of printers,
VDUs, keyboards, etc.
S Data exchange with other
SIMATICĆS5 units
S Failsafe data exchange with
the S5Ć115F
S Data exchange with any
unit with a 20 mA (TTY)
interface
PC
S5-115F
Subunit B
S5-115F
Use of:
O+M
S5-115F
Subunit A
Intelligent
I/Os
SIMATIC NET
For further details of the
CP 523 communications
processor see Section 4.
Printer
Fig. 3/22 PointĆtoĆpoint link of the S5Ć115F with a CP 523 or via
a programming device interface
SINEC L1 local area network
The moderately priced
SINEC L1 local area notwork,
which is designed for extenĆ
sive communications
networks, enables up to 30
S5Ć115F and S5Ć95F proĆ
grammable controllers to
communicate with each other.
The PLCs are connected to
the LAN via the CPU of one of
the two subunits.
Features
S S5Ć115U, S5Ć135U or
S5Ć155U programmable
controllers with CP 530
communications processors
or other devices with
SINEC L1 master capability
(e.g. PCs) can be used as
active nodes (masters)
S The S5Ć115F and S5Ć95F
programmable controllers
can be operated and
interrogated from the master
S SINEC L1 operation is
reactionĆfree, i.e. faults of
the individual nodes that
might have occured are not
transfered
S Intelligent I/O modules and
communications processors
can be used in the master
units
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
CP 530
Master
(e.g. S5-115U)
ReactionĆfree
transmission
SINEC L1
Failsafe transmission
Subunit B
Subunit B
S5-115F
Subunit A
S5-95F
Subunit A
Fig. 3/23 SingleĆchannel, safetyĆoriented link
The S5Ć115F failsafe
programmable controllers
can use these modules
via the SINEC L1 LAN
S
A failsafe link with the
S5Ć95F programmable
controller is also possible
3/19
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115F (continued)
Communication
(continued)
SINEC L1 local area network
(continued)
Possible configurations
SingleĆchannel, nonĆsafetyĆ
related link
The nonĆsafetyĆrelated link is
used for communication
between programmable
controllers of the U range (as
master or slave) and failsafe
S5Ć115F or S5Ć95F proĆ
grammable controllers
(as slaves).
SingleĆchannel, safetyĆ
related link
The safetyĆrelated link can be
established only with a proĆ
grammable controller of the U
range as master.
SafetyĆrelated links can only
be established with S5Ć115F
or S5Ć95F programmable conĆ
trollers. The S5Ć115F failsafe
programmable controllers are
connected to the LAN via one
of the two subunits. Data
exchange is carried out by
means of special protocols
which are in accordance with
the safety requirements. The
connection to the master is
not safetyĆrelated but only
reactionĆfree.
CP 530
CP 530
Master
(e. g. S5-115U)
Master
(e. g. S5-115U)
SINEC L1
for subunit B
SINEC L1
for subunit A
Subunit B
Subunit B
S5-115F
Subunit A
S5-95F
Subunit A
Fig. 3/24 TwoĆchannel, safetyĆrelated link
TwoĆchannel safetyĆ
related link
Data exchange is carried out
in the same way as with the
singleĆchannel, safetyĆ
related link. The difference is
that each subunit is
connected to its own local
area network. Both local area
networks operate indepenĆ
dently; merely the contents of
PROFIBUS local area network
With the CP 541 communiĆ
cations processor (see
Section 2) the S5Ć115F proĆ
grammable controller can be
connected to the PROFIBUS
LAN. Thus, communication
with the whole range of
SIMATIC programmable
controllers is possible.
Like in the case of the
SINEC L1, data transmission
takes place reactionĆfree and
the same types of link
S SingleĆchannel, nonĆsafetyĆ
related link
S SingleĆchannel, safetyĆ
related link and
S TwoĆchannel, safetyĆ
related link
can be realized.
Operator-control and
process monitoring
For the S5Ć115F proĆ
grammable controller devices
for operator control and proĆ
cess monitoring can be used,
if they are connected via the
CP 523 communications proĆ
cessor. It is also possible to
connect the programming deĆ
vice terminal of the S5Ć115F in
series with another
SIMATIC S5 programmable
controller of the U range, e.g.
via the second programmingĆ
device terminal of a S5Ć115U.
The S5Ć115F programmable
controller can be linked to deĆ
vices for operator control and
process monitoring via the SIĆ
NEC L1 LAN.
A direct connection of TDs/
OPs to the programming deĆ
vice interface of the S5Ć115F
is not possible.
the send and receive buffers
of the two subunits are cycliĆ
cally compared with each
other. Failure of one LAN (e.g.
through line interruption) does
not interrupt data exchange,
as there remains a singleĆ
channel, safetyĆrelated link
via the other still functioning
LAN.
3/20
For further information on opĆ
erator control and process
monitoring systems, see
Section 10 and Catalogs
ST 80.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
General
S5-115F (continued)
Subracks for the S5-115F
Interfaces modules for the
S5-115F
Subracks for central
controllers:
S CR 700Ć0LB
S CR 700Ć2F
In the S5Ć115F failsafe proĆ
grammable controller, interĆ
face modules are used for
Configuration for
The components to be used
with the S5Ć115F subracks
partly differ from those of the
S5Ć115U subracks (see
Section 11). Only prototypeĆ
tested modules may be
installed into the S5Ć115F
failsafe programmable
controller.
connecting expansion units in
centralized and distributed
configurations, for switched
Subracks for centralized
expansion:
S ER 701Ć1
S ER 701Ć2 and ER 701Ć3,
each without power supply
Subracks for distributed
expansion:
S ER 701Ć2
S ER 701Ć3
configurations and for linking
the central controllers.
Interface module required in
Central controller
Expansion unit
Centralized expansion
IM 306
IM 306 in
ER 701Ć1/2/3
Distributed expansion
IM 304
IM 314 in
ER 701Ć2/3
CPU for the S5-115F
A CPU 942F is required in
both subunits of the S5Ć115F
failsafe programmable
controller.
I/O modules for the S5-115F
The operating system of the
S5Ć115F supports the use of
S Digital input modules
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 434Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
S Digital output modules
6ES5 451Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LA111)
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
S Digital input/output modules
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
Analog input modules
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4UA12
6ES5 463Ć4UB12
S Analog output modules
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
S
The CP 523 communications
processor can also be used
for the S5Ć115F. The CP 523
is used as:
S Fault indication module
S Safe communications
module to further S5Ć115F
programmable controllers
S ReactionĆfree communiĆ
cations module to other
systems
Moreover, the communiĆ
cations processors and
intelligent I/O modules in a
programmable controller of
the U range can exchange
data with the S5Ć115F proĆ
grammable controller via the
SINEC L1 or PROFIBUS LAN.
Nevertheless, they cannot be
plugged directly into the
S5Ć115F.
Note
When using other modules in
the S5Ć115F, the operating
permission expires.
1) For new systems the use of the 6ES5 453Ć4UA12 module is suggested.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/21
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Central processing units
CPU 941, CPU 942, CPU 943 and CPU 944 central processing units for the S5-115U
The selection of the CPU to
be used depends on the
technical requirements of the
automation task, especially
with regard to processing
times, memory capacities and
functions. These criteria are
the most important distinctive
features of the CPUs.
Application
Design
Functions
BuiltĆin 20 mA (current loop)
interface for connection of a
programming device or opĆ
erator
panel or for connection to
the SINEC L1 LAN
S CPU 943 and CPU 944 only:
Optional 2nd interface for
connection of a programĆ
ming device or operator
panel or for connection to
the SINEC L1 LAN
RAM submodules extend the
internal RAM and are required
for this purpose in the
CPU 941 and CPU 942. When
the RAM submodules are
removed from their recepĆ
tacles in the CPU, the data is
erased. The CPU 943 and
CPU 944 are already
equipped with the necessary
amount of RAM.
The CPU 941 to CPU 944 cenĆ
tral processing units contain:
S STEP 5 processor for proĆ
cessing the user program
S Internal program memory
(RAM)
S Integral hardware clock (in
CPUs with 2 interfaces)
S Receptacle for 375 memory
submodule (RAM/EPROM/
EEPROM)
S RUN/STOP switch with
corresponding LEDs
S Switch for setting retentiveĆ
ness of bit memories, timers
and counters
S Switch for overall reset
(resetting the entire user
RAM of the CPU)
S
The functions of the CPU 941,
CPU 942, CPU 943 and
CPU 944 are as follows:
S
Program execution
Cyclic (OB 1): ReadĆin of
input statuses, execution of
the control program and outĆ
put of the output statuses
S TimeĆcontrolled (OB 10 to
OB 13): Four independent
levels for which the time of
processing can be individĆ
ually defined (times from
10 ms to 1 min).
S
3/22
The CPU 941, CPU 942, CPU
943 and CPU 944 can be proĆ
grammed in the STEP 5 proĆ
gramming language. For proĆ
gramming under GRAPH 5
the standard function block of
the same name is required.
Not all programming device
functions can be used at the
2nd interface. Transmission
without protocol is possible
with the ASCII driver. On the
CPU 944, the 2nd interface
can also be used for links emĆ
ploying the 3964 or 3964R
communications protocol
(special operating system, to
be ordered separately).
InterruptĆcontrolled (OB 2 to
OB 5): Activation of four
independent execution
levels by process interrupts
S Time interruptĆcontrolled
(OB 6): This level is actiĆ
vated after expiry of a
programmed time (times
from 3 ms to 1 min)
Execution levels of higher
priority can interrupt those of
lower priority after any STEPĂ5
operation (order of priority
starting with the highest: time
interruptĆcontrolled, interruptĆ
controlled, timeĆcontrolled,
cyclic.
Programs and data can be
stored on 375 memory
submodules (EPROM or
EEPROM) to protect them
from power failures. The
memory submodules are proĆ
grammed on the programĆ
ming device using the recepĆ
tacle provided for this
purpose and are then
plugged into the CPU.
Monitoring
The CPUs monitor scan time,
battery failure, or acknowlĆ
edgement delay, for example.
Software protection for
RAM operation
The software protection
feature prevents inadvertent
overwriting or readĆout of
programs by unauthorized
persons.
Scan time measurement
The current, maximum and
minimum scan times are
measured.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Central processing units
CPU 941, CPU 942, CPU 943 and CPU 944 central processing units for the S5-115U (continued)
Functions
(continued)
Clock
The clock can be set and
read. It can also be used for
counting operating hours or
for interrupt functions.
Integral function blocks
The operating system incorĆ
porates a number of function
blocks programmed in
machine language, which can
execute at extremely high
speed and do not occupy any
space in the internal RAM.
These integral function blocks
are called in the same way as
any other blocks in the user
program and can only be
interrupted by process
interrupts.
S Conversion blocks
(BCD code converters)
S Arithmetic blocks
(multiplication, division)
S Analog value processing
Ordering data
6ES5 941-7UB11
CPU 942
6ES5 942-7UB11
CPU 943
With 1 serial interface
With 2 serial interfaces
6ES5 943-7UB11
6ES5 943-7UB21
CPU 944
With 1 serial interface
With 2 serial interfaces
6ES5 944-7UB11
6ES5 944-7UB21
Integral organization blocks
Scan time triggering
Variable time loop
(range 160 µs to 65 ms)
S PID control algorithm
S Scan cycleĆindependent
readĆin of digital inputs and
ouput of the process I/O
image
S
S
Restart modes
S Manual cold restart using
mode selector or programĆ
ming device
S Cold restart following
power failure
COM DB1 cannot be used for
assigning parameters to the
second interface of CPU 943
and CPU 944.
For technical specifications,
see page 3/25.
3964, 3964R communications
protocol
as an extension to the operating
system for the CPU 944
6ES5 816-1BB21
S5-115U quick reference guide
for CPU 941 to CPU 944
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian
6ES5 997-7LA11
6ES5 997-7LA21
6ES5 997-7LA31
6ES5 997-7LA41
6ES5 997-7LA51
6ES5 375-1LA15
6ES5 375-1LA21
6ES5 375-1LA41
6ES5 375-1LA61
6ES5 375-1LA71
6ES5 375-0LC31
6ES5 375-0LC41
RAM ă8 Kbyte3), 4)
RAM 16 Kbyte3), 4)
RAM 32 Kbyte1), 3), 4)
6ES5 998-0UF13
6ES5 998-0UF23
6ES5 998-0UF33
6ES5 998-0UF43
6ES5 998-0UF53
375 memory submodules
EPROM ăă8 Kbyte
8
EPROM ă16 Kbyte
1)
EPROM ă32 Kbyte
EPROM ă64 Kbyte1), 2), 5)
y
1), 2), 3),
EPROM 128 Kbyte1) 2) 3) 5)
EEPROM ăă8 Kbyte
EEPROM ă16 Kbyte
To be ordered as a separate
item:
S5-115U manual
(CPU 941 to CPU 944)
with operating instructions for
power supply modules, CPUs,
digital and analog input/output
modules, EU interface modules
and programming instructions
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
COM DB1 parameterization
software
The COMĂDB1 parameterizaĆ
tion software enables the user
to assign parameters to the
CPU quickly and easily and
without errors. The software
correctly applies all the rules
for creating DB1. Any errors in
DB1 or input errors are
pointed out to the user.
Further data blocks rendered
necessary by the parameters
of DB1 can also be created
with COM DB1.
Order No.
Order No.
CPU 941
Data handling blocks (these
enable communications
processors and intelligent
I/O modules to be used and
control the exchange of data
with the CPU)
S COMPR function block for
compressing the contents of
the internal RAM
S DELETE function block
(for deleting blocks)
S
6ES5 375-0LD11
6ES5 375-0LD21
6ES5 375-0LD31
Standard function blocks
GRAPH 5/II, S5Ć115U closedĆ
loop control
see Section 7
Programming software
GRAPH 5/II
see Section 7
g
COM DB1 p
parameter assignment software
see Section 7
COM REG S5-115U parameter
assignment software
see Section 7
Not suitable for CPU 941
Not suitable for CPU 942
Not suitable for CPU 943
Not suitable for CPU 944
Not suitable for CPU 942F
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/23
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Central processing units
CPU 945 central processing unit for the S5-115U
The CPU 945 is a new
addition at the high end of
the spectrum (CPU 941 to
CPU 944). It is particularly
suitable for fast, highly
complex and calculationĆ
intensive automation applicaĆ
tions. Tasks are shared
between several internal
processors, enabling control
tasks and communications
tasks to be executed at the
same time.
Application
Design
Functions
In addition to the points listed
under CPU 941 to CPU 944,
the module contains:
S STEP 5 processor with
floatingĆpoint coprocessor
S Bus controller for autoĆ
nomous handling of commuĆ
nications via the S5 internal
backplane bus
The CPU 945 has the same
basic function scope as the
CPU 941 to CPU 944 with the
following exceptions:
Program execution
The call interval for timeĆ
controlled program execution
can be set between 1 ms
and 1 min.
Monitoring
A monitoring facility for
collision of two timed
interrupts is also installed.
Ordering data
6ES5 945-7UA13
6ES5 945-7UA23
S5-115U quick reference guide
for CPU 945
German
English
French
6ES5 997-7LB11
6ES5 997-7LB21
6ES5 997-7LB31
Microcontroller for interface
communications
S Integral hardware clock
S Receptacle for memory card
S Slot for one of the following
interface modules:
programming device interĆ
face module, V.24 module,
20 mA (current loop) modĆ
ule, RS 422ĆA/RS 485 modĆ
ule, SINEC L1 module
Memory cards based on flash
EPROMS (electrically
erasable) are used in place
of memory submodules.
Process I/O image transfer
DELTA transfer (parameterĆ
selectable): When transferring
the process output image,
only the data which has
changed since the last
cycle is transferred
S Parallel process I/O image
transfer (parameterĆ
selectable): the process I/O
image is updated parallel to
cyclic program execution
programming device, either
via the PROFIBUS, the IndusĆ
trial Ethernet or using TeleserĆ
vice.
S
S
Changing the operating
system
The operating system of the
CPU can be reloaded with the
Instead of a fixed second inĆ
terface, a slot is provided for
a replaceable interface
module with a selection of
different types.
Integral function blocks
There is an PID control algoĆ
rithm integrated in the operatĆ
ing system. Additional stanĆ
dard function blocks are
available (see Section 7).
The CPU 945 can also
process function and data
extension blocks (FX and DX).
For technical specifications,
see page 3/25.
Order No.
Order No.
CPU 945
With 256 Kbyte RAM
With 384 Kbyte RAM
Interrupt response times are
extremely short. In addition to
STEP 5, the highĆlevel lanĆ
guage SCL can also be used
for programming the CPU 945
(see Section 7). Even lengthy,
complicated programs can
therefore be written and
edited clearly and easily.
Interface modules
20 mA module
V.24 module
RS 422ĆA/RS 485 module
programming device module
SINEC L1 module
6ES5 752-0LA12
6ES5 752-0LA22
6ES5 752-0LA42
6ES5 752-0LA52
6ES5 752-0LA62
3/24
6ES5 374-1KG11
6ES5 374-1KH21
6ES5 374-1KJ11
6ES5 985-2MC11
Parameter assignment
software
Memory card for CPU 945
128 Kbyte flash EPROM
256 Kbyte flash EPROM
512 Kbyte flash EPROM
Programming adapter
for memory cards (for proĆ
grammers without integral
adapter only)
see Section 7
To be ordered as a separate item:
Manual for the S5-115U
with CPU 945
German
English
French
Italian
6ES5 998-3UF11
6ES5 998-3UF21
6ES5 998-3UF31
6ES5 998-3UF51
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Central processing units
CPU 941, CPU 942, CPU 943, CPU 944 and CPU 945 central processing units for the S5-115U
Technical specifications
CPU
Memory capacity
S Total
S Internal RAM
S Submodule/memory card
RAM/EPROM/EEPROM
Flash EPROM
CPU 945
CPU 944
CPU 943
CPU 942
CPU 941
max.
256/384 Kbyte
256/384 Kbyte
96 Kbyte
96 Kbyte
48 Kbyte
48 Kbyte
42 Kbyte
10 Kbyte
18 Kbyte
ă2 Kbyte
max.
max.
Ċ
256/5121) Kbyte
Ċ/1281)/16Kbyte
Ċ
Ċ/641)/16 Kbyte
Ċ
32/32/16 Kbyte
Ċ
16/16/16 Kbyte
Ċ
Memory extension with
CP 516/CP 581
8/120 Mbyte
8/120 Mbyte
8/120 Mbyte
8/120 Mbyte
8/120 Mbyte
Programming language
STEP, SCL
STEP 5
STEP 5
STEP 5
STEP 5
Types of blocks
Organization blocks (OB), programming blocks (PB), function blocks (FB),
sequence blocks (SB), data blocks (DB)
FX, DX
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Number of blocks
max.
256 per block type
Block nesting depth
max.
50
Ċ
32
32
Program execution
S Cyclic
S TimeĆcontrolled
Call interval
S InterruptĆcontrolled
S Time interruptĆcontrolled
Interruption possible after any STEP 5 operation
Yes
4 execution levels OB 10 to OB 13
1 ms to 1 min
10 ms to 10 min
4 execution levels OB 2 to OB 5
1 execution level OB 6
Monitoring functions
Coll. 2 timed interr.
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Timeout, I/O error, acknowledgement delay, substitution error in FB/FX,
transfer error in DB/DX, battery failure
Ċ
Execution time for
S Bit operations
S Load and transfer (data)
S Timer/counter operations
0.1 µs
0.2 µs
0.1 µs
0.8 µs
1.5 µs
1.8 µs
0.8 µs
1.5 µs
1.8 µs
1.6 µs
3.0 µs
3.7 µs
1.6 µs
3.0 µs
3.7 µs
S Data word comparison
S Substitution operations
S Block call operations
0.1 µs
0.5 µs
0.1/1.0 µs
0.8 µs
3.6 µs
0.8/3.6 µs
0.8 µs
160 µs
0.8/3.6 µs
1.6 µs
160 µs
1.6/6.7 µs
1.6 µs
160 µs
1.6/6.7 µs
Fixed point arithmetic
S Addition, subtraction
S Multiplication
S Division
0.1 µs
0.35 µs
0.4 µs
0.8 µs
0.8 µs
1.6 µs
1.6 µs
2)
2)
2)
2)
FloatingĆpoint arithmetic
S Addition, subtraction, multiplication
S Division
0.75 µs
1.35 µs
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
Interrupt response time
50 µs
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
2 ms
Optional3)
Integral
Ċ
Ċ
Integral
Integral
2048/Ć
2048/Ć
256
128
128
0.01 to 9990 s, all, 64 or none of which retentive, as required
128
128
256
128
128
0 to 999 (up/down), all, 64 or none of which retentive, as required
128
128
Digital inputs/outputs
S No. with process I/O image
4096/4096
1024 each
4096/4096
1024 each
4096/4096
1024 each
4096/4096
1024 each
4096/4096
512 each
Analog inputs/outputs
256/256
256/256
256/256
256/256
256/256
Principle supplementary functions
S Software protection,
scan time measurement
S Scan time monitoring
S RealĆtime clock
S PID control algorithm
typ.
32
2)
Yes
Selectable as required
Integral
Optional3)
Ċ
Integral
32
2)
Flags/S flags
2048/32768
2048/Ć
2048/Ć
All, half or none of which retentive, as required
Nesting levels
2)
2)
6 (for binary logic operations)
Timers
S Number
S Range
Counters
S Number
S Range
1) Physical capacity, not all available for use
3) Version with second interface
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
2) With integral standard function blocks
3/25
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Central processing units
CPU 941, CPU 942, CPU 943, CPU 944 and CPU 945 central processing units for the S5-115U (continued)
Technical specifications (continued)
CPU
CPU 945
CPU 944
CPU 943
CPU 942
CPU 941
PG/OP/SINEC L1
PG/OP/3964/3964R,
SINEC L1,
ASCII driver
PG/OP/SINEC L1
PG/OP/3964/3964R,
SINEC L1,
ASCII driver
PG/OP/SINEC L1
PG/OP, SINEC L1
ASCII driver
PG/OP/SINEC L1
Ċ
PG/OP/SINEC L1
Ċ
Current consumption
(5 V; with memory submodule)
S With 1 interface (serial)
max.
S With 2 interfaces (serial)
max.
0.55 A
0.64 to 1.25 A4)
Ċ
0.45 A
Ċ
0.45 A
Ċ
Ċ
Weight
S Module
S Memory submodule
0.8 kg (1.7 lb)
0.1 kg (0.2 lb)
1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
0.1 kg (0.2 lb)
1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
0.1 kg (0.2 lb)
1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
0.1 kg (0.2 lb)
1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
0.1 kg (0.2 lb)
Interfaces
1st interface (builtĆin)
2nd interface, optional
(CPU 945: replaceable
interface module,
CPU 943/CPU 944: with
two interfaces)
approx.
approx.
0.16 A
0.16 A
4) Depending on the interface module
3/26
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Central processing units
CPU 942H central processing unit for the S5-115H
The CPUĂ942H is required for
the setup of a S5Ć115H faultĆ
tolerant programmable conĆ
troller.
Application
The CPUĂ942H central proĆ
cessing unit contains a firmĆ
ware which is able to carry
out all additional functions of
the S5Ć115H faultĆtolerant
Principle of operation
programmable controller autoĆ
nomously. Part of that are the
following functions:
S Data interchange
S Synchronization of both
subunits
SelfĆtest
Fault handling (switchover
to standby unit)
S Fault locating
S
S
Technical specifications
Memory capacity
S Internal RAM
S Submodule
RAM
max.
EPROM max.
EEPROM max.
5 Kbyte
32 Kbyte
32 Kbyte
16 Kbyte
(1 statement normally
requires 2 byte in the
program memory)
Execution time for
1000 binary statements
approx.
1.6 ms
Execution time for
1000 statements
approx.
15 ms (for 65 % binary and
35 % word operations)
Execution time for
load and transfer operations
to peripheral word
430 to 1700 ms
Execution time for
block call
66 to 1100 m
Basic cycle time
(without user program)
typ.
Interrupt detection time
approx.
Interrupt response time
max.
50 ms
2 ms
30 ms
Counters
S Number
S Range
Digital inputs
Digital outputs
max.
max.
128
0 ... 999 (up, down)
1024
1024
Analog inputs
Analog outputs
max.
max.
64
64
Programming
Organization blocks
Program blocks
Function blocks
Sequence blocks
Data blocks
Nesting depth
max.
max.
max.
max.
max.
max.
Structured
256
256
256 (configurable)
256
254
32
Cyclic, interruptĆdriven,
timeĆcontrolled
Program execution
Nesting levels
PID control algorithm
S Processing time
ClosedĆloop control
S Scan time
S Individual controllers
max.
approx.
max.
Scan time monitoring
Configurable
Bit memories
2032
Timers
S Number
S Range
Current consumption (at 5 V)
(with memory submodule) max.
128
0.01 to 9990 s
Power loss
Ordering data
6ES5 942-7UH11
approx.
approx.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
1.7 ms
0.1 to 12.8 s
8
(for further details please
see Section 7)
0.7 A
3.5 W
1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
0.1 kg (0.2 lb)
Order No.
Order No.
CPU 942H
for the S5-115H programmable
controller, with receptacle for 375
memory submodule, connection
for programmer or SINECĆL1
LAN and standard function
blocks using communications
processors
Weight
S Module
S Memory submodule
max.
6 (for binary logic operations)
375 memory submodule
(EPROM, max. 32 Kbyte)ă
COM 115H parameterization
software
Manual
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian
see page 3/23
see Section 7
6ES5 998-0UH11
6ES5 998-0UH21
6ES5 998-0UH31
6ES5 998-0UH41
6ES5 998-0UH51
3/27
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Central processing units
CPU 942F central processing unit for the S5-115F
The CPU 942F is designed for
the setup of a S5Ć115F failsafe
programmable controller.
Application
The CPU 942F contains a
firmware which is able to
carry out all additional
functions of the S5Ć115F failĆ
safe programmable controller
autonomously.
Principle of operation
Part of that are functions like:
Data interchange
Synchronization of
both subunits
S
S
S
S
SelfĆtest
Fault handling
Technical specifications
Memory capacity
S Internal RAM
S Submodule
RAM
EPROM
EEPROM
max.
max.
max.
5 Kbyte
32 Kbyte
32 Kbyte
16 Kbyte
(1 statement normally
requires 2 byte in the
program memory)
Execution time for
1000 binary statements
approx.
1.6 ms
Execution time for
1000 statements
approx.
15 ms (for 64Ă% binary and
35 Ă% word operations)
Execution time for
load and transfer operations
to peripheral word
430 to 1700 µ
66 to 1100 µ
Execution time for
block call
Basic cycle time
(without user program)
60 to 140 ms
(depending on the number of
redundant I/O modules)
Interrupt detection time
approx.
Interrupt response time
max.
Scan time monitoring
Counters
S Number
S Range
Digital inputs
Digital outputs
max.
max.
1024
1008
Analog inputs
Analog outpus
max.
max.
64
64
Programming
Orangization blocks
Program blocks
Function blocks
Sequence blocks
Data blocks
Nesting depth
max.
max.
max.
max.
max.
max.
Structured
6
256
256 (configurable)
256
254
16
Program execution
Nesting levels
PID control algorithm
S Processing time
Cyclic, interruptĆdriven,
timeĆcontrolled
max.
approx.
S5Ć115U closed loop control
S Scan time
S Individual controller
max.
Current consumption (at 5 V)
(with memory submodule)
max.
Power loss
2 ms
max.
30 ms
Configurable
Bit memories
2032
Timers
S Number
S Range
128
0.01 to 9990 s
Ordering data
Order No.
CPU 942F
with receptacle for 375 memory
submodule and connection for
programming device or SINECĆ
L1 LAN
6ES5 942-7UF15
375 memory submodule
(EPROM, max. 32 Kbyte)
see page 3/23
3/28
128
0 ... 999 (up, down)
Weight
S Module
S Memory submodule
approx.
approx.
6 (for binary logic operations)
1.7 ms
0.1 to 12.8 s
8
(for further details please
see Section 7)
0.7 A
3.5 W
1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
0.1 kg (0.2 lb)
Order No.
COM 115F parameterization
software
S5-115F manual
German
English
French
Italian
see Section 7
6ES5 998-1UF15
6ES5 998-1UF25
6ES5 998-1UF35
6ES5 998-1UF55
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Overview
Digital input and output modules
Digital input and output modules
Input modules
Output modules
Voltage values
Module ID
5... 15 V DC (NAMUR)
434Ć4
24 V DC
Voltage values
Module ID
3/30
Transistor outputs
5/24 V DC; 0.1 A
457Ć7
3/35
420Ć7
430Ć7
434Ć7
3/30
24 V DC; 0.5 A
441Ć7
451Ć7LA1
451Ć7LA2
3/35
24/48 V UC
431Ć7
3/30
24 V DC; 2 A
453Ć4UA12
454Ć7LA
454Ć7LB
3/35
48/60 V UC
432Ć7
3/30
24/48/60 V DC; 0.5 A
453Ć7
3/35
115 V UC
435Ć7LA
435Ć7LB
435Ć7LC
435 7LC
3/30
48/115 V AC, 1 A
455Ć7
3/35
115/230 V AC; 1 A
456Ć7LA
3/35
115/230 V AC; 1.5 A
456Ć7LB
3/35
436Ć7LA
436Ć7LB
436 7LC
436Ć7LC
3/30
/
30 V UC; 0.5 A
458Ć7LA
3/35
250 V AC; 5 A
458Ć7LB
3/35
250 V AC; 5 A
24 V DC; 5 A
458Ć7LC
3/35
230 V UC
Page
Page
Relay outputs
Input/output modules
Voltage values
482Ć7LA/Ć7LF11
/Ć7LF21
3/41
24 V DC (inputs)
24 V DC; 2.5 A (outputs)
482Ć7LF31
3/41
24 V DC (inputs)
24 V DC; 1.5 A (outputs)
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Module ID
24 V DC (inputs)
24 V DC; 0.5 A (outputs)
Page
485Ć7
3/41
3/29
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital input modules
The digital input modules
convert the external binary
signals from the process to
the internal signal level of the
programmable controllers.
Application
The modules comprise:
Green LEDs for indicating
signal status
S Enable input F (434Ć4 digital
input module for NAMUR
sensors only) for disabling
input signals
Principle of operation
Relay contact (MELD) and
24 V input (RESET) for
interrupt processing
The signal leads must be
connected with front
connectors. They can be
labelled in the fields next to
the LEDs.
In the user program the user
can specify for each input
whether the interrupt is to be
set by the positiveĆ or
negativeĆgoing edge.
Digital input modules are
available with 8, 16 or 32 inĆ
puts and for a range of input
voltages. The modules require
1/2 or 1 slot (depending on
the subrack).
Design
Interrupt evaluation is only
possible in an expansion unit
(ER 701Ć3 subrack) which is
connected using the IM 307
and IM 317 interface modules
and if the 432Ć4 digital input
module (S5Ć135/Ć155U) is
used in the expansion unit
instead of the 434Ć7 digital
input module generating the
interrupt.
S
Enable input
Digital input 434Ć4 only:
The input signals can be
disĆabled by means of enable
input F. This enable input can
be deactivated by removing a
jumper on the module.
If interrupt processing is not
essential, the 434Ć7 module
can be used in any type of
subrack. Interrupt evaluation
by the 434Ć7 digital input
module is only possible in a
central controller. The module
takes up two bytes for input
addresses and two bytes for
output addresses.
Interrupt processing
Digital input 434Ć7 only:
A group signal generates an
interrupt in the CPU when a
particular input signal
changes. The group signal
drives a latching relay on the
module (the relay contact
MELD is accessible from the
front panel), which can be
reset via a 24 V input
(RESET).
S
Note
All digital input modules
of the S5Ć135U/Ć155U proĆ
grammable controllers (see
Section 4) can be used in the
S5Ć115U with adapter
casings.
The 434Ć4 digital input module
requires an adapter casing
(see page 3/98).
Technical specifications
Digital input module
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 434Ć7LA12
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
Number of inputs
32
32
16
16
8 (with group
signal)
Galvanic isolation
S In groups of
Input voltage
S Rated value
S Frequency with AC
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
Input current for " 1 signal
Delay
S At " 0 ¡ " 1
S At " 1 ¡ " 0
Load factor1)
at 55 °C
No
Ċ
Yes (optocoupler)
8
Yes (optocoupler)
4
Yes (optocoupler)
4
Yes (optocoupler)
1
see page 4/36
(S5Ć135U,
S5Ć155U/H)
24 V DC
Ċ
-Ă30Ă... +Ă5 V
+Ă13Ă...+Ă30 V
8.5 mA
24 V DC
Ċ
-Ă30Ă... +Ă5 V
+Ă13Ă...+Ă30 V
8.5 mA
24/48 V UC
47Ă... 63 Hz
0Ă... 5 V
13Ă... 60 V
8.5/10.5 mA
48/60 V UC
47Ă... 63 Hz
0Ă... 10 V
30Ă...72 V
9/10 mA
24 V DC
Ċ
-Ă30Ă... +Ă5 V
+Ă13Ă...+Ă30 V
8.5 mA
1.4Ă... 5 ms
1.4Ă... 5 ms
100 %
2.2Ă... 4.6 ms
4.5Ă... 12 ms
100 %
2Ă... 13 ms
10Ă... 25 ms
100 %
2Ă... 13 ms
10Ă... 25 ms
100 %
0.5Ă... 1.5 ms
0.5Ă... 1.5 ms
100 %
typ.
1) With respect to number of inputs in a group
3/30
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital input modules (continued)
Technical specifications (continued)
Digital input module (cont.)
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA12
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
Ċ
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
Ċ
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
Ċ
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
Ċ
S Permissible load
max.
S Switching capacity
max.
Reset input
Insulation voltage rating
(external connections to
housing, internal connections,
other groups)
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested with
Current consumption
S Internal (from power
supply module; 5 V)
max.
Power loss (rated operation) typ.
Front connector
Weight
approx.
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
Latching relay
contact
100 V DC; 0.2 A
20 W; 35 VA
24 V DC
Ċ
Ċ
30 V DC
500 V AC
60 V AC
500 V AC
60 V AC
500 V AC
30 V DC
500 V AC
5 mA
6.5 W
46Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
5 mA
6.5 W
46Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
5 mA
9.0 W
24Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
5 mA
10.0 W
24Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
70 mA
2W
46Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
Digital input module
6ES5 435Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LB11
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LA11
6ES5 436Ć7LB11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
Number of inputs
Galvanic isolation
S in groups of
Input voltage
S Rated value
S Frequency with AC
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
Input current
at " 1 signal
typ.
Delay
S At " 0 ¡ " 1
S At " 1 ¡ " 0
Load factor 1)
S At 55 °C
S At 20 °C
Cable length
S Unshielded
max.
S Shielded
max.
Insulation voltage rating
(external connections to
housing, internal connections,
other groups)
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested with
Current consumption
S Internal (from power
supply module; 5 V)
max.
Power loss (rated operation) typ.
Front connector
Weight
approx.
16
Yes (optocoupler)
4
16
Yes (optocoupler)
2
8
Yes (optocoupler)
1
16
Yes (optocoupler)
4
16
Yes (optocoupler)
2
8
Yes (optocoupler)
1
115 V UC
47Ă... 63 Hz
0Ă... 40 V
85Ă...Ă135 V
6 mA DC
15 mA AC
115 V UC
47Ă... 63 Hz
0Ă... 40 V
85Ă...Ă135 V
6 mA DC
10 mA AC
115 V UC
47Ă... 63 Hz
0Ă... 40 V
85Ă...Ă135 V
6 mA DC
10 mA AC
230 V UC
47Ă... 63 Hz
0Ă...Ă70 V
170Ă...Ă264 V
2.2 mA DC
15 mA AC
230 V UC
47Ă... 63 Hz
0Ă...Ă70 V
170Ă...Ă264 V
2.2 mA DC
15 mA AC
230 V UC
47Ă... 63 Hz
0Ă...Ă100 V
170Ă...Ă264 V
2.2 mA DC
16 mA AC
2Ă... 13 ms
10Ă... 25 ms
2Ă... 13 ms
10Ă... 25 ms
2Ă... 13 ms
10Ă... 25 ms
2Ă... 13 ms
10Ă... 35 ms
2Ă... 13 ms
10Ă... 35 ms
2Ă... 13 ms
10Ă... 25 ms
75 %
100 %
75 %
100 %
75 %
100 %
75 %
100 %
75 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
250 V AC
1500 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
250 V AC
2700 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
250 V AC
2700 V AC
5 mA
11.0 W
24Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
5 mA
11.0 W
24Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
5 mA
5.5 W
24Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
5 mA
11.0 W
24Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
5 mA
11.0 W
24Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
5 mA
5.5 W
24Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
Cable length
S Unshielded
S Shielded
Interrupt output
max.
max.
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
see page 4/36
(S5Ć135U,
S5Ć155U/H)
1) With respect to number of inputs in a group
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/31
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital input modules (continued)
Ordering data
NonĆfloating:
420-7 digital input module
for S5Ć115U/H
32 inputs, 24 V DC
Floating:
430-7 digital input module
for S5Ć115U/H/F
32 inputs, 24 V DC,
in groups of 8
431-7 digital input module
for S5Ć115U/H
16 inputs, 24/48 V UC,
in groups of 4
432-7 digital input module
for S5Ć115U/H
16 inputs, 48/60 V UC,
in groups of 4
434-4 digital input module for
NAMUR1) sensor for S5Ć115U/H
32 inputs, 5/15 V DC
(TTL, CMOS, NAMUR)
434-7 digital input module
for S5Ć115U/H/F
with interrupt group signal
8 inputs, 24 V DC,
in groups of 1
435-7 digital input module
for S5Ć115U/H
16 inputs, 115 V UC,
in groups of 4
in groups of 2
for S5Ć115 U/H/F
8 inputs, 115 V UC,
in groups of 1
Order No.
Order No.
6ES5 420-7LA11
6ES5 430-7LA12
6ES5 431-7LA11
436-7 digital input module
for S5Ć115U/H
16 inputs, 230 V UC,
in groups of 4
in groups of 2
for S5Ć115U/H/F
8 inputs, 230 V UC,
in groups of 1
6ES5 436-7LA11
6ES5 436-7LB11
6ES5 436-7LC11
The operating instructions are
included in the S5Ć115U manual
(see page 3/23).
490 front connector
6ES5 432-7LA11
6ES5 434-4UA12
6ES5 434-7LA12
For screw terminals
S 24Ćpin
S 46Ćpin
For crimp terminals, 46Ćpin
S With 59 crimp contacts
S Without crimp contacts
For snapĆon clip terminals, 46Ćpin
497 front connector
for 434Ć4 digital input module
S Crimp terminals, singleĆwidth,
42Ćpin
S Screw terminals, singleĆwidth,
42Ćpin
Adapter casing
6ES5 490-7LB11
6ES5 490-7LB21
6ES5 490-7LA11
6ES5 490-7LA21
6ES5 490-7LC11
6ES5 497-4UA12
6ES5 497-4UB31
see page 3/98
6ES5 435-7LA11
6ES5 435-7LB11
6ES5 435-7LC11
1) NAMUR = Working group on standards in the measurement technique and control engineering
3/32
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital input modules (continued)
Connection diagrams
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
5
5
6
+
7
6
+
7
1
L1
2
3
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
12
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
L1
19
17
M
12
17
18
+
19
18
+
19
N(M)
L1
12
15
20
20
20
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
29
30
L1
20
21
N(M)
30
30
+
31
23
M
30
+
L1
23
27
31
32
32
33
33
33
34
34
34
35
35
35
36
36
37
37
37
38
38
38
39
39
39
40
40
40
40
41
41
42
42
43
L1
32
33
N(M)
31
32
43
41
31
22
N(M)
M
36
41
42
+
43
42
+
43
34
N(M)
35
36
N(M)
37
L1
38
39
44
44
44
44
45
45
45
45
46
46
46
47
47
47
L1
M
6ES5 420-7LA11
6ES5 430-7LA12
M
6ES5 431-7LA11
46
47
N(M)
L1
6ES5 432-7LA11
1
1
01
2
2
02
2
3
3
03
3
4
04
4
5
05
5
6
06
7
07
8
08
N(M)
+
4
5
M
6
7
+
8
9
7
09
9
100
10
101
N
102
N
L1
103
104
13
14
105
15
16
106
17
107
18
108
19
109
20
200
20
21
201
21
22
202
22
23
23
203
23
25
25
205
26
26
206
26
27
27
207
27
28
208
28
29
209
29
30
300
31
301
32
302
32
33
303
33
34
304
35
305
L1
16
+
16
17
M
18
19
+
20
21
M
22
+
28
29
M
30
31
+
32
33
M
34
35
RESET
36
37
15
L1
N
12
13
14
15
N
L1
11
12
MELD
14
L1
8
9
12
13
6
11
MELD
11
N
L1
1
10
M
10
L1
N
L1
N
36
RESET M
306
N
L1
N
L1
N
L1
17
18
19
L1
N
25
30
31
34
N
N
L1
L1
N
L1
N
35
36
37
307
38
38
308
38
39
39
309
39
40
400
40
41
401
42
402
43
403
44
404
44
45
405
45
46
406
47
407
+
40
41
42
M
43
+
44
45
46
47
6ES5 434-7LA12
M
6ES5 435-7LA11
6ES5 436-7LA11
L1
N
6ES5 435-7LB11
6ES5 436-7LB11
N
L1
37
41
42
43
46
N
L1
N
L1
N
47
6ES5 435-7LC11
6ES5 436-7LC11
Fig. 3/25 Connection diagrams for digital input modules
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/33
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital input modules (continued)
Connection diagrams
(continued)
1
F+
1
F+
2
F-
2
F-
3
1L+
3
1L+
4
0.0
4
0.0
5
0.1
5
0.1
6
0.2
6
0.2
7
0.3
7
0.3
8
0.4
8
0.4
9
0.5
9
0.5
10
0.6
10
0.6
11
0.7
11
0.7
12
1LH+
12
1LH+
13
1.0
13
1.0
14
1.1
14
1.1
15
1.2
15
1.2
16
1.3
16
1.3
17
1.4
17
1.4
18
1.5
18
1.5
19
1.6
19
1.6
20
1.7
20
1.7
21
L-
21
L-
22
1LH-
22
1LH-
23
2LH-
23
2LH-
24
2L+
24
2L+
25
2.0
25
2.0
26
2.1
26
2.1
27
2.2
27
2.2
28
2.3
28
2.3
29
2.4
29
2.4
30
2.5
30
2.5
31
2.6
31
2.6
32
2.7
32
2.7
33
2LH+
33
2LH+
34
3.0
34
3.0
35
3.1
35
3.1
36
3.2
36
3.2
37
3.3
37
3.3
38
3.4
38
3.4
39
3.5
39
3.5
40
3.6
40
3.6
41
3.7
41
3.7
+
24V
-
24V
+
42
434-4UA12 with NAMUR sensors
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
-
-
5...15V
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
-
5..15V
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
-
42
434-4UA12 with TTL/CMOS sensors
Fig. 3/26 Connection diagrams for digital input modules
3/34
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital output modules
The digital output modules
convert the internal signal
levels of the programmable
controllers into the binary
signal levels required exterĆ
nally by the process.
Application
Design
Digital output modules are
available with 8, 16 or 32 outĆ
puts and for a range of supply
voltages (load) and rated load
currents. The modules require
one slot.
Depending on the version, the
modules comprise:
S Green LEDs for indicating
signal status
S ShortĆcircuit detection
Principle of operation
The module converts the
internal output signals of the
programmable controller to
the load voltage levels (DC
or AC) used to control the
process. The output voltage
ranges are fixed. A selection
of 2 or 3 ranges is available
on some modules.
Short-circuit protection
The digital output modules
are shortĆcircuitĆprotected
(except for the relay outputs
and the DA 457Ć7 digital
output module).
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Group signalling output for
shortĆcircuits (latching relay)
with reset input
S Red LEDs for indicating a
shortĆcircuit
S
The module address (byte
parameter when proĆ
gramming) is slotĆdependent
and need therefore not be set
on the module.
The signal leads must be
connected with front
connectors. They can be
labelled in the field next to
the LEDs.
Protection is provided either
electronically or by means of
fuses. In the DA 451Ć7 and
453Ć7 modules, the shortĆ
circuit signal is stored via a
latching relay contact and
indicated by a red LED for
each group. In both modules
a signal can be reset with a
separate 24 V input (RES) or
internally by a BASP signal.
On the modules protected
with fuses, red LEDs also
indicate when a fuse has
blown.
Parallel connection of
outputs
Parallel connection of the
outputs is only possible with
the relay output modules.
Note
All the digital output modules
of the S5Ć135U/Ć155U proĆ
grammable controllers (see
Section 4) can be used in the
S5Ć115U with adapter
casings.
3/35
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital output modules (continued)
Technical specifications
Digital output module
6ES5 441-7LA12
6ES5 451-7LA11
6ES5 451-7LA21
6ES5 453-7LA11
6ES5 453-4UA12
Number of outputs
Galvanic isolation
S In groups of
Supply voltage
Vpos (for load)
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range
(with ripple)
Value at tĂ & lt; Ă0.5 s
32
No
Ċ
32
Yes (optocoupler)
8
32
Yes (optocoupler)
8
16
Yes (optocoupler)
8
see page 4/40
(S5Ć135U,
S5Ć155U/H)
max.
24 V DC
3.6 V
24 V DC
3.6 V
24 V DC
3.6 V
24/48/60 V DC
3.6 V
max.
20Ă...Ă30 V
35 V
20Ă...Ă30 V
35 V
20Ă...Ă30 V
35 V
20Ă...Ă75 V
87 V
0.5 A
5 mAĂ...Ă0.5 A
0.5 A
5 mAĂ...Ă0.5 A
0.5 A
5 mAĂ...Ă0.5 A
0.5 A
5 mAĂ...Ă0.5 A
Output current at " 1 signal
S Rated value
S Permissible range
Lamp load
max.
5W
5W
5W
5W
ShortĆcircuit protection
ShortĆcircuit display
Electronic
Ċ
Electronic
Ċ
Electronic
1 LED/group with
one common
group signal
Electronic
1 LED/group with
one common
group signal
ShortĆcircuit group
signal output
S Permissible load
S Switching capacity
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Latching relay cont.
100 V DC ; 0.2 mA
20 W; 35 VA
Latching relay cont.
100 V DC ; 0.2 mA
20 W; 35 VA
Reset input
Ċ
Ċ
24 V DC
24 V DC
Inductive surge voltage on circuit
interruption (internal) limited to
-Ă15 V
-Ă15 V
-Ă15 V
-Ă30 V
Switching frequency
S Resistive loads
S Lamp loads
S Inductive loads
100 Hz
8 Hz
0.5 Hz
100 Hz
8 Hz
0.5 Hz
100 Hz
8 Hz
0.5 Hz
100 Hz
8 Hz
0.5 Hz
Load factor 1)
S At 25 _C
S At 55 _C
100Ă%
50Ă%
100Ă%
50Ă%
100Ă%
50Ă%
100Ă%
100Ă%
Residual current at " 0 signal max.
1 mA
1 mA
1 mA
1 mA
Signal level of the outputs
S At " 0 signal
S At " 1 signal
max.
min.
+Ă3 V
Vpos -Ă2 5 V
+Ă3 V
Vpos -Ă2.5 V
+Ă3 V
Vpos -Ă2.5 V
+Ă3 V
Vpos -Ă2.5 V
Cable length
S Unshielded
S Shielded
max.
max.
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
Ċ
Ċ
30 V DC
500 V AC
30 V DC
500 V AC
75 V DC
500 V AC
10 mA
17 mA/group
100 mA
17 mA/group
100 mA
17 mA/group
50 mA
50 mA/group
Power loss (rated operation) typ.
20 W
20 W
20 W
16 W
Front connector
46Ćpin
46Ćpin
46Ćpin
24Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
max.
max.
max.
Insulation voltage rating
(external connections to
housing, internal connections,
other groups)
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested with
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V, no load)
Weight
typ.
typ.
approx.
1) Referred to the sum of the rated currents via an LĂ+ supply
3/36
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital output modules (continued)
Technical specifications
Digital output module
6ES5 454-7LA12 6ES5 454-7LB11
6ES5 455-7LA11
6ES5 456-7LA11
6ES5 456-7LB11
6ES5 457-7LA11
Number of outputs
Galvanic isolation
S In groups of
Supply voltage
Vp, Vpos (for load)
S Rated value
S Frequency
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range
(with ripple)
Value at tĂ & lt; Ă0.5 s
16
Yes (optocoupler)
4
8
Yes (optocoupler)
1
16
Yes (optocoupler)
2
16
Yes (optocoupler)
4
8
1
32 (m switch)
Yes (optocoupler)
8
max.
24 V DC
Ċ
3.6 V
24 V DC
Ċ
3.6 V
48/115 V AC
47Ă...Ă63 Hz
Ċ
115/230 V AC
47Ă...Ă63 Hz
Ċ
115/230 V AC
47Ă...Ă63 Hz
Ċ
5/12/24 V DC
Ċ
2.4 V at 24 V
max.
20Ă...Ă30 V
35 V
20Ă...Ă30 V
35 V
40Ă...Ă140V
Ċ
89Ă...Ă264V
Ċ
89Ă...Ă264V
Ċ
4.75Ă...Ă30V
35 V
2A
10 mA1)Ă...Ă2 A
2A
10 mA1)Ă...Ă2 A
2 A/group
40 mAĂ...Ă2 A
1A
40 mAĂ...Ă1 A
2A
40 mAĂ...Ă2 A
100 mA
Ċ
Output current at " 1 signal
S Rated value
S Permissible range
Lamp load
max.
10 W
10 W
50/100 W/group
25/50 W
25/50 W
Ċ
ShortĆcircuit protection
Electronic
Ċ
Fuse
(8 2.55 A FF)
1 LED/group
Fuse
(4 10 A FF)
1 LED/group
Fuse
(8 6.3 A FF)
8 LEDs
None
ShortĆcircuit display
Fuse
(8 2.55 A FF)
8 LEDs
Inductive surge voltage on circuit
interruption (internal) limited
to
-Ă15 V
-Ă23 V
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
-Ă10 V
Switching frequency
S Resistive loads
S Lamp loads
S Inductive loads
100 Hz
8 Hz
0.27 Hz
100 Hz
8 Hz
0.27 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
ă8 Hz
2 Hz
Load factor 1)
S At 25 _C
S At 55 _C
50Ă%
50Ă%
100Ă%
ă50Ă%
100Ă%
100Ă%
100Ă%
100Ă%
100Ă%
100Ă%
100Ă%
100Ă%
Residual current at " 0 signal max.
1 mA
1 mA
1/3 mA
3/5 mA
3/5 mA
100 µA
Signal level of the outputs
S At " 0 signal
S At " 1 signal
max.
min.
+Ă3 V
Vpos -Ă3 V
+Ă3 V
Vpos -Ă3 V
+Ă3 V
Vpos -Ă7 V
+Ă3 V
Vpos -Ă7 V
+Ă3 V
Vpos -Ă7 V
Open collector
output
Cable length
S Unshielded
S Shielded
max.
max.
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
300 m (984 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
300 m (984 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
300 m (984 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
300 m (984 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
30 V DC
500 V AC
30 V DC
500 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
250 V AC
2700 V AC
30 V DC
500 V AC
50 mA
8.5 mA/group
50 mA
Ċ
175 mA
Ċ
70 mA
Ċ
35 mA
Ċ
100 mA
4 mA
20 W
20 W
16 W
16 W
16 W
6W
24Ćpin
24Ćpin
24Ćpin
24Ćpin
24Ćpin
46Ćpin
1.1 kg (2.4 lb)
0.8 kg (1.8 lb)
1.1 kg (2.4 lb)
1.1 kg (2.4 lb)
1.1 kg (2.4 lb)
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
max.
max.
max.
Insulation voltage rating
(external connections to
the housing, internal
connections, other groups)
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested with
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V, no load)
typ.
typ.
Power loss (rated operation) typ.
Front connector
Weight
approx.
Ċ
1) Referred to the sum of the rated currents via an LĂ+ or L1 supply
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/37
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital output modules (continued)
Technical specifications
Digital output module
6ES5 458-7LA111)
6ES5 458-7LB11
6ES5 458-7LC11
Number of outputs
Galvanic isolation
S In groups of
Continuous current Ith
Switching capacity of the contacts
S Resistive loads
max.
16
Yes (relay contacts)4)
1
0.5 A
8
Yes (relay contacts)3)
1
5A
16
Yes (relay outputs)
4
5A
10 W/0.5 A/30 V UC
5 A at 250 V AC
2.5 A at 30 V DC
S Inductive loads
Not permitted
1.5 A at 250 V AC
0.5 A at 30 V DC
5 A at 250 V AC
5 A at 30 V DC
0.4 A at 110 V DC
1.5 A at 250 V AC
1 A at 30 V DC
0.08 A at 110 V DC
max.
Service life: Switching cycles
(VDE 0660, Part 200)
1 109 (to DCĆ11)
1.5 106 (to ACĆ11)
0.5 106 (to DCĆ11)
1.5 106 (to ACĆ11)
0.5 106 (to DCĆ11)
ShortĆcircuit protection
None
None
None
60 Hz
Not permitted
10 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
2 Hz
30 V DC
500 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
24 V DC
3.6 V
24 V DC
3.6 V
24 V DC
3.6 V
20Ă...Ă30 V
35 V
20Ă...Ă30 V
35 V
20Ă...Ă30 V
35 V
50 mA
240 mA
50 mA
200 mA
50 mA
256 mA
Power loss (rated operation) typ.
5W
4W
6.5 W
Front connector
46Ćpin
24Ćpin
46Ćpin
0.8 kg (1.8 lb)
0.8 kg (1.8 lb)
0.8 kg (1.8 lb)
Switching frequency
S Resistive loads
S Inductive loads
max.
max.
Insulation voltage rating
(external connections to
housing, internal connections,
other groups)
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested with
Supply voltage Vpos
S Rated value
max.
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range
(with ripple)
Value at tĂ & lt; Ă0.5 s
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V)
Weight
typ.
typ.
approx.
Ordering data
NonĆfloating:
441-7 digital output module for
S5Ć115U/H; 32 outputs, 24V DC; 0.5 A
6ES5 441-7LA12
Floating:
451-7 digital output module for
S5Ć115U/H/F; 32 outputs, 24V DC; 0.5 A
6ES5 451-7LA12
451-7 digital output module for
S5Ć115U/H; 32 outputs, 24V DC; 0.5 A
with shortĆcircuit indication
453-7 digital output module for
S5Ć115U/H; 16 outp., 24/60 V DC; 0.5 A
453-4 digital output module for
S5Ć115U/H/F2);16 outputs, 24V DC; 2 A
6ES5 451-7LA21
454-7 digital output module
for S5Ć115U/H/F
16 outputs, 24 V DC; 2 A
8 outputs, 24 V DC; 2 A
455-7 digital output module for
S5Ć115U/H; 16 outp., 48/115 V DC; 1 A
6ES5 453-7LA11
6ES5 453-4UA12
457-7 digital output module
for S5Ć115U/H; 32 outputs,
5/24 V DC; 100 mA
458-7
458 7 digital output module
for S5Ć115U/H/F
16 relay contact outputs 1)
30 V UC; 0.5 A
8 relay contact outputs,
250 V AC; 5A
for S5Ć115U/H
16 relay contact outputs
250 V AC; 5 A, 30 V DC; 5 A
6ES5 458-7LA11
6ES5 458-7LB11
6ES5 458-7LC11
The operating instructions are
S5 115U
included in the S5Ć115U manual
(see page 3/23)
490 front connector
For screw terminals
S 24Ćpin
S 46Ćpin
6ES5 490-7LB11
6ES5 490-7LB21
6ES5 456-7LA11
For crimp terminals, 46Ćpin
S With 50 crimp contacts
S Without crimp contacts
For snapĆon clip terminals, 46Ćpin
6ES5 490-7LA11
6ES5 490-7LA21
6ES5 490-7LC11
for S5Ć115U/H
6ES5 456-7LB11
1) For new systems the use of the 6ES5 453Ć4UA12 module is suggested
3) Each contact is jumpered with a varistor (residual current max. 1 mA at 250 V AC)
3/38
6ES5 457-7LA11
6ES5 454-7LA12
6ES5 454-7LB11
6ES5 455-7LA11
456-7 digital output module
16 outputs, 115/230 V AC; 1 A
for S5Ć115U/H/F
8 outputs, 115/230 V AC; 1.5 A
Order No.
Order No.
2) Adapter casing required
4) Reed relay for measuring circuits
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital output modules (continued)
Connection diagrams
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
L1
1
2
+
7
8
+
7
8
5
+
7
8
6
+
7
8
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
+
19
M
12
+
19
M
MELD.
MELD.
12
13
MELD.
MELD.
14
17
+
19
18
19
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
30
+
31
M
30
+
31
22
23
M
M
L1
29
30
+
31
30
+
31
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
33
34
34
34
35
35
35
36
36
37
37
37
38
38
38
39
39
39
39
40
40
40
40
41
41
41
42
42
42
+
43
M
36
+
43
34
35
M
RESET
RES.-
36
37
RESET
RES.+
38
41
+
43
42
43
44
44
44
44
45
45
45
45
46
46
46
47
47
47
6ES5 441-7LA12
M
6ES5 451-7LA12
M
6ES5 451-7LA21
46
47
M
M
6ES5 453-7LA11
N
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
L1
2
+
7
8
8
+
+
4
1
4
L1
N
8
5
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
19
19
+
19
20
20
21
+
+
L1
N
16
12
13
N
L1
16
L1
N
17
18
19
20
20
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
28
28
29
29
29
30
30
31
31
M
30
+
31
32
32
33
34
+
+
22
L1
N
28
N
23
25
L1
28
L1
N
29
30
31
32
32
33
33
33
34
34
35
35
35
36
36
36
37
37
37
38
38
38
38
39
39
39
39
40
40
41
41
41
42
42
42
+
43
43
44
44
45
+
+
34
L1
N
40
43
N
35
36
37
L1
40
L1
N
41
42
43
44
44
45
45
45
46
46
46
47
47
47
6ES5 454-7LA12
M
6ES5 454-7LB11
6ES5 455-7LA11
46
L1
N
47
6ES5 456-7LA11
Fig. 3/27 Connection diagrams for digital output modules
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/39
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital output modules (continued)
Connection diagrams
(continued)
1
1
5
7
3
4
4
5
5
6
L1
N
6
2
3
5
4
1
2
3
N
3
1
2
4
2
6
6
7
7
8
+
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
L1
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
12
13
13
13
13
14
14
M
+
12
+
12
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
20
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
N
15
L1
N
18
19
18
20
21
L1
22
+
19
23
23
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
27
28
28
28
29
29
29
30
30
30
26
N
27
28
29
L1
N
30
31
M
M
+
31
31
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
33
34
31
L1
34
34
34
35
35
35
36
36
37
37
37
38
38
38
38
N
39
M
35
36
+
36
+
37
39
39
39
40
40
40
40
41
41
41
41
42
42
42
43
43
44
45
L1
N
42
43
+
43
44
44
44
45
45
45
46
46
47
47
L1
46
47
6ES5 457-7LA11
6ES5 456-7LB11
M
6ES5 458-7LA11
46
47
M
6ES5 458-7LB11
M
L1
1
2
L+
F+
1
3
L-
F-
2
1L+
+1Q0.0
4
1L-
-1Q0.0
5
2L+
+2Q0.1
6
2L-
-2Q0.1
7
3L+
+3Q0.2
8
3L-
-3Q0.2
9
4L+
+4Q0.3
10
4L-
-4Q0.3
11
4
3
5
6
7
8
9
N
10
11
L+
12
L1
13
14
1
2
3
12
15
5L+
+5Q0.4
13
16
5L-
-5Q0.4
14
17
6L+
+6Q0.5
18
15
6L-
-6Q0.5
19
16
7L+
+7Q0.6
17
7L-
-7Q0.6
18
8L+
+8Q0.7
19
8L-
-8Q0.7
20
20
21
N
22
23
0
L-
5
6
7
21
L1
25
4
H+
22
26
H-
23
27
2L+
24
28
9L+
+9Q1.0
25
29
9L-
-9Q1.0
26
30
10L+
+10Q1.1
31
27
10L-
-10Q1.1
32
28
11L+
+11Q1.2
29
11L-
-11Q1.2
30
12L+
+12Q1.3
31
12L-
-12Q1.3
32
33
N
34
35
L+
36
L1
37
13L+
+13Q1.4
34
13L-
-13Q1.4
35
40
14L+
+14Q1.5
36
41
14L-
-14Q1.5
37
42
15L+
+15Q1.6
43
38
15L-
-15Q1.6
44
39
16L+
+16Q1.7
40
16L-
-16Q1.7
41
45
N
46
47
6ES5 458-7LC11
L-
1
2
3
33
39
38
0
4
5
6
7
42
6ES5 453-4UA12
Fig. 3/28 Connection diagrams for digital output modules
3/40
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital input/output modules
The digital input/output
modules combine the
functions of the digital input
and output modules on one
module. In the digital input
section external binary
signals from the process are
converted to the internal
signal levels of the proĆ
grammable controller.
Application
In the digital output section
the internal signal levels of
the programmable controller
are converted to the binary
signal levels required
externally by the process.
Design
Digital input/output modules
are available with 8 inputs
and 8 outputs, 16 inputs and
16 outputs or 24 inputs and
16 outputs. The modules
require 1/2 or 1 slot
(depending on the subrack).
The signal leads must be
connected with front
connectors. They can be
labelled in the field next to
the LEDs.
The inputs and outputs can
be addressed with the same
addresses (e.g. E 4.0 to E 5.7
and A 4.0 to A 5.7). The input/
output connection (sink input/
source input or sink output/
source output) is fixed for the
482Ć7 and 485Ć7 modules, but
parameterĆselectable for the
482Ć7LF31 module.
Principle of operation
Interrupt processing
485Ć7 digital input/output
module only:
The 485Ć7 digital input/output
module can be operated with
or without interrupt proĆ
cessing. Four of the total of 24
inputs can be used to geneĆ
rate a group signal which
triggers an interrupt when one
of the input signals changes
on the positiveĆgoing edge.
Interrupt evaluation is only
possible in the central
controller.
Note
All the digital input/output
modules of the S5Ć135U/
Ć155U programmable conĆ
trollers (see Section 4) can
be used in the S5Ć115U with
adapter casings.
Technical specifications
Digital input/output module
6ES5 482-7LA11
6ES5 482-7LF11
6ES5 482-7LF21
6ES5 482-7LF31
6ES5 485-7LA11
Number of inputs
Galvanic isolation
S In groups of
16, sink input
Yes (optocoupler)
8
16, source readback
Yes (optocoupler)
8
16, sink readback
Yes (optocoupler)
8, source/sink readb.
Yes (optocoupler)
8
24
No
Ċ
Interrupt inputs
Suitable for safety signals
Ċ
No
Ċ
Yes
Ċ
Yes
Ċ
Yes
4
No
Input voltage
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
24 V DC
-Ă30Ă...Ă+Ă5 V
24 V DC
-Ă10Ă...Ă+Ă30 V1)
24 V DC
-Ă30Ă...Ă+Ă5 V
24 V DC
-Ă30Ă...Ă+Ă5 V
S For " 1 signal
+Ă13Ă...Ă+Ă30 V
-Ă30Ă...Ă+Ă5 V1)
+Ă13Ă...Ă+Ă30 V
24 V DC
-Ă30Ă...Ă+Ă15 V
(10Ă...Ă+Ă30 V)1)
+Ă20Ă...Ă+Ă30 V
(-Ă30...Ă+Ă5 V)1)
8.5 mA
0.8 mA
0.8 mA
0.8 mA
7.2 mA
2.2Ă...Ă4.6 ms
4.5Ă...Ă12 ms
Ċ
1.4Ă...Ă5 ms
1.4Ă...Ă5 ms
Ċ
1.4Ă...Ă5 ms
1.4Ă...Ă5 ms
Ċ
1.4Ă...Ă5 ms
1.4Ă...Ă5 ms
Ċ
3 ms
3 ms
1.5 ms
ă600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
ă60 m (196.8 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
ă60 m (196.8 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
ă60 m (196.8 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
ă60 m (196.8 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
Input current at " 1 signal
typ.
Delay
S At " 0 " ! " 1 "
S At " 1 " ! " 0 "
S For interrupt inputs
Cable length
S Unshielded
S Shielded
max.
max.
+Ă13Ă...Ă+Ă30 V
1) Values for source input
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/41
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital input/output modules (continued)
Technical specifications (continued)
Digital input/output module
6ES5 482-7LA11
6ES5 482-7LF11
6ES5 482-7LF21
6ES5 482-7LF31
6ES5 485-7LA11
Number of outputs
Galvanic isolation
S In groups of
Supply voltage
Vpos (for load)
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range
(with ripple)
Value at tĂ & lt; Ă0.5 s
Output current at " 1 signal
S Rated value
S Permissible range
16, source output
Yes (optocoupler)
8
16, source output
Yes (optocoupler)
8
16, sink output
Yes (optocoupler)
8, source/sink output
Yes (transformer)
16
No
Ċ
max.
24 V DC
3.6 V
24 V DC
3.6 V
24 V DC
3.6 V
24 V DC
3.6 V
24 V DC
Ċ
max.
20Ă...30 V
35 V
20Ă...30 V
35 V
20Ă...30 V
35 V
20Ă...30 V
35 V
20Ă...30 V
35 V
0.5 A
5 mAĂ...Ă0.5 A
0.5 A
5 mAĂ...Ă0.5 A
0.5 A
5 mAĂ...Ă0.5 A
2.5 A
5 mAĂ...Ă2.5 A
1.5 A
5 mAĂ...Ă1.5 A
5W
Lamp load
max.
5W
5W
5W
40 W
Inductive load
max.
8.5 W
8.5 W
8.5 W
60 W
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Vpos -Ă47 V
Vpos -Ă47 V
Vpos -Ă47 V
Vpos -Ă47 V
Electronic
(from 3.6 A)
-Ă15 V
100 Hz
8 Hz
0.5 Hz
100 Hz
8 Hz
0.5 Hz
100 Hz
8 Hz
0.5 Hz
100 Hz
8 Hz
0.5 Hz
100 Hz
8 Hz
0.5 Hz
100Ă%
50Ă%
100Ă%
50Ă%
100Ă%
50Ă%
100Ă%
100Ă%
50Ă%
50Ă%
ShortĆcircuit protection
Voltage induced on circuit
interruption (internal) limited
to
Switching frequency
S Resistive loads
S Lamp loads
S Inductive loads
max.
max.
max.
Load factor1)
S At 25 _C
S At 55 _C
Residual current at " 0 signal
max.
1 mA
1 mA
1 mA
0.5 mA
1 mA
Signal level of the outputs
S At " 0 signal
S At " 1 signal
max.
min.
+Ă3 V
Vpos -Ă2.5 V
+Ă3 V
Vpos -Ă2.5 V
Vpos
+Ă2.5 V
+Ă3 V; Vpos2)
Vpos -Ă1 V; (+Ă1 V) 2)
Vpos -Ă2.5 V
Cable length
S Unshielded
S Shielded
max.
max.
ă600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
ă600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
ă600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
ă600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
ă600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
Insulation voltage rating
(external connections to
housing, internal connections,
other groups)
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested with
30 V DC
500 V AC
30 V DC
500 V AC
30 V DC
500 V AC
30 V DC
500 V AC
30 V DC
500 V AC
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V, no load)
50 mA
10 mA
50 mA
10 mA
50 mA
10 mA
150 mA
ă95 mA
20 W
18 W
18 W
23 W
100 mA
ă80 mA per
output module
15 W
46Ćpin
46Ćpin
46Ćpin
46Ćpin
46Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
0.9 kg (2 lb)
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
Power loss (rated operation)
typ.
Front connector
Weight
approx.
1) Referred to the sum of rated currents of a group.
Ordering data
482-7 digital input/output
module3)
for S5Ć115U/H/F
16 inputs, 24 V DC and
16 outputs, 24 V DC; 0.5 A,
source input, source output
sink input, source output
source input, sink output
8 inputs, 24 V DC and
8 outputs, 24 V DC; 2.5 A either
source input/ sink input or
source output/ sink output
2) Values for sink output
Order No.
Order No.
485-7 digital input/output
module
for S5Ć115U
24 inputs, 24 V DC and
16 outputs, 24 V DC
6ES5 482-7LA11
6ES5 482-7LF11
6ES5 482-7LF21
6ES5 482-7LF31
6ES5 485-7LA11
490 front connector
For screw terminals, 46Ćpin
6ES5 490-7LB21
For crimp terminals, 46Ćpin
S With 50 crimp contacts
S Without crimp contacts
6ES5 490-7LA11
6ES5 490-7LA21
For snapĆon clip terminals, 46Ćpin
6ES5 490-7LC11
3) Operating instructions are included in the S5Ć115U manual (see page 3/23).
3/42
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Digital input/output modules
Digital input/output modules (continued)
Connection diagrams
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
M
2)
3
4
P1)
1
2
+
7
+
7
+
3)
+
3)
4
+
7
5
6
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
M
12
M
12
8
M
+
3)
M
M
+
3)
12
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
+
19
+
19
16
+
17
18
19
19
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
M
M
22
23
M
25
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
29
M
25
26
M
30
+
31
+
30
+
30
30
31
31
31
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
33
34
34
34
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
34
35
36
35
M
36
35
M
36
35
M
36
37
37
37
37
38
38
38
38
39
39
39
39
40
40
40
40
41
41
41
41
42
+
43
+
42
+
42
42
43
43
43
44
44
44
44
45
45
45
45
46
46
46
46
47
47
47
47
6ES5 482-7LA11
M
6ES5 482-7LF11
M
6ES5 482-7LF21
M
6ES5 482-7LF31
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
+
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
26
27
M
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
L1+
35
36
37
M
38
39
40
L2+
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
1) Source input
2) Sink input
3) Similar supply voltage for 2 " + "
6ES5 485-7LA11
Fig. 3/29 Connection diagrams for digital input/output modules
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/43
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Analog input/output modules
Analog input modules
The analog input modules
convert the analog signals
from the process into digital
values which can be proĆ
cessed by the programmable
controller.
Application
Design
Modules with 4, 8 or 16 inputs
are available. The modules
each require one slot.
The signal leads must be
connected with front
connectors. They can be
labelled in the field on the
front panel.
Principle of operation
The analog input modules
have different methods of opĆ
eration. The 460Ć7, 465Ć7 and
463Ć4 modules work on an inĆ
tegrating measuring
principle, whereas the 466Ć3
analog input module uses
instantaneous value encodĆ
ing. AnalogĆdigital conversion
is performed in the 460Ć7 and
465Ć7 modules by
voltageĆtime conversion and
in the 463Ć4 by voltageĆ
frequency conversion. The
466Ć3 module employs
successive approximation
and has the shortest
encoding time.
Measuring range modules
required for signal conĆ
ditioning are plugged into the
module. Each module sets the
measuring range for a group
of 4 channels (inputs).
Functions such as wire break
signalling, line frequency or
measuring range are set usĆ
ing switches at the rear of the
module.
The 460Ć7 and 463Ć4 modules
are reactionĆfree, the 463Ć4
module is also suitable for
failsafe operation.
All modules indicate overĆ
range errors. The 460Ć7 and
465Ć7 can also detect wire
breakage in the sensor line for
the Pt 100 (userĆconfigurable).
All modules have a high
degree of noise suppression.
Note
All the analog input modules
of the S5Ć135U/Ć155U proĆ
grammable controllers (see
Section 4) can be used in the
S5Ć115U with adapter
casings.
An adapter casing is required
for the 463Ć4 and 466Ć3
analog input modules
(page 3/98).
The 463Ć4 module must not
be operated in the third cenĆ
trally connected ER 701Ć3
subrack for S5Ć115F.
Technical specifications
Analog input module
6ES5 460-7LA13
6ES5 465-7LA13
6ES5 463-4U.12
Number of inputs
8 voltage/current inputs
or
8 inputs for Pt 100
resistance thermometer
Yes
16 voltage/current inputs
or
8 inputs for Pt 100
resistance thermometer
No
4 voltage/current inputs
Galvanic isolation
Yes
Input ranges (rated values)
± 50 mV; ± 500 mV; Pt 100; ± 1 V; ± 5 V; ± 10 V;
± 20 mA; + 4 ... 20 mA
Input ranges can be selected for 4 channels at a time using measuring
range modules
Input resistance in the
individual ranges
ă50 mV: yĂ10 MΩ
500 mV: yĂ10 MΩ
Pt 100ĂĂ: yĂ10 MΩ
Types of connection of sensors
TwoĆwire connection; fourĆwire connection for Pt 100
TwoĆwire connection
Digital representation
of the input signal
12 bit + sign or 13 bit two's complement
(2048 units = rated value)
11 bit two's complement
(1024 units = rated value)
3/44
ă1 V: 90 kΩ; 2Ăğ
ă5 V: 50 kΩ; 2Ăğ
10 V: 50 kΩ; 2Ăğ
20 mA: 25 Ω; 1Ăğ
4Ă...Ă20 mA: 31.2 Ω; 1Ăğ
0 ... 1 V, 0 ... 10 V, 0 ... 20 mA
+ 4 ... 20 mA for twoĆwire and
fourĆwire measuring transducers
1 V: yĂ10 MΩ; 10 V: 90 kΩ;
20 mA: 50 Ω
4Ă...Ă20 mA: 62.5Ω
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Analog input/output modules
Analog input modules (continued)
Technical specifications
Analog input module
6ES5 460-7LA13
6ES5 465-7LA13
6ES5 463-4U.12
Measuring principle
Integrating
Integrating
Integrating
Conversion principle
VoltageĆtime conversion
VoltageĆtime conversion
VoltageĆtime conversion
Integration time (adjustable for
optimum noise suppression)
20 ms at 50 Hz
162/3 ms at 60 Hz
20 ms at 50 Hz
162/3 ms at 60 Hz
20 ms at 50 Hz
162/3 ms at 60 Hz
Encoding time
max.
(single value encoding possible)
60 ms at 50 Hz
50 ms at 60 Hz
(referred to nominal value)
Ċ
60 ms at 50 Hz
50 ms at 60 Hz
(referred to nominal value)
Ċ
60 ms at 50 Hz
162/3 ms at 60 Hz
0.48 s at 50 Hz
Ċ
0.48 s at 50 Hz
0.96 s at 50 Hz
Cycle time for 4 inputs
ă8 inputs
16 inputs
Permissible voltage between
inputs or between inputs and
the central earthing point
(destruction limit)
max.
Permissible voltage between
the reference potential of a
nonĆfloating sensor and the
central earthing point
max.
Error indication for
S Overranging
S Wire breakage of the sensor line
Noise suppression for
f = n S (50/60 Hz ±Ă1%); n = 1,2Ă...
S Common mode noise
min.
(Vp & lt; 1 V)
S Series mode noise
min.
(peak noise value
& lt; rated value of the range)
Basic error limits1)
Supply voltage
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
S Value at t & lt; 0.1 s
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V)
max.
75 V DC/60 V AC
At 200Ă% of the nominal value (4095 units)
It can be designed for the ranges 50 mV, 500 mV and Pt 100
At 150Ă% of the nominal value
No
120 dB
ă40 dB
80 dB
40 dB
86 dB
40 dB
ă50 mV:ñ 2Ăğ
500 mV:ñ 1.5Ăğ
Pt 100:ñ 2Ăğ
ă1 V: ñ 3.5 ğ 20 mA: ñ 2.5 ğ
ă5 V: ñ 3.5 ğ 4Ă...Ă20 mA: ñ 2.5 ğ
10 V: ñ 3.5 ğ
1.1 ğ
ă1 V: ñ 7.7 ğ 20 mA: ñ 6.7 ğ
ă5 V: ñ 7.7 ğ 4Ă...Ă20 mA: ñ 6.7 ğ
10 V: ñ 7.7 ğ
3.7 ğ
approx.
200 m (650 ft);
max. 50 m (164 ft) at 50 mV
200 m (650 ft)
+Ă24 V
3.6 V
+Ă24 V
3.6 V
20Ă...Ă30 V
36 V
typ.
typ.
200 m (650 ft);
max. 50 m (164 ft) at 50 mV
+Ă24 V
3.6 V
Front connector
Weight
±Ă1 V
75 V DC/60 V AC
±Ă30 V or max. ±Ă75 V for 1 ms
with a pulse repeat rate of
100 pulses/second
ă50 mV:ñ 5Ăğ
500 mV:ñ 4.5Ăğ
Pt 100:ñ 5Ăğ
Operational error limits1)
(0 _C to 60 _C)
Cable length (shielded)
±Ă18 V or max. ±Ă75 V for 1 ms
with a pulse repeat rate of 50 pulses/second
20 ms at 50 Hz
162/3 ms at 60 Hz
Ċ
Ċ
20Ă...Ă30 V
36 V
20Ă...Ă30 V
36 V
0.15 A
0.1 A
46Ćpin
0.15 A
Ċ
46Ćpin
0.2 A
0.15 A
42Ćpin
0.4 kg (0.9 lb)
0.4 kg (0.9 lb)
0.4 kg (0.9 lb)
1) In accordance with DIN 43 745; referred to nominal measuring range (5 V supply from power supply module).
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/45
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Analog input/output modules
Analog input modules (continued)
Technical specifications
Analog input module
6ES5 466-3LA11
Number of inputs
8 differential inputs or
16 individual inputs (referred to ground)
in 4 or 2 groups (selectable)
Galvanic isolation
Yes
Input ranges (rated values)
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA; ± 20 mA
0 ... 1.25 V; 0 ... 2.5 V; 0 ... 5 V; 1 ... 5 V; 0 ... 10 V
± 1.25 V; ± 2.5 V; ± 5 V; ± 10 V
Input resistance in the
individual ranges
Voltage measuring range: ≥ 10 MΩ
Current measuring range: 125 MΩ
Types of connection
of signal sensors
TwoĆwire connection
Digital representation
of the input signal
13 bit two's complement or 12 bit abs. value + sign or 12 bit binary
Measuring principle
Instantaneous value encoding
Conversion principle
Successive approximation
Encoding time
per channel
max.
max.
max.
selector switch lets you select these
values for 4 channels separately
250 µs
Cycle time for
ă8 inputs
16 inputs
}
2 ms
4 ms
Permissible voltage between
inputs or between inputs and
the central earthing point
(destruction limit)
max.
±Ă 30 V (static) or ±Ă 75 V for 1 ms with a pulse repeat rate of 50 pulses/second
Permissible voltage between
the reference potential of a
nonĆfloating sensor and the
central earthing point
max.
75 V DC/60 V AC
Error indication for
S Overranging
S Wire breakage of the
sensor line
Yes (overflow bit)
No
Noise suppression for
f = n (50/60 Hz ±Ă1%); n = 1,2Ă...
S Common mode noise
min.
(Vp & lt; 1 V)
S Series mode noise
min.
(peak noise value
& lt; rated value of the range)
70 dB
40 dB
Basic error limits1)
(at 20 _C)
Voltage ranges (except Ă0...Ă1.25 V; ±Ă1.25 V):
Current ranges and Ă0...Ă1.25 V; ±Ă1.25 V:
0.1 %
0.12%
Operational error limits1)
(0 _C to 60 _C; for one year)
Voltage ranges (except Ă0...Ă1.5 V; ±Ă1.25 V):
Current ranges and Ă0...Ă1.25 V; ±Ă1.25 V:
0.2 %
0.24%
Cable length (shielded)
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V)
max.
typ.
typ.
0.7 A
Ċ
43Ćpin
Front connector
Weight
200 m (650 ft)
approx.
0.4 kg (0.9 lb)
1) In accordance with DIN 43 745; referred to nominal measuring range (5 V supply from power supply module).
3/46
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Analog input/output modules
Analog input modules (continued)
Order No.
Ordering data
Order No.
460-7 analog input module
for S5Ć115U/H/F
8 inputs (current/voltage or
Pt 100), input range set by
measuring range module, floating
6ES5 460-7LA13
466-3 analog input module
for S5Ć115U/H
16 individual inputs/
8 differential inputs
floating,
g
with short encoding time
465-7 analog input module
for S5Ć115U/H
16 inputs (current/voltage) or
8 inputs (Pt 100), input range set
by measuring range module,
nonĆfloating
6ES5 465-7LA13
Operating instructions are
included in the S5Ć115U
manual (see page 3/23).
To be ordered as a separate item:
498 measuring range module
for 4 channels
±Ă50 mV; ±Ă500 mV; Pt 100
±Ă1 V
±Ă5 V
±Ă10 V
±Ă20 mA
+Ă4Ă...Ă20 mA;
for 2Ćwire transducer
+Ă4Ă...Ă20 mA;
for 4Ćwire transducer
463-4 analog input module
for S5Ć115U/H/F
4 inputs, floating
For 50 Hz systems
For 60 Hz systems
6ES5 466-3LA11
490 front connector
for AE 463Ć4, 466Ć3
46 pin
For screw terminals, 46Ćpin
For crimp terminals, 46Ćpin
S With 50 crimp contacts
S Without crimp contacts
6ES5 490-7LC11
497 front connector
for AE 463Ć4
Crimp terminals, 42Ćpin
Screw terminals, 42Ćpin
6ES5 497-4UA12
6ES5 497-4UB31
K front connector for AE 466Ć3
Crimp terminals,
single width, 43Ćpin
singleĆwidth, 43 pin
Screw terminals,
singleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
6ES5 498-1AA71
6XX3 068
6XX3 081
see page 3/98
Adapter casing
for 463Ć4, 466Ć3 analog
input modules
6ES5 463-4UA12
6ES5 463-4UB12
Connection diagrams
6ES5 490-7LA11
6ES5 490-7LA21
For snapĆon clip terminals, 46Ćpin
6ES5 498-1AA11
6ES5 498-1AA21
6ES5 498-1AA61
6ES5 498-1AA31
6ES5 498-1AA41
6ES5 498-1AA51
6ES5 490-7LB21
490 7LB21
1 L+=24V
1 L+=24V
1
F+
1
2
2
2
F-
2
F-
3
L+
3
L+
4
Transducer
4
Transducer
5
10V
5
10V
6
1V/--mA
6
1V/--mA
7
Common
7
Common
8
Range
8
Range
9
10V
3
3
4
Input 0
5
1
1
5
Mø-
6
7
M1+
8
9
Mø+
4
Mø-
6
7
1
Mø+
M1+
8
9
M1-
M1-
+
Tr
-
9
F+
10V
10
10
10
0...20mA
10
0...20mA
11
11
11
4...20mA
11
4...20mA
12
12
12
13
13
13
Transducer
14
14
14
10V
15
1V/..mA
16
Common
17
18
15
2
16
17
1
17
M2-
3
19
M3+
20
21
M3+
20
21
M3-
22
23
M2-
18
M3-
23
Transducer
14
10V
15
1V/..mA
16
Common
Range
17
Range
10V
18
10V
19
0...20mA
19
0...20mA
4...20mA
20
4...20mA
21
L-
21
L-
KOMP+
25
KOMP-
26
27
22
23
4
29
1
29
M4-
5
31
32
33
32
33
M5-
27
1V/..mA
Common
29
31
32
M5+
10V
30
M4-
30
M5+
Transducer
28
M4+
28
30
31
1
27
M4+
25
26
KOMP-
26
28
10V
Range
29
Range
10V
30
10V
0...20mA
31
0...20mA
4...20mA
32
33
Tr
35
10V
36
1V/..mA
37
Common
Range
38
Range
10V
39
10V
0...20mA
40
0...20mA
41
4...20mA
41
4...20mA
35
35
10V
36
36
1V/..mA
37
37
Common
38
39
1
38
41
42
43
7
1
6ES5 460-7LA13
M7+
43
M7+
42
-
34
Transducer
42
44
M7-
45
46
47
M6-
42
44
45
M6+
40
M6-
4...20mA
+
33
37
41
-
40
M5-
36
40
Transducer
Common
35
6
25
1V/..mA
Transducer
39
24
28
34
M6+
Tr
27
34
39
+
26
34
38
-
23
24
25
Tr
22
22
KOMP+
13
20
M2+
16
18
19
1
15
M2+
+
12
M7-
46
L-
47
6ES5 460-7LA13
(with Pt 100)
LA075
6ES5 463-4UA12
6ES5 463-4UB12
6ES5 463-4UA12
6ES5 463-4UB12 (4...20 mA
twoĆwire measuring transducer)
Fig. 3/30 Connection diagram for analog input modules
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/47
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Analog input/output modules
Analog input modules (continued)
Connection diagrams
Channel
1 L+=24V
M1+
6
M1-
7
M2+
6
8
M2-
7
9
M3+
8
10
3
Mø-
5
2
M3-
9
1)
1)
3
4
10
12
1)
13
12
13
14
15
1
9
11
2
12
13
M5+
M5-
16
M6+
17
20
M6-
18
21
M7+
19
22
M7-
20
23
KOMP+
21
2
21
22
22
14
15
KOMP+
25
10
M8+
25
28
M8-
29
M9+
26
30
M9-
31
M10+
32
M10-
33
M11+
34
M11-
27
30
31
32
34
Mext.
37
35
39
M12+
36
40
M12-
24
12
M13+
13
M13M14+
44
M14-
40
45
M15+
46
M15-
14
41
42
6ES5 465-7LA13
29
30
31
5
32
34
35
6
36
38
39
7
15
43
47
27
37
39
43
4
26
33
6
38
42
25
28
5
37
41
3
20
23
4
33
36
18
19
11
28
29
15
17
3
24
27
14
16
23
38
13
8
10
M4-
35
12
9
7
M4+
26
1)
6
1
19
KOMP+
Mext.
5
18
7
0
4
17
6
11
3
16
5
9
1)
15
4
10
8
11
Mext.
14
8
0
5
11
KOMP-
2
Mø+
4
1
Mext.
1
2
3
Input 0
Channel
1
2
6ES5 466-3LA11 Individual inputs
40
7
41
42
43
6ES5 466-3LA11 Differential measurement
1
L+=24V
2
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mø+
Mø-
Input 0
M1+
1
M1M2+
2
M2M3+
3
M3-
12
13
Mext.
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Mext.
1)
M4+
4
M4M5+
5
M5M6+
6
M6M7+
7
M7KOMP+ KOMP+
KOMP-
KOMP-
Sø+
0
SøS1+
1
S1S2+
2
S2S3+
3
S3-
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
Measuring voltage inputs
4
Mext.
Mext.
S4+
1)
4
S4S5+
Outputs for constant current
3
5
S5S6+
6
S6S7+
7
S7A076
MANA = Common reference point of all current and voltage channels
QVx = Voltage output CHANNELx
QIx = Current output CHANNELx
S+x = Sensor line+CHANNELx
S-x = Common reference point of all current and voltage channels
6ES5 465-7LA13 (with Pt 100)
Fig. 3/31 Connection diagrams for analog input modules
3/48
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Analog input/output modules
Analog output modules
The analog output modules
convert digital values from the
programmable controller into
the analog signals required by
the process.
Application
Design
Three analog output modules
are available with 8 outputs
each and a range of output
voltages. The modules each
require one slot.
The signal leads must be
connected with front connecĆ
tors. They can be labelled in
the fields on the front panel.
The modules and front
connectors can be inserted
and removed under power.
The module address (byte
parameter when proĆ
gramming) is slotĆdependent
and need therefore not be set
on the module.
Principle of operation
The CPU of the central conĆ
troller transmits output values
in digital form to the proĆ
cessor of the analog output
module. These are converted
to analog voltages by a
digitalĆanalog converter and a
sampleĆandĆhold procedure.
A voltageĆcurrent converter is
also used to generate the
corresponding output
currents.The voltage and
current output ranges for
each module are fixed.
Note
All the analog output modules
of the S5Ć135U/155U proĆ
grammable controllers (see
Section 4) can be used in the
S5115U with adapter casings.
6ES5 470-7L.13
Technical specifications
Analog output module
6ES5 470-7L.13
Analog output module
Number of outputs
(voltage and current outputs)
8
OpenĆcircuit voltage
(current output)
Galvanic isolation
Yes
(not between the outputs)
Voltage between the reference
potential of the load (0 V connection)
and the housing
max.
60 V AC/75 V DC
±10 V; 0...20 mA
±10 V
+1...5 V; +4...20 mA
Linearity in the rated range
±Ă2.5Ăğ; ±Ă3 units
Operational limits
(0 to +Ă55Ă_C)
±Ă6Ăğ
Output ranges (rated values)
S 6ES5 470Ć7LA12
S 6ES5 470Ć7LB12
S 6ES5 470Ć7LC12
Load resistance
S For voltage outputs
S For current outputs
min.
max.
Only ohmic resistance
3.3 kΩ
300 Ω
Load connection
Load to the 0 V terminal
Digital representation of the
output signal
12 bit two's complement
(1024 units = rated value)
Conversion time
1 ms
Permiss. overload capability approx.
25Ă% (up to 1280 units)
ShortĆcircuit protection
Yes
ShortĆcircuit current
(voltage output)
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
approx.
25 mA
Cable length (shielded)
approx.
max.
18 V
200 m (650 ft)
Supply voltage
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range (including ripple)
S Value at t & lt; 0.1 s
+ 24 V
3.6 V
20...30 V
36 V
Power consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V)
0.25 A
0.3 A
typ.
typ.
Front connector
Weight
46Ćpin
approx.
0.4 kg (0.9 lb)
3/49
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Analog input/output modules
Analog output modules (continued)
Order No.
Ordering data
Order No.
470-7LA analog output module
for S5Ć115U/H/F
8 outputs; ±Ă10 V/0 ... 20 mA
6ES5 470-7LA13
Operating instructions are
included in the S5Ć115U
manual (see page 3/23).
470-7LB analog output module
for S5Ć115U/H/F
8 outputs; ±Ă10 V
6ES5 470-7LB13
490 front connector
For screw terminals, 46Ćpin
6ES5 490-7LB21
470-LC analog output module
for S5Ć115U/H/F
8 outputs;
+Ă1 ... 5ĂV; +Ă4 ... 20 mA
6ES5 470-7LC13
For crimp terminals, 46Ćpin
S With 50 crimp contacts
S Without crimp contacts
6ES5 490-7LA11
6ES5 490-7LA21
For snapĆon clip terminals, 46Ćpin
6ES5 490-7LC11
Connection diagrams
1
L+24V
L+24V
2
QV 0
S+0
S-0
3
Channel 0
QI 0
S-1
4
S+0
5
S-0
Channel 0
6
QV 1
S+1
QV 0
7
Channel 1
QV 1
8
S+1
9
S-1
Channel 1
10
QI 1
11
12
13
MANA
MANA
14
QV2
S+2
S-2
15
Channel 2
QV2
16
S+2
17
S-2
QI 2
19
Channel 2
18
QV 3
S+3
S-3
Channel 3
QV 3
20
S+3
21
QI 3
Channel 3
22
QI 3
23
24
25
26
27
QV 4
S+4
S-4
Channel 4
29
S-4
31
QV 5
S+5
S+4
Channel 4
30
QI 4
S-5
QV 4
28
Channel 5
QI 5
QV 5
32
S+5
33
S-5
Channel 5
34
35
36
37
MANA
MANA
38
QV 6
S+6
S-6
39
Channel 6
S-6
43
QV 7
S+7
S+6
41
Channel 6
42
QI 6
S-7
QV 6
40
Channel 7
QV 7
44
S+7
45
S-7
QI 7
L - 0V
47
Channel 7
46
L - 0V
6ES5 470-7LA13
6ES5 470-7LC13
Fig. 3/32 Connection diagrams for analog output modules
3/50
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Intelligent I/O modules
Intelligent I/O modules
Overview
Intelligent I/O modules are
used for highĆspeed, high
accuracy
S ClosedĆloop control
S Positioning
S Counting and proportioning
S Processing
of analog signals.
The advantage of the intelliĆ
gent I/O modules lies in the
fact that they execute these
timeĆcritical tasks completely
autonomously (in most cases
with their own processor). The
CPU can then concentrate on
its own control tasks more
closely.
These intelligent I/O modules
are linked directly with the
process via input and output
channels. There is an entire
range of intelligent I/O
modules for the S5Ć115U proĆ
grammable controller, which
can be used for the S5Ć135U
and S5Ć155U/H.
For further information,
see Section 4.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/53
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Special modules
Overview
Overview
Special tasks
Memory
Page
CP 516 memory submodule
4/96
PC functions
CP 581, the integral PC
in the SIMATIC
Page
4/97
CP 581 with COROS LSĆB
4/101
Simulation
Page
Supplementary equipment
Communication
Page
TK 858 telecommunications unit
8/16
Simulation connectors
3/54
Simulation panel
3/55
Simulation modules
4/108
313 monitoring module
4/109
Simulation connectors
For simulating binary input
signals on the S5Ć115U
programmable controller.
Application
Design
The simulation connectors
must be plugged into digital
input modules in the same
way as front connectors and
must be supplied with the
signal voltage. They have
switches which can be used
as maintainedĆcontact
switches (up position) or as
momentaryĆcontact switches
(down position).
Ordering data
Order No.
Simulation connectors
With 32 switches
With 16 switches
2 versions are available:
With 32 switches for
420Ć7LA and 430Ć7LA digital
input modules
S With 16 switches for
431Ć7LA, 432Ć7LA, 435Ć7LA
and 436Ć7LA digital input
modules
S
6ES5 490-7SA11
6ES5 490-7SA21
3/54
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Communications modules
Communications modules and bus systems
Overview
Communications processors
are used for data interchange
between the S5Ć115U/H/F proĆ
grammable controllers and
the I/Os or other proĆ
grammable controllers
connected to them.
Programmable controllers can
be linked in two ways:
Point-to-point connection
PointĆtoĆpoint connection is
used for connecting one or
more I/Os or programmable
controllers to a single
S5115U/H/F programmable
controller. The link can, for
example, be made via the
second interface of the
CPU 943, CPU 944 and
CPU 945. The CP 523,
3/56
CP 524, CP 544 and CP 544B
communications processors
can also be used. These priĆ
marily relieve the CPU of the
responsibility for communicaĆ
tions, thus enabling a large
number of I/Os to be conĆ
nected.
There are three different LANs
to choose from, depending on
the area to be covered, the
number and type of nodes
and the transmission speed:
S SINEC L1
S PROFIBUS
S Industrial Ethernet
Bus systems
LANs are used for interlinking
a number of nodes. Possible
nodes include:
S S5Ć115U/H/F programmable
controllers
S ThirdĆparty programmable
controllers
S Personal computers
S Minicomputers or
workstations
S Field equipment
A communications processor
is available for each of these
three bus systems.
For further information,
selection and ordering data,
see Section 4.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Communications modules
CP 523 communications processor for the S5-115F
The CP 523 communications
processor makes linking to
any desired devices with
serial interfaces possible.
The module is especially
suitable for:
S Direct safetyĆrelated link beĆ
tween two programmable
controllers
Application
S
S
Link with a personal
computer as well as
operator control and proĆ
cess monitoring equipment
Devices with serial interfaces
like, for example, printers,
terminals, keyboards,
barcode readers, CP 523,
etc. can be connected.
Direct reactionĆfree link
between a S5Ć115F proĆ
grammable controller and
another SIMATIC programĆ
mable controller
Design
In the S5Ć115F programmable
controller it must be observed
that the V.24 interface must
only be used if the partner
device ensures an electrical
separation in accordance with
VDE 0160.
For further information,
see Section 4.
Principle of operation
Interfacing
The FB 252 integral function
block in the S5Ć115F proĆ
grammable controller delivers
blockĆwise data transfer to the
CP 523.
Message printout
In the S5Ć115F programmable
controller the CP 523 can be
used for the output of system
fault signals. For that, it
assigns the top 256 signals
and in the event of system
faults gives out one of these
signals automatically. The
signal texts for the system
fault signals are contained
in the diskette with the
COM 115F parameterization
software as an example.
A safetyĆrelated link of further
S5Ć115F programmable conĆ
trollers is possible with stanĆ
dard function blocks
(see Section 7).
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
For further information,
see Section 4.
3/57
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
CR 700-0LA subrack for S5-115U central controllers
A small central controller with
up to four I/O modules can be
configured with the
CR 700Ć0LA subrack. A
power supply and CPU
module are always required.
Hardware interrupt evaluation
is possible on all admissible
slots for the corresponding
modules.
Application
Design
Up to three expansion units
can be connected in series in
centralized configuration (via
IM 305 and IM 306 interface
modules).
S
Type:
Aluminium baseplate of
extruded section with bus
board for connecting the
modules
Dimensions (W x H x D)
in mm: 353 x 303 x 47
S Weight: approx. 4 kg
S
Module locations
Slot No.
PS CPU 0
1
2
3
IM
PS 951 power supply module
CPU 941 to CPU 945
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....)
Digital input and output, analog input and output modules
(compact modules: 6ES5 4..Ć4...., 6ES5 466Ć3LA11)
Communications processors
For slot assignment,
see Section 11
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment,
see Section 11
IM 305, IM 306
Ordering data
Order No.
CR 700-0LA subrack
6ES5 700-0LA12
3/58
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
CR 700-0LB subrack for S5-115U central controllers
A small central controller with
up to six I/O modules can be
configured with the
CR 700Ć0LB subrack. A
power supply and CPU
module are always required.
Application
Design
Two singleĆwidth modules in
one adapter casing can be
plugged into slots 0 and 3.
Where two or more modules
are installed in one casing, a
fan subassembly is always
required.
Hardware interrupt evaluation
is possible on the admissible
slots for the corresponding
modules.
Connection of expansion units
the same as for the CR 700Ć2
subrack, but 2 interface
modules can be used for
distributed configuration in
1 adapter casing in slot 3.
Type, dimensions and weight:
see CR 700Ć0LA subrack.
Module locations
Slot No.
PS CPU 0
1
2
3
IM
PS 951 power supply module
CPU 941 to CPU 945
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....)
Digital input and output, analog input and output modules
(compact modules: 6ES5 4..Ć4...., 6ES5 466Ć3LA11)
Communications processors
For slot assignment,
see Section 11
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment,
see Section 11
IM 304, IM 308, IM 308ĆB
IM 305, IM 306
IM 307
1)
1) No interrupt processing possible in slot 3.
Ordering data
Order No.
CR 700-0LB subrack
6ES5 700-0LB11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/59
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
CR 700-1 subrack for S5-115U central controllers
A central controller with up to
seven I/O modules can be
configured with the CR 700Ć1
subrack. A power supply and
CPU module are always reĆ
quired. Hardware interrupt
evaluation is possible on the
admissible slots for the
corresponding modules.
Application
Design
Up to 3 expansion units can
be connected in series in
centralized configuration.
S
Type:
Aluminium baseplate of
extruded section with bus
board for connecting the
modules
Dimensions (W x H x D)
in mm: 483 x 303 x 47
S Weight: approx. 5 kg
S
Module locations
Slot No.
PS CPU 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
IM
PS 951 power supply module
CPU 941 to CPU 945
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input and
output modules (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....), 776 power output
Digital input and output, analog input and output modules
(compact modules: 6ES5 4..Ć4...., 6ES5 466Ć3LA11)
Communications processors
For slot assignment, see Katalogteil
Steckplatzbelegung siehe Section 11 11
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment, see Katalogteil
Steckplatzbelegung siehe Section 11 11
IM 305, IM 306
1) Analog modules in slots 4, 5 and 6 only possible when using the IM 306 interface module.
Ordering data
Order No.
CR 700-1 subrack
6ES5 700-1LA12
3/60
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
CR 700-2 subrack for S5-115U central controllers
A central controller with up to
seven I/O modules can be
configured with the CR 700Ć2
subrack. A power supply and
CPU module are always
required.
Application
Hardware interrupt evaluation
is possible on the admissible
slots for the corresponding
modules.
Design
In centralized configuration
up to 3 expansion units can
be connected in series.
In distributed configuration
the following can be
connected:
S Up to 600 m, up to 2 times 4
expansion units (via IM 304)
S
S
For a distance of 50 to
500 m between 2 interface
modules, max. 3 expansion
units (via IM 307)
S
Up to 23 km, max. 122
ET 200 distributed I/O
modules (in two phases,
via IM 308ĆB)
In addition to that, up to 3
expansion units can be
connected in centralized
configuration to distributed
expansion units.
Type, dimensions and weight:
see CR 700Ć1 subrack.
Up to 3000 m, up to 63
expansion units (via IM 308)
Module locations
Slot No.
PS CPU 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
IM
PS 951 power supply module
CPU 941 to CPU 945
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules1) (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....)
Digital input and output2), analog input and output modules
(compact modules: 6ES5 4..Ć4...., 6ES5 466Ć3LA11)
Communications processors
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment, see Section 11
IM 304, IM 308, IM 308ĆB
IM 305, IM 306
IM 307
3)
1) Analog modules in slots 4, 5 and 6 only possible when using the IM 306 interface module.
2) 434Ć4 digital input module not in slot 6.
3) No interrupt processing possible in slot 6.
Ordering data
Order No.
CR 700-2 subrack
6ES5 700-2LA12
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/61
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
CR 700-3 subrack for S5-115U central controllers
A central controller with up to
eleven I/O modules can be
configured with the CR 700Ć3
subrack. A power supply and
CPU module are always
required.
Application
Design
Two singleĆwidth modules in
one adapter casing can be
plugged into slots 0, 1, 2 and
6. Where two or more
modules are installed in one
casing, a fan subassembly is
always required.
Hardware interrupt evaluation
is possible in the admissible
slots for the corresponding
modules.
modules can be used for
distributed configuration in
one adapter casing in slot 6.
Type, dimensions and weight:
see CR 700Ć1 subrack.
Connection of expansion units
the same as for the CR 700Ć2
subrack, but 2 interface
Module locations
Slot No.
PS CPU 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
IM
PS 951 power supply module
CPU 941 to CPU 945
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules1) (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....)
Digital input and output2), analog input and output modules
(compact modules: 6ES5 4..Ć4...., 6ES5 466Ć3LA11)
Communications processors
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment, see Section 11
IM 304, IM 308, IM 308ĆB
IM 305, IM 306
IM 307
2)
1) Analog modules in slots 4, 5 and 6 only possible when using the IM 306 interface module.
2) No interrupt processing possible in slot 6.
Ordering data
Order No.
CR 700-3 subrack
6ES5 700-3LA12
3/62
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
ER 701-0 subrack for S5-115U expansion units
An expansion unit containing
up to six I/O modules can be
configured with the ER 701Ć0
subrack. Power supply by the
central controller or an expanĆ
sion unit with the ER 701Ć2 or
ER 701Ć3 subrack.
Application
Design
An expansion unit with the
ERĂ701Ć0 subrack must
always be connected in
centralized configuration
(IM 305 or IM 306 interface
module).
Interrupt evaluation is not
possible in this expansion
unit.
Type, dimensions and weight:
see CR 700Ć0 subrack.
Module locations
Slot No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
IM
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules1), block type only (6ES5 4..Ć7....)
IM 305, IM 306
1) Except for 434Ć7 digital input module; for analog modules
the IM 306 interface module is required
Ordering data
ER 701-0 subrack
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Order No.
6ES5 701-0LA11
3/63
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
ER 701-1 subrack for S5-115U expansion units
An expansion unit containing
up to nine I/O modules can be
configured with the ER 701Ć1
subrack. Power supply by the
central controller or an expanĆ
sion unit with the ER 701Ć2 or
ER 701Ć3 subrack.
Application
Design
An expansion unit with the
ERĂ701Ć1 subrack must
always be connected in
centralized configuration
(IM 305 or IM 306 interface
module).
Interrupt evaluation is not
possible in this expansion
unit.
Type, dimensions and weight:
see CR 700Ć1 subrack.
Module locations
Slot No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
IM
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules1), block type only (6ES5 4..Ć7....)
IM 305, IM 306
1) Except for 434Ć7 digital input module; for analog modules
the IMĂ306 interface module is required.
Ordering data
ER 701-1 subrack
3/64
Order No.
6ES5 701-1LA12
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
ER 701-2 subrack for S5-115U expansion units
An expansion unit containing
up to seven I/O modules can
be configured with the
ER 701Ć2 subrack. A power
supply module and the
IM 306 interface module (for
modules in block design) are
always required.
Application
Design
An expansion unit with the
ERĂ701Ć2 subrack must
always be connected in
distributed configuration
(IM 314, IM 317 or IM 318
interface modules).
Interrupt evaluation is not
possible in this expansion
unit.
Type, dimensions and weight:
see CR 700-1 subrack.
Module locations
Slot No.
PS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IM
PS 951 power supply module
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules1) (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....),
Digital input and output, analog input and output modules1)
(compact modules: 6ES5..Ć4.-...., 6ES5 466Ć3LA11)
Communications processors
For slot assignment, see Section 11
IM 306
IM 314, IM 317, IM 318
313 monitoring module
1) The IM 306 interface module is necessary for modules in block design (for address setting).
Ordering data
ER 701-2 subrack
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Order No.
6ES5 701-2LA12
3/65
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
ER 701-3 subrack for S5-115U expansion units
An expansion unit containing
up to seven I/O modules can
be configured with the
ER 701Ć3 subrack. A power
supply module and the
IM 306 interface module (for
modules in block design) are
always required.
Application
Design
An expansion unit with the
ERĂ701Ć3 subrack must
always be connected in
distributed configuration
(IM 314, IM 317 or IM 318
interface modules). When usĆ
ing IM 314 or IM 317 interface
modules, also communicaĆ
tions processors and
intelligent I/O modules with
page frame address can be
plugged in.
In the ER 701Ć3 expansion
unit interrupt processing is
only possible when using the
IM 307/IM 317 fiber optic
interface modules.
Type, dimensions and weight:
see CR 700Ć1 subrack.
Module locations
Slot No.
PS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IM
PS 951 power supply module
Digital input and output, analog input and output
modules1) (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....),
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input and
output modules (compact mod.: 6ES5..Ć4.-...., 6ES5 466Ć3LA11)
Communications processors
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment, see Section 11
IM 306 (always required)
IM 314 (also IM 310) or IM 318
IM 307, IM 317
2)
313 monitoring module
1) Except for 434Ć7 digital input module.
2) No interrupt processing possible in slot 7.
3) The IM 306 interface module is necessary for modules in block design (for address setting).
Ordering data
ER 701-3 subrack
3/66
Order No.
6ES5 701-3LA13
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
CR 700-0LB subrack for S5-115H central controllers
A small central controller with
up to four I/O modules can be
configured with the
CR 700Ć0LB subrack. A
power supply and CPU
module are always required,
as well as an IM 304 or IM
324R interface module for
linking the two central
controllers.
Application
Design
Up to three expansion units
can be connected in centraĆ
lized configuration (for
redundant or singleĆsided
configurations).
Up to two times four expanĆ
sion units (each with three
additional EUs in centralized
configuration) can be
connected in distributed
configuration up to 600 m
(1968 ft).
Module locations
Slot No.
PS CPU 0
1
2
3
IM
PS 951 power supply module
CPU 942H
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input and
output modules (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....)
Digital input and output, analog input and output modules
(compact modules: 6ES5 4..Ć4...., 6ES5 466Ć3LA11)
Communications processors
For slot assignment, see Sec. 11
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment, see Sec. 11
IM 304 for linking central controllers or for distributed expansion
IM 304, IM 306
IM 307
IM 324R for linking central controllers
Ordering data
Order No.
CR 700-0LB subrack
6ES5 700-0LB11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/67
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
CR 700-2 subrack for S5-115H central controllers
A central controller with up to
six I/O modules can be conĆ
figured with the CR 700Ć2
subrack. A power supply and
CPU module are always
required, as well as an IM 304
or IM 324R interface module
for linking the two central
controllers.
Application
Design
Up to three expansion units
can be connected in centraĆ
lized configuration (for
redundant or singleĆsided
configurations).
Expansion units in switched
or distributed configurations
cannot be used with this
subrack.
Module locations
Slot No.
PS CPU 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
IM
PS 951 power supply module
CPU 942H
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....)
Digital input and output, analog input and output modules1)
(compact modules: 6ES5 4..Ć4...., 6ES5 466Ć3LA11)
Communications processors2)
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment, see Section 11
IM 304 for linking central controllers
IM 305, IM 306
IM 324R for linking central controllers
1) 434Ć4 digital input module not in slot 6
2) CP 526 and CP 527 basic boards only
Ordering data
Order No.
CR 700-2 subrack
6ES5 700-2LA12
3/68
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
CR 700-2F subrack for S5-115H central controllers
A central controller with up to
six I/O modules can be conĆ
figured with the CR 700Ć2F
subrack. A power supply and
CPU module are always
required, as well as an IM 304
or IM 324R interface module
for linking the two central
controllers.
Application
Design
Up to three expansion units
can be connected in centraĆ
lized configuration (for
redundant or singleĆchannel
I/O configurations).
Up to two times four expanĆ
sion units can be connected
in distributed configuration
up to 600 m (1968 ft).
Module locations
Slot No.
PS CPU 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
IM
PS 951 power supply module
CPU 942H
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....)
Digital input and output, analog input and output modules
(compact modules: 6ES5 4..Ć4...., 6ES5 466Ć3LA11)
Communications processors1)
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment, see Section 11
IM 304 for linking central controllers or
for distributed expansion
IM 305, IM 306
IM 307
IM 324R for linking central controllers
1) CP 526 and CP 527 as basic board only
Ordering data
Order No.
CR 700-2F subrack
6ES5 700-2LA22
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/69
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
CR 700-3 subrack for S5-115H central controllers
A central controller with up to
nine I/O modules can be conĆ
figured with the CR 700Ć3
subrack. A power supply and
CPU module are always
required, as well as an IM 304
or IM 324R interface module
for linking the two controllers.
Application
Design
Two singleĆwidth modules in
one adapter casing can be
plugged into slots 0, 1, 2 and
6. Where two modules are
installed in one casing, a fan
subassembly is always
required (see page 3/77).
Up to three expansion units
can be connected in centraĆ
lized configuration (for
redundant or singleĆchannel
I/O configurations).
Up to two times four expanĆ
sion units can be connected
in distributed configuration
up to 600 m (1968 ft).
Two interface modules in one
adapter casing can be
plugged into slot 6.
Module locations
Slot No.
PS CPU 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
IM
PS 951 power supply module
CPU 942H
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....)
Digital input and output, analog input and output modules
(compact modules: 6ES5 4..Ć4...., 6ES5 466Ć3LA11)
Communications processors
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment, see Section 11
IM 304 for linking central controllers or
for distributed expansion
IM 305, IM 306
IM 307
IM 324R for linking central controllers
Ordering data
Order No.
CR 700-3 subrack
6ES5 700-3LA12
3/70
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
ER 701-3LH subrack for I/O modules in switched configuration with S5-115H
An expansion unit in switched
configuration containing up to
six I/O modules can be conĆ
figured with the ER 701Ć3LH
subrack. A power supply
module and an IM 306 interĆ
face module for address
setting are always required.
Application
Design
A switched expansion unit
with the ER 701Ć3LH subrack
is connected to the central
controllers in distributed conĆ
figuration via two IM 314R
interface modules.
The possible configurations
are the same as those for the
S5Ć115U. For further details of
these subracks please see
pages 3/65 and 3/66.
Note on single-sided and
two-channel configuration:
The ER 701Ć2 and ER 701Ć3
subracks can also be used
for singleĆsided and twoĆ
channel configuration for the
S5Ć115H programmable
controller.
Module locations
Slot No.
PS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IM
PS 951 power supply module
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules1) (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....)
Digital input and output, analog input and output modules
(compact modules: 6ES5 4..Ć4...., 6ES5 466Ć3LA11)
Communications processors
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Steckplatzbelegung siehe Katalogteil 11
Intelligent I/O modules
Steckplatzbelegung siehe Katalogteil 11
For slot assignment, see Section 11
IM 306 (always required)
IM 314R
1) except 434Ć7 digital input module
Ordering data
Order No.
ER 701-3LH subrack
6ES5 701-3LH11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/71
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
CR 700-0LB subrack for S5-115F central controllers
A central controller with up to
four I/O modules can be conĆ
figured with the CR 700ĆOLB
subrack. A power supply and
CPU module are always
required, as well as an IM 304
or IM 324R interface module
for linking the two central
controllers.
Application
Design
Two communications proĆ
cessors in one adapter casing
can be plugged into slot 0,
two interface modules in one
adapter casing can be
plugged into slot 3.
Up to three expansion units
can be connected in centraĆ
lized configuration (for
redundant or singleĆsided
configurations).
Up to two times four expanĆ
sion units (each with three
additional EUs in centralized
configuration) can be
connected in distributed
configuration up to 600 m
(1968 ft) (for redundant or
singleĆchannel I/O configuĆ
rations).
Module locations
Slot No.
PS CPU 0
1
2
3
IM
PS 951F power supply module
CPU 942F
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules (block type: 6ES5 4..Ć7....)
6ES5 463Ć4U.12 analog input module,
6ES5 453Ć4UA12 digital ouput module (compact modules)
CP 523 communications processor
IM 304 for linking central controllers or
for distributed expansion
IM 306
IM 324 for linking central controllers
Ordering data
Order No.
CR 700-0LB subrack
6ES5 700-0LB11
3/72
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
CR 700-2F subrack for S5-115F central controllers
A central controller with up to
six I/O modules can be conĆ
figured with the CR 700Ć2F
subrack. A power supply and
CPU module are always
required, as well as an IM 304
or IM 324R interface module
for linking the two central
controllers.
Application
Design
Up to three expansion units
can be connected in centraĆ
lized configuration (for
redundant or singleĆchannel
I/O configurations).
Up to two times four expanĆ
sion units (each with three
additional EUs in centralized
configuration) can be
connected in distributed
configuration up to 600 m
(1968 ft) (for redundant or
singleĆchannel I/O configuraĆ
tions).
Module locations
Slot No.
PS CPU 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
IM
PS 951F power supply module
CPU 942F
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules (block type: 6ES5 4Ă..Ć7Ă....)
6ES5 463Ć4U.12 analog input module,
6ES5 453Ć4UA12 digital output module (compact modules)
CP 523 communications processor
IM 304 for linking central controllers or
for distributed expansion
IM 306
IM 324 for linking central controllers
Ordering data
Order No.
CR 700-2F subrack
6ES5 700-2LA22
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/73
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
ER 701-1 subracks for S5-115F expansion units
A central controller with up to
nine I/O modules can be conĆ
figured with the ER 701Ć1 subĆ
rack. Power supply by the
central controller or an expanĆ
sion unit with the ER 701Ć2 or
ER 701Ć3 subrack.
Application
Design
An expansion unit with the
ER 701Ć1 subrack must
always be connected in
centralized configuration.
The IM 306 interface module
is required for the expansion
unit.
Interrupt processing is not
possible in this expansion
unit.
Module locations
Slot No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
IM
Digital input and output, digital input/output,
analog input and output modules
(block type: 6ES5 4Ă..Ć7Ă....)
IM 306
Ordering data
Order No.
ER 701-1 subrack
6ES5 701-1LA12
3/74
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
ER 701-2 subrack for S5-115F expansion units
A central controller with up to
seven I/O modules can be
configured with the ER 701Ć2
subrack. The IM 306 interface
module is always required for
address setting.
Application
Design
Expansion units with ER 701Ć2
subracks can be connected
to a central controller or an
expansion unit with power
supply with the IM 306 interĆ
face module in centralized
configuration or in distributed
configuration with the IM 314
interface module to a central
controller.
In centralized configuration,
no power supply module must
be plugged into the ER 701Ć2
subrack. In distributed configĆ
uration, a power supply
module is absolutely
necessary.
This subrack makes twoĆ
channel, redundant configuraĆ
tion of I/O modules possible
(see page 3/16).
Interrupt evaluation is not
possible in expansion units.
Module locations
Slot No.
PS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IM
Power supply module
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules (block type 6ES5 4Ă.. Ć7Ă....)
1)
IM 306
IM 314
1) Only possible in this slot for centralized links (without power supply in the ER 701Ć2 subrack).
Ordering data
Order No.
ER 701-2 subrack
6ES5 701-2LA12
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/75
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
ER 701-3 subrack for S5-115F expansion units
A central controller with up to
eight I/O modules can be
configured with the ER 701Ć3
subrack. The IM 306 interface
module is always required for
address setting.
Application
Design
Expansion units with ER 701Ć3
subracks can be connected
to a central controller or an
expansion unit with power
supply with the IM 306 interĆ
face module in centralized
configuration or in distributed
configuration with the IM 314
interface module to a central
controller.
In centralized configuration,
no power supply module must
be plugged into the ER 701Ć3
subrack. In distributed configĆ
uration, a power supply
module is absolutely
necessary.
This subrack makes twoĆ
channel, redundant configuraĆ
tion of I/O modules possible
(see page 3/16).
Interrupt evaluation is not
possible in expansion units.
In an expansion unit with this
subrack also the 463 analog
input module can be plugged
in.
Module locations
Slot No.
PS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IM
Power supply module
Digital input and output, digital input/output, analog input
and output modules1) (block type: 6ES5 4Ă..Ć7Ă....)
2)
6ES5 463Ć4U.12 analog input module3),
6ES5 453Ć4UA12 digital output module (compact modules)
2)
CP 523 communications processor
IM 306
IM 314
1) Except for 434Ć7LA12 digital input module
2) Only possible in this slot for centralized configuration (without power supply in the ER 701Ć3 subrack).
3) In centralized link with ER 701Ć3 subracks the 463 analog input module must only be used in the central
controller and in the first and second expansion unit. Only the 6ES5 705Ć0AF00 cable (length 0.5 m)
may be used for that.
Ordering data
Order No.
ER 701-3 subrack
6ES5 701-3LA13
3/76
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Subracks
Fan subassembly
A fan subassembly is
required:
S If the power supply module
has an output load of more
than 7 A
S If several modules are
installed in one adapter
casing (except for IM 304/
IM 308 in one casing)
S If certain modules are used
(see Section 11 for further
details)
Application
Design
The fan subassembly conĆ
tains two fans, a dust filter
and fan monitors with floating
contacts.
The fan subassembly and
mounting accessories are
available in two versions:
S For long subracks
(483 mm/19 " )
S For short subracks
(353 mm/14 " )
The fan subassembly should
be installed under the PLC,
using the relevant mounting
accessories. A wiring duct is
supplied along the mounting
accessories. The field cables
can be run off neatly to the
sides in this duct.
Technical specifications
For long subracks
For short subracks
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm (in)
Weight
S Cable duct with
mounting brackets
approx.
S Fan subassembly
approx.
115/230 V AC or 24 V DC
0.6/0.3 A or 0.8 A
480 x 172 x 264 (19 x 6.77 x 10.4)
115/230 V AC or 24 V DC
0.6/0.3 A or 0.8 A
359 x 172 x 264 (14 x 6.77 x 10.4)
0.5 kg (1.1 lb)
1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
0.5 kg (1.1 lb)
1.4 kg (3.3 lb)
Ordering data
Order No.
Fan subassembly
S 115/230 V AC
S 24 V DC
6ES5 981-0H J11
6ES5 981-0H J21
Mounting accessories
6ES5 981-0G J11
Dust filter (filter mat)
6ES5 981-0J J11
For long subracks
For short subracks
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Order No.
Replacement fan
for above fan subassembly,
comprising:
1 fan, plugĆin connector,
replacement instructions
6ES5 988-7NA11
A
B
3/77
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Power supply modules
PS 951 power supply modules for the S5-115U/H
Power supply modules generĆ
ate the voltages required by
the programmable controller
from the external power
supply:
Application
+Ă5 V
as supply voltage for all
modules;
+Ă5,2 V
as supply voltage for the
PG 605 programmer, the
OP 393 and OP 396 operator
panels and the BT 777
(observe max. current);
+Ă24 V
for the 20 mA current loop
interfaces.
Power supply modules are
available with one or two
backup batteries, depending
on the model. These can be
replaced even when the
power supply is switched off.
In the case of the power
Design
supply modules with only one
backup battery, the backup
voltage is supplied via sockĆ
ets during replacement. In
those with two backup batterĆ
ies, the second battery beĆ
gins to supply the backup
voltage as soon as the first
one fails. This also applies
when it is removed for reĆ
placement.
Five power supply modules
are available for the
S5Ć115U/H programmable
controller.
Technical specifications
Power supply module
6ES5 951-7LB21
6ES5 951-7LD21
6ES5 951-7NB21
6ES5 951-7ND51
6ES5 951-7ND41
230/120 V AC
Ċ
187Ă...Ă264 V
94Ă...Ă132 V
47Ă...Ă63 Hz
230/120 V AC
Ċ
187Ă...Ă264 V
94Ă...Ă132 V
47Ă...Ă63 Hz
24 V DC
3.6 V
19.2Ă...Ă30 V
24 V DC
3.6 V
9.2Ă...Ă30 V
24 V DC
3.6 V
9.2Ă...Ă30 V
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
0.4/0.6 A
0.8/1.4 A
15ĂxĂIN
15ĂxĂIN
0.2 A2s
1.8 A2s
20 ms
1.5 A
15ĂxĂIN
0.4 A2s
5A
15ĂxĂIN
16 A2s
5.6 A
15ĂxĂIN
4.5 A2s
Mains buffering
0.4/0.6 A
0.8/1.4 A
15ĂxĂIN
15ĂxĂIN
0.2 A2s
1.8 A2s
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
Output voltage V1
+Ă5 V ±Ă1.5Ă%
+Ă5 V ±Ă1.5Ă%
+Ă5 V ±Ă1.5Ă%
+Ă5 V ±Ă1.5Ă%
+Ă5 V ±Ă1.5Ă%
Auxiliary voltages
S V2 (e.g. for programmers)
S V3 (e.g. for CP 525)
+Ă5.2 V (1 A)
+Ă24 V (0.2 A)
+Ă5.2 V (2.5 A)
+Ă24 V (0.35 A)
+Ă5.2 V (1 A)
+Ă24 V (0.2 A)
+Ă5.2 V (2.5 A)
+Ă24 V (0.35 A)
+Ă5.2 V (2.5 A)
+Ă24 V (0.35 A)
Output current1)
S Rated value for operation
Without fan
With fan
S Permissible range
3A
3A
0.3Ă...Ă3 A
7A
15 A
0.3Ă...Ă15 A
3A
3A
0.3Ă...Ă15 A
7A
15 A
0.3Ă...Ă15 A
7A
15 A
0.3Ă...Ă15 A
2ĂxĂĂlithium battery
Size AA,
(3.6 V/2ĂxĂ1.75 Ah)
2ĂxĂlithium battery
Size AA,
(3.6 V/2ĂxĂ1.75 Ah)
Supply voltage
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
S Frequency range
Current consumption
S Rated value IN
S Inrush current
S Iā2ā t
max.
max.
Backup battery
S Backup time
S External backup voltage
min.
2ĂxĂĂlithium battery
1ĂxĂĂlithium battery
1ĂxĂĂlithium battery
Size AA,
Size C,
Size C,
(3.6 V/2ĂxĂ1.75 Ah)
(3.6 V/5 Ah)
(3.6 V/5 Ah)
1 year (at 0.3 mA, 25 _C and uninterrupted buffering)
+Ă3.4Ă...Ă+Ă9 V
ShortĆcircuit protection
OpenĆcircuit protection
Fuse (primary circuit)
Electronic
Yes
Integral
Class of protection
Galvanic isolation
Test voltage
Class 1
Yes
2.5 kV AC
Yes
2.5 kV AC
No
Ċ
No
Ċ
Yes
500 V AC
RI specification
A in acc. with
VDE 0871
A in acc. with
VDE 0871
A in acc. with
VDE 0871
A in acc. with
VDE 0871
A in acc. with
VDE 0871
1.6 kg (3.5 lb)
1.9 kg (4.1 lb)
1.6 kg (3.5 lb)
1.6 kg (3.5 lb)
1.6 kg (3.5 lb)
Weight
approx.
1) Fan subassembly required for output currents from 7 to 15 A (page 3/77)
3/78
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Power supply modules
PS 951 power supply modules for the S5-115U/H (continued)
Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Backup battery, lithium battery
Size C, 3.6 V/5 Ah
Size AA, 3.6 V/1.75 Ah
PS 951 power supply module
for internal power supply
of the S5Ć115U/H
(without backup battery)
230/120 V AC; 5 V, 3 A
6ES5 951-7LB21
230/120 V AC; 5 V, 7/15 A1)
6ES5 951-7LD21
24 V DC; 5 V, 3 A;
nonĆfloating
6ES5 951-7NB21
24 V DC; 5 V, 7/15 A1);
nonĆfloating
6ES5 951-7ND51
DC 24 V; 5 V, 7/15 A1);
floating
6ES5 951-7ND41
6EW1 000-7AA
6ES5 980-0AE11
Operating instructions included
in the S5Ć115U manual
(see page 3/23).
1) Fan subassembly required in the subrack (see page 3/77)
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/79
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Power supply modules
PS 951 power supply module for the S5-115F
The PS 951 power supply
module generates the internal
operating voltage of 5 V DC
required by the proĆ
grammable controller from
the external power supply
24 V DC. Only the
PS 951Ć7ND41 is approved
for the S5Ć115F failsafe
programmable controller.
Application
The PS 951 power supply
module is potentialĆisolated
and is suitable for applicaĆ
tions
Design
Moreover, the module makes
backup supply of the RAM
modules of the CPU possible.
Two backup batteries are
installed for that in the
PS 951Ć7ND41. These can be
replaced even when the
power supply is switched off.
The second battery begins to
supply the backup voltage as
soon as the first one fails or is
removed for replacement.
where the input circuit of the
I/O modules is operated withĆ
out ground connection.
The lines with the supply
voltage are connected to the
bottom of the power supply
module with the help of screw
terminals.
Technical specifications
Supply voltage
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
Current consumption
S Rated value IN
S Inrush current
S IĂ 2Ăt
max.
24 V DC
3.6 V
19.2 ... 30 V
max.
5.6 A
15 x IN
4.5 A2s
Output current
S Rated value for operation
Without fan
With fan
S Permissible range
7A
15 A
0.3 ... 15 A
Backup battery
2 x lithium battery
Size AA, (3.6 V/2 x 1.75 Ah)
Mains buffering
20 ms
S External backup voltage
1 year (at 0.3 mA, 25Ă_C and
uninterrupted buffering)
+ 3.4 ... +Ă9 V
Output voltage V1
+Ă5 V ±Ă1.5Ă%
Auxiliary voltage
S V2 (e.g. for programming devices)
S V3 (e.g. for CP 525)
+Ă5.2 V (2.5 A)
+Ă24 V (0.35 A)
ShortĆcircuit protection
OpenĆcircuit protection
Fuse (primary circuit)
Electronic
Yes
Integral
Class of protection
Class 1
Galvanic isolation
Test voltage
Yes
500 V AC
RI specification
A in acc. with VDE 0871
S Backup time
Weight
Ordering data
6ES5 951-7ND41
approx.
3/80
1.9 kg (4.1 lb)
Order No.
Order No.
PS 951 power supply module
for S5-115F
for internal power supply
(without backup battery)
24 V DC; 5 V, 7 A;
nonĆfloating
min.
Backup battery (lithium battery)
Size AA, 3.6 V/1.75 Ah
6ES5 980-0AE11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
Interface modules
The following table shows the
interface modules and
connecting cables required to
Overview
Configuration/
Transmission mode
Central controller
link the various expansion
units to the central controllers.
Expansion unit
PLC type
Type of interface
EU type
for S5Ć115U/H/F
S5Ć115U
S5Ć115H1)
IM 305
S5Ć115U
S5Ć115H1)
S5Ć115F4)
Distributed
up to 200 m,
symmetric
Distributed
up to 600 m
symmetric
Connecting cable
Type of interface
Type
Length
ER 701Ć0
ER 701Ć1
IM 305
Permanently
connected
0.5 m (1.6 ft) or
1.5 m (5 ft)
IM 306
ER 701Ć0
ER 701Ć1
IM 306
705Ć0
0.5 m (1.6 ft) ...
2.5 m (8.2 ft)
S5Ć115U
S5Ć115H1)
IM 301
(see Section 4)
ER 701Ć22)
ER 701Ć32)
EG 183U
IM 310
(see Section 4)
721Ć0
0.5 m (1.6 ft) ...
200 m (656 ft)
S5Ć115U
S5Ć115H1)
S5Ć115F
IM 304
ER 701Ć22)
ER 701Ć32)
EG 183U
EG 185U
IM 314
721Ć0
1 m (3.28 ft) ...
600 m (1968 ft)
S5Ć115H3)
IM 304
ER 701Ć3LH2)
EG 185U
IM 314R
Distributed
50 ... 1500 m
(between every
2 modules),
serial optical
S5Ć115U
IM 307
ER 701Ć22)
ER 701Ć32)
EG 183U
EG 185U
IM 317
Distributed
up to 3000 m,
serial electrical
S5Ć115U
Distributed
up to 23 km,
serial electrical
or optical
S5Ć115U
S5Ć115H1)
Centralized
up to 2 m,
asymmetric
EU type
for S5Ć135U,
S5Ć155U/H
ER 701Ć32)
IM 308
ER 701Ć22)
ER 701Ć32)
721Ć0
1 m (3.28 ft) ...
600 m (1968 ft)
IM 307
EG 183U
EG 185 U
IM 318-3
ET 100U
IM 308-B
722Ć2
(fiber optic cable)
IM 318-8
ET 200U
IM 318-B/C
Shielded twisted
twoĆwire cable
(on request)
Shielded twisted
twoĆwire cable
(on request)
or
fiber optic cable
1) S5Ć115H with twoĆchannel I/O modules (fully redundant configuration) or singleĆchannel/singleĆsided I/O configuration
2) An IM 306 interface module is required for setting the addresses of modules of block design
3) S5Ć115H with singleĆsided I/O (switched)
4) The 463 analog input module can only be used in the 1st and 2nd EU and only with a 0.5 m (1.6 ft) cable.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/81
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
IM 305 and IM 306 interface modules; centralized configuration with S5-115U
The IM 305 and IM 306 interĆ
face modules enable expanĆ
sion units (EUs) to be
connected in centralized
configuration. The IM 305
interface module is used for
connecting one expansion
unit to the central controller.
Application
IM 305 interface module
EU
IM 306
ER 701-1
705
connect.
cable
EU
IM 306
ER 701-1
max. 2.5 m
(max. 8 ft)
The IM 305 interface module
consists of two modules
which are permanently
connected by a cable (0.5 or
1.5 m (1.5 ft or 4.7 ft) long).
It provides the expansion unit
(in an ER 701Ć0 or ER 701Ć1
subrack) with the supply
voltage and the signals from
the internal bus. The expanĆ
sion unit must be positioned
either above the central
controller or (with a 1.5 m
(4.7 ft) cable) adjacent to it.
In this configuration, the
addresses for the input and
output modules are permaĆ
nently assigned to the slots.
For example, slot 0 in the
central controller is reserved
for byte addresses 0 to 3
(binary signals 0.0 to 3.7,
inputs or outputs) and slot 3
for byte addresses 12 to 15.
EU
EU
IM 305
IM 306
ER 701-1
0.5 m/1.5 m
(1.5 ft/4.7 ft)
Design
The IM 306 interface module
can be used for connecting
up to three expansion units to
the central controller (CC) or
to an expansion unit with a
power supply module.
ER 701-1
CC
CC
IM 306
IM 305
CR 700-.
CR 700-.
IM 306 interface module
One IM 306 interface module
must be plugged into the cenĆ
tral controller and one into an
expansion unit connected in
centralized configuration (in
an ER 701Ć0 or ER 701Ć1 subĆ
rack). It is also used in
expansion units connected in
a distributed configuration (in
an ER 701Ć2 or ER 701Ć3 subĆ
rack) for setting the
addresses of the I/O modules
of block design. The IM 306
provides the expansion units
with the supply voltage and
the signals from the internal
bus. The cable length from
the central controller to the
last expansion unit can be up
to 2.5 m (8 ft). The minimum
vertical clearance between
two units is 100 mm (4 " ).
3/82
Fig. 3/33 Connection of expansion units to the central controller in
centralized configuration using IM 305 (left) and IM 306 (right)
interface modules
In this configuration, the
addresses for the input and
output modules must be
assigned to the slots using
DIL switches on the IM 306
interface module. The fixed
address assignments do not
apply. Inputs and outputs can
have the same address.
The IM 306 interface module
is also required for the
ER 701Ć2 and ER 701Ć3
subracks if they contain I/O
modules of block design
(6ES5 4..Ć7.).
Expansion units in the
ER 701Ć0 and ER 701Ć1 subĆ
racks can also be connected
in a centralized configuration
to the S5135U and S5Ć155U
programmable controllers
(see Section 4) using the
IM 306 interface module. An
IM 300Ć5LB interface module
must be plugged into the cenĆ
tral controller for this purpose.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
IM 305 and IM 306 interface modules; centralized configuration with S5-115U (continued)
Technical specifications
IM 305 interface module
IM 306 interface module
Current supplied to EU
max.
Power loss
Weight (total)
max.
approx.
Ordering data
IM 305 interface module
for S5Ć115 U/H
With 0.5 m (1.5 ft) cable
With 1.5 m (4.7 ft) cable
IM 306 interface module
for S5Ć115U/H/F
Operating instructions included
in the S5Ć115U manual
(see page 3/23).
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
1A
Current supplied to EU
10 mA
Current consumption (at 5V)
Current consumption (at 5V)
max.
0.05 W
Power loss
0.6 kg (1.3 lb)
Weight
50 mA
max.
approx.
6ES5 306-7LA11
0.25 W
0.3 kg (0.6 lb)
Order No.
Order No.
6ES5 305-7LA11
6ES5 305-7LB11
2A
705 connecting cable
for connecting IM 306 to IM 306
or IM 300Ć5LB interface modules
to IM 306
Length
0.5 m (1.6 ft)
1.25 m (4.1 ft)
1.5 m (4.9 ft)
2.5 m (8.2 ft)
6ES5 705-0AF00
6ES5 705-0BB20
6ES5 705-0BB50
6ES5 705-0BC50
3/83
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
IM 304 and IM 314 interface modules; distributed configuration up to 600 m with S5-115U
The IM 304 and IM 314 interĆ
face modules are used for
distributed configuration of
expansion units (EUs) with a
central controller (CC). The
expansion units can be up to
600 m (1969 ft) away from the
central controller.
Application
Design
The IM 304 interface module
is plugged into the central
controller (CR 700-0LB,
CR 700-2 and CR 700-3
subracks) and the IM 314
interface module into the
expansion unit (ER 701-2
and ER 701-3 subracks).
Up to two times four expanĆ
sion units (with power supply
module) can be connected in
distributed configuration to
one IM 304 interface module.
additional EUs (centralized)
705 connecting cable
CC
CR 700-0LB
CR 700-2
CR 700-3
IM 304
IM 305/
IM 306
Up to four areas of 256 bytes
each in the S5-115U proĆ
grammable controller can be
addressed with an IM 304
interface module. The areas
can be set with a switch on
the IM 314 interface module.
A terminator must always be
inserted in the last IM 314
interface module.
3/84
IM 314
IM 306
EU
ER 701-2
ER 701-3
Terminator
721 connecting cable
The central controller and the
distributed expansion units
can be expanded with up to
three additional expansion
units (ER 701-0 and ER 701-1
subracks) connected in a
centralized configuration.
An IM 306 interface module
must be plugged into each
expansion unit to enable the
addresses for the input and
output modules to be
assigned to the slots. This
interface module is required
even if no additional expanĆ
sion unit is connected.
additional EUs (centralized)
additional EUs (centralized)
EU
IM 314
IM 306
ER 701-2
ER 701-3
721 connecting cable
721 connecting cable
max. 600 m (1968 ft)
max. 4 EUs per line
Fig. 3/34 Connection of expansion units to the central controller in distributed
configuration using IM 304 and IM 314 interface modules
Connection of other
programmable controllers
Expansion units in ER 701Ć2
and ER 701Ć3 subracks can
also be connected to the
S5Ć135U and S5Ć155U proĆ
grammable controllers using
the IM 304 and IM 314 interĆ
face modules (see Section 4).
These two interface modules
can also be used for connectĆ
ing the EU 183U and
EU 185U expansion units to
the S5Ć115U programmable
controller.
Adapter casing required
(page 3/98)
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
IM 304 and IM 314 interface modules; distributed configuration up to 600 m (1968 ft) with S5-115U (continued)
Technical specifications
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S IM 304
max.
S IM 314
max.
1.5 A
1.0 A
Power loss
S IM 304
S IM 314
7.5 W
5W
max.
max.
Ordering data
Space requirements
6ES5 304-3UB11
IM 314 interface module
for the expansion unit of an
S5Ć115U/H/F
6ES5 314-3UA11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
approx,
0.3 kg (0.6 lb)
Order No.
Order No.
IM 304 interface module
for the central controller of an
S5Ć115U/H/F
Operating instructions included
in the S5Ć115U manual
(see page 3/23).
Weight
1/2 slot or 1 slot
(see subracks, page 3/58f.)
Terminator
for IM 314 interface module
6ES5 760-1AA11
Adapter casing
see page 3/98
721 connecting cable
Standard lengths
1 m (3.2 ft)
1.6 m (5.2 ft)
2 m (6.5 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
50 m (164.0 ft)
Special lengths
2.5 m (8.2 ft)
3.2 m (10.5 ft)
8 m (26.2 ft)
12 m (39.3 ft)
16 m (52.5 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
25 m (82.0 ft)
32 m (105.0 ft)
40 m (131.2 ft)
63 m (206.6 ft)
80 m (262.4 ft)
100 m (328.0 ft)
500 m (1640.4 ft)
6ES5 721-0BB00
6ES5 721-0BB60
6ES5 721-0BC00
6ES5 721-0BF00
6ES5 721-0CB00
6ES5 721-0CF00
6ES5 721-0BC50
6ES5 721-0BD20
6ES5 721-0BJ 00
6ES5 721-0CB20
6ES5 721-0CB60
6ES5 721-0CC00
6ES5 721-0CC50
6ES5 721-0CD20
6ES5 721-0CE00
6ES5 721-0CG30
6ES5 721-0CJ 00
6ES5 721-0DB00
6ES5 721-0DF00
3/85
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
IM 308 and IM 318 interface modules; distributed configuration up to 3000 m with S5-115U
The IM 308 and IM 318 interĆ
face modules are used for
connecting I/O modules in the
following expansion units
(EUs) to a central controller
(CC) in distributed configuĆ
ration:
Application
S
S
S
S
Design
The IM 308 interface module
is plugged into the central
controller and the IM 318Ć3
interface module into the exĆ
pansion unit or the IM 318Ć8
interface module into the
ET 100U electronic terminator.
Two lines, each containing up
to 32 expansion units (with
IM 318Ć3) or electronic termiĆ
nators (with IM 318Ć8) in any
order can be connected to
one IM 308 interface module.
A total of 63 expansion units
and ET 100U electronic termiĆ
nators can operate via one
IM 308 interface module. DigiĆ
tal and analog I/Os, intelligent
I/O modules and communiĆ
cations processors with linear
addressing can be used in
the expansion units.
The central controller and
distributed expansion units
(ER 701Ć2 and ER 701Ć3 subĆ
racks) can be expanded with
up to three additional expanĆ
sion units in centralized conĆ
figuration.
ER 701Ć2
ER 701Ć3
EG 183U
EG 185U
A memory submodule with
the address list for the IM 308
interface module is only
required for connecting
ET 100U electronic termiĆ
nators.
In the S5Ć115U programmable
controller up to four areas of
256 bytes each can be adĆ
dressed with an IM 308 interĆ
face module. These areas can
be set with a switch on the
IM 318 interface module.
The central controller and the
expansion units or electronic
terminators are isolated from
one another.
Cables
The interface modules must
be connected via twoĆcore
cables. They are supplied
together with connectors for
connecting the cables using
screw terminals. The connecĆ
tors are provided with screw
terminals for the incoming
and the outgoing line.
The ET 100U electronic termiĆ
nator (see Section 6) can also
be connected.
The expansion units and the
ET 100U electronic terminator
can be up to 3000 m (9900 ft)
away from the central
controller.
A terminating resistor (120 Ω;
supplied with the IM 308 interĆ
face module) must be fitted to
the connector of the last
IM 318 in place of the outĆ
going line. An expansion unit
can be switched off without
affecting the operation of the
other units.
Selecting the cables:
Shielded, twisted twoĆcore
cables are to be used. The
resistance of a core must not
exceed 50 Ω , irrespective of
the cable length. The surge
impedance should be around
120 Ω . The capacity per unit
length must be as low as posĆ
sible ( & lt; 60 pF/m). The
bottom table shows two types
of cables that can be used.
Adapter casing required
(page 3/98)
Type of cable
Transmission speed
Distance 500 m/1640
1000 m/3280 ft
3000 m/9840 ft
Siemens control cable type A1)
6XV1 830Ć0AH10
375 kbit/s
187 kbit/s
Ċ
Siemens control cable type B
V45551ĆF21ĆB5
(1.5 mm2, paired)
187 kbit/s
62 kbit/s
31 kbit/s
1) Available by the meter
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/89
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
IM 308 and IM 318 interface modules; distributed configuration up to 3000 m with S5-115U (continued)
Design (continued)
additional EUs
(centralized)
CC
CR 700-0LB
CR 700-2
CR 700-3
IM 308
IM 305/
IM 306
additional EUs
(centralized)
IM 318-3
IM 306
EU
IM 318-8
ER 701-2
ER 701-3
ET 100U
additional EUs/ET 100
Terminator
IM 318-3
IM 306
EU
IM 318-8
ER 701-2
ER 701-3
ET 100U
additional EUs/ET 100
Terminator
max. 3000 m (9900 ft)
Fig. 3/37 Connection of expansion units and ET 100U electronic terminators to the central controller in distributed
configuration using IM 308 and IM 318 interface modules
Technical specifications
Transmission speed
(selectable)
Number of units that can
be connected
S Per connection
S Total
max.
max.
32
63
Addressing range
for I/O modules
max.
1 Kbyte
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S IM 308
S IM 318Ć3
max.
max.
0.5 A
0.3 A
31, 62, 187 or 375 kbit/s
Power loss
S IM 308
S IM 318Ć3
max.
max.
1 slot or 1/2 slot
(see subracks,
starting page 3/58)
Space requirements
Weight
2.5 W
1.5 W
approx.
0.4 kg (0.9 lb)
Order No.
Ordering data
Order No.
IM 308 interface module
for the S5Ć115U central controller
6ES5 308-3UA12
IM 318-8 interface module
for the ET 100U electronic terminator
6ES5 318-8MA12
376 memory submodule
(EPROM)
for storing the address list for the
ET 100U (not required for other
expansion units); to be plugged
into the IM 308
6ES5 376-1AA11
Adapter casing
see page 3/98
To be ordered as a separate item:
IM 308/IM 318 manual
German
English
French
6ES5 998-2DP11
6ES5 998-2DP21
6ES5 998-2DP31
998 2DP31
IM 318-3 interface module
for the EG 183U, EG 185U, ER
701Ć2 and ER 701Ć3 expansion
units
6ES5 318-3UA11
3/90
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
IM 308-C interface module; PROFIBUS-DP interface for the S5-115U/H (up to S5-155U/H)
The IM 308ĆC is a
PROFIBUSĆDP master
and/or slave module
for SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H
up to S5Ć155U/H.
Up to 122 passive users like,
for example, ET 200 distriĆ
buted I/O devices, the
S5Ć95U/DP programmable
controller or field devices with
PROFIBUSĆDP interface
can be connected to an
IM 308ĆC interface module.
The IM 308ĆC interface
module must be plugged into
the slot designed for it in the
S5Ć115U/H up to S5Ć155U/H
programmable controller.
The module needs a singleĆ
width slot.
S
a RS 485 bus interface plug
or
The connection to the
PROFIBUS LAN is made via
S
a RS 485 bus terminal
As master module, the
IM 308ĆC interface module
coordinates the bus access
and the data transfer to the
PROFIBUSĆDP.
The master and slave function
can be used in combination,
i.e. as a slave, an IM 308ĆC
interface module receives
data from another programĆ
mable controller and simultaĆ
neously works as master of
e.g. ET 200 I/O components.
S
Global control:
Sync, Freeze of I/O devices
S
Address volume:
13 Kbyte data from the CPU
can be addressed per
IM 308ĆC
S
Shared inputs:
the inputs of a slave can be
read by several IM 308ĆC
interface modules
Application
Design
Principle of operation
It can also operated as
PROFIBUSĆDP slave and thus
makes data exchange with
other PROFIBUSĆDP masters
possible.
Configuring
Adapter casing required
(page 3/98)
Configuring takes place with
the COM ET 200 Windows
configuring package
(see Section 9).
Technical specifications
Transfer rate
9.6 kbit/s up to 12 Mbit/s
Permissible environmental
conditions
S Connection to PROFIBUS
Supply voltage
9Ćpin Sub D socket
+5 V DC via backplane bus
Current consumption
max. 0.6 A at +5 V DC
ă0 _C to +60 _C
Ć40 _C to +70 _C
5 to 95Ă%
Address volume
13 Kbyte for inputs,
outputs and diagnostics
S Operating temperature
S Transport/storage temperature
S Relative humidity
Mechanical design
Number of I/O devices which
can be connected
max. 122
ET 200 U/B/C, S5Ć95U/DP
and/or other field devices
S
S
S
S
Double eurocard
160
233.4
0.5 kg
1 slot
Data volume
244 byte inputs and outputs
per slave
Ordering data
Order No.
IM 308-C interface module
for connecting the SIMATIC
S5Ć115U/H, S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
to PROFIBUSĆDP,
with memory card (256 Kbyte)
6ES5 308-3UC11
Interfaces
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Module format
Dimensions (W
H) in mm
Weight
approx.
Space requirements
Order No.
Memory card
256 Kbyte EPROM
1 Mbyte EPROM
6ES5 374-1FH21
6ES5 374-1KK21
3/91
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
IM 304 and IM 324R interface modules, for interfacing the S5-115H central controllers
The IM 324R and IM 304 interĆ
face modules are used for
linking the two central
controllers of an S5Ć115H
failsafe programmable
controller.
Application
Design
Principle of operation
The IM 324R interface module
is plugged into the first
central controller (subunit A)
and the IM 304 interface
module into the second
central controller (subunit B).
The two interface modules are
connected via a
721 connecting cable
(up to 100 m (328 ft)).
The IM 324R interface module
has two memory areas where
the necessary process data
for data communications
between the two central
controllers is stored.
Adapter casing required
(page 3/98)
Fig. 3/38 Interfacing of central controllers
The IM 324R and IM 304 interĆ
face modules handle all data
communications between the
two central controllers of the
failsafe programmable conĆ
troller.
Subunit A
IM 324R
IM 304
Subunit B
721 connecting cable
max. 100 m (328 ft)
Technical specifications
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S IM 304
max.
S IM 324R
max.
Power loss
S IM 304
max.
S IM 324R
max.
1.5 A
1.0 A
Space requirements
Weight
1 slot or 1/2 slot
0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
7.5 W
5W
Ordering data
IM 304 interface module
for linking the central controllers
of the S5Ć115H programmable
controller
IM 324R interface module
for linking the central controllers
of the S5Ć115H programmable
controller
6ES5 304-3UB11
Order No.
Order No.
3/92
approx.
Adapter casing
see page 3/98
721 connecting cable
see page 3/83
6ES5 324-3UR11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
IM 304 and IM 314R interface modules, for distributed configuration of I/O modules at S5-115H
The IM 314R and IM 304 interĆ
face modules are used for
connection of I/O modules to
the S5Ć115H failsafe proĆ
grammable controller in a
singleĆchannel switched
configuration.
Application
Design
An IM 304 interface module is
plugged into each of the two
central controllers. Two
IM 314R interface modules
are plugged into each expanĆ
sion unit. The interface modĆ
ules must be interconnected
via 721 connecting cables (up
to 600 m (1968 ft)). A termiĆ
nator must be plugged into
the last interface module in
each chain.
A maximum of two chains,
each with up to four expanĆ
sion units, can be connected
to the central controllers, i.e. a
total of eight expansion units.
IM 314R
EU
IM 306
ER 701-3LH
EG 185U
Subunit A
IM 314R
2nd line:
max. 4 EUs
max. 600 m
(1968 ft)
Subunit B
IM 304
IM 304
721 connecting cable
The IM 306 interface module
can also be used for connĆ
necting additional expansion
units to each of the expansion
units connected in switched
configuration. Moreover, all
other interface modules of the
S5Ć115U programmable
controller can be used in the
S5Ć115H failsafe proĆ
grammable controller.
EU
ER 701-3LH
EG 185U
1st line;
max. 4 EUs
max. 600 m
(1968 ft)
EU
ER 701-3LH
EG 185U
Adapter casing required
(page 3/98)
IM 306
IM 314R
Fig. 3/39 Distributed switched configuration of I/O modules
Technical specifications
IM 304
IM 314R
Current consumption (at 5 V) max.
Power loss
max.
1.5 A
7.5 W
1.0 A
5W
Ordering data
Order No.
IM 304 interface module
for the S5Ć115H programmable
controller
IM 314R interface module
for the expansion unit
6ES5 304-3UB11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Space requirements
Weight
1 slot or 1/2 slot
0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
Order No.
Terminator for the IM 314R
Adapter casing
6ES5 314-3UR11
approx.
721 connecting cable
(up to 600 m (1968 ft))
6ES5 760-0HA11
see page 3/98
see page 3/85
3/93
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
IM 304 and IM 324 interface modules; for interfacing the S5-115F central controllers
The IM 324 and IM 304 interĆ
face modules are used for
linking the two central
controllers of an S51Ć115F
failsafe programmable
controller.
Application
The IM 324 interface module
is plugged into the first cenĆ
tral controller (subunit A) and
the IM 304 interface module
into the second central
controller (subunit B). The two
interface modules are
connected via a 721 connecĆ
ting cable (up to 10 m (33 ft)).
The IM 324 interface module
has two memory areas with a
capacity of 2 K words each
where the necessary process
data for data communications
between the two central
controllers is stored.
Design
Subunit A
IM 324
Subunit B
IM 304
All type 721 connecting cables
max. 10 m (33 ft)
Fig. 3/40 Interfacing of central controllers
Technical specifications
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S IM 304
S IM 324
max.
max.
1.5 A
1.0 A
Power loss
S IM 304
S IM 324
Weight
Ordering data
6ES5 304-3UB11
IM 324 interface module
for linking the central controllers of
the S5Ć115F programmable controller
approx.
7.5 W
5W
0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
Order No.
Order No.
IM 304 interface module
for linking the central controllers of
the S5Ć115F programmable controller
max.
max.
6ES5 324-3UA12
Adapter casing
6ES5 491-0LB11
721 connecting cable
see page 3/85
Operating instructions included in
the S5Ć115F manual (see page 3/29)
3/94
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
IM 306 interface module; for centralized configuration of I/O modules at S5-115F
The IM 306 interface module
is used for connecting up to
three expansion units in a
centralized configuration to a
central controller or distribĆ
uted expansion unit.
Design
The ER 701Ć1, ER 701Ć2 and
ER 701Ć3 subracks, without
power supply modules, can
be used for the expansion
units. The IM 306 interface
module must be plugged into
the central expansion units
and into the central controller
or distributed expanison unit.
The interface modules are
connected via a
705 connecting cable..
Note
When the 6ES5 463Ć4U.12
analog input module is used,
only cable 6ES5 705Ć0AF00
(length 0.5 m (1.5 ft)) may be
used for connecting the
expansion units.
EU
IM 306
ER 701-1
ER 701-2
ER 701-3
705 connecting cable
EU
IM 306
ER 701-1
ER 701-2
ER 701-3
705 connecting cable
EU
max. 2.5 m (8 ft)
Application
IM 306
ER 701-1
ER 701-2
ER 701-3
705 connecting cable
CC
IM 306
CR 700-0LB
CR 700-2F
Fig. 3/41 Central configuration of expansion units with IM 306 (1 subunit)
Principle of operation
The IM 306 interface modules
handle all data communicaĆ
tions between the connected
central controller and expanĆ
sion units. The addresses to
the input and output modules
Ordering data
6ES5 306-7LA11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
For technical data,
see page 3/83.
Order No.
Order No.
IM 306 interface module
Operating instructions included
in the S5Ć115F manual
(see page 3/29).
must be allocated to the slots
of the subrack using the DIP
switches on the IM 306 interĆ
face module. It is possible for
inputs and outputs to have the
same addresses.
705 connecting cable
between IM 306 and IM 306
Length
ă0.50 m (1.5 ft)
ă1.25 m (3.9 ft)
ă1.50 m (4.7 ft)
ă2.50 m (8.2 ft)
6ES5 705-0AF00
6ES5 705-0BB20
6ES5 705-0BB50
6ES5 705-0BC50
3/95
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Interface modules
IM 304 and IM 314 interface modules for distributed configuration of I/O modules at S5-115F
The IM 314 and IM 304 interĆ
face modules are used for
connection of expansion units
to the S5Ć115F failsafe proĆ
grammable controller in a
distributed configuration.
Application
Design
The ER 701Ć1 and ER 701Ć3
subracks, without power
supply modules, can be used
for the expansion units. The
IM 304 interface module is
plugged into the central
controller and the IM 314
interface module into the
expansion unit. The interface
modules must in interĆ
connected via type 721 conĆ
necting cables (max. 600 m
(1968 ft)). A terminator must
be plugged into the last interĆ
face module in each chain.
Up to two chains with an
expansion unit in direct conĆ
figuration each or 3 expansion
units in centralized configuĆ
ration via an IM 306 3 interĆ
face module each can be
connec ted. A total of 8
expansion units can be
connected.
721 connecting cable
or terminator
IM 314
EU
IM 306
ER 701-2
ER 701-3
721 connecting cable
1st line:
max. 4 EUs
max. 600 m
(1968 ft)
705 connecting cable with up to
3 further EUs (in central configuration)
IM 304
IM 306
CC
CR 700Ć0LB
CR 700Ć2F
721 connecting cable
or terminator
705 connecting cable
further EUs (in central configuration)
2nd line:
max. 4 EUs
max. 600 m
(1968 ft)
IM 314
IM 306
EU
ER 701-2
ER 701-3
705 connecting cable with up to
3 further EUs (in central configuration)
Fig. 3/42 Distributed configuration of expansion units
Principle of operation
The IM 314 and IM 304 interĆ
face modules handle all data
communications between the
central controller and the
expansion unit and between
the expansion units.
An IM 306 interface module
must be plugged into each
central controller and expanĆ
sion unit to enable addresses
for the input and output
modules to be allocated to
the slots of the subracks.
This interface module is still
required if no additional
expansion units are to be
connected.
For technical data,
see page 3/85.
Order No.
Ordering data
Order No.
IM 304 interface module
for the central controller
6ES5 304-3UB11
Terminator for IM 314 interface
module
IM 314 interface module
for the expansion unit
6ES5 314-3UA11
Adapter casing
721 connecting cable
6ES5 760-1AA11
see page 3/98
see page 3/85
Operating instructions included
in the S5Ć115F manual
(see page 3/28)
3/96
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Supplementary equipment
Front connector
Front connectors are required
for connecting signal leads to
input and output modules.
They simplify the installation
and, if necessary, replaceĆ
ment of modules.
Application
Design
Modules can be connected
by the following methods:
S Screw terminals
(end sleeves not required)
S Crimp terminals
S SnapĆon clip terminals
(490 front connector only)
490 front connectors are
suitable for all modules of
block design and 497 front
connectors for compact
modules used in the S5Ć115U
in adapter casings.
The front connectors are
hooked onto the module at the
bottom and screwed down at
the top. Each front connector
has a duct for the signal
leads, thus enabling the 490
front connector to be
comletely covered by the
module frontplate.
Individual leads can be
removed with the front
connector in place. For the
duplication of connections
(e.g. incoming feeders) in
490 front connectors with
screw terminals, the 763
bridge jumper is available.
Technical specifications
Front connector
6ES5 490-7LB11
6ES5 490-7LB21
6ES5 490-7LA..
6ES5 490-7LC11
6ES5 497- ...
Connectors
Screw terminals
24Ćpin
Screw terminals
46Ćpin
Crimp terminals
46Ćpin
see Section 4
Wire crossĆsection
for stranded conductors
1 x (1.0 ... 2.5) mm2
or
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5) mm2
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5) mm2
or
2 x (0.5 ... 1) mm2
or
max. 1.5 mm2 with
bridge jumper
1 x (1.0 ... 2.5) mm2
or
2 x (0.5 ... 0.75) mm2
SnapĆon clip
terminals
46Ćpin
1 x (0.25 ... 1.5) mm2
or
max. 1.5 mm2 with
conductors comĆ
bined in an end
sleeve
0.22 kg (0.4 lb)
0.11 kg (0.2 lb)
0.15 kg (0.3 lb)
Duct:
S CrossĆsection
approx.
S Number of leads
max.
2.5 mm2 crossĆsection
max.
1.5 mm2 crossĆsection
max.
1.0 mm2 crossĆsection
Weight
approx.
Ordering data
470 mm2 (729 in2)
24
36
48
0.18 kg (0.3 lb)
490 front connector
For screw terminals
S 24Ćpin
S 46Ćpin
6ES5 490-7LB11
6ES5 490-7LB21
For crimp terminals, 24/46Ćpin
S With 50 crimp contacts
S Without crimp contacts
6ES5 490-7LA11
6ES5 490-7LA21
For snapĆon clip terminals,
46Ćpin
6ES5 490-7LC11
K front connector for
466Ć3LA11 analog input module
For screw terminals
singleĆwidth, 43Ćpin
6XX3 081
6ES5 763-7LA 11
497 front connector
for 463Ć4 analog input module
see Section 4
For crimp terminals
singleĆwidth, 43Ćpin
6XX3 068
Crimp contacts
1 package contains 250 contacts
6XX3 070
Crimping tool
for crimping the crimp contacts
6XX3 071
Extraction tool
for crimp contacts
(for S5Ć115U modules)
763 bridge jumper
for use with screw terminal 490
front connector;
1 package contains 10 jumpers
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Order No.
Order No.
6ES5 497-8MA11
Labelling strips
for the front cover;
1 sheet contains 6 strips
6ES5 497-7LA11
3/97
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Supplementary equipment
Adapter casings
Compact modules
(ES 902 design) can also be
used in the S5Ć115U/H/F proĆ
grammable controller with
adapter casings.
Application
The casings protect the
modules against environĆ
mental effects. They are
mounted on the rack in block
design as the other modules.
Technical specifications
Adapter casing
6ES5 491-0LB11
6ES5 491-0LD11
6ES5 491-0LC11
Width
Number of accomodated
compact modules
max.
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
Weight
approx.
For use in subracks
SingleĆwidth
DoubleĆwidth
TripleĆwidth
2
43 x 303 x 187
0.45 kg
CR 700Ć0
CR 700Ć1
CR 700Ć2
CR 700Ć3
ER 701Ć2
ER 701Ć3
4
86 x 303 x 187
0.8 kg
CR 700Ć0LB
CR 700 700Ć2
CR 700Ć3
ER 701Ć3
6
129 x 303 x 187
1.8 kg
CR 700Ć0LB
CR 700 700Ć2
CR 700Ć3
ER 701Ć3
Ordering data
Order No.
Adapter casing
with 1 protective cover
S SingleĆwidth,
for up to 2 compact modules
S DoubleĆwidth,
for up to 4 compact modules
S TripleĆwidth,
for up to 6 compact modules
3/98
6ES5 491-0LB11
6ES5 491-0LD11
6ES5 491-0LC11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H/F
Supplementary equipment
Text Display TD 390
The TD 390 text display is a
compact text display unit for
SIMATIC S5 systems. Its
small dimensions enable it to
be installed where space is
limited.
The TD 390 can be used with
the
S S5Ć90U, S5Ć95U/F, S5Ć100U
S S5Ć115U and
S S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Application
programmable controllers.
Text can be displayed in stanĆ
dard mode (one line, 20 charĆ
acters) or extended mode
(two lines, 40 characters).
The TD 390 text display is
connected to the programmaĆ
ble controller direct via the
programmer interface of the
CPU. It can be installed diĆ
rectly in a cabinet door or
control panel without a special
mounting frame.
Design
For the time-of-day, prompter
interval and operating hours
counting the TD 390 accesses
the relevant function in the
CPU of the programmable
controller direct.
Application
The TD 390 provides the folloĆ
wing functions:
S Display of up to 120 texts
with or without variables
S Display and setting of timeof-day and prompter interĆ
val
S Operating hours counter
(display and reset)
S Display and modification of
24 timer or counter values
and 24 other process values
as required.
The TD 390 comprises:
Two-line display panel
(LCD)
S Three membrane keys.
A cable for connection to the
CPU of the programmable
controller (5 m/16 ft.) and a
cable for the 24 V power supĆ
ply (5 m/16 ft.) are also supĆ
plied with the unit.
Text, timers, counters and
other process values are disĆ
played and modified using
data blocks in the CPU preĆ
viously defined in the user
program. Information is writĆ
ten to and read out from vaĆ
lues (data) stored in the data
blocks is possible during opeĆ
ration. A display can be reĆ
quested in the user program
by setting flags or on the TD
390 by calling and scrolling
with the membrane keys.
The system texts are stored in
the TD 390 in German, EnĆ
glish, French, Spanish and
Italian.
Transport and storage temperature
-40 to 70 _C
Degree of protection
IP 65 at the front
S
Technical specifications
Display
Backlit LCD
2 lines
20 characters/line
Character size
5 mm
Power supply
24 V external
60 mA
120 mA
average
max.
Ambient temperature
0 to 60 _C
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
S Unit
S Panel cutout
Standard size (W x H)
S Thickness of cabinet/
control panel
Weight
Ordering data
138 x 68
max.
4
0.25 kg
Order No.
TD 390 text display
incl. product manual
(German, English, French, SpaĆ
nish, Italian)
144 x 72 x 27
6ES5 390-0UA11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3/99
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-135U, S5-155U
Application
General
Fig. 4/1
S5Ć155U programmable controller
The SIMATIC S5Ć135U and
S5Ć155U programmable conĆ
trollers are multiprocessor
controllers intended for auĆ
tomation tasks in the medium
and upper performance levĆ
els. They provide a simple
and economical solution for
all automation tasks such as
S
OpenĆloop control
ClosedĆloop control and
computation
Communication
Operator control and proĆ
cess monitoring
Signalling and logging
Data processing
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
The controllers are therefore
suitable for:
S Machine control systems
S Process automation
S Process monitoring
S Coordinating functions
S
S
S
S
The standardized hardware
technology, modular design of
the PLCs and high perforĆ
mance capabilities of the proĆ
gramming device result in the
following features:
S5Ć135U programmable
controller
4/2
The S5Ć135U is a multiĆproĆ
cessor programmable controlĆ
ler with special-purpose cenĆ
tral processors (CPUs) which
are available in various comĆ
binations, each with its own
program memory:
S CPU 928B,
optimized for fast bit and
word processing as well as
serial pointĆtoĆpoint commuĆ
nication
S CPU 928,
optimized for openĆ and
closedĆloop control tasks
S
Easy use thanks to simple
assembly of the modules
and connection to I/O modĆ
ules
Simple adaptability of the
various process signals beĆ
cause of different input/outĆ
put voltages of the I/O modĆ
ules
Analog process signals can
also be adapted via I/O
modules
ExtraĆdiscrete modular asĆ
sembly using different I/O
modules
Simple programming by
structuring the program and
using standardized program
sections (function blocks)
OffĆloading of the central
processors and user proĆ
gram through the use of inĆ
telligent I/O modules (e.g.
digital position decoder,
valve control module)
CPU 922,
optimized for arithmetic opĆ
erations, closedĆloop conĆ
trol, monitoring and reportĆ
ing
Simple communication with
other programmable conĆ
trollers and computers by
means of internal commuĆ
nications processors and
bus systems
S Easy system startĆup by
means of programming deĆ
vices and service units with
extensive programming and
debugging aids
S
The programming language
used is STEP 5 with the folĆ
lowing methods of representaĆ
tion:
Control system flowchart Ć
CSF
S Ladder diagram Ć LAD
S Statement list Ć STL
S
and at a higher level
S
GRAPH 5/II for sequential
control.
dently of the others. This inĆ
creases the overall procesĆ
sing speed. Each processor
can be started independently
of the others.
Each CPU uses the same opĆ
erations set and is optimized
for its particular tasks.
By using a number of CPUs,
the automation task can be
broken down into manageable
parts. Each processor exeĆ
cutes its program indepenĆ
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-135U, S5-155U (continued)
Application
(continued)
S5Ć155U programmable
controller
Apart from the CPUs menĆtioĆ
ned, the following CPU can be
used in the S5Ć155U programĆ
mable controller:
S CPU 948,
optimized for highĆspeed
execution of bit and word
operations, with large caĆ
pacity program memory
The S5Ć155U programmable
controller is therefore the most
powerful PLC in the SIMATIC
S5 system.
The S5Ć155U programmable
controller
S has a high processing
speed and
S offers the largest memory
expansion.
S5Ć155H faultĆtolerant
programmable controller
The faultĆtolerant variant
SIMATIC S5Ć155H is for auĆ
tomation tasks that must not
be interrupted under any cirĆ
cumstances.
The S5Ć155H consists of 2
ZG 135U/155U central conĆ
trollers (same hardware and
software).
This enables high demands to
be placed on failsafety and
availability.
In order to ensure that the
faultĆtolerant S5Ć155H proĆ
grammable controller is availĆ
able in every case it is deĆ
signed redundantly.
Design
It is essential to have a CPU
in the central controller. The
CPU handles central control
of the entire programmable
controller.
Depending on requirements, a
central controller can be
equipped with the following
modules:
Both central controllers work
together in dynamic 1 out of 2
structure (hotĆstandby).
S
S
S
CPU 928, optimized for
openĆloop and closedĆloop
control tasks
CPU 922, primarily for calĆ
culation, closedĆloop conĆ
trol, monitoring and reportĆ
ing
Coordinator, required where
more than one CPU is in use
External memory: CP 516
memory submodule
Communications processors
for connecting human-maĆ
chine interfaces and periphĆ
eral devices as well as for
connection to local area netĆ
works
CPU 948 (in the S5Ć155U
only) for highĆspeed bit and
word processing with large
memory
S CPU 928B, optimized for
fast bit and word processing
and serial pointĆtoĆpoint
connection
S
If there are not enough slots
available in the central conĆ
troller, or if certain modules
are to be deliberately located
elsewhere, expansion units
can be connected to the cenĆ
tral controller. Centralized exĆ
pansion units are located diĆ
rect at the central controller or
in a cabinet next to it.
Distributed expansion units
can be located up to 3000 m
(9840 ft) from the central conĆ
troller. Additional centralized
expansion units can be conĆ
nected to the distributed exĆ
pansion units.
An expansion unit can be
equipped with the following
modules depending on deĆ
sign and requirements:
S
Expansion units
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
S
S
Communications processors
for connecting humanĆmaĆ
chineĆinterfaces, personal
computers (PCs) and peĆ
ripheral devices as well as
for connection to local area
networks
Modules for the input and
output of binary and analog
signals
S CP 581 integrated PC
S Intelligent I/O modules
S Interface modules for conĆ
necting expansion units and
distributed I/Os and field
devices
S
Modules for the input and
output of binary and analog
signals
S CP 581 integrated PC
S Intelligent I/O modules
S Interface modules for conĆ
nection to the central conĆ
troller or additional expanĆ
sion units
S
4/3
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-135U, S5-155U (continued)
Design (continued)
Multiprocessing
The performance capability of
a programmable controller
can be considerably enĆ
hanced by using several
CPUs. Each CPU executes its
program independently of the
others.
A coordinator assigns access
to the internal S5 bus to the
CPUs. The necessary inĆ
formation exchange between
the CPUs is also handled by
the coordinator.
Each CPU can be started up
independently of the others.
Internal S5 bus
The internal S5 bus connects
the modules of the programĆ
mable controller with each
other. All internal data traffic
between the CPUs,
memory submodules, comĆ
munications processors, interĆ
faces and input/output modĆ
ules is conducted over this
bus.
If several CPUs are in use, a
coordinator controls access to
the internal S5 bus.
Interface modules
In centralized and distributed
configurations, interface modĆ
ules handle data traffic beĆ
tween the central controller
and the expansion units as
well as distributed I/Os comĆ
pletely autonomously. This
means that modules in
the expansion units behave in
exactly the same way for the
user as modules in the central
controller.
A feature of this LAN is fast
cyclical communication and
enables simple connection of
distributed I/O stations and
field devices to the automaĆ
tion system.
Communications processors
handle data traffic with the folĆ
lowing completely autonoĆ
mously:
This offloads the CPU of timeĆ
intensive communications
tasks.
Communications processors
Standard peripheral devices
such as printers, keyboards,
CRT units
S Computers
S Other programmable conĆ
trollers
S
Input/output modules and
intelligent I/O modules
4/4
The PROFIBUSĆDP field bus
can be designed with a speĆ
cial interface module.
The necessary data for texts
and images can be stored in
each communications proĆ
cessor's own RAM or EPROM
submodule.
In addition, communications
processors can be used to
configure the SINEC L1,
PROFIBUS and Industrial
Ethernet LANs and to connect
programmable controllers to
the LAN.
The input/output modules and
the intelligent I/O modules
constitute the link between the
programmable controller and
the process. They can be
plugged into the central conĆ
troller and the expansion
units.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-135U, S5-155U (continued)
IM 312-5
IM 312-3
EU 184U
EU 187U
EU 183U
EU with
power supply
max. 2m (6.5 ft)
Central configuration
In a central configuration, the
expansion units are either in
the same cabinets as the cenĆ
tral controllers or in a sepaĆ
rate cabinet next to it. The
maximum length for the cable
connecting the central conĆ
troller to the furthest expanĆ
sion unit is 2 m (6.5 ft).
max. 2m (6.5 ft)
Design (continued)
Possible configurations
EU without
power supply
IM 300-5
IM 300-3
CC 135U/155U
Fig. 4/2
Distributed configuration
In a distributed configuration,
the expansion units are inĆ
stalled at a distance of up to
3000 m (9840 ft) from the cenĆ
tral controller. Four additional
expansion units can be conĆ
nected in a distributed configĆ
uration to each distributed exĆ
pansion unit.
UU 135U/155U
Central configuration of expansion units
IM 31.
EU 183U
EU 185U
max. 3000 m
(9840 ft)
IM 30.
CC 135/155U
Expansion units of the
S5Ć115U and the distributed
I/O and field devices can also
be connected.
max. 3000 m
(9840 ft)
IM 31.
EU 183U
EU 185U
Fig. 4/3
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Distributed configuration of expansion units
4/5
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-135U, S5-155U (continued)
Design (continued)
Mechanical features
Module slots
Terminals for exĆ
ternal voltage
source when reĆ
placing battery
Wiring duct for
signal cables
Power supply
chassis with fans
(can be replaced
without removing
battery)
Backup battery
Indicators and controls
Fig. 4/4
Mechanical features of the ZG 135U/155U central controller for the S5-135U and S5-155U
programmable controllers
The central controllers and
expansion units consist of a
compact housing with
Power supply chassis with 3
fans and a lithium backup
battery as well as a storage
battery (for the RAM)
S 21 (or 20 or 11) module slots
S
The backup battery is not reĆ
quired in expansion units. ExĆ
pansion units are also availĆ
able without the power supply
chassis or fans.
Housing
The housing consists of
bolted sheetĆsteel sections
with ventilation openings at
the top and bottom. The slots
have socket connectors and
guides to accommodate the
modules.
A wiring duct for signal
cables runs along the front,
beneath the modules and
above the power supply chasĆ
sis.
4/6
Power supply chassis
The power supply chassis
with 3 fans is located in a tier
in the bottom part of the housĆ
ing.
The input voltage is either
24 V DC or 230/120 V AC.
An internal switch is provided
for selecting either 230 V or
120 V AC.
Output voltages for the interĆ
nal power supply to the modĆ
ules:
5 V DC (10 A, 18 A, 40 A;
shortĆcircuit protected), with
jacks for measuring current,
24 V DC (0.4 A, 0.5 A, 1 A,
2 A; fused), with jacks
for measuring voltage
15 V DC
Monitoring facilities (with LED
indicators) are provided for:
S Input voltage (no indication)
S 5 V output voltage
S 15 V, 24 V output voltage
S 3.4 V backup battery voltĆ
age
S Airflow for the fans
S 24 V load voltage (external)
All screw terminals on the
power supply chassis are inĆ
tended for conductors of up
to 4 mm2 crossĆsection.
Backup battery
A lithium backup battery with
storage battery as reserve is
provided to supply power to
all RAMs in the event of a
power failure.
Two jacks are provided for exĆ
ternal input of the backup
voltage. This allows the
backup battery to be reĆ
placed without interrupting
the backup voltage, even
when the input voltage is
switched off. The power supĆ
ply chassis can be replaced
without interrupting the
backup supply.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-135U, S5-155U (continued)
Design (continued)
Mechanical features
(continued)
Design and connection of
the I/O modules
The input and output modules
have a plastic cover to protect
the components and printed
circuits from accidental conĆ
tact. The module widths corĆ
respond to either 1 or 2 slots.
LEDs to the left of the terminal
pins Ć corresponding to the laĆ
belling area of the front conĆ
nectors Ć indicate the statuses
of inputs and outputs.
A DIL coding switch is used
to set the parameter range
(address range) for addresĆ
sing a module.
Coding switch
LEDs
Extraction
handle
Module lock
Fig. 4/5
Design of the I/O modules
A swivelling handle facilitates
module extraction.
Front connectors (of single
and double width) are availĆ
able for connecting signal
leads to the module. The front
connectors latch onto the
module at the bottom and are
screwed to the module at the
top.
Attaching front connectors for
AC to DC modules is preĆ
vented by mechanical keying
as a safeguard against danĆ
gerous operating conditions.
The front connectors can be
labelled on their sides.
Special selfĆadhesive labelĆ
ling strips are provided with
each module. These should
be affixed to the front connecĆ
tor. This clearly identifies the
individual inputs and outputs.
Space for
side labelling
Fig. 4/6
Connection via front connectors
Address label
Front connector
labelling strip
LED
Fig. 4/7
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
I/O modules with labelling strips
4/7
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-135U, S5-155U (continued)
Design (continued)
Mechanical features
(continued)
Desing and connection of
the I/O modules
(continued)
Signal leads are connected to
the modules using the front
connectors.
Crimp snap-in
terminals
Screw terminals
There are two ways of conĆ
necting signal leads to the
front connectors:
Crimp snapĆin terminals for
single and doubleĆwidth
front connectors
S Screw terminals for single
and doubleĆwidth front conĆ
nectors; end sleeves for the
conductors are not required.
S
Principle of operation
Fig. 4/8
The principle of operation of
the S5Ć135U and S5Ć155U
programmable controllers is
largely governed by the comĆ
ponents " program memory "
and " processor " .
Connection of the signal cable
Inputs
0 1
In the S5Ć155H faultĆtolerant
programmable controller, the
redundancy functions are an
additional factor (see page
4/18).
PII
Read
inputs
Program memory
The program contains the
user program.
Processor
The processor operates cycliĆ
cally:
Execute
program
At the beginning of the cycle,
the processor reads the sigĆ
nal states of all inputs and
stores them in a process input
image (PII).
The cycle can be stopped by
interrupts (process and time
interrupts).
4/8
Cyclic
user
program
Bit mem.
Timers
Counters
Interrupt
proĆ
gram
CounĆ
ter
e.g.
time,
process
interrupt
Write
outputs
The program is then executed
step by step.
The processor stores the calĆ
culated signal states in a proĆ
cess output image (POI).
At the end of the cycle, the
processor writes the signal
states into the outputs.
0
Processor
0 1
Program memory
POI
0
Outputs
Fig. 4/9
Functional design of the S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-135U, S5-155U (continued)
Programming
Programming language
STEP 5 methods of representation
U E 1.1
U E 1.2
= A 1.1
STL
PG 720
E1.1 E1.2 A1.1
Memory card or memory
submodule
LAD
E1.1
&
A1.1
E1.2
S5-135U
S5-135U/H
CSF
S1
T1
S2
S4
T2
S3
on-line programming
GRAPH 5
Up to PG 760
off-line programming
Fig. 4/10 Programming the S5Ć135U and S5Ć155U/H programmable controllers
The programming language
for SIMATIC S5 programĆ
mable controllers is STEP 5
(see Section 7) in one of the
following representations:
Programming devices
Program input
Program execution
S
The following programming
devices can be used for proĆ
gramming the S5Ć135U and
the S5Ć155U/H programmable
controllers:
S PG 720, PG 720P
S PG 740
S
S
Programs for sequence conĆ
trol systems can be entered
clearly in the form of a flow
diagram using GRAPH 5 (see
Section 7).
PG 760
PG 710 Plus, PG 730,
PGĂ750, PG 770
A printer can be connected to
the programming device for
program documenting.
The programming devices
have operator prompting to
facilitate programming and
aids for debugging and sysĆ
tem startĆup.
There are two ways of enteĆ
ring the program:
S Direct program entry to the
CPU in the central controller
(onĆline programming)
S
Programming the memory
cards or memory submoĆ
dules (EPROM or EEPROM)
in the programming device
without connecting it to the
PLC.
The memory card or meĆ
mory submodule is then
plugged into the central
controller (offĆline programĆ
ming).
Cyclic program execution
event is started. The user can
formulate his response proĆ
gram to this interrupt in this
organization block. Cyclic
program execution is then reĆ
sumed at the point at which it
was interrupted.
blocks are available. Times
between 10 ms and 20 min
can be set for each organizaĆ
tion block. This makes it posĆ
sible for certain parts of the
program to be processed inĆ
dependently of the scan time.
The blocks of the user proĆ
gram are executed in the seĆ
quence specified in the orgaĆ
nization block.
InterruptĆdriven program
execution
When certain input signal
changes occur, cyclic execuĆ
tion is interrupted at the next
statement and an organization
block assigned to this
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
CSF Ć Control System
Flowchart
S LAD Ć Ladder Diagram
S STL Ć Statement List
TimeĆcontrolled program
execution
An organization block is
called after a preset time
(time interrupt). Organization
4/9
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-135U, S5-155U (continued)
Communication
PointĆtoĆpoint connection
Communications processors
enable the programmable
controller to communicate
with other programmable conĆ
trollers, computers, humanĆ
machineĆinterfaces, and peĆ
ripheral devices through
pointĆtoĆpoint connections.
Programmable controller with
communications processors
PC
They have their own memory
for data, texts and graphics.
Data communication with the
devices connected is handled
by the communications proĆ
cessors absolutely indepenĆ
dently, which relieves the cenĆ
tral processing units from
timeĆconsuming communicaĆ
tions tasks.
S5-135U
S5-155U/H
HMI
Communication with computĆ
ers, other programmable conĆ
trollers and peripheral deĆ
vices, such as printers, is
carried out by the CP 523,
CP 524 and CP 544 commuĆ
nications processors.
The CP 526, CP 527 and
CP 528 communications proĆ
cessors are responsible for
communications with the units
of the SIMATIC HMI humanĆ
machineĆinterface.
Local area networks
SINEC L1 bus system
The SINEC L1 bus system
(Siemens Network CommuĆ
nication Low Range) provides
a simple solution to the conĆ
figuring of small, distributed
automation systems on the
lower level of communications
technology.
Printer
Fig. 4/11 Interfacing the programmable controller with PC,
HMI devices and printer
Features
Up to 31 nodes
Baud rate 9.6 kbit/s
Max. coverage 50 km
(31 miles)
S Transmission medium:
twisted pair cable
S
S
S
PROFIBUS bus system
See Section 10.
Industrial Ethernet
bus system
See Section 10.
The following PLCs can be
connected to this bus system:
S5Ć90U, S5Ć95U/F, S5Ć100U,
S5Ć115U/H/F, S5Ć135U and
S5Ć155U/H.
4/10
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-135U, S5-155U (continued)
Quality assurance
procedures
To ensure correct operation of
all SIMATIC S5 products and
to prevent failures, extensive,
costĆeffective quality assurĆ
ance procedures are carried
out at every stage of the life of
a product:
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
During product planning
During product development
During production
In product operation
Product planning
The product planning phase
covers all the activities from
market research to type speĆ
cification. Quality assurance
in the product planning phase
ensures that the SIMATIC S5
product conforms to the high
standards of quality required
on the market.
S
S
S
Product development and
production
The following are some examĆ
ples of routine quality assurĆ
ance precautions taken durĆ
ing development and proĆ
duction:
S Use of highĆquality compoĆ
nents
S
WorstĆcase design of all cirĆ
cuits
Systematic and computerĆ
controlled testing of all comĆ
ponents supplied by subĆ
contractors
BurnĆin of all LSI circuits,
e.g. processors and memoĆ
ries. Burning in is an aging
process which helps to reĆ
duce the number of failures
early in a product's life. The
components are subjected
to a high temperature for
several hours in a burnĆin
cubicle
Measures to prevent static
charge building up when
handling MOS circuits
Visual inspections at various
stages of production
InĆcircuit testing of all modĆ
ules, i.e. computerĆaided
testing of all components
and their interaction with
other components in the
complete circuit
Continuous heatĆrun test at
elevated ambient temperaĆ
ture over a period of several
days
Careful computerĆcontrolled
final testing
S Statistical evaluation of all
failures to enable the imĆ
mediate initiation of suitable
corrective measures
S
Product operation
Even when the SIMATIC S5
products are in operation on
the customer's premises, they
are still under constant superĆ
vision. Extensive quality conĆ
trol precautions are taken in
the following areas:
S Stockkeeping and dispatch
S Service
S Field observation
Established methods are
used in all these areas, which
operate precisely, punctually
and conscientiously, whilst
also remaining flexible for
special customer requireĆ
ments.
Sometimes an even higher
level of faultĆtolerance or
safety is required than that
normally offered by the
SIMATIC S5 U range. FaultĆ
tolerant or failsafe programĆ
mable controllers, such as the
S5Ć115H or the S5Ć115F are
available for this purpose.
Availability
Availability is the probability
of finding a system in a funcĆ
tional state at a specified
point in time.
Safety
Safety is defined by
DIN 31000 as " A state of
lower risk than the permitted
limit " . The " permitted limit is
the maximum acceptable
degree of risk for a specific
plant " . The plantĆspecific deĆ
gree of risk may be stipuĆ
lated by law, by the plant
operator or by an indepenĆ
dent body of experts, e.g. the
German Technical InspectorĆ
ate (TÜV).
SIMATIC programmable conĆ
trollers are designed for use
in harsh industrial environĆ
ments. To ensure correct opĆ
eration of the equipment, it
must be installed and conĆ
nected in accordance with
certain rules. Certain prinĆ
ciples must also be observed
as regards wiring, earthing
and shielding.
Timely planning of the necesĆ
sary measures for improving
the electromagnetic compatiĆ
bility (EMC) of the programĆ
mable controllers is advisable
in order to avoid retrofitting.
These rules are explained in
the section entitled " InstallaĆ
tion guidelines " in the relevant
product manuals.
For the installation of failsafe
controls, the relevant regulaĆ
tions must be observed.
Installation guidelines
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/11
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-155H, S5-155H Lite
Application
Fig. 4/12 S5-155H programmable controller
In many fields of automation,
increasingly high demands
are being placed on the availĆ
ability and faultĆtolerance of
programmable controllers
(PLCs). Particularly in fields
where a plant shutdown would
be extremely expensive. In
such cases, only redundant
systems can offer the stanĆ
dard of availability required.
FaultĆtolerant systems conĆ
tinue to work in all likelihood
when one or more parts of the
control fail.
4/12
The S5Ć155H/S5Ć155H Lite
programmable controller conĆ
sists of two interlinked central
controllers. It operates on the
" master/slave " principle. One
subunit, the master, controls
the process. If a fault occurs,
the other subunit, the slave,
takes over control.
This ensures a high degree of
faultĆtolerance, which makes
the S5Ć155H/S5Ć155H Lite
programmable controller esĆ
pecially suitable for applicaĆ
tions in the following fields:
Fields with predominantly
continuous processes, e.g.:
S Refineries
S Chemicals
S Power stations
S Steelworks
S Environmental protection
(e.g. water treatment)
S Pipelines
S OffĆshore installations
Areas of production employĆ
ing batch processes, e.g.:
S The automotive industry
S The pharmaceutical industry
S The food industry
S In plants with flexible
manufacturing systems
S In highĆbay warehouses
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-155H, S5-155H Lite (continued)
Design
I/O configuration
TwoĆchannel
inputs and outputs
SingleĆsided
configuration
Enhanced
availability
Maximum
availability
Switched
configuration
Normal
availability
ThreeĆchannel
inputs
High availability
SingleĆchannel
Fig. 4/13 Degrees of availability of the I/O area
In the S5Ć155H/S5Ć155H Lite
programmable controller the
central functions are always
implemented in a redundant
configuration.
S5-155H
Configured with CPU 948R
S5-155H Lite
Configured with CPU 948RL
The I/Os can, however, also
be configured with redunĆ
dancy.
The two subunits of the
S5Ć155H/S5Ć155H Lite proĆ
grammable controller are both
equipped with the same hardĆ
ware and software and interĆ
linked via the IM 304 and IM
324R interface modules (for
linking central controllers) and
the 721 connecting cable.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Three different levels of availĆ
ability are possible, dependĆ
ing on the arrangement of the
I/O modules:
S Normal availability (singleĆ
sided configuration)
S Enhanced availability
(switched configuration)
S Maximum availability (fully
redundant configuration)
Full redundancy of the
S5Ć155H/S5Ć155H Lite is imĆ
plemented with
S TwoĆchannel configuration of
inputs and outputs
S ThreeĆchannel input configuĆ
ration
The different levels of availĆ
ability can be combined as
required.
The performance capability,
user convenience and other
technical features of the
S5Ć115H/S5Ć155H Lite faultĆ
tolerant programmable conĆ
troller correspond to a large
extent to the features of the
S5Ć155U.
Fig. 4/13 shows the configuĆ
rations for the three levels of
availability.
4/13
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-155H, S5-155H Lite (continued)
Design
Normal availability
(singleĆsided configuration)
In the singleĆsided configuraĆ
tion (see Fig. 4/14) the I/Os
are connected in singleĆchanĆ
nel mode and only addressed
by one of the two subunits.
The I/Os in this configuration
can be plugged into either
S a central controller or, if the
number of slots is not suffiĆ
cient,
S expansion units.
Subunit A
Enhanced availability
(switched configuration)
In the switched configuration
(see Fig. 4/15) the I/Os are
connected in singleĆchannel
mode, but they can be adĆ
dressed by both subunits.
The I/Os in this configuration
must always be plugged into
an EG 185U expansion unit.
Up to 16 expansion units can
be connected in switched
configuration, distributed beĆ
tween up to 8 I/O bus lines.
Expansion units in switched
configuration are connected
via the IM 304 interface modĆ
ule in the central controller
and the IM 314R interface
module in the expansion unit.
The expansion units can also
be expanded in a centralized
configuration via the IM 300
interface module.
IM 31.
To further
expansion units
Fig. 4/14 SingleĆsided configuration (normal availability)
In the event of a failure, the
I/Os connected to the subunit
concerned are also out of acĆ
tion.
Subunit A
This configuration is used for
sections of a plant which do
not require enhanced availĆ
ability.
IM 324R
IM 304
Subunit B
IM 304
All 721 connecting cables
Expansion unit
IM 314R
To further
expansion units
Fig. 4/15 Switched configuration (enhanced availability)
Expansion units in switched
configuration are connected
to both subunits and are adĆ
dressed by the one currently
acting as master.
4/14
IM 304
Subunit B
All 721 connecting cables
Expansion unit
Information read into the one
subunit (e.g. from digital input
modules) is automatically
transmitted to the second
subunit.
It is immaterial whether one
subunit is the master and the
other the standby. What is imĆ
portant is whether or not the
subunit which is connected to
the I/Os is operational.
IM 324R
IM 30āā.
This configuration is
employed when failure of indiĆ
vidual I/Os is not crucial.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-155H, S5-155H Lite (continued)
Design (continued)
High availability
(fully redundant configuraion)
TwoĆchannel configuration
In the twoĆchannel I/O configĆ
uration, identical I/Os are
installed with the same adĆ
dresses in both subunits.
Both failure of one of the cenĆ
tral controllers and failure of
one of the two redundant l/Os
can be tolerated. The I/O
modules can be installed eiĆ
ther in the central controllers
themselves or in expansion
units.
Subunit A
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
IM 31.
Fig. 4/16 TwoĆchannel configuration (high availability)
Subunit A
IM 324R
IM 304
Subunit B
IM 304
Expansion unit
The redundant I/O modules to
be used in the twoĆ and threeĆ
channel configurations must
be made known to the operatĆ
ing system using the COM
155H parameter assignment
software.
The communications procesĆ
sors can also be used with
twoĆchannel mode in a redunĆ
dant configuration (see page
4/16). The user must program
the redundancy function.
IM 324R
IM 30.
Expansion unit
IM 31.
The threeĆchannel input conĆ
figuration has the following
advantages:
S A high degree of availability
with a choice of two out of
three
S Numerous faults can be recĆ
ognized and located without
additional wiring such as:
Module fault,
Load voltage failure,
Wirebreak,
ShortĆcircuit to frame and
Sensor fault
S Low wiring overhead
S Both redundant and diverse
sensor configurations posĆ
sible
They can be addressed in the
same way as singleĆchannel
l/Os in the user program. The
operating system does the
rest.
Subunit B
All 721 connecting cables
Expansion unit
ThreeĆchannel configuration
The maximum degree of availĆ
ability is obtained with a
threeĆchannel input configuraĆ
tion. Two of the three input
channels are assigned to the
CPUs directly, whereas the
third channel is connected to
both CPUs via an expansion
unit in switched configuration.
If one of the CPUs fails, the
intact CPU continues to operĆ
ate with two input channels.
IM 324R
IM 30.
IM 314R
Fig. 4/17 ThreeĆchannel configuration (maximum availability)
The following can be conĆ
nected to the central controlĆ
ler:
EG 184U
EG 185U
EG 187U
ET 100U
electronic terminator
S ET 200 distributed
I/O system
S
S
S
S
4/15
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-155H, S5-155H Lite (continued)
Design (continued)
Mixed configuration
The different levels of availĆ
ability can be combined as
required. A mixed configuraĆ
tion, i.e. a combination of reĆ
dundant, switched and singleĆ
sided configuration, is
frequently the most economiĆ
cal solution.
IM 324R
IM 304
Subunit A
Subunit B
IM 304
Expansion unit
IM 314R
Fig. 4/18 Mixed configuration
Redundancy of the
IPs and CPs
Intelligent I/O modules (IPs)
and communications procesĆ
sors (CPs) can also have reĆ
dundant configuration.
Switched redundant
configuration
The IPs and CPs can be
plugged into expansion units
of switched configuration.
TwoĆchannel redundant
configuration
The CPs can additionally be
plugged into the two subunits.
Selection criteria
The type of configuration
which is most favorable deĆ
pends on the type of applicaĆ
tion.
4/16
Advantages of the switched
redundant configuration:
Advantages of the twoĆchanĆ
nel redundant configuration:
S
In the case of a central conĆ
troller failure, the IPs/CPs reĆ
main redundant
S In the case of an IP/CP failĆ
ure, the central controllers
remain highly fault tolerant
S Shorter scan time
S
Disadvantages of the
switched redundant configuĆ
ration:
S At least two switched expanĆ
sion units required
S If the IPs/CPs are to be reĆ
paired, the corresponding
expansion unit must be
switched off. This means
that all other I/O modules in
this expansion unit are out of
operation
Disadvantages of the twoĆ
channel redundant configuraĆ
tion:
S Longer scan time
No switched expansion units
required
S If the CPs are to be reĆ
paired, only redundant comĆ
ponents have to be disconĆ
nected from the power
supply
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-155H, S5-155H Lite (continued)
Design (continued)
Redundancy of the
IPs and CPs
IPs and CPs in switched
redundant configuration
If an intelligent I/O module
(IP) or a communications proĆ
cessor (CP) is to be used in
switched expansion units,
a minimum of two expansion
units is required. One CP/IP
each must be plugged into
the two expansion units. If
data is received in an intelliĆ
gent I/O module or a commuĆ
nications processor, it is autoĆ
matically transmitted to the
second subunit, regardless of
which is the master and which
is the reserve unit.
IM 324R
IM 304
Subunit A
Expansion unit
IP/CP
CPs and IPs in twoĆchannel
redundant configuration
If a communications procesĆ
sor (CP) or an intelligent I/O
module (IP) is to be of twoĆ
channel redundant configuraĆ
tion, one CP/IP must be
plugged into each of the two
subunits. Both CPs/IPs are
assigned different page
frames and operate indepenĆ
dent of each other. If a CP/IP
receives data, it is automatiĆ
cally transmitted to the seĆ
cond subunit, regardless of
which is the master and which
is the reserve unit.
The redundancy function both
in the case of the switched
and the twoĆchannel redunĆ
dant configuration must be
programmed by the user. The
user program defines which
CPs/IPs are active and it must
detect whether one of the
CPs/IPs is faulty, in order to
be able to switch over to the
other CP/IP if necessary.
The operating system ensures
that the data in both subunits
remains equal. Both CPs/IPs
are regarded as independent
modules.
In contrast to the I/O modules
in redundant configuration, reĆ
dundant CPs and IPs are asĆ
signed different addresses
and page frames in the two
subunits.
IM 304
Subunit B
IM 314R
To partner
Expansion unit
IP/CP
To partner
IM 314R
Fig. 4/19 CP/IP in switched redundant configuration
Subunit A
IP/CP
IM 324R
Subunit B
IM 304
IP/CP
To partner
Fig. 4/20 CP/IP in twoĆchannel redundant configuration
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/17
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-155H, S5-155H Lite (continued)
Principle of operation
The principle of operation of
the S5Ć155H/S5Ć155H Lite
faultĆtolerant programmable
controller can be compared
with an " OR " operation. The
programmable controller is in
an operational state when at
least one of the two subunits
is functioning correctly (see
Fig. 4/21).
Both central controllers conĆ
tain the CPU 948R/RL. The
operĆating system of the CPU
948R/RL performs all the
additional functions of the
S5Ć155H/S5Ć155H Lite indeĆ
pendently e.g.:
S Data exchange
S Fault handling (switchover to
standby unit)
S Synchronization of the two
subunits
S SelfĆtest
S Fault locating
The operating system of the
S5Ć155H/S5Ć155H Lite supĆ
ports redundant operation of:
S Digital I/O modules
S Analog I/O modules
Data interchange and
fault handling
MasterĆslave operation
The S5Ć155H/S5Ć155H Lite
basically operĆates on the
masterĆslave principle in hotĆ
standby mode (see right).
One subunit, the master, conĆ
trols the process. If a fault ocĆ
curs, the other subunit, the
standby or slave, takes over
the control functions. The
faulty subunit can then be reĆ
paired without interrupting the
process.
The combined operation of
the two subunits differs acĆ
cording to the I/O configuraĆ
tion:
S Switched configuration
The master controls the proĆ
cess whilst the slave merely
runs on standby. If a fault
occurs, the standby immediĆ
ately takes over control
4/18
Subunit A
Subunit B
Data interchange:
If a fault occurs, the
operational subunit
assumes control
Sensor
Readback input
(R-DI)
Actuator
Fig. 4/21 Example of an S5Ć155H with redundant input and output
TwoĆchanel I/O configuration
(fully redundant configuraĆ
tion)
Both subunits control the
process in parallel. The
standby also issues output
signals and reads in input
signals. For further details,
please refer to Section 11
(Configuring)
S ThreeĆchannel I/O configuĆ
ration (fully redundant conĆ
figuration).
The combined operation of
both subunits corresponds
to the twoĆchannel I/O conĆ
figuration
S
HotĆstandby
HotĆstandby is the ability to
switch over to a standby deĆ
vice in the event of a fault auĆ
tomatically and without detriĆ
mental effect.
For operation in this mode it is
absolutely essential that both
subunits should be able to exĆ
change data quickly and reliaĆ
bly. In the S5Ć155H/S5Ć155H
Lite the two subunits are norĆ
mally linked by the central
controller interface via which
they are both supplied with:
S The same user program
S The same data blocks
S The same process I/O
image contents
S The same receive buffer
contents, e.g. when using
communications processors
The standby unit is therefore
always up to date and ready
to take over control immediĆ
ately if a fault occurs.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-155H, S5-155H Lite (continued)
Principle of operation
(continued)
Synchronization
To avoid delay in switching
over from master to standby,
synchronization of the subĆ
units is essential. This inĆ
cludes interchange and comĆ
parison of data to ensure that
both subunits have the same
information at their disposal.
The synchronization proceĆ
dure used for the S5Ć155H/
S5Ć155H Lite is " eventĆdriven
synchronization " .
EventĆdriven synchronization
is carried out every time an
event occurs which could
change the internal state of
the subunits, e.g.:
S Commands with direct acĆ
cess to the I/Os
S Block call commands
S Time function commands
The user need not think about
the synchronization when proĆ
gramming. The synchronizaĆ
tion is completely taken over
by the operating system.
SelfĆtest
Extensive selfĆtest functions
are implemented in the
S5Ć155H/S5Ć155H Lite. The
following components and
functions are tested:
S Internal S5 bus
S Central controller link
S Fault locating device
S CPUs
S Processing unit/ASIC
S Memories
Every fault recognized by
selfĆtest is reported.
SelfĆtest in cyclic operation
Fault detection
Fault detection with fault
locating
Operating modes
In the twoĆchannel redundant
I/O configuration faults are
detected by:
S Comparison, in the case of
digital inputs
S A readback input, in the
case of digital outputs
S Comparison, in the case of
analog inputs
S Comparison and readback,
in the case of analog outĆ
puts
In the threeĆchannel redunĆ
dant input configuration fault
detection takes place with a
choice of two out of three.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SelfĆtest on restart
Each subunit runs through all
the selfĆtest functions on reĆ
start.
For uninterrupted operation,
the operating system must be
able not only to detect faults
but also to locate them, in orĆ
der to deactivate the faulty
module (by switching off the
load voltage, in the case of
outputs).
This operating mode can be
used for both digital input and
output modules. Advantages
of this operating mode:
S In the event of a fault, the
programmable controller
S5Ć155H/S5Ć155H Lite conĆ
tinues to operate with the
module which is functioning
correctly
S Faults can be corrected
more quickly and easily
For cyclic operation the operĆ
ating system breaks down the
selfĆtest functions into short
sections approxiĆmately 5 ms
long. One or more of these is
processed in a cycle. The
number of sections per cycle
is configured by the user.
In the twoĆchannel redundant
I/O configuration, the operatĆ
ing system is responsible for
the software side of fault loĆ
cating. On the hardware side,
locating inputs and outputs
(LĆDls and LĆDOs) are reĆ
quired.
In the threeĆchannel redunĆ
dant input configuration, fault
detection takes place by fault
locating with a choice of two
out of three.
For further information regardĆ
ing the principle of operation
of the faultĆtolerant S5Ć155H/
S5Ć155H Lite programmable
controller, see Section 11
(Configuring).
4/19
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
General
S5-155H, S5-155H Lite (continued)
Programming,
parameter assignment
Programming
Programming of the S5Ć155H/
S5Ć155H Lite programmable
controller is the same as for
the S5Ć155U. All STEP 5 opĆ
erations allowed in the
S5Ć155U, apart from the multiĆ
processing operations, can
be used.
On-line
programming
Programming device
Both onĆline and offĆline proĆ
gramming are possible.
Subunit A
OnĆline programming
For onĆline programming the
programming device is conĆ
nected to the CPU of one of
the subunits. The program is
autoĆmatically relayed to the
other subunit.
Memory card
OffĆline programming
OffĆline programming is posĆ
sible using an EPROM subĆ
module in the programming
device without connecting it
to the programmable controlĆ
ler. The submodule is then duĆ
plicated and plugged into the
CPUs of both subunits.
parameter assignment
COMĂ155H parameter assignĆ
ment software
The COM 155H parameteriĆ
zation software supports the
user in parameter assignment
and error diagnostics:
S Interactive parameter asĆ
signment of data specific to
the H version
4/20
COM 155H
Off-line
programming
Subunit B
Fig. 4/22 OnĆline and offĆline programming
Generation of the parameter
assignment data block from
the parameter assignment
data
S System diagnostics using
the error data blocks and
the interrupt register
S Printout of data specific to
the H version
S
S
General system handling,
e.g. starting the system
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central processing units
CPU 928A
The CPU 928A is designed for
midĆrange applications. It is
particularly suitable for highĆ
speed word processing (arithĆ
metic operations, closedĆloop
control) and for highĆspeed
binary signal processing
(logic control).
It can be used in S5Ć135U
and S5Ć155U.
Application
Design
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
The module contains the folloĆ
wing:
S Microprocessor (ASIC) for
processing binary stateĆ
ments and for highĆspeed
processing of a number of
selected word statements
S Microprocessor (16 bit) for
processing word statements
and the operating program
of the module
S Microprocessor (8 bit) for
processing the programĆ
ming device port
S Memory (RAM) for bit meĆ
mories, timers, counters,
process image, etc.
S Internal memory:
64 Kbyte for the user proĆ
gram and 46 Kbyte (RAM)
for data of the user program
(data blocks)
S Receptacle for SIMATIC
memory card (FLASH
EPROM) for max. 64 Kbyte
user program.
STEP 5 V6.6 and higher is
required for programming
and erasing the memory
card.
S
S
S
S
S
Programming device port
(15Ćway Cannon socket)
Shift register (246 x 8 bit)
with high processing speed
Operating program for cyĆ
clic, timeĆ and processĆconĆ
trolled processing and error
handling
Software for multiprocessor
communication
ClosedĆloop controller algoĆ
rithm (e.g. for pressure, temĆ
perature or flow control) with
the following features: OutĆ
put signal as manipulated
variable or change in manipĆ
ulated variable, parameterĆ
ization via data block (fixed
or variable values), limiting
the output signal (high and
low limits)
Depending on the job to be
done, one to four CPUs 928
can be used in a central conĆ
troller of the S5Ć135U or
S5Ć155U programmable conĆ
trollers, which are also suitĆ
able for multiprocessor operaĆ
tion with the following CPUs:
S
CPU 948, CPU 928B,
CPU 928 in the central conĆ
troller of the S5Ć135U/155U.
Both timeĆcontrolled (clock:
10, 20, 100, 200, 500, 1000,
2000 and 5000 ms) and interĆ
ruptĆdriven program execuĆ
tion are possible.
4/23
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central processing units
CPU 928A (continued)
Restart modes
Cold restart with reset, manual
All bit memories, timers and counters are reset and the process image
erased. Scanning of the user program starts at the beginning.
Warm restart, manual
The bit memories, timers, counters and the process image are retained
during the downĆtime. Scanning of the user program continues at the
point of interuption.
Warm restart, automatic
Following power recovery, the PLC automatically enters the RUN mode.
The other data is as listed under warm restart, manual.
Overall reset
All memory areas are erased. The programmable controller enters the
basic state. If a RAM is used, the user program must be loaded. If an
EPROM ist used, a cold restart with reset is possible. The overall reset
function can be triggered by a switch on the processor or from the proĆ
gramming device.
The following startĆup is possible if block DX 0 is programmed accordingly:
Automatic restart
After voltage recovery the CPU returns automatically to the operating
state. The other data is as listed under cold restart with reset, manual.
Technical specifications
Microprocessors
8031 (8 bit)
80186 (16 bit), ASIC
Memory space
S RAM internal
(for data blocks only)
S RAM internal or Memory card
(flash EPROM);
for program
max.
Execution time for
S 1 K binary statements
(AND, OR)
S 1 K digital statements
(load, transfer)
S 8 control loops
Number of control loops
max.
Bit memories
Timers
S Number
S Range
Counters
S Number
S Range
Inputs
64 Kbyte
1.1 ms
15 ms
20 ms
64 with standard function block
" R64 controller structure
(see Section 7)
2048
max.
max.
max.
max.
256
0 ... 999
1024 with process image
3072 without process image
4096 for direct memory access 1)
518,152 for page addressing 2)
max.
max.
max.
192
256 for direct memory access 1)
32,130 for page addressing 2)
digital
additional
additional
additional
max.
max.
max.
max.
1024 with process image
3072 without process image
4096 for direct memory access1)
518,152 for page addressing 2)
analog
additional
additional
Outputs
46 Kbyte
256
0.01 ... 9990 s
digital
additional
additional
additional
analog
additional
additional
max.
max.
max.
192
256 for direct memory access 1)
32,130 for page addressing 2)
S Cycle (OB1)
S InterruptĆdriven
S TimeĆcontrolled
in 9 clock pulses
Program execution
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S CPU 928A
max.
S Memory card
max.
Power loss
max.
0.6 A
0.2 A
3W
Space requirement
1 slot
Weight
S CPU 928
S Memory submodule
approx.
approx.
0.5 kg (1.1 lb)
0.04 kg (0.088 lb)
1) Only with IM 304, IM307, IM 308 interface modules.
2) Only with IM 308 interface module (theoretical end value).
Ordering data
CPU 928
with receptacle for
1 memory submodule
6ES5 928-3UA21
Order No.
Order No.
System manual,
programming guide,
manual
4/24
Memory card
with flash EPROMs
128 Kbyte (only 64 Kbyte usable)
6ES5 374-2KG21
see page 4/155
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central processing units
CPU 928B
The CPU 928B is designed for
midĆrange applications. It is
particularly suitable for highĆ
speed word processing (arithĆ
metic operations and closedĆ
loop control) and highĆspeed
binary signal processing
(logic control).
Application
Design
The module contains the folĆ
lowing:
S
Arithmetic unit, microproĆ
grammed, with bit and word
processor (16 bit), for highĆ
speed processing of binary
and word statements
S
Microprocessor (16 bit) for
processing the builtĆin interĆ
face and the second opĆ
tional serial interface
S
Programming device port
(15Ćway Cannon socket)
S
Driver for 3964, 3964R,
RK512, " open driver "
S
Receptacle for interface
module; the following can be
installed:
Second interface for proĆ
gramming device and operĆ
ator panel;
V.24 interface;
TTY interface;
RS 422 A interface for pointĆ
toĆpoint connections;
SINEC L1 interface
S
Special functions for cycle
statistics
Microprocessor (16 bit) for
processing the operating
program of the module
S
S
S
S
Memory (RAM) for bit meĆ
mories, S bit memories, timĆ
ers, counters, process
image, etc.
Internal memory:
64 Kbyte for the user proĆ
gram and 46 Kbyte (RAM)
for data of the user program
(data blocks)
Receptacle for SIMATIC
memory card (FLASH
EPROM) for max. 64 Kbyte
user program.
STEP 5 V6.6 and higher is
required for programming
and erasing the memory
card.
In addition the module also
has a second interface and is
thus suitable for highĆspeed
serial pointĆtoĆpoint connecĆ
tions or for connecting to the
SINEC L1 LAN (slave or masĆ
ter with pointĆtoĆpoint connecĆ
tions).
It can be used in S5Ć135U
and S5Ć155U.
S
Shift register (246 x 8 bit)
with high processing speed
S
Hardware clock
S
Operating program for cyĆ
clic, timeĆ and processĆconĆ
trolled processing and error
handling
Software for multiprocessor
communication
S ClosedĆloop controller algoĆ
rithm (e.g. for pressure, temĆ
perature or flow control) with
the following features: OutĆ
put signal as manipulated
variable or change in manipĆ
ulated variable, parameterĆ
ization via data block (fixed
or variable values), limiting
the output signal (high and
low limits)
S
Depending on the job to be
done, one to four CPUs 928B
can be used in a S5Ć135U/
155U central controller, which
are also suitable for multiproĆ
cessor operation with the
following CPUs:
S
CPU 922, CPU 928,
CPU 948 in the central conĆ
troller of the S5Ć135U/155U
The CPU 928B functions on
the same basis as, and is upĆ
wardsĆcompatible with, the
CPU 928. All STEP 5 comĆ
mands for the CPU 928 can
execute without modification
on the CPU 928B.
Restart modes
Cold restart with reset, manual
Warm restart, manual
The bit memories, timers, counters and the process image are retained
during the downĆtime. Scanning of the user program continues at the
point of interruption.
Warm restart, automatic
Following power recovery, the CPU automatically enters the RUN mode.
The other data is as listed under warm restart, manual.
Overall reset
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
All bit memories, timers and counters are reset and the process image
erased. Scanning of the user program starts at the beginning.
All memory areas are erased. The programmable controller enters the
basic state. If a RAM is used, the user program must be loaded. If an
EPROM is used, a cold restart with reset is possible. The overall reset
function can be triggered by a switch on the processor or from the
programming device.
4/25
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central processing units
CPU 928B (continued)
Design (continued)
Restart modes (continued)
By parameterizing the DX 0 the following startĆup is possible:
Cold restart, automatic
(without memory)
Following power recovery, the CPU goes to RUN mode automatically.
Otherwise the same as cold restart with reset, manual.
Cold restart, automatic
(with memory)
Following power recovery, scanning of the user program starts at the
beginning. All bit memories, timers and counters are retained.
Technical specifications
Microprocessors
80186 (16 bit)
80188 (16 bit)
Memory space
S RAM internal
(for data blocks only)
S RAM internal or Memory card
(flash EPROM);
for program
max.
Execution time for
S 1 K binary statements
S 1 K word statements
S 8 control loops
Scan time monitoring
Number of control loops
max.
64 Kbyte
0.6 ms
1.5 ms
20 ms
Programmable,
default: 200 ms
64 with standard function block
" R 64 controller structure "
(see Section 7)
2048
S bit memories
8192
256
0.01 ... 9990 s
digital
additional
additional
additional
max.
max.
max.
max.
256
0 ... 999
1024 with process image
3072 without process image
4096 for direct memory access1)
518,152 for page addressing 2)
max.
max.
max.
192
256 for direct memory access 1)
32,130 for page addressing 2)
digital
additional
additional
additional
max.
max.
max.
max.
1024 with process image
3072 without process image
4096 for direct memory access1)
518,152 for page addressing2)
analog
additional
additional
Outputs
46 Kbyte
Bit memories
Timers
S Number
S Range
Counters
S Number
S Range
Inputs
analog
additional
additional
max.
max.
max.
192
256 for direct memory access1)
32,130 for page addressing 2)
S Cycle (OB1)
S InterruptĆdriven
S TimeĆcontrolled
in 9 clock pulses
S ClockĆcontrolled
Program execution
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S CPU 928B
typ.
S Memory card
max.
S 377 memory submodule
(RAM)
max.
S Interface modules
S Power loss
max.
0.1 A
0.1 ... 0.2 A
3W
1 slot
Space requirements
Weight
S CPU 928B
S Memory submodule
0.6 A
0.2 A
approx.
approx.
0.5 kg (1.1 lb)
0.04 kg (0.088 lb)
1) Only with IM 304, IM 307, IM 308 interface modules.
2) Only with IM 308 interface module (theoretical end value).
Ordering data
CPU 928 B
with receptacle for 1 memory
submodule and receptacle
for 1 interface module
6ES5 928-3UB21
Order No.
Order No.
System manual,
programming guide,
communications manual,
instruction manual
see page 4/155
Memory card
with flash EPROMs
128 Kbyte (only 64 Kbyte usable)
Interface module
for 20 mA current loop (TTY)
for V.24 (RS 232C)
for RS 422ĆA/RS 485
for SINEC L1
COM PP parameter assignment
software
6ES5 374-2KG21
6ES5 752-0AA12
6ES5 752-0AA23
6ES5 752-0AA43
6ES5 752-0AA53
6ES5 752-0AA62
see Section 7
4/26
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central processing units
CPU 948
The CPU 948 is the highĆ
speed memory giant for the
S5Ć155U. It is the most powerĆ
ful CPU and is designed for
applications in the upper perĆ
formance range. It has a large
user memory and is suitable
for both very highĆspeed word
processing (arithmetic operaĆ
tions and closedĆloop control)
and very highĆspeed binary
signal processing (logic conĆ
trol). The CPU 948 is fully
compatible with its predecesĆ
sors, the CPU 946/947.
The module contains the folloĆ
wing:
S STEP 5 processing unit (with
2 ASICs) for processing the
user program
S Microprocessor (16 bit) for
processing the operating
system of the module
S Microprocessor (16 bit) for
processing the builtĆin interĆ
face and the second opĆ
tional serial interface
S Memory (RAM) for bit meĆ
mories, S bit memories, timĆ
ers, counters, process
image, etc.
S Internal memory (RAM) with
640 or 1664 Kbyte for the
user program
S Receptacle for SIMATIC
memory card (flash
EPROMs)
S Hardware clock
Interfaces
1. BuiltĆin serial interface
(TTY) for programming
device
or operator panel
2. Slot for interface module
for programming device;
V.24 interface;
TTY interface;
RS 422 A interface for
pointĆtoĆpoint
connections;
SINEC L1 interface
Depending on the job to be
done, up to 4 CPUs 948 can
be used in a central controller
of the S5Ć155U programmable
controller; they are also suitĆ
able for multiĆprocessor opĆ
eration with CPU 948B, CPU
928 and CPU 922.
The user programs can be
stored in the integral RAM
(640 or 1664 Kbyte). If necesĆ
sary, the programming device
can be used to store the user
program on a flash EPROM to
protect it from power failures.
Program execution
S
Application
Design
Functions
Cyclic program execution;
ReadĆin of input statuses,
execution of the control proĆ
gram and output of the outĆ
put statuses
S TimeĆcontrolled program
execution; 9 independent
timeĆcontrolled program
execution levels. The time of
processing can be defined
separately for each level.
Times between 10 ms and
20 min can be set. A timeĆ
controlled timed interrupt is
also available
S InterruptĆcontrolled program
execution;
via interrupts or process
alarms;
4 interrupts via signal lines
of the internal S5 backplane
bus;
8 process alarms via input
byte IB 0
S
S
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Time interruptĆcontrolled
program processing;
This execution level is actiĆ
vated after expiry of a proĆ
grammed time (time resoluĆ
tion: 1 ms)
Execution levels of higher
priority can interrupt execuĆ
tion levels of lower priority afĆ
ter each STEP 5 operation.
Monitoring
S Scan time
S Collision of two timed interĆ
rupts
S Addressing error
S Acknowledgement delay
Time
S
S
Set, read, interrupt
Operating hours counter
The CPU 948 is fully compaĆ
tible with the CPUs 946/947.
It is not necessary to modify
existing programs.
Hardware selfĆtest functions
S
Including, for example, RAM
test, BASP (output disable)
test and clock test
Further functions
S Easy access to the exĆ
tended I/O area via function
block FB 196 (contained in
the " Basic functions " proĆ
gram package,
(see Section 7)
S Programming device funcĆ
tions via the internal S5
backplane bus, thus providĆ
ing fast program loading via
the Industrial Ethernet bus
system
S Password protection of the
user program
Integral function blocks
Including, for example
S Disable or delay interrupts
S Delete or generate blocks
S Transfer process images
S Copy data blocks
4/27
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central processing units
CPU 948 (continued)
Design (continued)
Restart modes
Cold restart with reset, manual
All bit memories, timers and counters are reset and the process image
erased. Scanning of the user program starts at the beginning.
Warm restart, manual
The bit memories, timers, counters and the process image are retained
during the downĆtime. Scanning of the user program continues at the
piont of interruption.
Warm restart, automatic
Following power recovery, the PLC automatically enters the Run mode.
The other data is as listed under warm restart, manual.
The following startĆup is possible if block DX 0 is programmed accordingly:
Cold restart, automatic
Following power recovery, the programmable controller automatically
enters the RUN mode. The other data is as listed under cold restart with
reset, manual.
Cold restart with memory,
manual
The bit memories, timers, counters and the process image are retained
during the downĆtime. Scanning of the user program continues at the
point of interruption.
Cold restart with memory,
automatic
Following power recovery, the programmable controller automatically
enters the RUN mode. The other data is as listed under cold restart with
memory, manual.
80186 (16 bit)
80188 (16 bit), 2 ASICs
Outputs
Technical specifications
Microprocessors
Total memory space
S Internal memory
S Memory submodule
(flash EPROM)
640 Kbyte or 1664 Kbyte
640 Kbyte or 1164 Kbyte
Programming language
STEP 5, SCL
Block types
Organization blocks (OB),
Programming blocks (PB),
Function blocks (FB, FX),
Data blocks (DB, DX)
Number of blocks
max.
256 per block type
Nesting depth of the blocks
60
Program execution
S
S
S
S
Execution times for
S Bit operations
S Word operations
S Time/counter operations
S FixedĆpoint addition
S FloatingĆpoint addition
Cyclic (OB1)
InterruptĆdriven
TimeĆcontrolled
OperatorĆcontrolled stop
0.18 ms
0.5 ms
0.18 ms
0.55 ms
3.3 ms
Programmable,
default: 200 ms
Scan time monitoring
digital
additional
additional
additional
max.
max.
max.
max.
1024 with process image
3072 without process image
4096 for direct memory access 1)
518,152 for page addressing 2)
analog
additional
additional
Inputs
max.
max.
max.
digital
additional
additional
additional
max.
max.
max.
max.
1024 with process image
3072 without process image
4096 for direct memory access1)
518152 for page addressing 2)
analog
additional
additional
max.
max.
max.
192
256 for direct memory access 1)
32,130 for page addressing 2)
Bit memories
2048
S bit memories
32768
Nesting levels
8
Timers
S Number
S Range
Counters
S Number
S Range
Interfaces
1st interface (integral)
2nd interface (optional)
256
0.01 ... 9990 s
256
0 ... 999
programming device/operator
paneldepending on interface
module used
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S CPU 948
max.
S Memory card
max.
S Interface module
max.
Power loss
max.
3.6 A
0.2 A
0.1 ... 0.2 A
20 W
Space requirements
2 slots
192
256 for direct memory access 1)
32,130 for page addressing 2)
Weight
S CPU 928
S Memory submodule
approx.
approx.
1 kg (2.2 lb)
0.06 kg (0.13 lb)
1) Only with IM 304, IM 307, IM 308 interface modules.
2) Only with IM 308 interface module (theoretical end value).
4/28
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central processing units
CPU 948 (continued)
Ordering data
CPU 948
S With 640 Kbyte user memory
S With 1664 Kbyte user memory
System manual,
programming instructions,
manual
Order No.
Order No.
6ES5 948-3UA11
6ES5 948-3UA21
Memory card
with flash EPROMs
Memory capacity:
256 Kbyte
ăă1 Mbyte
ăă2 Mbyte
see page 4/155
Programming adapter
(for memory cards)
Interface module
for 20 mA current loop (TTY)
for V.24/V.28 (RS 232C)
for RS 422ĆA/RS 485
for programming device for
SINEC L1
COM PP parameter assignment
software
6ES5 752-0AA12
6ES5 752-0AA22
6ES5 752-0AA43
6ES5 752-0AA53
6ES5 752-0AA62
see Section 7
6ES5 985-2MC11
6ES5 374-2KH21
6ES5 374-2KK21
6ES5 374-2KL21
On account of the higher CPU
speed, it is necessary to
make adjustments to the stanĆ
dard function blocks in the
case of the intelligent I/O moĆ
dules.
Please check that the version
numbers of your standard
function block comply with the
required minimum version, by
referring to the following table.
Module
Standard FB can
be used from
IP 240
167 to 173
V 2.2
IP 241
156 to 158
A 04
IP 242 A (...Ć1AA3.)
178 to 182
A 02
IP 242 B (...Ć1AA41)
183, 184
A 03
IP 243
160, 161
A 02
IP 244
162
A 03, B 03, C 04
IP 246
164, 165
A 02
IP 247
164, 165
A 02
IP 252
100, 101
V 3.0
IP 260
170
A 02
IP 261
171
Not implementable
IP 281
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
FB numbers
concerned
(no FB)
Implementable due to direct
access
4/29
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central processing units
923A and 923C coordinators
Several CPUs can be used in
one central controller, deĆ
pending on the task to be perĆ
formed. The 923A/C coordinaĆ
tors allocate access rights to
the internal S5 bus to the indiĆ
vidual CPUs.
Application
923A coordinator
The 923A coordinator is used
for coordinating access of
from two to four CPUs in the
S5Ć135U and S5Ć155U proĆ
grammable controllers.
923A coordinator
Design
The module contains the folĆ
lowing:
S Memory (RAM) for 2048 inĆ
terprocessor communication
bit memories
S Clock generator and scaler
for producing the time base
on which access to the S5
bus is allocated among the
CPUs
923C coordinator
The module contains the folĆ
lowing:
S RAM for 2048 interprocessor
communication bit memories
and for data blocks
Each CPU communicates with
the input and output modules
via the internal S5 backplane
bus. The coordinator allocates
access rights to the S5 backĆ
Principle of operation
923C coordinator
The 923C coordinator is used
for coordinating access of
from two to four CPUs in the
S5Ć135U and S5Ć155U proĆ
grammable controllers and for
programming and startĆup of
up to eight CPUs and commuĆ
nications processors. The
coordinator also enables the
programmable controller to be
programmed via the Industrial
Ethernet, PROFIBUS and
SINEC L1 LANs.
Clock generator and scaler
for producing the time base
on which the internal S5
backplane bus is allocated
to the CPUs
S Central programming device
port with multiplexer:
With the programming deĆ
vice connected to a 923C
coordinator, the user can
program up to eight procesĆ
sors without changing the
front connectors
For programming a programĆ
mable controller via the IndusĆ
trial Ethernet, PROFIBUS and
SINEC L1 local area network,
the programming device ports
of the 923C coordinator and
the CP 143, CP 5430 or CP
530 communications procesĆ
sors need to be linked by
means of the 725 connecting
cable.
plane bus to each CPU in cyĆ
cles (timeĆsharing). The alloĆ
cation sequence is fixed (CPU
1 Ć CPU 2 Ć CPU 3 Ć CPU 4).
The CPUs can exchange inĆ
formation via interprocessor
communication bit memories
in the coordinator.
Space requirements
1 slot
S
The central programming deĆ
vice interface can only be opĆ
erated if the S5ĆDOS operatĆ
ing system is loaded in the
programming device.
Technical specifications
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S 923A coordinator
max.
S 923C coordinator
max.
0.5 A
1.1 A
Power loss
S 923A coordinator
S 923C coordinator
2.5 W
6W
max.
max.
Ordering data
6ES5 923-3UA11
923C coordinator
The operating instructions are
included in the S5Ć135U/155U
system manual (see page 4/155).
6ES5 923-3UC11
4/30
0.3 kg (0.7 lb)
Order No.
Order No.
923A coordinator
The operating instructions are
included in the S5Ć135U/155U
system manual (see page 4/155).
approx.
Weight
725 connecting cable
for connecting 923C coordinator
to the CP 143 or CP 530 commuĆ
nications processor
0.9 m (3 ft)
2.5 m (8 ft)
6ES5 725-0AK00
6ES5 725-0BC50
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central processing units
CPU 948R/RL for S5-155H/S5-155H Lite
The CPU 948R is designed for
the S5Ć155H faultĆtolerant proĆ
grammable controller, the
CPU 948RL for the S5Ć155H
Lite.
Application
Design
The CPU 948R/RL differs only
in its firmware from the CPU
948 for the S5Ć155U programĆ
mable controller. You must
plug in a CPU 948R/RL into
both subunits of the S5Ć155H/
-155H Lite faultĆtolerant proĆ
grammable controller.
The module contains the folĆ
lowing:
S STEP 5 processing unit (with
2 ASICs) for processing the
user program
They have a large user
memory and are suitable for
both highĆspeed word procesĆ
sing (arithmetic operations
and closedĆloop control) and
highĆspeed binary signal proĆ
cessing (logic control).
Microprocessor (16 bit) for
processing the operating
system of the module
S Microprocessor (16 bit) for
processing the builtĆin serial
interface
S Internal memory (RAM) with
128, 640 or 1664 Kbyte for
the user program (355
memory submodule and
RAM memory submodules
are no longer required)
S
S
Memory (highĆspeed RAM)
for bit memories, S bit meĆ
mories, timers, counters,
process image, etc.
S Receptacle for memory card
(flash EPROMs, nonĆvolatile
and electrically erasable)
S Hardware clock
S BuiltĆin serial interface (TTY)
for programming device or
operator panel
The CPU 948R requires 2
slots. It can be plugged into
the ZG 135U/155U central
controller.
Principle of operation
Depending on the application,
the central processing unit
executes the user program eiĆ
ther cyclically, timeĆconĆ
trolled, interruptĆcontrolled or
time interruptĆcontrolled. The
firmware executes all addiĆ
tional functions of the fault tolĆ
erant programmable controller
S5Ć155H/-155H Lite automatiĆ
cally.
These functions include the
following:
S Data exchange
S Synchronization of the two
subunits
S SelfĆtest
S Fault handling (switchover to
standby unit)
S Fault locating
MultiĆprocessor operation as
with the CPU 948 is not posĆ
sible with the CPU 948RL. The
additional functions (selfĆtest,
synchronization, fault locatĆ
ing) increase the execution
time by 5 to 15 %.
Functions
S
EventĆdriven synchronizaĆ
tion
S Transparent programming
S Any combination of 1Ć, 2Ć
and 3Ćchannel I/O configuĆ
ration (3Ćchannel configuraĆ
tion only for inputs)
S Support of redundant analog
inputs and outputs with fault
detection and fault locating
S
Comprehensive selfĆtest
functions
S Comprehensive system
diagnostics functions
S SingleĆchannel and redunĆ
dant connection to the
SINEC L1, PROFIBUS and
Industrial Ethernet LANs
S SingleĆchannel and redunĆ
dant connection to the
PROFIBUSĆDP field bus
S
In addition to programming in
STEP 5, the CPU 948R/RL can
also be programmed with the
SCL compiler in the SCL proĆ
gramming language. The SCL
highĆlevel language is a proĆ
gramming language similar to
PASCAL which has been optiĆ
mized for PLC applications.
SCL can be used for proĆ
gramming complex tasks simĆ
ply and easily in the
SIMATIC S5. The SCL compiĆ
ler is integrated in the STEP 5
basic package S5ĆDOS/MT,
Version 6.
Programming
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Programming device funcĆ
tions via the Industrial EtherĆ
net LAN
For further information on
functions, program execution
and restart modes, refer to
the description of the
CPU 948 on page 4/27.
The user programs can be
stored in the integral RAM
(128, 640 or 1664 Kbyte). If
necessary, the programming
device can be used to store
the user program on a flash
EPROM to protect it from
power failures. For this purĆ
pose, a programming adapter
is required.
4/31
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central processing units
CPU 948R/RL for S5-155H/S5-155H Lite (continued)
Technical specifications
Microprocessors
80186 (16 bit)
80188 (8 bit), 2 ASICs
Total memory space
S Internal memory (RAM)
Programming language
Program execution
S
S
S
S
Execution times for
S Bit operations
S Word operations
S Timer/counter operations
S FixedĆpoint addition
S FloatingĆpoint addition
0.18 µs
0.5 µs
14/0.18 µs
0.55 µs
3.3 µs
Basic cycle time
typ.
Inputs
digital
max.
additional
max.
additional
max.
additional
max.
CPU 948RL: 192 (1Ć, 2Ć or
3Ćchannel)
CPU 948RL: 64 (1- or 2-channel))
384 for direct memory access
(1Ćchannel)
32,130 for page addressing1)
digital
max.
max.
max.
max.
1024 with process image
(1Ć or 2Ćchannel)
3072 without process image
(1Ćchannel)
6144 for direct memory access
518,152 for page addressing1)
analog
CPU 948RL
additional
additional
max.
max.
max.
max.
CPÜ 948R: 192 (1Ć or 2Ćchannel)
CPÜ 948RL: 64 (1Ć or 2Ćchannel)
384 for direct memory access
32,130 for page addressing1)
Bit memories/S bit memories
10 ms (CPU 948R)
20 ms (CPU 948RL)
Programmable,
default: 200 ms
Scan time monitoring
max.
additional
additional
Cycle (OB1),
InterruptĆdriven
TimeĆcontrolled
OperatorĆcontrolled stop
max.
additional
Outputs
max.
additional
STEP 5, SCL
analog
additional
S Memory submodule
(flash EPROM)
128 Kbyte (CPU 948RL)
640 or 1664 Kbyte (CPU 948R)
128 Kbyte (CPU 948RL)
640 or 1664 Kbyte (CPU 948R)
Inputs
1024 with process image
(1Ć, 2Ć or 3Ćchannel)2)
3072 without process image
(1Ćchannel)
6144 for direct memory access
(1Ćchannel)
518,152 for page addressing1)
2048/32768
Timers
S Number/Range
256/0.01 to 9990 s
Counters
S Number/Range
256/0 to 999
Current consumption (at 5 V DC)
S CPU 948R
max.
S Memory card
3.6 A
0.2 A
Power loss
20 W
max.
2 slots
Space requirements
Weight
approx.
1 kg (2.2 Ib)
1) Only with IM 308 interface module (theoretical end value).
2) 3Ćchannel no possible with CPU 948RL.
Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
CPU 948R
For S5Ć155H
With 640 Kbyte user memory
With 1664 Kbyte user memory
6ES5 948-3UR12
6ES5 948-3UR22
CPU 948RL
For S5Ć155H Lite
With 128 Kbyte user memory
6ES5 948-3UR51
Memory card (flash EPROM)
256 Kbyte
1 Mbyte
2 Mbyte
6ES5 374-2KH21
6ES5 374-2KK21
6ES5 374-2KL21
ZG 135U/155U subrack
230 V/115 V AC; 5 V, 18 A
230 V/115 V AC; 5 V, 40 A
24 V DC; 5 V, 18 A
24 V DC; 5 V, 40 A
6ES5 188-3UA12
6ES5 188-3UA22
6ES5 188-3UA32
6ES5 188-3UA52
ZG 155H subrack
24 V DC; 5 V, 14 A
To be ordered as a separate item:
S5-155H manual
consisting of the S5Ć155H operatĆ
ing instructions, the programming
instructions and the CPU
948R/RL quick reference
German
English
French
6ES5 998-4SR11
6ES5 998-4SR21
6ES5 998-4SR31
S5-135U/155U system manual
consisting of the descriptions of
the central controllers (CC) and
expansion units (EU), the interĆ
face modules (IM), the power
supply and the I/Os
German
English
French
6ES5 998-0SH11
6ES5 998-0SH21
6ES5 998-0SH31
6ES5 188-3UH31
COM 155H parameterization
software
for configuration and diagnostics of
the S5Ć155H faultĆtolerant PLC
on 3 1/2 " diskettes,
Single license
Copy license
German
English
French
4/32
6ES5 895-3SR J 3
6ES5 895-3SR J3-0KL1
1
2
3
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Digital input/output modules
Overview
Digital input/output modules
Input modules
Output modules
Voltage values
Module ID
Page
Voltage values/
current values
Module ID
Page
5... 15 V DC
434Ć4
4/33
24 V DC
4/33
4/33
4/33
4/33
Transistor outputs
24 V DC; 0.5 A
441Ć4
451Ć4
451 4
4/38
4/38
24/48/60 V DC
420Ć4
430Ć4
430 4
432Ć4
431Ć4
24 V DC; 2 A
453Ć4
454Ć4
4/38
4/38
24/48/60 V AC
435Ć4
4/33
24/48/60 V DC; 0.5 A
457Ć4
4/38
115 V AC
436Ć4UA
436Ć4UB
4/33
4/33
24/48/60 V AC, 2 A
455Ć4
4/38
230 V AC
436Ć4UA
436Ć4UB
4/33
4/33
115/230 V AC; 2 A
456Ć4UA
456Ć4UB
4/38
4/38
230 V AC
436Ć4UA
436Ć4UB
4/33
4/33
Relay outputs
60 V DC; 0.5 A
250 V AC; 5A
458Ć4UA
458Ć4UB
4/38
4/38
230 V AC
436Ć4UA
436Ć4UB
4/33
4/33
Input/output modules
436Ć4UA
436Ć4UB
4/33
4/33
Module ID
Page
482Ć4
4/43
230 V AC
Voltage values/
current values
24 V DC (inputs),
24 V DC; 0.5 A (outputs)
Digital input modules
The digital input modules conĆ
vert the external binary sigĆ
nals from the process to the
internal signal level of the proĆ
grammable controllers.
Application
Design
Principle of operation
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Digital input modules with 32,
16 and 8 inputs for a range of
input voltages are available.
The modules require either
one or two slots.
Front connectors are used for
terminating the signal cables.
Both modules and front conĆ
nectors may be inserted and
removed under power.
Green LEDs indicate the sigĆ
nal status of the inputs.
Enable input
The input signals can be disĆ
abled by means of the enable
input F. This enable input can
be deactivated by removing a
jumper on the module.
Interrupt processing
The 432Ć4 digital input module
generates an interrupt when
an input signal changes:
S
S
In the central controller, an
interrupt line is provided for
each CPU. Modules must be
plugged into the central
controller
Adhesive labels are supplied
to identify the modules and
front connectors.
The CPU 948 has a mode of
operation available which
recognizes an interrupt by
scanning the input byte 0.
All modules (max. 8) used
for interrupt generation must
be accommodated in the
same unit.
4/33
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Digital input/output modules
Digital input modules (continued)
Technical specifications
Digital input module
6ES5 420-4UA14
6ES5 430-4UA14
6ES5 431-4UA12
6ES5 432-4UA121)
Number of inputs
Galvanic isolation
S In groups of
32
No
Ċ
32
Yes
32
16
Yes
1
32 (with a group signal)
Yes
8
Input voltage
(rated value)
24 V DC
24 V DC
24/48/60 V DC
24 V DC
- 33 ... + 5 V
+ 13 ... + 33 V
- 3 ... + 7 V
+ 13 ... + 33 V
- 33 ... + 8 V
+ 13 ... + 72 V
- 33 .. +5 V
+ 13 ... + 33 V
8.5 mA
7 mA
4.5 mA (at 24 V)
6.5 mA (at 48 V)
7.5 mA (at 60 V)
8.5 mA
1.4 ... 5 ms
2.5 ... 6.5 ms
1.4 ... 5 ms
3 ms/1 ms/0.3 ms
Input voltage
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
Input current
S For " 1 signal
typ.
Delay
Cable length
S Unshielded
(at delay)
max.
600 m (1968 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
400 m (1312 ft)
S Shielded
max.
1000 m (3280 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
600 m (1968 ft) (3 ms)
200 m (656 ft) (1 ms)
50 m (164 ft) (0.3 ms)
1000 m (3280 ft)
Enable input F
Input voltage
S Rated value
S Enable
S Disable
Input current of enable input typ.
Cable length ā(unshielded) max.
24 V DC
+ 13 ... + 33 V
- 33 ... + 5 V
5 mA
200 m (656 ft)
24 V DC
+ 13 ... + 33 V
- 33 ... + 5 V
5 mA
200 m (656 ft)
24/48/60 V DC
+ 13 ... + 72 V
- 33 ... + 8 V
5 mA (at 48 V)
200 m (656 ft)
24 V DC
+ 13 ... + 33 V
- 33 ... + 5 V
5 mA
200 m (656 ft)
Insulation voltage
(external connections to housing)
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested with
Ċ
Ċ
75 V DC
1250 V AC
75 V DC
1250 V AC
75 V DC
1250 V AC
Ċ
24 V DC
Ċ
Ċ
Supply voltage Vpos
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp
(referred to
rated voltage)
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
S Value at & lt; 0.1 s
max.
Ċ
+ 15 %
Ċ
Ċ
max.
Ċ
Ċ
20 ... 30 V
36 V
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V)
typ.
typ.
80 mA
Ċ
100 mA
100 mA
90 mA
Ċ
200 mA
Ċ
max.
7.0 W
8.3 W
2.2 ... 7.7 W
(at 24 ... 60 V)
7.5 W
1 slot
1 slot
1 slot
1 slot
42Ćpin
42Ćpin
42Ćpin
42Ćpin
0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
Power loss
Space requirements
Front connector
Weight
approx.
1) A shielded signal lead is required for use of the module.
A filter (SIFI C, B84113ĆCĆB30 or equivalent) is required in the 24 V DC load power supply for the module.
4/34
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Digital input/output modules
Digital input modules (continued)
Technical specifications (continued)
Digital input module
6ES5 434-4UA12
6ES5 435-4UA12
6ES5 436-4UA121)
6ES5 436-4UB121)
Number of inputs
Galvanic isolation
S In groups of
32
Yes
32
16
Yes
8
16
Yes
8
8
Yes
1
Input voltage
(rated value)
TTL signals (+ 5 V)
CMOS signals (+ 15 V)
signals from NAMUR
sensors (with current
output in acc. with
DIN 19234)
24/48/60 V AC
(47 ... 63 Hz)
115/230 V AC
(47 ... 63 Hz)
115/230 V AC
(47 ... 63 Hz)
0 ... + 0.8 V (TTL)
0 ... + 4.5 V (CMOS)
+ 2.4 ... + 5 V (TTL)
or open input
+ 10.5 ... + 15 V (CMOS)
or open input
0 ... 15 V
0 ... 60 V
0 ... 60 V
20 ... 72 V
90 ... 264 V
90 ... 264 V
- 1 mA (TTL)
- 3 mA (CMOS))
≤1.2 mA (NAMUR)
0.1 mA (TTL)
0.3 mA (CMOS)
≥2.1 mA (NAMUR)
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
15 mA (at 48 V)
20 mA (at 60 V)
15 mA (at 115 V)
25 mA (at 230 V)
15 mA (at 115 V)
25 mA (at 230 V)
1.4 ... 5 ms
1.4 ... 5 ms
2 ... 15 ms
10 ... 25 ms
2 ... 15 ms
10 ... 25 ms
2 ... 15 ms
10 ... 25 ms
200 m (656 ft)
(TTL/CMOS)
600 m (1968 ft)/
(NAMUR)
1000 m (3280 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
600 m (1968 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
Jumper F+/FĆ in the
front connector
Jumper F+/FĆ in the
front connector
Jumper F+/FĆ in the
front connector
Input voltage
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
Input current
S For " 0 signal
typ.
S For " 1 signal
typ.
Delay
S Positive edge
S Negative edge
Cable length
S Unshielded
S Shielded
max.
max.
Enable input F
Input voltage
S Rated value
S Enable
S Disable
Input current of enable input typ.
Cable length (unshielded) max.
5/15/24 V DC
+ 4 ... + 33 V
- 15 ... + 2 V
5 mA
100 m (328 ft)
Insulation voltage
(External connections to housing)
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested with
75 V DC
1250 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
Supply voltage Vpos
S Rated value
24 V DC (L+);
15 V DC (LH+)
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
S Ripple Vpp
(referred to rated
voltage)
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
S Value at t & lt; 0.1 s
max.
15 %
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
max.
20 ... 30 V; 5....15 V
36 V
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V)
S External (at 15 V)
typ.
typ.
typ.
80 mA
200 mA
300 mA
100 mA
100 mA
80 mA
5.5 W
3.5 W (at 24 V)
18.0 W (at 60 V)
3.5 W (at 115 V)
17.0 W (at 230 V)
2.0 W (at 115 V)
8.5 W (at 230 V)
1 slot
2 slots
2 slots
2 slots
42Ćpin
20Ćpin
20Ćpin
20Ćpin
0.4 kg (0.88 Ib)
0.4 kg (0.88 Ib)
0.4 kg (0.88 Ib)
0.4 kg (0.88 Ib)
Power loss
max.
Space requirements
Front connector
Weight
approx.
1) A filter (SIFI C, B84113ĆCĆB30 or equivalent) is required in the 230 V AC load power supply for the module.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/35
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Digital input/output modules
Digital input modules (continued)
Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Non-floating
6ES5 420-4UA14
436-4UB digital input module
8 inputs, 115/230 V AC
430-4 digital input module
32 inputs, 24 V DC
431-4 digital input module
16 inputs, 24/48/60 V DC
6ES5 430-4UA14
The operating instructions are
included in the S5Ć135U/155U
system manual (see page 4/155).
432-4 digital input module
for interrupt processing,
32 inputs, 24 V DC
434-4 digital input module
32 inputs, 5/15 V DC
(TTL, CMOS, NAMUR)
435-4 digital input module
16 inputs, 24/48/60 V AC
6ES5 432-4UA12
436-4UA digital input module
16 inputs, 115/230 V AC
6ES5 436-4UA12
420-4 digital input module
32 inputs, 24 V DC
Floating
4/36
6ES5 431-4UA12
6ES5 434-4UA12
6ES5 435-4UA12
497 front connector
Crimp terminals,
singleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Crimp terminals,
Ci
i l
doubleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Crimp terminals,
doubleĆwidth, 20Ćpin
double width 20 pin
Screw terminals,
singleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Screw t
S
terminals,
i l
doubleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Screw terminals,
terminals
doubleĆwidth, 20Ćpin
6ES5 436-4UB12
6ES5 497-4UA12
6ES5 497 4UA22
497-4UA22
6ES5 497-4UA42
6ES5 497-4UB31
6ES5 497-4UB12
6ES5 497 4UB42
497-4UB42
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Digital input/output modules
Digital input modules (continued)
L+
L+
F+
110.0
110.1
110.2
110.3
110.4
110.5
110.6
110.7
111.0
111.1
111.2
111.3
111.4
111.5
111.6
111.7
112.0
112.1
112.2
112.3
112.4
112.5
112.6
112.7
113.0
113.1
113.2
113.3
113.4
113.5
113.6
113.7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
L+
F+
L-
FL+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
L+
110.1
110.2
110.3
110.4
110.5
110.6
110.7
111.0
111.1
111.2
111.3
111.4
111.5
111.6
111.7
L-
112.0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
112.1
112.2
112.3
112.4
112.5
112.6
112.7
113.0
113.1
113.2
113.3
113.4
113.5
113.6
113.7
4L-
6ES5 420-4UA14
L+
L+
F+
110.0
110.1
110.2
110.3
110.4
110.5
110.6
110.7
111.0
111.1
111.2
111.3
111.4
111.5
111.6
111.7
L-
L1LH2LH2L+
112.0
112.1
112.2
112.3
112.4
112.5
112.6
112.7
113.0
113.1
113.2
113.3
113.4
113.5
113.6
113.7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
6ES5 434-4UA12
110.0
F-
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
F-
1L+
110.0
1L-
110.1
2L+
110.2
2L-
110.3
3L+
110.4
3L-
110.5
4L+
110.6
4L-
110.7
5L+
111.0
5L-
111.1
6L+
111.2
6L-
111.3
7L+
111.4
7L-
111.5
8L+
111.6
8L-
111.7
9L+
112.0
9L-
112.1
10L+
112.2
10L-
112.3
11L+
112.4
11L-
112.5
12L+
112.6
12L-
112.7
13L+
113.0
13L-
113.1
14L+
113.2
14L-
113.3
15L+
113.4
15L-
113.5
16L+
113.6
16L-
113.7
1
2
F-
1N
110.0
6
110.1
8
110.2
10
111.3
12
3
111.1
14
110.1
110.2
1
110.3
110.4
2
110.5
110.6
3
110.7
1L2L+
4
211.0
211.1
211.2
5
211.3
211.4
6
211.5
211.6
7
211.7
2L-
3L+
0
312.0
312.1
312.2
1
312.3
312.4
2
312.5
312.6
3
312.7
3L4L+
4
113.0
113.1
113.2
5
113.3
113.4
6
113.5
113.6
7
113.7
4L-
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6ES5 432-4UA12
F+
1
2
F-
1
2
1N
1N
4
6
1L
110.0
6
110.1
8
2N
110.1
8
110.2
10
2L
110.2
10
111.3
12
3
3N
111.3
12
4
111.1
14
4
111.3
16
5
111.5
18
6
111.7
20
7
0
1
2
6
111.7
20
7
211.2
110.0
4
5
211.1
1L+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
110.0
18
0
1
2
3L
111.1
14
4N
111.3
111.5
18
0
29
1
31
2
25
5N
5N
211.0
27
5L
510.4
27
211.1
29
6N
6N
6L
610.5
31
7N
7N
33
1
33
3
4
211.4
35
4
3
35
2
211,5
37
5
211,5
37
5
211.6
39
6
211.6
39
6
211.7
41
7
211.7
41
7
6ES5 435-4UA12
3
29
0
31
211.4
2
25
2L
211.3
33
1
20
2N
211.2
211.3
0
16
4L
2N
25
27
F-
1N
16
211.0
F+
L-
1L
111.5
2L
L+
1N
4
111.3
2N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
6ES5 431-4UA12
F+
1L
2N
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
F+
L-
1N
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
L+
6ES5 430-4UA14
F+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
6ES5 436-4UA12
7L
710.6
35
8N
8N
810.7
39
5
37
8L
4
6
7
41
6ES5 436-4UB12
Fig. 4/23 Connection diagrams of the digital input modules
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/37
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Digital input/output modules
Digital output modules
The digital output modules
convert the internal signal levĆ
els of the programmable conĆ
trollers into the binary signal
levels required externally by
the process.
Application
Digital output modules with
32, 16 and 8 outputs are
available with a range of outĆ
put voltages and also with
relay contact outputs. The
modules require either one or
two slots.
Front connectors are used for
terminating the signal cables.
Modules and front connectors
may be inserted and removed
under power.
Design
Principle of operation
4/38
Green LEDs indicate the sigĆ
nal status of the outputs. In
DC output modules, red LEDs
indicate shortĆcircuits in the
signal leads. The signal outĆ
put H is set to " 1 " if an overĆ
current or shortĆcircuit is deĆ
tected in an output. Up to 16
signal outputs can be conĆ
nected in parallel. In AC outĆ
put modules, red LEDs indiĆ
cate when a fuse has blown.
Enable input
The output of signals can be
suppressed by an enable
input F. This function can be
deactivated by removing a
jumper on the module.
Adhesive labels are supplied
to identify modules and front
connectors.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Digital input/output modules
Digital output modules (continued)
Technical specifications
Digital output module
6ES5 441-4UA14
6ES5 451-4UA14
6ES5 453-4UA124)
6ES5 454-4UA145)
6ES5 455-4UA12
Number of outputs
Galvanic isolation
S In groups of
32
No
Ċ
32
Yes
32
16
Yes
1
16
Yes
16
16
Yes
8
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC1)
24 V DC
24/48/60 V AC
47 to 63 Hz
15 %
15 %
15 %
15 %
Ċ
20 ... 30 V
36 V
20 ... 30 V
36 V
20 ... 30 V
36 V
20 ... 30 V
36 V
20 ... 72 V
Ċ
0.5 A
5 mA ... 0.5 A
0.5 A
5 mA ... 0.5 A
2A
10 mA2) ... 2 A
2A
10 mA2) ... 2 A
2A
0.4 ... 2 A
5W
5W
10 W
10 W
25/15/13 A
25 W
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Fuse (4x6.3 A)
Vpos - 47 V
Vpos - 47 V
Vpos - 47 V
Vpos - 47 V
100 Hz
11 Hz
2 Hz (at 0.3 A)
0.5 Hz (at 0.5 A)
100 Hz
11 Hz
2 Hz (at 0.3 A)
0.5 Hz (at 0.5 A)
100 Hz
11 Hz
0.2 Hz (at 1 A)
0.5 Hz (at 2 A)
100 Hz
11 Hz
0.2 Hz (at 1 A)
0.5 Hz (at 2 A)
20 Hz
11 Hz
2 Hz
Leakage current at " 0 sign. max.
100 %
50 %
0.5 mA
100 %
50 %
0.5 mA
100 %
25 %
1 mA
50 %
50 %
1 mA
75 %
50 %
5 mA
Signal level of the outputs
S At " 0 signal
S At " 1 signal
+3V
Vpos -1.5 V
+3V
Vpos -1.5 V
+3V
Vpos -2.5 V
+3V
Vpos - 2 V
0.1 Vp
400 m (1312 ft)
400 m (1312 ft)
400 m (1312 ft)
400 m (1312 ft)
Supply voltage Vp, Vpos
S Rated value
S Frequency
S Ripple Vpp
(referred to
rated voltage)
max.
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
S Value at & lt; 0.1 s
max.
Output current at " 1 signal
S Rated value
S Permissible range
S Making current per group
for t & lt; 3/ & lt; 20/ & lt; 50 ms
max.
Lamp load
max.
ShortĆcircuit protection
Limitation of the voltage
inducedon circuit interr. (int.)
to
Switching frequency for
S Resistive loads
S Lamps
S Inductive loads
max.
max.
max.
Total load rating 3)
S With fan
S Without fan
Cable length ā(unshielded)
max.
min.
max.
max.
Vpos - 1.5 V
300 m (984 ft)
Enable input F
Input voltage
S Rated value
S Enable
S Disable
Input current of enable input typ.
Cable lengthā(unshielded) max.
24 V DC
+ 13 ... + 33 V
- 33 ... + 5 V
5 mA
200 m (656 ft)
24 V DC
+ 13 ... + 33 V
- 33 ... + 5 V
5 mA
200 m (656 ft)
24 V DC
+ 13 ... + 33 V
- 33 ... + 5 V
5 mA
200 m (656 ft)
24 V DC
+ 13 ... + 33 V
- 33 ... + 5 V
5 mA
200 m (656 ft)
Signalling output H
Voltage if fault
Current if fault (limited)
Voltage if no fault
Vpos - 5 V
10 mA
3V
Vpos -5 V
10 mA
3V
Vpos -5 V
10 mA
3V
Vpos - 5 V
10 mA
3V
Insulation voltage
(external connections to housing)
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested with
Ċ
Ċ
75 V DC
1250 V AC
75 V DC
1250 V AC
75 V DC
1250 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V, no load)
typ.
typ.
80 mA
150 mA
120 mA
150 mA
120 mA
Ċ
100 mA
100 mA
100 mA
Ċ
max.
17.0 W
17.0 W
49.0 W
17.5 W
39.0 W
Power loss
min.
max.
max.
Space requirements
1 slot
1 slot
Front connector
42Ćpin
42Ćpin
0.45 kg (1 lb)
0.45 kg (1 lb)
Weight
approx.
1) Can also be used as L- switch.
2) 1 input of a digital input module is permissible as the minimum load.
3) Referred to the sum of the rated currents through an L+ input.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Junper F+/F- in
the front connector
2 slots
1 slot
5)
2 slots
42Ćpin
25Ćpin/42Ćpin
20Ćpin
0.6 kg (1.3 lb)
0.55 kg (1.2 lb)
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
4) A shielded signal lead is required for use of the module.
A filter (SIFI C, B84113-C-B-30 or equivalent) is required in the 24 V DC load
power supply for the module.
5) Due to current load a double wide front connector is required.
4/39
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Digital input/output modules
Digital output modules (continued)
Technical data (continued)
Digital output module
6ES5 456-4UA12 5)
6ES5 456-4UB125)
6ES5 457-4UA126)
6ES5 458-4UA12
6ES5 458-4UA12
Number of outputs
Galvanic isolation
S In groups of
16
yes
8
8
yes
1
16
yes
1
16 (relay contacts)
yes
1
16 (relay contacts)
yes
8
115/230 V AC
47 to 63 Hz
115/230 V AC
47 to 63 Hz
24/48/60 V DC1)
Ċ
24 V DC
Ċ
24 V DC
Ċ
max.
Ċ
Ċ
15 %
15 %
15 %
max.
88 ... 264 V
Ċ
88 ... 264 V
Ċ
20 ... 72 V
90 V2)
20 ... 30 V
35 V
20 ... 30 V
35 V
2A
0.04 ... 2 A
2A
0.04 ... 2 A
0.5 A
5 mA ... 0.5 A
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
25/15/13 A
100 W
16/8/6,5 A
100 W
Ċ
5W
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Fuse (4x6.3 A)
Fuse (4x6.3 A)
Electronic
None
None
60V DC/48 V AC
110V DC/250 V AC
Supply voltage Vp, Vpos
S Rated voltage
S Frequency
S Ripple Vpp (referred
to rated voltage)
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
S Value at t & lt; 0.1 s
Output current at " 1 signal
S Rated value
S Permissible range
S Making current per group
for t & lt; 3/ & lt; 20/ & lt; 50 ms
max.
Lamp load
max.
ShortĆcircuit protection
Switch. cap. of the contacts āmax.
S Resistive load
With arc suppr. module
max.
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
500 mA
Without arc suppr. module max.
S Inductive load
With arc suppr. module
max.
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
70 mA4)
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
50 mA4)
Without arc suppr. module max.
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Switch. cycl. (VDE 0660, Part 200)
Limitation of the voltage
induced on circuit
interruption (internal)
to
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
1 . 108
5 A at 30 V DC ,
5 A at 250 V DC
0.3 A at 115 V DC
A
1.0 A at 30 V DC
1.5 A at 250 V AC
0.08 A at 115 V DC
3 . 107
Switching frequency for
S Resistive loads
S Lamps
S Inductive loads
max.
max.
max.
20 Hz
11 Hz
2 Hz
20 Hz
11 Hz
2 Hz
100 Hz
11 Hz
2 Hz (at 0.5 A)
100 Hz
11 Hz
2 Hz
10 Hz
5 Hz
2 Hz
75 %
70 %
100 %
50 %
100 %
50 %
(100 % at 35 _C)
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
max.
5 mA
5 mA
1 mA
Ċ
Ċ
max.
min.
max.
0.1 Vp
Ċ
Vp - 1.5 V
0.1 Vp
Ċ
Vp - 1.5 V
+3V
Vp -2.5 V
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
max.
300 m (984 ft)
300 m (984 ft)
400 m (1312 ft)
400 m (1312 ft)
400 m (1312 ft)
Jumper F+/F- in
the front connector
Jumper F+/F- in
the front connector
24/48/60 V DC
+ 13 ... + 72 V
- 72 ... + 8 V
24/48/60 V DC
- 13 ... + 33 V
- 33 ... + 5 V
24 V DC
+ 13 ... + 33 V
- 33 ... + 5 V
2.5 ... 6.5 mA
200 m ( 656 ft)
5 mA
200 m (656 ft)
5 mA
200 m (656 ft)
Total load rating 3)
S With fan
S Without fan
Leakage current
at " 0 " sign.
Signal level of the outputs
S At " 0 signal
S At " 1 signal
Cable length (unshielded)
Enable input F
Input voltage
S Rated value
S Enable
S Disable
Input current
of enable input
Cable length (unshielded)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Vpos -75 V
typ.
max.
Can also be used as L-switch.
For supply voltages higher than 72 V, the output voltage may exceed 13 V ( " 1 " signal) in the nonĆdrive state.
Referred to the sum of the rated currents through an L+ input.
Up to 500 mA possible with protective circuitry for the load (see operating instructions).
A filter (SIFI C, B84113-C-B-30 or equivalent) is required in the 230 V AC load power supply for the module.
A shielded signal lead is required for use of the module.
A filter (SIFI C, B84113-C-B-30 or equivalent) is required in the 24 V DC load power supply for the module.
4/40
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Digital input/output modules
Digital output modules (continued)
Technical specifications (continued)
6ES5 456-4UA12 1)
Digital output module
Signal output H
Voltage if fault
Current if fault (limited)
Voltage if no fault
6ES5 456-4UB121)
min.
max.
max.
6ES5 457-4UA122)
6ES5 458-4UA12
6ES5 458-4UA12
Vpos - 5 V
10 mA
3V
Insulation voltage
(external connections to housing)
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested with
250 V AC
1500 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
75 V DC
1250 V AC
75 V DC
500 V AC
250 V AC
1500 V AC
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
typ.
S External (at 24 V, no load) typ.
Power loss
max.
100 mA
Ċ
39.0 W
100 mA
Ċ
18.0 W
120 mA
Ċ
13.0 W
80 mA
200 mA
5.2 W
120 mA
250 mA
6.6 W
Space requirements
2 slots
2 slots
2 slots
1 slot
1 slot
Front connector
20Ćpin
20Ćpin
42Ćpin
42Ćpin
42Ćpin
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
0.6 kg (1.3 lb)
0.6 kg (1.3 lb)
0.45 kg (1 lb)
0.7 kg (1.5 lb)
Weight
approx.
1) A filter (SIFI C, B84113-C-B30 or equivalent) is required in the 230 V AC load power supply for the module.
2) A shielded signal lead is required for use of the module.
A filter (SIFI C, B84113-C-B30 or equivalent) is required in the 24 V DC load power supply for the module.
Ordering data
NonĆfloating
441-4 digital output module
32 outputs, 24 V DC; 0.5 A
Order No.
Order No.
6ES5 441-4UA14
458-4UA digital output module
16 relayĆcontact outputs,
60 V; 0.5 V
6ES5 458-4UA12
6ES5 458-4UC11
6ES5 498-1AB11
451-4 digital output module
32 outputs, 24 V DC; 0.5 A
6ES5 451-4UA14
g
p
458-4UC digital output module
16 relayĆcontact outputs,
110 V DC; 250 V AC; 5 A
453-4 digital output module
16 outputs, 24 V DC; 2 A
(can also be used as L-switch)
6ES5 453-4UA12
498 arc-suppression module
for the 458Ć4UA.. digital output
g
p
module (RC elements for 4 outputs)
454-4 digital output module
16 outputs, 24 V DC; 2 A
6ES5 454-4UA14
455-4 digital output module
16 outputs, 24/48/60 V AC; 2 A
6ES5 455-4UA12
456-4UA digital output module
16 outputs, 115/230 V AC; 2 A
6ES5 456-4UA12
456-4UB digital output module
8 outputs, 115/230 V AC; 2 A
6ES5 456-4UB12
457-4 digital output module
16 outputs, 24/48/60 V DC; 0,5 A
(can also be used as L- switch)
6ES5 457-4UA12
Floating
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
The operating instructions are
included in the S5-135U/155U
system manual (see page 4/155).
497 front connector
Crimp terminals,
terminals
singleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Crimp terminals,
p
doubleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Crimp terminals,
doubleĆwidth, 20Ćpin
Screw terminals,
single width, 42Ćpin
Screw terminals,
double width, 42Ćpin
Screw terminals,
terminals
double width, 25Ćpin
(454Ć4 only)
Screw terminals,
double width, 20Ćpin
6ES5 497-4UA12
6ES5 497-4UA22
6ES5 497-4UA42
6ES5 497-4UB31
6ES5 497-4UB12
6ES5 497 4UB22
497-4UB22
6ES5 497-4UB42
4/41
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Digital input/output modules
Digital output modules (continued)
F+
L+
1L+
L-
1Q0.0
1Q0.1
1Q0.2
1Q0.3
1Q0.4
1Q0.5
1Q0.6
1Q0.7
1Q1.0
1Q1.1
1Q1.2
1Q1.3
1Q1.4
1Q1.5
1Q1.6
1Q1.7
L-
L+
H+
2L+
2Q2.0
2Q2.1
2Q2.2
2Q2.3
2Q2.4
2Q2.5
2Q2.6
2Q2.7
2Q3.0
2Q3.1
2Q3.2
2Q3.3
2Q3.4
2Q3.5
2Q3.6
2Q3.7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
L+
F+
L-
F-
L+
1L+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1Q0.0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1Q1.0
1Q0.1
1Q0.2
1Q0.3
1Q0.4
1Q0.5
1Q0.6
1Q0.7
1Q1.1
1Q1.2
1Q1.3
1Q1.4
1Q1.5
1Q1.6
1Q1.7
LH+
L+
2Q2.0
2Q2.1
2Q2.2
2Q2.3
2Q2.4
2Q2.5
2Q2.6
2Q2.7
2Q3.0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2Q3.1
2Q3.2
2Q3.3
2Q3.4
2Q3.5
2Q3.6
2Q3.7
6ES5 441-4UA14
F+
F-
2L+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1L+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
5L+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1L2L+
2L3L+
3L4L+
4L-
5L6L+
6L7L+
7L8L+
8L-
9L+
9L10L+
10L11L+
11L12L+
12L-
13L+
13L14L+
14L15L+
15L16L+
16L-
F+
F-
L+
F+
F-
L-
6ES5 451-4UA14
1
2
F+
L+
L-
F-
L+
1L+
1
2
3
+1Q0.0
4
-1Q0.0
5
+2Q0.1
6
-2Q0.1
7
+3Q0.2
8
-3Q0.2
9
+4Q0.3
10
-4Q0.3
11
12
+5Q0.4
13
-5Q0.4
14
+6Q0.5
15
-6Q0.5
16
+7Q0.6
17
-7Q0.6
18
+8Q0.7
19
-8Q0.7
20
21
H+
22
H23
2L+
24
+9Q1.0
25
-9Q1.0
26
+10Q1.1
27
-10Q1.1
28
+11Q1.2
29
-11Q1.2
30
+12Q1.3
31
-12Q1.3
32
33
+13Q1.4
34
-13Q1.4
35
+14Q1.5
36
-14Q1.5
37
+15Q1.6
38
-15Q1.6
39
+16Q1.7
40
-16Q1.7
41
42
L+
F+
L-
FL+
1L
1L
4
1L
1L
4
1L
1Q0.0
1L
1Q0.0
1N
1Q0.0
6
1N
1Q0.0
6
2L
2Q0.1
2L
2Q0.1
1Q0.1
8
2L
2L
8
3L
3Q0.2
3L
3Q0.2
1Q0.2
10
2N
2Q0.1
4L
4Q0.3
4L
4Q0.3
3L
3L
12
3N
3Q0.2
14
2Q0.4
2Q0.5
2Q0.6
2Q0.7
2L+
12
14
16
18
20
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
4L
4L
4Q0.3
4N
7
10
0
1
5L
18
6Q0.5
7Q0.6
7L
7Q0.6
8L
8Q0.7
8L
8Q0.7
L-
20
6Q0.5
7L
3
5Q0.4
6L
16
5Q0.4
5L
6L
2
L-
2L
2L
25
5L
5L
25
9L
9Q1.0
9L
9Q1.0
2N
2Q1.0
27
5N
5Q0.4
27
10L
10Q1.1
10L
10Q1.1
2Q1.1
29
6L
6L
29
11L
11Q1.2
11L
11Q1.2
2Q1.2
31
2
6N
6Q0.5
31
12L
12Q1.3
12L
12Q1.3
2Q1.3
33
3
7L
7L
33
2Q1.4
35
4
7N
7Q0.6
35
2Q1.5
37
5
8L
8L
2Q1.6
39
6
8N
8Q0.7
2Q1.7
41
7
6ES5 455-4UA12
6ES5 456-4UA12
0
1
4
5
13L
39
41
6ES5 456-4UB12
14Q1.5
14Q1.5
15L
7
13Q1.4
14L
37
13Q1.4
13L
14L
6
1Q0.1
1
1Q0.2
2
1Q0.3
3
2Q0.4
4
2Q0.5
5
2Q0.6
6
2Q0.7
7
2L+
L+
L-
H+
3L+
L+
3Q1.0
0
3Q1.1
1
3Q1.2
2
3Q1.3
3
4Q1.4
4
4Q1.5
5
4Q1.6
6
4Q1.7
7
L+
6ES5 453-4UA12
6ES5 457-4UA12
L+
1
2
1Q0.0
0
15Q1.6
15L
15Q1.6
16L
16Q1.7
16L
16Q1.7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
6ES5 453-4UA12
6ES5 457-4UA12
4L+
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6ES5 454-4UA14
L+
F+
L-
F-
1L
1L
4
0
1N
1Q0.0
6
1
1Q0.1
8
2
1Q0.2
10
3
1Q0.3
12
2Q0.4
14
4
2Q0.5
16
5
6
2Q0.6
18
6
7
2Q0.7
20
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
L+
L-
2L
1)
22
1)
2)
1
2
23
2L
25
2Q1.0
27
0
2
2Q1.1
29
1
3
2Q1.2
31
2
2Q1.3
33
3
2Q1.4
35
4
0
1
4
5
6
7
2N
2Q1.5
37
2Q1.6
39
2Q1.7
41
5
6
7
6ES5 458-4UC11
Fig. 4/24 Connection diagrams of digital output modules
1) 24 V DC supply voltage for the relays
2) Voltage for the relay contacts
4/42
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Digital input/output modules
Digital input/output module
The digital input/output modĆ
ule converts the external sigĆ
nals from the process to the
internal signal levels of the
programmable controllers and
converts the internal signal
levels of the programmable
controllers to the levels reĆ
quired externally by the proĆ
cess.
Application
The digital input/output modĆ
ule provides 16 binary inputs
and eight binary outputs.
Another eight terminals can
be used either as inputs or
outputs.
Design
A shielded signal lead is reĆ
quired for use of the module.
Technical specifications
Number of inputs
Galvanic isolation
S In groups of
Input voltage
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
Input current
S At " 1 signal
Delay
S At " 0→ " 1
S At " 1→ " 0
Cable length
S Unshielded
16 or 24
Yes
16/24
24 V DC
- 33 ... + 5 V
+ 13 ... + 33 V
typ.
8.5 mA
typ.
typ.
0.3 ms
0.3 ms
Output current at " 1 signal
S Rated value
S Permissible range
Lamp load
max.
Inductive load
max.
ShortĆcircuit protection
Limitation of the voltage
induced on circuit interruption
(internal)
to
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Synchronization output and
shortĆcircuit signalling output
S At " 0 signal
max.
1
S At " 1 signal
(shortĆcircuit)
min.
S Output current
max.
p
.
max.
max.
max.
S u p p l y v o lVtposg e
a
(for load)
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp (referred
to rated voltage) max
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
S Value at t & lt; 0.1 s
0.5 A
5 mA ... 0.5 A
5W
12 W
Electronic
50 m (164 ft)
- 27 V
100 Hz
11 Hz
2 Hz at 0.3 A, 0.5 Hz at 0.5 A
100 %
50 % (100 % at 35 _C)
max.
Vpos - 5 V
10 mA (
(currentĆlimited)
)
24 V DC
max.
15 %
max.
20 ... 30 V
36 V
Insulation voltage
(external connections to housing,
,
internal connections, other
groups)
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested at
75 V DC
1250 V AC
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V,
without load)
Power loss
typ.
90 mA
typ.
30 mA
max.
13 W
Space requirements
1 slot
Front connector
42Ćpin
Weight
approx.
0.4 kg (0.88 Ib)
+3V
Vpos - 1.5 V
max.
+3 V
0.5 mA
max.
min.
Jumper F+/F- in the front
connector
As for other binary inputs
Synchronization input
8 or 16
Yes
8/16
max.
Number of outputs
Galvanic isolation
S In groups of
Switching frequency for
S Resistive loads
S Lamps
S Inductive loads
Total load rating
S With fan
S Without fan
Leakage current at
" 0 signal
Signal level of the outputs
S At " 0 signal
S At " 1 signal
Cable length
S Unshielded
Enable input
400 m (1312 ft)
4/43
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Digital input/output modules
Digital input/output module (continued)
Ordering data
482-4 digital input/output module
16 or 24 inputs, 24 V DC and
8 or 16 outputs, 24 V DC; 0.5 A
6ES5 482- 4UA11
Order No.
Order No.
The operating instructions are
included in the S5Ć135U/155U
system manual (see page 4/155).
497 front connector
Crimp terminals, singleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Crimp terminals, doubleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Screw terminals,
singleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Screw terminals,
doubleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
F+
FL+
1L+
1Q0.0
1Q0.1
1Q0.2
1Q0.3
1Q0.4
1Q0.5
1Q0.6
1Q0.7
SYN EIN
1I1.0
1Q1.0
1I1.1
1Q1.1
1I1.2
1Q1.2
1I1.3
1Q1.3
1I1.4
1Q1.4
1I1.5
1Q1.5
1I1.6
1Q1.6
1I1.7
1Q1.7
L-
LH+
1I2.0
1I2.1
1I2.2
1I2.3
1I2.4
1I2.5
1I2.6
1I2.7
L-
SYN AUS
1I3.0
1I3.1
1I3.2
1I3.4
1I3.4
1I3.5
1I3.6
1I3.7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
6ES5 497 - 4UA12
6ES5 497 - 4UA22
6ES5 497 - 4UB31
6ES5 497 - 4UB12
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6ES5 482-4UA11
Fig. 4/25 Connection diagrams for the 482 digital input/output module
4/44
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Analog input/output modules
Overview
Analog input/output modules
Input modules
Output modules
Voltage values/
current values
Module ID
Page
Voltage values/
current values
Module ID
Page
±12.5 mV... 10 V
±20 mA or +4.... 20 mA
460Ć4
465Ć4
4/45
4/45
±10 V... or 0... 20 mA
±10 V
470ĆUA
470Ć4UB
4/50
4/50
0... 1 V
0... 10 V
0... 20 mA or +4...20 mA
463Ć4
4/45
±1... 5 V
±4... 20 mA
470Ć4UC
4/50
±1.25 V to ±10 V
0... 1.25 V to 0... 10 V
+1... 5 V
0...
0 20 mA or 4 20 mA
A 4...
A
±20 mA
466Ć3
4/45
Analog input modules
The analog input modules
convert the analog signals
from the process into digital
values, which can be proĆ
cessed by the programmable
controller.
Application
Design
Analog input modules with 16,
8 and 4 inputs are available.
The modules require one slot.
Front connectors are used for
terminating the signal cables.
Modules and front connectors
may be inserted and removed
under power (except for the
466 input module).
Adhesive labels are supplied
to identify modules and front
connectors.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
460 input module:
Eight floating channels
Sequential measured value
acquisition by means of opĆ
tovoltaic multiplexer
S Measuring range selection
by means of measuring
range modules
S Direct acquisition of thermoĆ
couple voltages
S Direct fourĆwire connection
of resistanceĆtype sensors,
e.g. Pt 100
S Power supply from L+, LĆ
S Use in large plants/maĆ
chines with high commonĆ
mode voltages
S For closedĆloop control apĆ
plications with time constant
ranging from seconds to inĆ
finity
S
S
Application of analog input
modules:
S Process monitoring
S Measuring physical quantiĆ
ties, e.g. in mechanical enĆ
gineering, process engiĆ
neering, building services
automation
S Control engineering
463 input module:
Four individually isolated
channels
S Simultaneous scanning of all
channels within 162/3 or
20 ms (50 or 60 Hz)
S Measuring range selection
via jumpers in the front conĆ
nector
S Acquisition of transducer
signals
S For fast, noiseĆimmune meaĆ
sured value acquisition even
under unfavourable potential
conditions
S For closedĆloop control apĆ
plications where speed is a
critical factor
(time constants & gt; 20 ms)
S
4/45
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Analog input/output modules
Analog input modules (continued)
Design (continued)
465 input module:
16 nonĆfloating channels
Sequential measured value
acquisition with semiconĆ
ductor multiplexers
S Measuring range selection
by means of measuring
range modules
S Direct acquisition of thermoĆ
couple voltages
S Direct fourĆwire connection
of resistanceĆtype sensors,
e.g. Pt 100
S Use in smallĆscale plants/
machines where potential
conditions are not a critical
factor
Common features of the 460,
463 and 465 input modules:
S Integrating analogĆdigital
conversion with a high deĆ
gree of noise suppression at
50 (60) Hz and suppression
of harmonics
S Enable input and input sigĆ
nals can be disabled
S The 460Ć4 input modules reĆ
quire two 498 measuring
range modules
S The 465Ć4 input modules reĆ
quire two or four 498 meaĆ
suring range modules, deĆ
pending on whether up to 8
inputs or more than 8 inputs
are used
S
S
466 input module:
Eight differential or 16 indiĆ
vidual channels (floating)
S Instantaneous value coding
S Measuring range selection
through fixed wiring at the
front connector
S For closedĆloop control apĆ
plications where speed is a
critical factor (time constant
& gt; 4 ms)
S
Technical specifications
Analog input module
6ES5 460-4UA13
6ES5 465-4UA132)
6ES5 463-4U.12
Number of inputs
8 voltage/current inputs
or
8 inputs for Pt 100 resistance
thermometers
16 voltage/current inputs
or
8 inputs for Pt 100 resistance
thermometers
4 voltage/current inputs
Galvanic isolation
Input ranges (rated value)
Yes
No
± 12.5 mV (for 460Ć4 only); ± 50 mV; ± 500 mV; Pt 100;
± 1 V; ± 5 V; ± 10 V; ± 20 mA; + 4 ... 20 mA
Input range can be selected for 4 channels at a time,
using measuring range modules
Yes
0 ... 1 V, 0 ... 10 V, 0 ... 20 mA
+ 4 ... 20 mA for twoĆwire transĆ
ducers and fourĆwire transducers
Input resistance in the
individual ranges
12.5 mV: y 10 MΩ
Pt 100: y 10 MΩ
10 V: 50 kΩ; 2 ğ
1V: y " 10 MΩ; 10 V: 90 kΩ;
50 mV: y 10 MΩ
1 V: 90 kΩ; 2 ğ
20 mA: 25 kΩ; 1 ğ
20 mA: 50 Ω
500 mV: y 10 MΩ
5 V: 50 kΩ 2 ğ
4 ... 20 mA: 31.25 Ω; 1 ğ
4 ... 20 ,A: 62.5 Ω;
Types of connection for
signal sensors
TwoĆwire connection; fourĆwire connections for Pt 100
TwoĆwire connection
Digital representation of the
input signal
12 bit plus sign or 13 bit two`s complement
(2048 units = rated value)
12 bit two`s complement
(1024 units = rated value)
Measuring principle
Integrating
Integrating
Conversion principle
VoltageĆtime conversion
VoltageĆfrequency conversion
Integration time (selectable for
optimum noise suppression)
20 ms at 50 Hz
16 2/3 ms at 60 Hz
20 ms at 50 Hz
16 2/3 ms at 60 Hz
Encoding time
per channel
Cycle time for 4 inputs
60 ms at 50 Hząąbased on rated value
50 ms at 60 Hząąbased on rated value
Ċ
Ċ
20 ms at 50 Hz
16 2/3 ms at 60 Hz
20 ms at 50 Hz
16 2/3 ms at 60 Hz
0.48 s at 50 Hz
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
max.
ă8 inputs
16 inputs
Permissible voltage between
inputs or between inputs and the
central grounding point
(destruction limit)
max.
Permissible voltage between the
reference potential of a nonĆ
floating sensor and the central
grounding point
max.
4/46
0.48 s at 50 Hz
0.96 s at 50 Hz
± 18 V or max. ± 75 V for 1 ms with a pulse repeat rate
of 50 pulses/second
75 V DC/60 V AC
±1V
± 30 V or ± 75 V for 1 ms with a
pulse repeat rate of
100 pulses/second
75 V DC/60 V AC
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Analog input/output modules
Analog input modules (continued)
Technical specifications (continued)
6ES5 465-4UA132)
Analog input module
6ES5 460-4UA13
Fault indication for
S Overranging
S Wire breakage of sensor line
At 200 % of rated value (4095 units)
Can be designed for the range 50 mV, 500 mV and Pt 100
At 150 % of rated value
No
100 dB
ă40 dB
80 dB
40 dB
Noise suppression for
f = n . (50/60 Hz ± 1 %) n = 1,2 ...
S Common mode noise
(Vp & lt; 1 V)
min.
S Series mode noise
max.
(peak noise value
& lt; rated value of the range)
6ES5 463-4U.12
86 dB
40 dB
Basic error limits1)
(at 20 _C)
12.5 mV:
50 mV:
500 mV:
±2ğ
±2ğ
± 1.5 ğ
Pt 100: ± 2 ğ
1 V:
± 3,5 ğ
5 V:
± 3.5 ğ
10 V:
± 3.5 ğ
20 mA:
± 2.5 ğ
4 ... 20 mA: ± 2.5 ğ
1.1 ğ
Operational error limits1)
(at 0 _C to 60 _C; for one year)
12.5 mV:
50 mV:
500 mV:
±6ğ
±5ğ
± 4.5 ğ
Pt 100: ± 5 ğ
10 V:
± 7.7 ğ
1 V:
± 7.7 ğąą20 mA:
± 6.7 ğ
5 V:
± 7.7 ğąą4 ... 20 mA: ± 6.7 ğ
3.7 ğ
Cable length (shielded)
200 m (656 ft);
50 m (164 ft) up to 50 mV
200 m (656 ft);
50 m (164 ft) up to 50 mV
200 m (656 ft)
Enable inputs
(as with analog outputs)
+ 24 V
+ 24 V
+ 24 V
Supply voltage
(as with analog outputs)
+ 24 V
+ 24 V
+ 24 V
Constant current source for Pt 100
2.5 mA
2.5 mA
Ċ
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V)
typ.
typ.
0.13 A
0.15 A
0.15 A
0.15 A
0.2 A
0.15 A
max.
3.5 W
1.5 W
5.0 W
max.
Power loss
Space requirements
1 slot
42Ćpin
Front connector
Weight
approx.
1 slot
42Ćpin
0.4 kg (0.88 Ib)
0.4 kg (0.88 Ib)
Analog input module
6ES5 466-3LA11
Number of inputs
8 differential inputs or
16 individual inputs (referred to ground)
in 4 or 2 groups (selectable)
Galvanic isolation
Yes
Input ranges (rated values)
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20mA; ± 20 mA
0 ... 1.25 V; 0 ... 2.5 V; 0 ... 5 V; 1 ... 5 V; 0 ... 10V
± 1.25 V; ± 2.5 V; ± 5 V; ± 10 V;
Input resistance in the
individual ranges
Voltage measuring range: ≥ 10 MΩ
Current measuring range: 125 Ω
Types of conn. for signal sensors
TwoĆwire connection
Digital repres. of the input signal
13 bit two`s complement or 12 bit abs. value + sign or 12 bit binary
Measuring principle
Instantaneous value encoding
Conversion principle
Encoding time
per channel
Cycle time for
S ă8 inputs
S 16 inputs
}
Selector switch lets you select
these values for 4 channels
separately
Successive approximation
max.
250 µs
max.
max.
2 ms
4 ms
Permissible voltage between
inputs or between inputs and
central grounding point
max.
± 30 V (static) or ± 75 V for 1 ms with a pulse repeat rate of 50 pulses/second
Permissible voltage between the
reference potential of a nonĆfloaĆ
ting sensor and the central
grounding point
max.
75 V DC/60 V AC
1) In accordance with DIN 43 745; referred to nominal measuring range (5 V supply from power supply chassis).
2) A filter (SIFI C, B84113-C-B30 or equivalent) is required in the 24 V DC load power supply for the module.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/47
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Analog input/output modules
Analog input modules (continued)
Technical specifications (continued)
Analog input module
6ES5 466-3LA11 (continued)
Fault indication for
S Overranging
S Wire breakage of sensor line
Yes (overflow bit)
No
Noise suppression for
f = n . (50/60 Hz ± 1 %); n = 1,2 ...
S Common mode noise (Vp & lt; 1 V)min
S Series mode noise
min.
(peak noise value
& lt; value of the range)
70 dB
40 dB
Basic error limits1)
(at 20 _C)
Voltage ranges (except 0 ... 1.25 V; ± 1.25 V):
Current ranges and 0 ... 1.25 V; ± 1.25 V:
0.1 %
0.2 %
Operational error limits1)
(at 0 to 60 _C; for one year)
Voltage ranges (except 0 ... 1.25 V; ± 1.25 V):
Current ranges and 0 ... 1.25 V; ± 1.25 V:
0.2 %
0.4 %
Cable length (shielded)
max.
200 m (656 ft)
Enable inputs
(as with analog outputs)
Ċ
Supply voltage
(as with analog outputs)
Ċ
Constant current source for Pt 100
Ċ
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V)
typ.
typ.
0.7 A
Ċ
max.
3.5 W
Power loss
Space requirements
1 slot
Front connector
Weight
43Ćpin
approx.
0.4 kg (0.88 Ib)
1) In accordance with DIN 43 745; referred to nominal measuring range (5 V supply from power supply chassis).
Ordering data
460-4 analog input module
8 inputs, signal range set via
measuring range module (two
498 measuring range modules
are required); floating
6ES5 460- 4UA13
465-4 analog input module
16 inputs (8 with Pt 100), signal
range set via measuring range
module (two or four 498
measuring range modules
are required); nonĆfloating
6ES5 465- 4UA13
Order No.
Order No.
498 measuring range module
for 460Ć4 and 465Ć4 analog input
modules; four channels each
±12.5 mV, ± 50 mV, ± 500 mV, Pt100
±1V
±5V
± 10 V
± 20 V
+ 4 ... 20 mA;
for twoĆwire transducer
+ 4 ... 20 mA;
for fourĆwire transducer
4/48
6ES5 498- 1AA11
6ES5 498- 1AA21
6ES5 498- 1AA61
6ES5 498- 1AA31
6ES5 498- 1AA41
6ES5 498- 1AA51
6ES5 498 - 1AA71
463-4 analog input module
4 inputs, floating
For 50 Hz power systems
For 60 Hz power systems
466-3 analog input module
16 inputs, floating
inputs
The operating instructions are inĆ
cluded in the S5Ć135U/155U
system manual (see page 4/155).
497 front connector
for 460, 463, 465 analog
input modules
Crimp terminals
terminals,
singleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Crimp terminals,
doubleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Screw terminals,
singleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Screw terminals,
doubleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Front connector for 466 analog
input module
Crimp terminals,
singleĆwidth, 43Ćpin
Screw terminals,
singleĆwidth, 43Ćpin
6ES5 463 - 4UA12
6ES5 463 - 4UB12
6ES5 466 - 3LA11
6ES5 497 4UA12
497-4UA12
6ES5 497-4UA22
6ES5 497-4UB31
6ES5 497-4UB12
6XX3 068
6XX3 081
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Analog input/output modules
L+
F+
L-
F-
L+
L+
1)
LKomp. Komp.+
L+
2)
I+
I-
L+
F+
L-
F-
L+
L+
+ Transducer
Input
+10V
+1V/...mA
-Common
0..20mA
10V
Range
4..20mA
+ Transducer
Input
+10V
+1V/...mA
-Common
0..20mA
10V
Range
4..20mA
L-
L-
+ Transducer
Input
+10V
+1V/...mA
-Common
0..20mA
10V
Range
4..20mA
+ Transducer
Input
+10V
+1V/...mA
-Common
F-
L+
L+
0
1
2
3
LKomp. Komp.+
L+
4
5
6
7
I+
I-
6ES5 460-4UA13
U/I connection
L+
F+
L-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
2)
L+
F-
L+
0
F+
L-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
L+
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
1)
1
2
3
Komp. +
Komp.-
4
5
6
7
6ES5 460-4UA13
PT 100 connection
L+
F+
L-
F-
L+
L+
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Komp. +
Komp. -
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6ES5 465-4UA12
U/I connection
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
0..20mA
10V
Range
4..20mA
6ES5 463-4UA12
6ES5 463-4UB12
U/I connection
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
1)
1)
0
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6ES5 466-3LA11
Individual inputs
U/I connection
0
8
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6ES5 465-4UA13
U/I connection
Channel
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
0
1
Channel
1)
1
9
2
10
3
11
4
12
5
13
6
14
7
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6ES5 466-3LA11
Differential measurement
U/I connection
Fig. 4/26 Connection diagrams for analog input modules
1) Connection to the central grounding point of the system (see under technical specifications)
2) Only for disconnecting the test current if wire breakage monitoring is not activated
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/49
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Analog input/output modules
Analog output modules
The analog output modules
convert the digital values from
the programmable controller
into analog signals required
by the process.
Application
Design
Three analog output modules
are available with eight outĆ
puts each and a range of outĆ
put voltages. The modules reĆ
quire one slot.
Front connectors are used for
terminating the signal cables.
Modules and front connectors
may be inserted and removed
under power.
Adhesive labels are supplied
for identifying modules and
front connectors.
Principle of operation
Enaple input
values. The last output value
is retained. The enable input
can be deactivated by
removing the respective
jumper on the module.
The enable input can be used
to disable the output of new
Technical specifications
Number of outputs
Galvanic isolation
Output ranges
(rated values)
S 6ES5 470Ć4UA12
S 6ES5 470Ć4UB12
S 6ES5 470Ć4UC12
Load resistance
S For voltage outputs
min.
S For current outputs
max.
Load connection
Digital representation of the
output signal
Permissible overload
capability
approx.
Conversion time
ShortĆcircuit protection
ShortĆcircuit current
approx.
OpenĆcircuit voltage
max.
Voltage between the reference
potential of the load (Manalog
connection) and the casing max.
Basic error limits1)
(at 20 _C)
Operational error limits
(0 to 60 _C; for one year)
Cable length (shielded)
max.
8 voltage and current outputs
Yes (not between the outputs)
± 10 V; 0 ... 20 mA
± 10 V
+ 1 ... 5 V; + 4 ... 20mA
Purely ohmic
3.3 kΩ
300 Ω
To the Manalog terminal
12 bit two`s complement
(1024 units = rated value)
25 % (up to 1280 units)
1 ms
Yes
25 mA (for a voltage output)
18 V (for a current output)
Enable input F
Input voltage
S Rated value
S Enable
S Disable
24 V DC
+ 13 ... 33 V
- 33 ... + 5 V
Input current
(for enable)
typ typ.
.
Cable length
(unshielded)
max.
Supply voltage Vpos
p
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp (referred to
g )
rated voltage)
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
S Value at t & lt; 0.1 s
20 ... 30 V
max .
max.
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V) t
S External (at 24 V)
±6ğ
Power loss
yp.
typ
typ.
typ
36 V
0.25
0 25 A
0.3
03A
1 slot
max.
max
Front connector
Weight
200 m (656 ft)
24 V DC
15 %
Space requirements
60 V AC/75 V DC
± 2 ğ ± 2 units
5 mA
9.0
90W
42Ćpin
approx.
0.4 kg (0.88 Ib)
200 m (656 ft)
1) In accordance with DIN 43 745; referred to nominal measuring range (5 V supply from power supply chassis)
2) A filter (SIFI C, B84113ĆCĆB30 or equivalent) is required in the 24 V DC load power supply for the module.
4/50
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Analog input/output modules
Analog output modules (continued)
Order No.
Ordering data
Order No.
470-4UA analog output module
8 outputs, ± 10 V, 0 ... 20 mA;
floating
470-4UB analog output module2)
8 outputs, ± 10 V,
floating
6ES5 470-4UA13
470-4UC analog output module
8 outputs, + 1 ... 5 V,
+ 4 ... 20 mA; floating
6ES5 470-4UC13
497 front connector
Crimp terminals,
singleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Crimp terminals,
doubleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
6ES5 470-4UB13
6ES5 497-4UA12
6ES5 497-4UA22
Screw terminals,
singleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
Screw terminals,
doubleĆwidth, 42Ćpin
6ES5 497-4UB31
6ES5 497-4UB12
The operating instructions are inĆ
cluded in the S5Ć135U/155U
system manual (see page 4/155).
L+
F+
L-
F-
L+
Ch.0
Ch.1
Ch.2
Ch.3
L-
Ch.4
Ch.5
C6.6
Ch.7
M An
a
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
6ES5 470-4UA12
U/I connection
L+
F+
L-
F-
L+
Ch.0
0
Ch.1
1
Ch.2
2
Ch.3
3
L-
Ch.4
4
Ch.5
5
C6.6
6
Ch.7
7
M An
a
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
6ES5 470-4UA12
U/I connection
L+
F+
L-
F-
L+
Ch.0
0
Ch.1
1
Ch.2
2
Ch.3
3
L-
Ch.4
4
Ch.5
5
C6.6
6
Ch.7
7
M An
a
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6ES5 470-4UA12
U/I connection
Fig. 4/27 Connection diagrams for analog output modules
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/51
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
Overview
Intelligent I/O modules are
used for highĆspeed, high acĆ
curacy
Application
S
S
S
ClosedĆloop control
Positioning
Counting and proportioning
The advantage of the intelliĆ
gent I/O modules lies in the
fact that they execute these
timeĆcritical tasks completely
autonomously. The CPU can
then concentrate on its own
control tasks more closely.
There is an entire range of inĆ
telligent I/O modules for the
S5Ć135U and S5Ć155U/H
programmable controllers,
which can be used for various
applications.
The following overview shows
which modules can be used
for which applications.
Signal preprocessing
ClosedĆloop control Page
S IP 244
temperature
4/61
S IP 252
4/71
closedĆloop control
module for drives
S IP 260
4/74
closedĆloop control
module for highĆspeed
individual controllers
Positioning
OpenĆloop control
Page
Positioning
Page
ClosedĆloop control
S IP 240
4/53
counter/position decodĆ
er/positioning module
S IP 246I and
4/65
IP 246A positioning
module for servo drives
S IP 240
4/53
counter/position decodĆ
er/positioning module
S IP 241
4/55
digital position decoder
S WF 721,
4/89
WF 723A, WF 723B and
WF 723C positioning
modules
S IP 242A, IP 242B
counter modules
S IP 247
4/69
positioning module for
stepper motors
S WF 705
4/81
position encoder module
Counting/
proportioning
Page
Signal processing Page
S IP 243 analog
module
4/53
4/57
S IP 261
4/77
proportioning module
S IP 281
counter module
4/79
S WF 706C
4/83
positioning module
S WF 707
cam controller
4/86
S Page 4/84: Comparison of IP 240 and IP 288 with WF 706
S Page 4/87: Comparison of IP 241 and IP 288 with WF 707
S Page 4/90: Comparison of IP 246 with WF 721 and WF 723A
4/52
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 240 counter, position decoder and positioning module
The IP 240 counter, position
decoder and positioning modĆ
ule is used for acquiring and
preprocessing pulse trains for
counting, position
Application
decoding, positioning and
speed measurement with the
IP 252 closedĆloop control
module (with incremental
pulse generator).
The combination with IP 252
is only possible in the
S5Ć115U.
Design
Principle of operation
The module contains two
channels that can be used inĆ
dependently of each other in
four modes:
S Counting (signals from pulse
encoders at frequencies of
up to 70 kHz)
S Position decoding (in conĆ
junction with incremental
position encoders)
S Positioning via cutĆoff points
S Speed measurement for the
IP 252 closedĆloop controlĆ
module (in conjunction with
incremental speed encoĆ
ders)
Besides the inputs for pulse
sensing (inputs for 5 V and
24 V available), each channel
of the module is provided with:
S 1 enable input (5 V/24 V) for
" counting " mode
S 1 reference input (prelimiĆ
nary contact, 5 V/24 V) for
position decoding and posiĆ
tioning
S 2 outputs (5 V/24 V; 0.5 A)
for control of actuators
The cables to the sensors can
be connected
S either with 15Ćpin sub D
connectors (upper sockets,
shielded cables) or with
S screwĆtype connectors
(lower sockets, cables up to
1.5 mm2, up to approx.
10 kHz)
The module requires one slot.
Counting
The positiveĆgoing edge of
the enable input sets the
counter to the initial value set
in the user program (max.
9999). The counter counts the
input pulses down to zero.
When 0 is reached, the
counter generates a process
interrupt or sets its output
(programĆselectable). The
pulses continue to be counted
(down to max. Ć9999) if the
enable input remains " 1 " .
Track scan
for actual
positioning values
-9999
Track
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+9999
Result bits
of track
scan
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Position decoding
The counter counts up and
down to " 99,999. The
counting pulse frequency can
be doubled or quadrupled via
user program. The channel is
synchronized via the referĆ
ence input.
Eight tracks (cams; travel
sections or counting ranges;
with allowance for a zero offĆ
set) can be specified via softĆ
ware.
Fig. 4/29 Timing diagram for a positioning decoder
Rapid traverse
Creep speed
Changeover point from rapid
traverse to creep speed
Positioning via cutĆoff points
In this mode, defined points
within the traverse range
( " 9,999,999) of the axis can
be approached.
Binary output 1
1
0
Binary output 2
Target
monitoring
zone
Changeover point from
creep speed to stop
1
0
Fig. 4/30 Positioning of a poleĆchanging motor
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/53
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 240 counter, position decoder and positioning module (continued)
The drives used are driven diĆ
rect. Up to 254 positions per
channel can be stored in the
module. The poisitons lie witĆ
hin three zones, which repreĆ
sent the cutĆoff points and the
target range.
Synchronization is impleĆ
mented via:
S Reference point approach
S Software synchronization
Principle of operation
(continued)
Cyclic synchronization at the
positiveĆgoing edge of the
signal
A rotary or linear axis function
can be programmed.
The actual value can be offset
through relative and additive
zero offset.
S
The positioning tolerance vaĆ
ries between
" Ă0.002 mm at 0.06 m/min
and " 2 mm at 60 m/min.
The following errors are deĆ
tected:
S Wire breakage with 5V symĆ
metrical position encoders
S ShortĆcircuit in signal cables
S Zero mark errors
The necessary program for
the CPU is available in the
form of standard function
blocks (see Section 7).
Technical specifications
Pulse inputs
Binary outputs
Galvanic isolation
Position decoding, positioning
S Differential inputs (5 V,
symmetr.) for sensor interfaces
to RS 422A or similar
No
Number per channel
2 pulses displaced by 90_ and
zero mark and inverse signals
(e.g. Siemens 6FX2 001Ć2...
positioning encoder)
500 kHz
Input frequency
Cable length
(shielded)
S 5V/24V inputs
(asymmetrical)
max.
Input frequency
Cable length
(shielded)
max.
30 m (98.4 ft) (w/ 5 V sensor sply)
2 pulses displaced by 90_ and
zero mark (e.g. Siemens
6FX2 001Ć4... posn. encoder)
50 kHz
25 kHz
max.
25 m (82 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
max.
Pulses
70 kHz
25 kHz
max.
25 m (82 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
5 V DC
0 ... 0.8 V
+ 2.4 ... 5 V
24 V DC
Ć 30 ... + 5 V
+ 13 ... 30 V
0.14 mA
6.5 mA
Galvanic isolation
No
No
Input voltage
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
5 V DC
0 ... 0.8 V
+ 2.4 ... 5 V
24 V DC
- 30 ... + 5 V
+ 13 ... 30 V
Counting
5V/24V inputs
Input frequency
Cable length
(shielded)
max.
Input voltage
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
Input current at
" 1 signal
typ.
Binary inputs
2 with position decoding and
positioning, 1 with counting
Galvanic isolation
Yes
Supply voltage Vpos
(for load)
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
max.
0.14 mA
max.
100 m (328 ft)
500 mA
Switching frequency with
S Resistive load
(24 V, 50 mA)
S Inductive load (8.5 W)
S Lamp load (5 W)
max.
max.
max.
200 Hz
2 Hz
8 Hz
Residual load at " 0 signal
max.
1 mA
Output voltage
S At " 1 signal
min.
Vpos - 3 V
Cable length
S Shielded
max.
1000 m (3280 ft)
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
typ.
Supply current for sensors
S At 5 V
S At 24 V
(external supply)
0.8 A (excluding sensor supply)
max.
0.8 A total
max.
0.6 A total
16 byte
Addresses used
1 slot
Space requirements
approx.
0.45 kg (0.99 lb)
6.5 mA
Cable length (shielded)
24 V DC
3V
20 ... 30 V
Output current at " 1 signal
S Rated value
Weight
Input current at
" 1 signal
max.
100 m (328 ft)
Ordering data
IP 240 counter, position
decoder and positioning module
6ES5 240-1AA21
Order No.
Order No.
To be ordered as a separate item:
Configuring package for IP 240
comprising manual and standard
FB1) for counting, position acquisition
and positioning
German
English
French
Italian
6ES5 240-5AA11
6ES5 240-5AA21
6ES5 240-5AA31
6ES5 240-5AA51
705-3 connecting cables
for Siemens positioning encoder
6FX 2001Ć2 with Vpos = 5 V
ă5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
32 m (104.9 ft)
6ES5 705-3 BF01
6ES5 705-3 CB01
6ES5 705-3 CC01
6ES5 705-3 CD21
Sub D connector 15Ćpin
6ES5 750-2AA21
1) For description see Page 7/109
4/54
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 242A and IP 242B counter modules
The IP 242A and IP 242B
counter modules are used for
acquiring and processing
counting pulses up to a freĆ
quency of 500 kHz. They are
suitable for pulse counting,
frequency generation and diĆ
vision, and for measuring freĆ
quency, time and speed.
Application
The IP 242B counter module
is designed for applications
Design
Principle of operation
The IP 242A and IP 242B
counter modules contain a toĆ
tal of seven independent
16Ćbit or 32Ćbit counter chanĆ
nels. Five of these channels
can be used for counting up
and down. The inputs and
outputs are galvanically isoĆ
lated. The IP 242A can be upĆ
graded to an IP 242B with an
EPROM and operated when
the standard function blocks
have been replaced.
The counting and gate pulses
of the individual counter chanĆ
nels can be derived from an
external pulse encoder or
from an internal quartz crysĆ
tal. The counter outputs can
be configured as either pulse
outputs or level switch outĆ
puts.
The modules each require one
slot.
Features
Counting frequency up to
500 kHz;
S Scaler chain (programmable
and assigned randomly to
counters 1 to 5), 4 x part
factor 10 or 16 (BCD) and
1 x 4 bit
S Counters 1 to 5 cascadable
S Group interrupt output for
user program
An interrupt can be issued
when a predefined interrupt
value or the synchronization
point is reached. The reĆ
sponse times can be reduced
considerably by instruction
lists (short user programs) on
the counter modules.
where the result needs to be
processed extremely quickly.
It has a large number of arithĆ
metic functions and an inteĆ
gral measured value memory,
which reduces the depenĆ
dency on the access time of
the CPU and it can therefore
pass on the count values to
the CPU ready processed.
19 modes of operation for
counters 1 to 5
S 1/3 modes of operation for
counters 6 and 7
S Input signal level 5 V or 24
V, with 16Ćbit counters,
adaption for each individual
input by jumpers or resistors
S Output signal (24 V level)
with up to 40 kHz pulse or
varied pulse and pulse
pause
S
If the counting range of one
counter is not sufficient, sevĆ
eral counters can be casĆ
caded together.
The necessary software for
the CPU is available in the
form of standard function
blocks (see Section 7).
Technical specifications
Counter module
Number of counters
S With 16 bit (cascadable)
(counters 1 to 5)
S With 24 bit
(counters 6 and 7)
S With 32 bit
(counters 6 and 7)
Number of modes
(softwareĆselectable)
Number of counters with comparĆ
ison facility for random counts
Clock frequency (internal)
S Counters 1 to 5
S Counters 6 and 7
Counter frequency conditioning
Counting frequency
S 24 V signals/
5 V signals
max.
S 5 V (RS 422)
max.
Measured value preprocessing
Measured value memory
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
IP 242A
IP 242B
5 (up/down programmable)
Ċ
2 up and down
for direct connection of incremental encoders with two
pulse trains displaced by 90° (5 V, RS 422)
Ċ
Ċ
19 (counters 1 to 5)
ă1 (counters 6 and 7)
7
(one interrupt value can be specified for each counter)
2 up and down for direct connection of
incremental encoders with two pulse trains
displaced by 90° (5 V, RS 422)
19 (counters 1 to 5)
ă3 (counters 6 and 7)
7
(one interrupt value can be specified for each counter)
1 MHz with 16Ćbit scaler
as well as programmable scaler chain
Ċ
Yes, for counters 1 to 5
1 MHz with 16Ćbit scaler
as well as programmable scaler chain
10 MHz (direct, without scaler)
Yes, for counters 1 to 5
480 kHz (counters 1 to 5)
500 kHz (counters 6 and 7)
No
No
480 kHz (counters 1 to 5)
500 kHz (counters 6 and 7)
Yes, by means of arithmetic functions
Yes, freely assignable up to 100 measured values
(100 x 2 data words)
4/57
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 242A and IP 242B counter modules (continued)
Technical specifications (continued)
Counter module
IP 242A
Galvanic isolation
(for inputs and outputs)
Power supply voltage Vpos
S Rated value
max.
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
S Value at t & lt; 0.5 s
max.
Input voltage
(counters 1 to 5)
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
Input voltage
(counters 6 and 7)
Input voltage at " 1 signal
typ.
Output voltage
S Rated value
S At " 0 signal
max.
S At " 1 signal
min.
Output current at " 1 " signal
S Rated value
S Permissible range
Output frequency
max.
Residual current at " 0signal max.
ShortĆcircuit protection
Insulation voltage rating
External connections to housing
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested with
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V, no load)
Assigned binary addresses
Yes, but not for incremental encoder
inputs 6 and 7
Space requirements
Weight
approx.
IP 242B
24 V DC
3.6 V
20 ... 30 V
35 V
The counters can also be set to 24 V or 5 V signal levels by jumpers (one per input)
24 V DC
- 35 ... + 4.5 V
+ 13 ... + 33 V
5 V DC
- 3 ... + 1.5 V
+ 4 ... + 6.5 V
5 V (RS 422)
13 mA (at 24 V), 12 mA (at 5 V)
24 V DC
+3V
Vpos - 2.5 V
200 mA
0.2 ... 100 mA
40 kHz
100 µA
Electronic
75 V DC
500 V AC
1.1 A
50 mA
1 Kbyte with S5Ć155U,
page addressing optional, 1 page frame
1 slot
0.4 kg (0.9 Ib)
Ordering data
6ES5 242-1AA32
on request
Order No.
Order No.
IP 242A counter module2)
Page addressing, 1 page frame
Upgrade kit
from IP 242A and IP 242B
IP 242B counter module
To be ordered as a separate item:
Configuring package for IP
242A/B
comprising manual and standard
FB1)
German
English
French
Italian
6ES5 242-1AA41
Connector (4 pcs.)
6ES5 983-2AB11
Converter
for 24 V asymmetrical incremenĆ
tal encoder up to 5 V (RS 422) Ć
symmetrical incremental encoder
6ES5 242-1AU11
705 connecting cable
for connection of Siemens
position encoder 6FX2 001-2...
6ES5 242-5AB11
6ES5 242-5AB21
6ES5 242-5AB31
6ES5 242-5AB51
Length
ă5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
6ES5 705-2BF00
6ES5 705-2CB00
6ES5 705-2CC00
1) For description see Page 7/121
2) Cannot be used with CPU 945
4/58
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 243-3 analog module
The analog module IP 243-3
allows the input, output, preĆ
processing and routing of
analog signals with a short
processing time.
Application
The module contains the folĆ
lowing components:
Design
S
S
S
S
S
Principle of operation
1 analog/digital converter
(-10 to + 10V, 12 bits, 35 s)
with 8 inputs
2 digital/analog converters
(-10 to +10V, 12 bit, 5 s)
1 digital/analog converter (0
to + 10V, 8 bit, 10 s)
4 analog value matching
functions (zero offsets and
amplifier settings)
2 difference amplifiers (P
controllers) with settable
gain
Depending on the given task,
the components can be conĆ
nected to each other or to the
inputs and outputs (routing).
The analog values of an input
selected via the multiplexer
are converted to digital values
via the A/D converter so that
they can then be processed
directly in the central controlĆ
ler.
S
2 analog value comparators,
the results are read in via a
following logical circuit and
then further processed as
alarms (depending on the
type of programmable conĆ
troller used via alarm cables
or via a digital input module
with alarm generation)
S 1 digital output
(8 outputs, 24 V; 0.4 A)
S 1 digital input
(8 inputs, 24 V)
The gains and zero points can
be set on the front panel via
trimpots. 6 measuring sockets
are available for checking the
settings.
The module requires 1 slot.
At the same time they can be
compared with other values in
the IP 243-3. Individual anaĆ
log values can be adapted for
this. Set values for direct
comparison can be sent from
the central controller to the
IP 243-3 through the D/A conĆ
verter.
The program required for the
central controller is available
as standard function modules
(see Catalog Section 7).
2
-10 to +10 V
Technical specifications
A/D converter, 12 bit
Number of inputs
1
8
D/A converter, 12 bit
Output voltage
Input voltage range (set with
jumpers)
-5 to +5 V, -10 to +10 V,
0 to 10 V
Load impedance
Input resistance
1 MΩ
approx.
Digital representation of signal
11 bit + sign;
input voltage range
= 2047 units
Conversion method
successive approximation
Conversion time
max.
(without command processing
times)
35 µs
Basic error limits
" 0.6 ğ
Operational error limits
min.
2 kΩ
Digital representation of signal
11 bit + sign;
output voltage range
= 2047 units
Short-circuit protection
yes
Short-circuit current
approx.
25 mA
" 1.2 ğ (0 to 55 _C)
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Settling time to 99% of final value
for 20 m line length
5 µs
Basic error limits
" 0.6 ğ
Operational error limits
" 0.9 ğ (0 to 55 _C)
4/59
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 243-3 analog module (continued)
Technical specifications (continued)
D/A converter, 8 bit
(with amplilfier)
Output voltage range
1
0 to 10 V
Load impedance
min.
2 kΩ
Digital representation of signal
8 bit;
output voltage range
= 255 units
Short-circuit protection
Binary outputs
Output voltage range
S nominal value
S for signal Ę0 "
S for signal Ę1 "
8
max.
min.
24 V DC
3V
Up - 1.9 V
yes
Output current for signal " 1 "
S nominal value
S permissible range
200 mA
2 to 200 mA
50 mA
Short-circuit protection
Fuse
Settling time to 99% of final value
for 20 m line length
10 µs
Limitation of inductive switch-off
voltage to
auf
-2 V
Basic error limits
" 2ğ
Operational error limits
" 4 ğ (0 to 55 _C)
Operating frequency with ohmic
load
max.
1 kHz
Analog value matching
Input voltage range
4
-4 to +10 V
Short-circuit current
Input resistance
approx.
approx.
200 kΩ
Input filter time constant approx.
0.1 ms
Gain range
0.5 to 5
Setting range for zero offset
-2 to +2 V
Difference amplifier
Input voltage range
2
-10 to +10 V
Input resistance
approx.
1 MΩ
Input filter time constant approx.
0.5 ms
Gain range
1.1 to 20
Output voltage range
-10 to 10 V
Load impedance
min.
Short-circuit protection
Short-circuit current
yes
approx.
Comparator
Number of inputs
50 mA
2
2
Input voltage range
Input resistance
2 kΩ
0 to +10 V
approx.
44 kΩ
Input filter time constant approx.
0.25 ms
Binary inputs
Input voltage range
S nominal value
S for signal " 0 "
S for signal " 1 "
8
24 V DC
-5 to +5 V (or input open)
+13 to +30 V
Input current for signal " 1 "
typ.
typ.
37 %
Residual current at signal " 0 "
250 µΑ
General data
Supply voltage Vp
S nominal value
S ripple Vpp
S permissible range (incl. ripple)
S value at t & lt; 0.5 s
24 V DC
3.6 V
20 to 30 V
35 V
Current consumption
S internal (at 5 V)
S external (at 24 V, no load)
600 mA
270 mA
Galvanic isolation
No
Cable length
S for analog signals, shielded
S for binary signals
unshielded
shielded
20 m
400 m
1000 m
Reference potential for analog
signals
0ĆVĆconnection (low resistance
connected to housing)
Permissible voltage between
analog input and
0 V connection
max.
35 V (destruction limit)
Assigned binary addresses
8 bytes
Space requirement
1 slot
Weight
approx.
0.36 kg
2.5 mA
Delay time
Total load capability at 55 _C
(with ref. to the sum of the nomiĆ
nal currents of all outputs)
3 ms
Ordering data
IP 243-3 analog module
6ES5 243-1AA13
Order No.
Order No.
To be ordered as a separate
item:
IP 243-3 manual
German
English
French
6ES5 998-0KF11
6ES5 998-0KF21
6ES5 998-0KF31
Front connector K
S 43Ćpin, for crimp connection
S 43Ćpin, for screw connection
Standard-function blocks
for IP 2431)
6XX3 068
6XX3 081
6ES5 848-7MA01
1) For description see Page 7/119
4/60
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 244 temperature control module
The IP 244 temperature conĆ
trol module is used for conĆ
trolling and monitoring temĆ
peratures and for measuring
and monitoring analog values.
This module processes temĆ
perature control loops, thus
offloading the CPU.
The IP 244 can replace up to
13 individual controllers.
Application
Design
The IP 244 contains a microĆ
processor which implements
the control functions in multiĆ
plex mode. User setting is
also possible.
The module requires one slot.
Inputs
1 binary input for switching
the controller on and off
(heating switch); operates
only on controllers for which
it was configured
S 13 analog inputs for conĆ
necting floating (grounding
required) or nonĆfloating
thermocouples, twoĆwire
connection, linearization by
firmware, 0 ... 50 mV:
FeĆCuNi, NiCrĆNi, Pt
10%ĆRhPt, Pt 13%ĆRhPt in
accordance with DIN 43710
for temperatures up to
1600 °C
S
Principle of operation
Controller characteristics
13 controllers can be proĆ
grammed with P, I and D
components
S
S
S
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
The treshold value can be
selected to avoid pumping
of an output
1 compensation input for
connecting a Pt 100 resistĆ
ance thermometer for referĆ
ence junction temperature
compensation (threeĆwire
connection)
S 2 monitoring inputs
(0 ... 20 V) for connecting
transmitters. These signals
are not processed by the
controller but only monitored
for limits
S
or
S 8 analog inputs for connectĆ
ing Pt 100 resistance therĆ
mometers (0 ... 500 mV, fourĆ
wire connection)
or
S 16 analog inputs for conĆ
necting voltage sensors,
such as pyrosensors (0 ...
500 mV; twoĆwire connecĆ
tion).
The analog inputs are deĆ
signed, with respect to earthĆ
ing and shielding, with enĆ
hanced resistance to
interference which allows opĆ
eration of the module in the
proximity of electrical drives.
Cascade controllers with
one master controller and up
to twelve secondary folĆ
lowĆup controllers optional
S Separate parameter sets for
heating and cooling
S
Outputs
17 outputs for twoĆposition
controller (HEATĆOFF) or
threeĆposition controller
(HEATĆOFFĆCOOL); can
be selected from 13 twoĆ
position to 8 threeĆposition
and 1 twoĆposition controlĆ
lers.
The " on " duration of an outĆ
put (manipulated variable
for cooling or heating) durĆ
ing one sampling interval
corresponds to the value of
the manipulated variable
calculated by the controller.
Manual operation is posĆ
sible.
S
Continued on the next page.
The sampling time can be
selected between 800 ms
and 32 s
4/61
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 244 temperature control module (continued)
Principle of operation
(continued)
Controller self-optimization
The module has a selfĆoptiĆ
mizing facility (see Fig. 4/33)
suitable for gradual proĆ
cesses (e.g. in the plastics inĆ
dustry). The module deterĆ
mines the optimum
parameters in a heatingĆup
phase.
Thermoelements
0 ... 50mV
or
Pt100
Instrument
transformer
0 ... 20V
1
Pt100 (in connection with
thermoelements)
15
Channel No.
Preconditions:
The controlled process must
have lowĆpass characterisĆ
tics
S TwoĆposition controlled sysĆ
tems must permit a temperĆ
ature rise of 37 K; threeĆ
position controlled systems:
110 K
S The actual value may rise at
a rate of 60 K/min, in max. at
full heating capacity
S The heatĆup phase must not
exceed 12 hours
S
Analog/digital converter
11 bit
Actual values
ActualĆvalue processing
Linearization of characteristics
Ambient temperature compensation
Limit monitoring
Extreme value memory
Averaging
Extreme values
The selfĆoptimization can be
activated for each channel by
means of a start/stop bit.
Setpoints
Setpoint processing
Ramp generation
Limit monitoring
Parameters
Internal digital bus (S5 bus)
Parameters
P
I
Parameters
D
Control signal (manipulated variable)
processing
Limit monitoring for response threshold
Clock control for markĆspace ratio
Selection of 2Ćpoint or 3Ćpoint response
Controller output
(manipulated
variable)
Parameters
L-
LOutput No.
1
17
Fig. 4/33 Function diagram of temperature control module
Parameter
monitoring
Setpoint
PID
controller
Controlled
process
Actual
value
SelfĆ
optimization
Fig. 4/34 Function diagram of controller selfĆoptimization
4/62
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 244 temperature control module (continued)
Principle of operation
(continued)
Actual-value processing
Conversion of analog input
values to 11Ćbit digital valĆ
ues
S Monitoring of actual values
for two high and two low limĆ
its. A signal is given if a first
limit is exceeded and the
maximum or minimum value
reached is stored (can be
scanned at any time); if a
second limit is exceeded,
the controller in question is
switched off
S ActualĆvalue averaging is
carried out if large deviĆ
ations or disturbances are to
be compensated
S Monitoring of the thermoĆ
element cable for a break in
the wire with the following
reactions:
Output of the value of the
manipulated variable deterĆ
mined in the past or manual
operation or changeover to
another thermoelement
S
Setpoint processing
S Step changes in the setĆ
points can be converted into
ramp functions with variable
slope coefficients
A second setpoint can be
entered (e.g. for reduced
temperature at night); either
the first or the second setĆ
point can be selected with a
control bit (set by the user
program)
S Limit monitoring of the setĆ
points entered
S
Analog output
The CPU can read the manipĆ
ulated variables of all conĆ
trollers of the IP 244 in one
scanning cycle and therefore
transfer the manipulated variĆ
ables to analog output modĆ
ules.
Heating current monitoring
The module can also be proĆ
grammed for the " closedĆloop
control with heating current
monitoring " mode (thermoĆ
elements only).
Failure of the individual heatĆ
ing elements can be detected
by monitoring the heating curĆ
rents. The program evaluates
any drop below the permissiĆ
ble heating current range.
Note
The IP 244 temperature conĆ
trol module must be inserted
in the central controller when
using the IM 307/IM 317 interĆ
face modules.
Operation of the IP 244 temĆ
perature control module is
permissible only in slots with
battery backup.
The necessary software for
the CPU is available in the
form of standard function
blocks (including an example
for easy startĆup)
(see Section 7).
Technical specifications
Analog inputs
either
Inputs for thermoelements
Input voltage range
Input resistance
13 (twoĆwire connection)
0 ... 50 mV
10 MΩ
Permissible thermoelements
(for max. temperature)
FeĆCuNi (700 °C), type L, type J
NiCrĆNi (1200 °C); type K
Pt10%ĆRhPt (1600 °C); type S
Pt13%ĆRhPt (1600 °C); type R
Inputs for instrument
transformers
Input ranges (rated values)
2
Input resistance
Themperature compensation
inputs
or
Inputs for Pt 100
(resistance thermometers,
max. temperature 830 °C)
Input voltage range
min.
20 ms
16 2/3 ms
60 ms
50 ms
0 ... 20 V; can be changed to
0 ... 50 V
50 kΩ (20 V); 10 kΩ (50 mV)
Permissible voltage between
S Inputs or between inputs and
central grounding point
max.
S Reference potential of a
sensor and the
central grounding point
max.
25 V AC/60 V DC
1 for Pt 100
(threeĆwire connection)
Test voltage
S Analog input to analog input
S Analog input to S5 bus
120 V AC
500 V AC
8 (fourĆwire connection)
0 ... 500 mV
or
Inputs for voltage sensors
Input voltage range
16 (twoĆwire connection)
0 ... 500 mV
Digital representation of
input signals (internal)
11 bit + sign
(2048 units = nominal value)
Galvanic isolation
Yes
Measuring principle
Integrating
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Integrating time
(adjustable for optimum noise
suppression)
S At 50 Hz
S At 60 Hz
Conversion time
max.
(1 measured value)
S At 50 Hz
S At 60 Hz
Fault message for
S Range exceeded
S WireĆbreakage
S Limit exceeded
(programmable limit)
S ShortĆcircuit
18 V (V-, Vp; destruction limit)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Noise suppression for
f = n ⋅ (50/60 Hz " 1 %);
n = 1, 2, 3 ...
S Common mode noise
S Series mode noise
(peak value of the noise
voltage & lt; rated value
of the range)
min.
100 dB
min.
40 dB
4/63
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 244 temperature control module (continued)
Technical specifications (continued)
)
Analog inputs (continued)
Outputs
Basic error limits
(for actual value acquisition)
50 mV: " 1.0 ğ
20 V: " 2.5 ğ
" 1 unit
" 1 unit
Operational error limits
(0 ... 55 °C)
50 mV: " 3.0 ğ
20 V: " 3.5 ğ
" 1 unit
" 1 unit
Cable length
max.
Response
Depends on the programmed
controller types:
13 x twoĆpoint to 8 x threeĆpoint
and 1 x twoĆpoint
Galvanic isolation
No
Power supply voltage Vpos
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
24 V DC
- 2 ... + 4.5 V
+ 13 ... + 35 V
typ.
5 mA
Delay
max.
5 ms
Cable length
max.
600 m (1969 ft) unshielded
Input current at " 1 signal
Controller outputs
50 m (164 ft) shielded
Binary input
Input voltage
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
Outputs 1 ... 17
max.
24 V DC
3.6 V
20 ... 30 V
Output current at " 1 signal
S Rated value
S Permissible range
120 mA
0.2 ... 120 mA
Controller
ShortĆcircuit protection
Yes
Sampling time TA
(cycle time of module)
Limiting of the voltage induced
on circuit interruption
to
-1V
Lamp load
2.4 W
Function
0.8 ... 32 s
1
y + K @ (k @ x )
TN
ŕ
dx
xdt ) T D @ )
dt
Parameters
Sk
SK
S TN
S TD
0 or 1
0.01 ... 256
(1 ... 512) @ TA or TN = R
(0.5 ... 512) @ TA or TD = 0
Setpoint
0 ... 1600 °C (11 bit)
Setpoint ramp
0 ... 65Ă536 K/h
Limit values
Setpoint " 255 K
Threshold value
0 ... 50 % (of setpoint)
Hysteresis
0 ... 50 % (of setpoint)
max.
Load factor at 55 °C
100 %
Residual current at
" 0 signal
max.
2 µA
Signal level of the outputs
S At " 0 signal
S At " 1 signal
max.
min.
+3V
Vpos - 2.5 V
Cable length
S Unshielded
S Shielded
max.
max.
400 m (1312 ft)
1000 m (3300 ft)
General specifications
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External (at 24 V,
without load)
typ.
0.4 A
typ.
0.05 A
Assigned binary addresses
32 byte
Space requirements
1 slot
Weight
Ordering data
6ES5 244-3AB31
To be ordered as a separate item:
Configuring package for IP 244
comprising manual and standard
FB1)
German
English
French
Italian
6ES5 244-5AA11
6ES5 244-5AA21
6ES5 244-5AA31
6ES5 244-5AA51
0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
Order No.
Order No.
IP 244 temperature control
module
approx.
721 connecting cables
shielded;
For binary signals
(max. 500 m (1640 ft))
2.5 m (8.2 ft)
3.2 m (10.5 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
32 m (104.9 ft)
6ES5 721-4 BC50
6ES5 721-4 BD20
6ES5 721-4 BF00
6ES5 721-4 CB00
6ES5 721-4 CD20
For analog signals
(max. 50 m (164 ft))
2.5 m (8.2 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
32 m (104.9 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
6ES5 721-5 BC50
6ES5 721-5 BF00
6ES5 721-5 CB00
6ES5 721-5 CD20
6ES5 721-5 CF00
1) For description see Page 7/121
4/64
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 246I and IP 246A positioning modules
The IP 246 positioning module
is used for positioning and
position control of two indeĆ
pendent axes with variable
speed drives.
Application
IP 246A for absolute (digital)
position encoders
Design
Two versions of the IP 246 poĆ
sitioning module are availaĆ
ble:
S IP 246I for incremental posiĆ
tion encoders
S
Principle of operation
Machine data and programs
required for positioning are
stored in the RAM of the
IP 246 positioning module.
For this, the COM 246 paraĆ
meterization software (see
Section 7) must be loaded
into the programming device
used.
The module can be serviced
via two interfaces, either from
the programmable controller
or from a programming deĆ
vice.
The user can program target
positions and traversing
speeds:
S In the program memory of
the CPU
S In the program memory of
the IP 246 positioning modĆ
ule (with the COM 246 paraĆ
meterization software)
The current position of the two
axes is determined from the
signals of the position enĆ
coder. From the difference to
the current set position, a
position controller (PĆcontrolĆ
ler) calculates the current
speed setĆpoint, which is outĆ
put as an analog signal
( " 10 V) and is available to
the speed controller of the
current converter of the apĆ
propriate axis.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Both axes can be used indeĆ
pendent of each other either
as a rotary or linear axis.
Operation with a
programming device
In the diagnostics mode, both
axes can be controlled from a
programming device. SetĆ
points, actual values, followĆ
ing error and a number of
other values are displayed on
the screen. Error messages
are displayed in detailed plain
text.
For operation with a programmer (and for programming),
the COM 246 parameterizaĆ
tion software is required (see
Section 7).
Operation with a
programmable controller
For communication between
the positioning module and
the CPU, the appropriate
standard function block
(FB 164 and FB 165; see SecĆ
tion 7) must be loaded into
the CPU. The possible calls
are put together in a list
(see page 4/66).
The PLC and programming
device interfaces can be opĆ
erated simultaneously. Using
the PLC, simple pointĆtoĆpoint
linkage of the two axes is
possible.
Machine data
The machine record includes
axisĆspecific parameters such
as
S Various speeds
S Accelerations and deceleraĆ
tions in both directions
S Coordinates for reference
point, software position
switch
S Offsets, tool compensations
S Resolution
S Type of axis: Rotary or linear
axis
4/65
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 246I and IP 246A positioning modules (continued)
Principle of operation
(continued)
Traversing programs
The notation of the traversing
programs conforms to a subĆ
set of DIN 66025. They are
edited on the programming
device using either this notaĆ
tion or in plain text.
Up to 255 programs can be
stored on the positioning
module. A program can be up
to 1023 characters long, and
the program memory can take
a total of 10,000 characters.
Programs can be linked using
subroutine calls. Other proĆ
grammable functions are e.g.:
Digital input
module
Digital output
module
Internal S5 bus
Communications
processor
Setpoint
axis 1
PLC
interface
Command
interpreter
Setpoint
axis 2
S
S
S
S
S
Loops, including infinite
loops
OnĆtheĆfly changeovers
Dwell times
Offsets, tool compensations
Metric and imperial meaĆ
sures
Each traversing program can
be carried out by both axes
(even simultaneously).
Controller
DAC
Speed
controller
M
T
Axis 1
Controller
DAC
Speed
controller
M
T
Axis 2
programming
device
interface
CPUs
Fig. 4/35 Function diagram of the IP 246 positioning module
Functions
Module
IP 246I
Application
Positioning and position control of two independent axes with
variableĆspeed drives
Encoders used
Incremental
S 5 V differential signal
S 24 V signal
Type of axis
IP 246A
Linear axis
Rotary axis
Modes for
S Operator communication
Absolute (digital)
S 24 V signal
S Switching to P potential
S Switching to M potential
Binary outputs signal the following:
Selectable via binary inputs
Jogging mode
FollowĆup mode
Reference point approach and/or set reference point
Incremental travel
Automatic mode
TeachĆin mode
Zero shift
Tool offset
Entry of machine data and traversing program
Module identifier
Drift compensation
Read machine data
Read traversing program
Read current actual values
Read module identifier
Path actual value
Following error
Distance to go
" Axis ready for operation " ; " Position reached "
External start/stop
User program referencing the IPĂ246
Can be stored in
RAM/EPROM
CPU
Machine data and traversing programs
can be modified via CPU
Yes
Module replacement possible without
reloading program
Yes
S Monitoring
4/66
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 246I and IP 246A positioning modules
Technical specifications
Position detection, incremental
Two 90_ displaced pulses
and zero mark
24 V inputs
Analog rotational speed setpoint
-10 ... + 10 V
Controller output
Two 90_ displaced pulses,
zero mark, and the
inverse signals
5 V inputs (to RS 422)
Voltage range
Load resistance
min.
Cable length (shielded)
max.
24 V DC
- 33 ... + 3 V
+ 10.5 ... 33 V
7 mA
Galvanic isolation
No
Counting frequency
S For 5 V inputs
S For 24 V inputs
max.
max.
ă
500 kHz
50 kHz
Cable length (shielded)
max.
32 m (105 ft)
max.
20 bit (parallel, Gray code)
5 V DC (RS 422)
Position detection, absolute
Input voltage
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
Input current (at " 1 signal) max.
24 V DC
- 33 ... + 3 V
+ 10.5 ... 33 V
Galvanic isolation
No
max.
32 m (105 ft)
Machine data (general)
Input voltage
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
Input current (at " 1 signal) max.
Cable length (shielded)
5 kW
Yes
ShortĆcircuit protection
7 mA
32 m (105 ft)
Resolution
Traversing range
0.1 ... 99.9 mm
max.
" 40,000 mm
or infinitely for rotary axis
Traversing speed
1 ... 65,000 mm/min.
Acceleration
10 ... 9999 mm/s2
Following error
max.
99.999 mm
0.1 ... 99.9/s
Programmed speed V
Following error DĂS
Speed gain KV
Backlash compensation
max.
64.999 mm
Tool length compensation
max.
" 40,000 mm
Supply voltages
Vpos24
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
Current consumption (at 5 V) typ.
24 V DC
3.6 V
20 ... 30 V
1.3 A (without position encoder)
Binary inputs/outputs
4/2 per axis
Galvanic isolation
No
Input voltage
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
Input current
24 V DC
Ć 33 ... + 3.6 V
+ 13 ... 33 V
Supply voltage for
2Ćwire BERO
22 ... 33 V
9.5 mA (at 24 V)
Backup
From battery in PLC
24 V DC
+3V
Vpos24 - 1.5 V
Space requirements
Weight
Output voltage
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
Output current
S Output current at " 1
Permissible range
S Residual current at " 0
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
typ.
max.
min.
max.
max.
Supply current for
position encoder
at 5 V and 24 V
max.
approx.
0.3 A per encoder
0.4 kg (0.9 Ib)
120 mA (shortĆcircuit proof)
5 ... 120 mA
0.5 mA
4/67
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 246I and IP 246A positioning modules
Ordering data
IP 246I positioning module
Incremental
6ES5 246-4UA31
IP 246A positioning module
Absolute (digital)
6ES5 246-4UB11
Order No.
Order No.
To be ordered as a separate
item:
Configuring package for IP
246I/A
comprising manual, standard
FB1) and parameter assignment
software COM 2462)
German
English
French
6ES5 246-5AA11
6ES5 246-5AA21
6ES5 246-5AA31
Sub D connector
15Ćpin (socket)
15Ćpin (plug)
ă9Ćpin (plug)
6ES5 750-2AB21
6ES5 750-2AA21
6ES5 750-2AA11
706 connecting cable
S For Heidenhain ROD 320
(installed in 1HU and
1FT motors)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
32 m (104.9 ft)
S For 5 V sensor
(open cable end)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
32 m (104.9 ft)
6ES5 706-1BF00
6ES5 706-1CB00
6ES5 706-1CC00
6ES5 706-1CD20
6ES5 706-2BF00
6ES5 706-2CB00
6ES5 706-2CC00
6ES5 706-2CD20
706 connecting cable (cont.)
S For 24 V sensor
(open cable end)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
32 m (104.9 ft)
6ES5 706-3BF00
6ES5 706-3CB00
6ES5 706-3CC00
6ES5 706-3CD20
S For absolute encoders
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
32 m (104.9 ft)
6ES5 706-6BF00
6ES5 706-6CB00
6ES5 706-6CC00
6ES5 706-6CD20
S For motor power section
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
6ES5 706-4BF00
6ES5 706-4CB00
6ES5 706-4CC00
S For binary inputs/outputs
1 m (3.28 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.5 ft)
6ES5 706-5BB00
6ES5 706-5BF00
6ES5 706-5CB00
6ES5 706-5CC00
705-5 connecting cable
S For Siemens position encoder
6FX2 001Ć2...
with Vpos = 5 V/24 V
standard
5 m (16.4 ft)
lengths
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
32 m (104.9 ft)
6ES5 705-5B F01
6ES5 705-5CB01
6ES5 705-5CC01
6ES5 705-5CD21
1) For description see Page 7/123
2) For description see Page 7/21
4/68
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 247 positioning module
The IP 247 positioning module
is used for positioning three
independent axes with stepĆ
per motors.
Application
Principle of operation
Machine data and traversing
programs required for posiĆ
tioning are stored in the RAM
of the IP 247 positioning modĆ
ule. For this, the COM 247 paĆ
rameter assignment software
(see Section 7) must be
loaded into the programming
device used.
The user can program target
positions and traversing
speeds
S In the program memory of
the CPU or
S In the program memory of
the IP 247 (with the
COM 247 parameter assignĆ
ment software).
The module calculates the anĆ
gular increment to be carried
out by the motor from the acĆ
tual and target positions. The
actual position of an axis is
not fed back from outside but
determined by the module itĆ
self.
From the mechanical characĆ
teristics of the drive unit
(transmission ratio) and the
machine data stored on the
module (e.g. max. acceleraĆ
tion) the module determines
the required pulse sequence
(and direction) and transfers
this to the power section of
the stepper motor. AcceleraĆ
tion and deceleration are calĆ
culated using an exponential
function: With exponential acĆ
celeration a greater path is
covered over a given length
of time than with linear accelĆ
eration.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Stepper motors with two, four
or five phases can be conĆ
trolled with step frequencies
of 0.5 Hz to 100 kHz.
Operation with a programĆ
ming device
AIl three axes can be conĆ
trolled from a programming
device. Actual values, residĆ
ual path and a number of
other values are displayed on
the screen. Error messages
are displayed in detailed plain
text.
For operation with a programĆ
ming device (and for proĆ
gramming) the COM 247 paĆ
rameter assignment software
is required.
Operation with a
programmable controller
For communication between
the positioning module and
the CPU, the appropriate
standard function blocks
(FB 164 and FB 165; see
Section 7) must be loaded
into the CPU.
Offsets, tool compensations
The number of angular inĆ
crements of the motor per
revolution
S Transmission gear ratio of
the drive
S Type of axis: rotary or linear
axis
S
S
Traversing programs
The program memory takes
7000 characters. The rest
same as for IP 246.
Operating modes
The following groups of
modes are possible:
S Set reference point proceĆ
dure and reference point by
software
S Modes for manual traversing
S Automatic modes
S Input and deletion of comĆ
pensations and shifts
S TeachĆin mode
Machine data
The machine record includes
axisĆspecific parameters such
as:
S Various speeds
S Accelerations
(frequency changes)
S Coordinates for reference
point, software position
switch
4/69
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 247 positioning module (continued)
Setpoint
axis 1
Digital input
module
Digital output
module
Power
section
M
Axis 1
Internal S5 bus
Communications
processor
Pulse
generator
Setpoint
axis 2
Pulse
generator
Power
section
M
Axis 2
Setpoint
axis 3
Pulse
generator
Power
section
M
Axis 3
CPUs
PLC
interface
Command
interpreter
programming
device
interface
Fig. 4/36 Function diagram of the IP 247 positioning module
Technical specifications
Machine data
Signal to the power section
Pulse, Pulse
Direction, Direction
Reset, Reset
Positioning outputs
Signal level for power section with
S Optocouplers
S Differential inputs
Ready signal input
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
S Input current (at 24 V)
24 V DC
- 33 ... + 3 V
+ 10.5 ... 33 V
7 mA
Binary inputs/outputs
Signal output " Position reached "
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
max.
S For " 1 signal
min.
S Output current at " 1
max.
Permissible range
S Residual current at " 0
max.
Inputs for position switch (2),
reference point switch,
external Start/Stop
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
S Input current (at 24 V)
typ.
100.000 mm
Number of angular increments
per revolution
12 ... 1000
Transmission ratio of the drive
5 V/20 mA, 24 V/20 mA
jumperĆselectable;
5 V to 24 V/20 mA with
additional voltage
5V
typ.
To be preselected with COM 247
Traversing range
24 V DC
3V
Vpos24 - 1.5 V
120 mA
5 ... 120 mA
0.5 mA
Ordering data
6ES5 247-4UA31
12 Hz ... 100 kHz
Hz
5 ... 2599.99 ms
Frequency gain
Backlash compensation
max.
64.999 mm
Tool length compensation
max.
100,000 mm
20 bit (parallel, Gray code)
Supply voltages
Vpos24
S Rated value
S Ripple
S Permissible range
(including ripple )
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External
(at 24 V, without load)
Supply voltage for
2Ćwire BERO
max.
typ.
0.8 A
typ.
0.05 A
22 ... 33 V
PLC battery
Battery backup
max.
To be ordered as a separate
item:
Configuring package for IP 247
comprising manual, standard
FB1) and parameter assignment
software COM 2472)
German
English
French
6ES5 247-5AA11
6ES5 247-5AA21
6ES5 247-5AA31
Sub D connector
ă9Ćpin (plug)
25Ćpin (plug)
6ES5 750-2AA11
6ES5 750-2AA31
100 m (328 ft)
1 slot
Space requirements
Weight
24 V DC
3.6 V
20 ... 30 V
approx.
0.4 kg (0.9 lb)
Order No.
Order No.
IP 247 positioning module
without manual
mm
0,012 ... 64. 999 rev.
Pulse frequency
Cable length
24 V DC
- 33 ... + 3.6 V
+ 13 ... V
9.5 mA
pulses
rev.
704 connecting cable
(open cable end)
S For power section
1.6 m (5.2 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
S For binary inputs and outputs
2 m (6.56 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
6ES5 704-4BB60
6ES5 704-4B F00
6ES5 704-4CB00
6ES5 704-4CC00
6ES5 704-4CF00
6ES5 704-5BC00
6ES5 704-5BF00
6ES5 704-5CB00
6ES5 704-5CC00
6ES5 704-5CF00
1) For description see Page 7/123
2) For description see Page 7/21
4/70
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 281 counter module
The IP 281 counter module is
used for acquiring and proĆ
cessing counting pulses up to
a frequency of 250 kHz. This
module is an economical alĆ
ternative to the IP 242A and
IP 242B counter modules. lt is
designed for applications
where only one or two counter
channels are required.
Application
Design
The IP 281 basic board has
one counter channel for direct
connection of incremental enĆ
coders or pulse encoders.
A second channel can be
connected using an optional
plugĆin submodule. The two
16Ć or 32Ćbit counters can opĆ
erate either independently or
in conjunction with one
another. The channel(s) can
be used for counting both up
and down.
The incremental encoders are
connected via Sub D connecĆ
tors; the digital inputs and
outputs are connected via
screw terminals (included in
the scope of delivery).
The module requires one slot.
The counter function and the
bus interface of the IP 281
counter module are impleĆ
mented in an ASIC. This enĆ
sures very fast data interĆ
change with the CPU of the
programmable controller. It is
therefore particularly suitable
for measured value acquisiĆ
tion, interrupt processing and
highĆspeed closedĆloop conĆ
trol.
Principle of operation
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Features
One channel for counting up
and down (16 or 32 bit), upĆ
gradable to two channels
(16 or 32 bit) with a plugĆin
submodule, for connection
of incremental encoders
S Five operating modes for inĆ
dependent operation of the
two counters
S Four operating modes for
operation of the two countĆ
ers in conjunction with one
another
S Individual setting of countĆ
ing width, counting range
and counting mode for each
counter
The IP 281 counter module
captures the pulses from inĆ
cremental encoders dependĆ
ing on direct connectable
gate signals. The module
evaluates the direction and
compares the actual value per
counter with a definable
interrupt value. For fast reĆ
sponse, the counter outputs
can be used and/or an interĆ
rupt can be sent to the CPU.
The counter outputs can be
configured with a selectable
minimum pulse or with level
switching.
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Counting pulses are acĆ
quired from three different
evaluations of the signal levĆ
els at the encoder inputs
(single, double and quadruĆ
ple evaluation)
Transfer of values fromĆ
counter 1 to counter 2 in the
form of interrupt or load valĆ
ues
Direct start of counter 2,
when counter 1 has reached
an interrupt value
Enabling/disabling in the
form of levels, pulses (at the
digital input of the counter)
or by software control
Gate start, gate stop and
setting via digital inputs
Counters loaded with deĆ
fined initial values
Cormparison with one interĆ
rupt value for each counter
Synchronous setting of start,
stop and readout
The user program does not
require standard function
blocks for data exchange with
the CPU. HighĆspeed access
is achieved via load and
transfer operations.
4/79
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Intelligent I/O modules
IP 281 counter module (continued)
Technical specifications
Number of counters
with 16 or 32 bit alternatively
1 upgradable to 2
both up and down with 2 pulse
trains displaced by 90_ (5 V level,
RS 422), also 24 V incremental
encoders
Number of modes
(softwareĆselectable)
1 or 2
Counting frequency
when driven with
S 24 V signals
S 5 V RS 422 signals
max.
max.
Galvanic isolation
S For inputs and outputs
S Between two inputs
Power supply voltage Vpos
S Rated value
S Ripple Vpp
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
S Value at t & gt; 5 s
max.
max.
S Rated value
5 V DC (to RS 422)
typ.
typ.
Output voltage
S At " 0 signal
S At " 1 signal
max.
min.
24 V DC
3.6 V
500 mA
Electronic
Insulation voltage
External connections to housing
S In acc. with VDE 0160
S Tested with
75 V DC
500 V AC
Current consumption
S Internal (at 5 V)
S External
(at 24 V, without load)
max.
0.6 A
max.
2.5 A
Assigned binary addresses
8 byte with linear addressing
Space requirements
20 ... 30 V
35 V
1 slot
approx.
Order No.
IP 281 counter module with
24 V encoder power supply
24 V and 5.2 V encoder
power supply
6ES5 281-4UA12
6ES5 281-4UP12
703 connecting cable
Between IP 281 and
S Siemens incremental position
encoder 6FX2 001Ć2 ...
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
25 m (82.0 ft)
32 m (104.9 ft)
S Incremental position encoder
for 5 V signals, to RS 422,
power supply voltage 5 V,
with one end open
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
25 m (82.0 ft)
32 m (104.9 ft)
Cable opening
4/80
bottom
top
0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
Order No.
Ordering data
To be ordered as a separate item:
IP 281 manual
German
English
French
Italian
+3 V
Vpos Ć 2.5 V
ShortĆcircuit protection
Weight
Plug-in submodule
for upgrading with 2nd channel
13 mA (at 24 V)
12 mA (at 5 V)
Output current at " 1 signal
S Rated value
250 KHz
250 KHz
Yes
Yes (between encoder and
digital inputs)
Yes
S Between input and S5 bus
24 V DC
Ć3 V ... + 4,5 V
+13 V ... + 30 V
Input current at
" 1 signal
5
Number of counters with
comparison facility for
random counts
Signal input voltage
S Rated value
S For " 0 signal
S For " 1 signal
6ES5 281-4UB12
6ES5 998-0KP11
6ES5 998-0KP21
6ES5 998-0KP31
6ES5 998-0KP51
6ES5 703-1BF0 J
6ES5 703-1CB0J
6ES5 703-1CC0J
6ES5 703-1CC5J
6ES5 703-1CD2J
703 connecting cable
Between IP 281 and
S Incremental position encoder
for 5 V signals, to RS 422,
power supply voltage 24 V,
with one end open
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
32 m (104.9 ft)
50 m (164.0 ft)
100 m (328.0 ft)
6ES5 703-3CB0J
6ES5 703-3CC0J
6ES5 703-3CD2J
6ES5 703-3CF0 J
6ES5 703-3DB0J
S Incremental position encoder
for 24 V signals,
power supply voltage 24 V,
with one end open
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
32 m (104.9 ft)
50 m (164.0 ft)
100 m (328.0 ft)
6ES5 703-4CB0J
6ES5 703-4CC0J
6ES5 703-4CD2J
6ES5 703-4CF0 J
6ES5 703-4DB0J
Cable opening
Sub D connector
15Ćpin (plug)
bottom
top
0
1
6ES5 750-2AA21
6ES5 703-2BF0 J
6ES5 703-2CB0J
6ES5 703-2CC0J
6ES5 703-2CC5J
6ES5 703-2CD2J
0
1
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
WegerfassungsbaugruppeWF 705
Die WegerfassungsĆ
baugruppe WF 705 dient dem
Erfassen und Verarbeiten der
Signale von bis zu 12 synĆ
chronĆseriellen AbsolutwertĆ
gebern (SSI).
Anwendungsbereich
Aufbau
An die WegerfassungsbauĆ
gruppe WF 705 lassen sich
anschließen:
S 4 Absolutwertgeber, direkt
anschließbar
Arbeitsweise
Bild 4/41 zeigt den prinzipielĆ
len Ablauf des Datenverkehrs
zwischen den Wegmeßgebern
und der Zentralbaugruppe
des Automatisierungsgerätes.
Erweiterung über IstwertverĆ
teiler, der die Werte von je 3
Achsen erfaßt;
bis zu 4 Istwertverteiler sind
an eine WegerfassungsbauĆ
gruppe anschließbar. Der
Mischbetrieb (Direktanschluß
und Istwertverteiler) ist mögĆ
lich
CPU
S5-115U,
S5-135U,
S5-155U
Für den Datenaustausch mit
der Zentralbaugruppe sind
StandardĆFunktionsbausteine
für das Anwenderprogramm
lieferbar (siehe Katalogteil 7).
OB
Die Baugruppe benötigt 1 EinĆ
bauplatz.
Achse 1
WF 705
SSI
.
.
.
FB
Wegerfassung
DualPortRAM
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
SSI
.
.
.
SSI
Achse 12
DB
Istwerte
Bild 4/41 Funktionsbild des Datenverkehrs zwischen CPU und WF 705
Technische Daten
Anschließbare Geber
synchronĆserielle AbsolutĆ
wertgeber (SSI)
Versorgungsstrom für
Wegmeßgeber bei 24 V
max.
0,3 A je Geber
Wegerfassung absolut
25 Bit Datenlänge
(SSI, GrayĆ oder BinärĆCode)
Leitungslänge (geschirmt)
zum Geber
S bei 125 kbit/s
S bei 1 Mbit/s
zum Istwertverteiler
max.
max.
max.
120 m
25 m
10 m
Verfahrbereich
max.
8192 Winkelschritte je UmdreĆ
hung, 4096 Umdrehungen
ÜbertragungsĆ
geschwindigkeit
max.
1 Mbit/s
Überwachungen
auf Kabelbruch und Kurzschluß
0,5 A (ohne Geberversorgung)
Belegte Adressen
4 Byte
Stromaufnahme (bei 5 V)
Versorgungsspannung für
Wegmeßgeber
DC 24 V (extern)
Platzbedarf
Gewicht
1 Einbauplatz
etwa
0,4 kg
Weitere Angaben zu den Wegerfassungsbaugruppen finden Sie im Katalog AR 10.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/81
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
WegerfassungsbaugruppeWF 705 (Fortsetzung)
Bestelldaten
BestellĆNr.
Wegerfassungsbaugruppe
WF 705
6FM1 705-3AA00
Istwertverteiler
6FM1 590-5AA00
Standard-Software WF 705
zur Istwerterfassung
auf Disketten 31/2
S MSĆDOS Einfachlizenz
6FM1 705-7UA30-1AA0
S 50erĆKopierlizenz
6FM1 705-7UA30-1AA5
S weitere Kopierlizenzen
siehe Katalog AR 10
zusätzlich zu bestellen ist die
Beschreibung WF 705
deutsch
englisch
BestellĆNr.
Preis
Steckleitung 790/590
mit offenem Leitungsende,
zwischen WF 705 und
S SSIĆWegmeßgeber
Standardlängen
2m
5m
10 m
18 m
Sonderlängen1),
max. 25 m bei 1 Mbit/s
max. 120 m bei 125 Kbit/s
S Istwertverteiler
Standardlängen
Preis
6FM1 790-1GA00
6FM1-790-1GB00
6FM1 790-1GC00
6FM1 790-1GD00
6FM1 790-1GZ00
2m
5m
Sonderlängen1), max. 10 m
6FM1 790-1HA00
6FM1 790-1HB00
6FM1 790-1HZ00
S zwischen Istwertverteiler und
SSIĆWegmeßgeber
2m
Standardlängen
5m
10 m
18 m
25 m
35 m
50 m
60 m
Sonderlängen1),
max. 25 m bei 1 Mbit/s
max. 120 m bei 125 Kbit/s
6ZB5 440-0AA01-0BA5
6ZB5 440-0AA02-0BA5
6FM1 590-2EA00
6FM1 590-2EB00
6FM1 590-2EC00
6FM1 590-2ED00
6FM1 590-2EE00
6FM1 590-2E F00
6FM1 590-2EG00
6FM1 590-2EH00
6FM1 590-2EZ00
1) Länge im Klartext angeben
4/82
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
WegerfassungsbaugruppeWF 706 C
Die PositionierungsbauĆ
gruppe WF 706 C dient dem
Positionieren von Achsen über
Abschaltpunkte mit polumĆ
schaltbaren Motoren oder (in
Verbindung mit einem optioĆ
nellen Analogmodul) zur PosiĆ
Anwendungsbereich
Aufbau
Die WF 706 C ist in zwei AusĆ
führungen lieferbar:
S Mit 3 Kanälen
S Mit 6 Kanälen
Zur Positionierung mit
Frequenzumrichtern ist die
WF 706 C modular mit 1 oder
2 Analogmodulen erweiterbar
(3Ć bzw. 6ĆKanalĆversion).
Arbeitsweise
Je nach Variante können mit
der WF 706 C drei oder sechs
Achsen betrieben werden.
Durch die einfache und offene
Struktur stehen viele FunktioĆ
nen zur Verfügung, z. B.
S Positionieren über AbschaltĆ
punkte
S Wegerfassung mit schneller
Schaltpunktausgabe
S Zähler mit schneller
Vergleichswertausgabe
S Dosierzähler
In Verbindung mit AnalogmoĆ
dulen zusätzlich:
S Positionieren von Achsen mit
Frequenzumrichtern oderĆ
Servoantrieben
tionierung von Achsen mit
Frequenzumrichtern, ServoanĆ
trieben oder ProportionalvenĆ
tilĆSteuerungen. Außerdem eiĆ
gnet sich die WF 706 C
ausgezeichnet zur WegerfasĆ
sung und zum Zählen.
An die Baugruppe lassen sich
folgende Geber anschließen:
S Inkrementalgeber
S Absolutwertgeber mit serielĆ
ler Datenübertragung(SSIĆ
Geber)
S Einfache 24ĆVĆSignalgeber
(BERO)
Durch die geringe SchnittstelĆ
lenbreite von 8 Byte im PeriĆ
pheriebereich können bis zu
16 Baugruppen in einem AuĆ
tomatisierungsgerät betrieben
werden.
Die Baugruppe benötigt 1 EinĆ
bauplatz bei 3 Kanälen und 2
Einbauplätze bei 6 Kanälen.
Positionieren von 3 Achsen
mit ProportionalĆVentilsteueĆ
rungen
Spezielle Funktionen unterĆ
stützen den Zählvorgang. So
kann z.ĂB. mit der TorĆFunktion
ein Zählvorgang durch ein exĆ
ternes Signal auf einen
schnellen Digitaleingang oder
alternativ durch einen internen
Zeittakt gesteuert werden.
Ein Analogmodul enthält 4
Analogausgänge, von denen
drei direkt Kanälen zugeordĆ
net sind. Sie können zur PosiĆ
tionierung von Antrieben
(wahlweise " 10 VĆSchnittĆ
stelle oder 0 ... 10 VĆSchnittĆ
stelle mit Richtungsbit) werĆ
den.
S
Mit Hilfe der 4 DigitalausĆ
gänge mit einer Schaltleistung
von 0,5 A bei 24 V lassen sich
alle notwendigen Schütze diĆ
rekt ansteuern.
Durch die ausschließliche VerĆ
wendung von HardwareĆLogik
und den Einsatz eines speĆ
ziell für diese Aufgabe entwikĆ
kelten integrierten Bausteins
schalten die Ausgänge in weĆ
niger als 50 ms.
Dadurch ist die WF 706 auch
als Universalzähler mit maxiĆ
mal 6 Kanälen einsetzbar.
internes
Zählregister
externe Gebersignale
Referenzpunktwert
Nullpunktverschiebung
Timer
Modulowert
Istwert/
Zählwert
Torwert
Vergleichswert 2
(VGL 2)
Vergleichswert 1
(VGL 1)
Auswertung der
Vergleichsergebnisse
4 Digitalausgänge
Steilheit Beschleunigungs-Rampe
Steilheit
Bremsrampe
zu Schaltgeräten/
Frequenzumrichter
Eilwert
Rampenerzeugung
Schleichwert
Analogmodul
Analogausgang
Frequenzumrichter
Bild 4/42 Struktur eines Kanals mit Analogmodul
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/83
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
WegerfassungsbaugruppeWF 706 C (Fortsetzung)
Gesteuerte Positonierung mit IP 240 oder WF 706 C
IP 240
WF 706
2
3/6
S inkremental 5 V
S inkremental 24 V
S inkremental 5 V
S SSIĆAbsolutĆ
Wertgeber
500 kHz
70 kHz
Ċ
500 kHz
Ċ
1 Mbit/s
Verfahrbereich
±9 999 999 Inkremente
16 777 215
Inkremente
Binäreingänge je Achse
Referenznocken
(Vorkontakt)
Referenznocken
(Vorkontakt)
Binärausgänge je Achse,
2 für
S Eilgang
S SchleichgangĆ oder
S rechts
S links
4 für
S Eilgang
S SchleichgangĆ oder
S rechts
S links
Speicherbare Positionen
254 je Achse
2 je Achse
Reaktionszeit
typ. 2 ms
& lt; 50 ms
Belegte Adressen
16 Byte
8 Byte
Sonderfunktionen
S Längenmessung
S externe
Synchronisation
S Zählfunktionen
S Rundachse
S Längenmessung
S externe
Synchronisation
S Zählfunktionen
Besondere Merkmale
S selbständige Berechnung der
Schaltpunkte
S schneller DatenausĆtausch mit
der CPU
S kurze ReaktionsĆ
zeiten
S Analogmodul für
Frequenzumrichter (optional)
inkrementale Geber
synchr.Ćserielle AbsolutwertĆ
geber (SSI)
24ĆVĆSignalgeber (BERO)
Verfahrbereich
Anzahl der Achsen
max.
Anschließbare Wegmeßger
Geberfrequenz
bei 5 V inkremental
bei 24 V inkremental
Übertragungsrate (SSI)
max.
max.
max.
Technische Daten
Anschließbare Geber
Wegerfassung inkremental
5ĆVĆEingänge
(nach RS 422)
Verfahrbereich
symmetrische Signale A, A; B, B;
Z, Z. Vierfachauswertung erfolgt
immer
max.
Potentialtrennung
16 777 215 Inkremente
nein
Zählfrequenz
max.
500 kHz
Leitungslänge(geschirmt)
max.
35 m
Wegerfassung absolut
4/84
13 Bit, 21 Bit und 25 Bit DatenĆ
länge
(SSI, GrayĆ oder BinärĆCode)
24 Bit werden ausgewertet
max.
Potentialtrennung
8192 Winkelschritte
je Umdrehung
2048 Umdrehungen
nein
Übertragungsrate
62,5 kbit/s bis 1 Mbit/s
Leitungslänge (geschirmt)
bei 125 kbit/s
bei 1 Mbit/s
max.
max.
120 m
25 m
Zählen
24ĆVĆEingänge
Zählfrequenz
Zählbereich
max.
max.
siehe Binäreingänge
200 kHz
16 777 215
Binäreingänge
Eingangsspannung
Eingangsstrom
2 je Kanal
24 V
5 mA (bei 24 V)
Binärausgänge
Ausgangsspannung
Ausgangsstrom
4 je Kanal
24 V
0,5 A (kurzschlußfest)
max.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
WegerfassungsbaugruppeWF 706 C (Fortsetzung)
Technische Daten (Fortsetzung)
Analogausgänge (optional)
S pro Modul
angesteuert durch
- WF 706 C
- SIMATIC S5
S Ausgangsspannung
Ausgangsstrom
4
3
1
DC - 10 V ... +10 V
- 5 mA ... + 5 mV
Reaktionszeit
& lt; 50 ms bei ohmscher Last
Überwachungen
auf Kabelbruch und Kurzschluß
Versorgungsspannungen
S Nennwert
S Welligkeit Uss
S zulässiger Bereich
(Welligkeit eingeschlossen)
DC 24 V
3V
20 ... 30 V
Bestelldaten
BestellĆNr.
Positionierbaugruppe
WF 706 C
mit 3 Kanälen
mit 6 Kanälen
6FM1 706-3AA20
6FM1 706-3AB20
Analogmodul
6FM1 706-4AA00
zusätzlich zu bestellen ist
Beschreibung WF 706
mit BeispielprogrammĆDiskette
6ZB5 440-0KR01-0BA7
Stromaufnahme (bei 5 V)
S 3ĆKanalĆAusführung
S 6ĆKanalĆAusführung
0,75 A (ohne Geberversorgung)
1,5 A (ohne Geberversorgung)
Versorgungsstrom für WegĆ
meßgeber bei
5 V und bei 24 V
max.
0,3 A je Geber
Belegte Adressen
8 Byte
Platzbedarf
S 3ĆKanalĆAusführung
S 6ĆKanalĆAusführung
1 Einbauplatz
1 x 11/3 SEP
2 x 11/3 SEP
Gewicht
S 3ĆKanalĆAusführung
S 6ĆKanalĆAusführung
etwa
etwa
0,4 kg
0,45 kg
BestellĆNr.
Preis
Steckleitung 790
zwischen WF 706 und
S HeidenhainĆWegmeßgeber
ROD 320
Standardlängen
5m
10 m
18 m
Sonderlängen1): max. 35 m
S SiemensĆWegmeßgeber
6FC9 320 oder 6FX2 001Ć2
Standardlängen
2m
5m
10 m
18 m
Sonderlängen1): max. 35 m
S SSIĆWegmeßgeber
mit offenem Leitungsende
Standardlängen
Sonderlängen1):
max. 25 m
bei 1 Mbit/s
max. 120 m bei 125 Kbit/s
2m
5m
10 m
18 m
Preis
6FM1 790-1BB00
6FM1 790-1BC00
6FM1 790-1BD00
6FM1 790-1BZ00
6FM1 790-1CA00
6FM1 790-1CB00
6FM1 790-1CC00
6FM1 790-1CD00
6FM1 790-1āCZ00
6FM1 790-1FA00
6FM1 790-1FB00
6FM1 790-1FC00
6FM1 790-1FD00
6FM1 790-1āFZ00
1) Länge im Klartext angeben.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/85
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
NockensteuerwerkWF 707
Das Nockensteuerwerk
WF 707 dient der Ausgabe
von wegabhängigen SchaltĆ
funktionen bei Antrieben mit
LinearĆ und Rundachsen. Das
Einsatzgebiet liegt hauptsächĆ
lich bei kleinen und schnellauĆ
fenden Maschinen.
Anwendungsbereich
Aufbau
Arbeitsweise
Die Baugruppe verfügt über
16 Nockenbahnen, auf denen
insgesamt 32 Nocken verteilt
werden können.
32 Nocken, die beliebig auf
16 Nockenbahnen verteilt
werden können, schalten geĆ
nauer als 1 Grad bei 2400
Takten pro Minute. Das entĆ
spricht einer Reaktionszeit
kleiner als 60 ms. Bei VerlänĆ
gerung der Reaktionszeit auf
ca. 120 ms stehen sogar
64 Nocken zur Verfügung.
Soll mit linearen Bewegungen
gearbeitet werden, können jeĆ
weils 32 Nocken beliebig aufĆ
geteilt werden für ein NockenĆ
programm ĘVorwärts und ein
Nockenprogramm ĘRückĆ
wärts. Die Umschaltung zwiĆ
schen den beiden ProgramĆ
men erfolgt entweder mit Hilfe
der automatischen RichtungsĆ
erkennung oder gesteuert
durch das AutomatisierungsĆ
gerät.
Alle Nocken können wahlĆ
weise definiert werden als
S WegĆWegĆNocken oder
S WegĆZeitĆNocken.
4/86
An die Baugruppe lassen sich
folgende Geber anschließen:
S Inkrementalgeber
S Absolutwertgeber mit serielĆ
ler Datenübertragung
(SSIĆGeber)
S Einfache 24ĆVĆSignalgeber
(BERO)
Die Baugruppe benötigt 1 EinĆ
bauplatz.
Zusätzlich stehen zur VerfüĆ
gung:
S Ein Zählnocken
S Ein Bremsnocken.
Die Überwachung der
S Gebersignale,
S Synchronisation,
S Digitalausgänge
Durch die geschwindigkeitsĆ
abhängige, dynamische VerĆ
schiebung gleicht jeder NokĆ
ken automatisch die Totzeit
des angeschlossenen StellĆ
gliedes aus.
erhöht die Betriebssicherheit
bzw. führt im Fehlerfall zu deĆ
finierten Betriebszuständen
und Meldungen.
Jeder Nockendatensatz ist
während des Betriebes über
das Automatisierungsgerät
veränderbar so daß auch an
,
der laufenden Maschine optiĆ
miert werden kann. Ein RückĆ
lesen der Istwerte bzw. der
aktuellen Nockendaten ist
möglich.
Für jede Nockenbahn steht
ein Digitalausgang 24 V/0,5 A
auf der Baugruppe direkt zur
Verfügung. Damit lassen sich
die zu steuernden Aggregate
direkt oder über Hilfsschütze
ansteuern. Nicht benötigte
Digitalausgänge können vom
Automatisierungsgerät angeĆ
steuert werden.
Durch die geringe SchnittstelĆ
lenbreite von 8 Byte im PeriĆ
pheriebereich können bis zu
16 Baugruppen in einem AuĆ
tomatisierungsgerät betrieben
werden.
Der Digitalausgang ĘOKĆMelĆ
dung signalisiert den fehlerĆ
freien Betrieb.
Die Synchronisation des IstĆ
wertzählers mit dem inkreĆ
mentalen Geber ist möglich
durch
S GeberĆNullmarke,
S externes SynchronisationsĆ
signal,
S externes SynchronisationsĆ
signal und GeberĆNullmarke
(UNDĆVerknüpfung) und
S Synchronisationsbit vom
Automatisierungsgerät.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
NockensteuerwerkWF 707 (Fortsetzung)
Gesteuerte Positonierung mit IP 241 und WF 707
IP 241
WF 707
Anzahl der Kanäle
2
1
Weggebereingänge
mit GeberanĆ
paßmodul:
Geber mit
3ĆExcessĆGrayĆCode,
BCDĆCode,
DualĆCode;
Analogwertgeber
5ĆVĆInkrementalĆ
geber (RS 422)
24ĆVĆInkrementalĆ
geber
SSIĆAbsolutwertgeber
maximale Zählfrequenz
50 kHz für
digitale Werte;
200 kHz für
absolute,
serielle MeßĆ
werteingabe
200 kHz bei 5 V,
100 kHz bei 24 V,
1 Mbit/s
bei SSIĆGeber
Nockensteuerwerk
pro Kanal 16 Spuren
mit je 1 Nocke
16 Spuren
mit 32/64 Nocken
Digitalausgänge pro Kanal
Geberversorgung
von der Baugruppe
16, DC 24 V
ja
ja
Technische Daten
Für rotatorische Achse
Programmierung
Nocken pro
Nockenprogramm
32
Nocken wirksam
vorwärts/rückwärts
Zykluszeit pro
Nockenprogramm
57,6 ms
Nocken pro
Nockenprogramm
vorwärts/rückwärts
Zykluszeit pro
Nockenprogramm
115,2 ms
StartĆ/Endposition in Inkrementen
WegĆZeitĆNocken
Startposition in Inkrementen,
Zeit als Faktor zur Zykluszeit
anschließbare Geber
Inkrementalgeber
Synchr.Ćserieller AbsolutwertĆ
geber (SSIĆAbsolutwertgeber)
24ĆVĆSignalgeber (BERO)
64
Nocken wirksam
WegĆWegĆNocken
Für lineare Achse
Nocken pro
S Vorwärtsprogramm
S Rückwärtsprogramm
Zykluszeit pro
Nockenprogramm
Nutzung des Gebersignals
für weitere Baugruppen
32
32
S
S
S
S
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
max.
5 VĆEingänge (nach RS 422)
Verfahrbereich
5
symmetrische Signale A, A; B,āB;
z, Zt. immer Vierfachauswertung
max.
Potentialtrennung
Zählfrequenz
max.
max.
10 mA
Wegerfassung, inkrementell
57,6 ms
Nocken
Nockenarten
Nockenbahnen
Taktzahl/min
erforderlicher Eingangsstrom
der Gebersignale
65 536 Inkremente
nein
max.
500 kHz
WegĆWegĆNocken
WegĆZeitĆNocken
ZählĆNocken
BremsĆNocken
16
2400
4/87
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
NockensteuerwerkWF 707 (Fortsetzung)
Technische Daten (Fortsetzung)
Wegerfassung, absolut
Verfahrbereich
SSI mit 13 oder
25 Bit Datenlänge
(GrayĆ oder DualĆCode)
16 Bit werden ausgewertet
max.
65 536 Schritte
nein
Potentialtrennung
Übertragungsrate
Überwachungen und
Statusmeldungen
max.
125 Kbit/s bis 1 Mbit/s
Digitaleingänge
3
Eingangsspannung
DC 24 V
Eingangsstrom
5 mA (bei 24 V)
S GeberĆLeitungsbruch
S Geberfehler
S Kurzschluß/Überlastung
der Digitalausgänge
S Synchronisation
S Istwert
S Nockenbahnstatus
S Bewegungsrichtung
Eingangsfrequenz
Digitalausgänge
Potentialtrennung
0,5 A kurzschlußfest
nein
0,25 A
Versorgungsstrom für Weggeber
bei DC 5 V und DC 24 V
max.
DC 24 V
max.
DC 5 V
Stromaufnahme bei DC 5 V
ohne Geber
100 kHz
16
Ausgangsspannung
Ausgangsstrom
Versorgungsspannung
nein
max.
DC 24 V
3V
20 bis 30 V
0,3 A
Platzbedarf
Potentialtrennung
Versorgungsspannungen Up
S Nennwert
S Welligkeit Uss
S zulässiger Bereich
(Welligkeit eingeschlossen)
1 Einbauplatz
Gewicht
Bestelldaten
BestellĆNr.
Nockensteuerwerk WF 707
6FM1 707-3AA10
Steckleitung 790
zwischen WF 707 und
S WF 707 zum Durchschleifen
der Wegistwerte
0,5 m
Längen
2,0 m
S HeidenhainĆWegmeßgeber
ROD 320
S SiemensĆWegmeßgeber
6FC9 320 oder 6FX2 001Ć2
S SSIĆWegmeßgeber
mit offenem Leitungsende
etwa
BestellĆNr.
Preis
6FM1 790-1JS00
6FM1 790-1JA00
siehe WF 706C
(siehe Seite 4/85)
siehe WF 706C
(siehe Seite 4/85)
siehe WF 706C
(siehe Seite 4/85)
0,4 kg
Wegmeßgeber
S für Anbau
1000 Pulse/Umdrehung
2000 Pulse/Umdrehung
2500 Pulse/Umdrehung
S für Einbau in Motoren der
Baureihe 1 FT
S weitere Wegmeßgeber
zusätzlich zu bestellen ist die
Beschreibung WF 707
mit BeispielprogrammĆ
Diskette und EMVĆRichtlinien
Preis
6FX2 001-2CB00
6FX2 001-2CC00
6FX2 001-2CC50
siehe Katalog SD 12
siehe Katalog ST 71
6ZB5 440-0ST01-0BA3
Weitere Angaben zum Nockensteuerwerk finden Sie im Katalog AR 10.
4/88
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
PositionierbaugruppenWF 721/WF 723 A/WF 723 B/WF 723 C
Die Baugruppen WF 721,
WF 723 A, WF 723 B und
WF 723 C bilden die PositioĆ
nierfamilie WF 721/WF 723.
Diese Baugruppen decken
das Positionierspektrum ab
bezüglich geregeltem PositioĆ
nieren von drehzahlgeregelten
Antrieben für sowohl EinachsĆ
als auch MehrachsanwendunĆ
gen.
Anwendungsbereich
Durch sie lassen sich die
elektrischen und hydrauliĆ
schen Achsen von Maschinen
und Anlagen einfach und
wirtschaftlich automatisieren,
z. B.:
S Transferstraßen
S Fördereinrichtungen
S Montagelinien
S Beschickungseinrichtungen
S Pressen
S Holzbearbeitungsmaschinen
S Verpackungsmaschinen
S Handhabungsgeräte,
Portale
S Sondermaschinen
S Rundtaktmaschinen
WF 721/WF 723 A
Die Positionierbaugruppe
WF 721 ist für typische EinĆ
achsĆAnwendungen geeignet,
während die WF 723 A auch
für die Anwendung von mehĆ
reren unabhängigen Achsen
ausgelegt ist. Die PositionierĆ
baugruppen WF 721/WFā723 A
sind bezüglich der FunktionaĆ
lität und der Datenformate der
WFĆParameter identisch. Das
heißt, ein Maschinendatensatz
einer WF 723 AĆAchse kann
auch von einer WF 721ĆAchse
interpretiert werden und umĆ
gekehrt. Die WF 721 besitzt
darüber hinaus im Vergleich
zu einer WF 723 A einen dopĆ
pelt so schnellen MeßkreisĆ
takt. Sie ist deshalb besonĆ
ders für dynamische
EinachsĆPositionieraufgaben
geeignet.
WF 723 B
Die Positionierbaugruppe
WF 723 B setzt auf der FunkĆ
tionalität der WF 721/
WF 723 A auf und ergänzt
das Positionierspektrum in
der SIMATIC S5 hinsichtlich
NCĆFunktionalität. Die PositioĆ
nierbaugruppe WF 723 B
beinhaltet BearbeitungsfunkĆ
tionen wie LinearĆ und ZirkuĆ
larinterpolation, SpindelfunkĆ
tionen, Parameterrechnung
und StandardĆBohrzyklen.
Die Baugruppe WF 723 B läßt
sich für drei Vorschubachsen,
zwei Vorschubachsen und
eine Spindel oder für drei VorĆ
schubachsen und eine exĆ
terne Spindel verwenden.
WF 723 C
Neben EinachsĆ und NCĆAnĆ
wendungen gibt es weitere
Positionieraufgaben, wobei
mehrere Achsen in einem VerĆ
fahrprogramm koordiniert und
damit verkettet zu verfahren
sind. Die PositionierbauĆ
gruppe WF 723 C vervollstänĆ
digt mit dieser Funktionalität
die Positionierfamilie WF 721/
WF 723. Weitere wichtige AnĆ
forderungen können mit der
WF 723 C erfüllt werden, z.ĂB.
schnelles und exaktes PositioĆ
nieren von Walzenvorschüben
und Gleichlauf von maximal 3
Achsen.
Aufbau
Maschinensteuertafel
WF 470
GRACIS-S5
PG-Anschaltung
Software Standard A
WF 721
WF 723A
WF 723B
WF 723C
SIMATIC S5
M
T
M
T
M
T
M
T
Bild 4/43 Struktur des Aufbaus zur Positionierung und Lageregelung
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Durch die Standardisierung
der Nahtstellen lassen sich
Peripherie, HardwareĆ und
SoftwareĆModule baugrupĆ
penübergreifend einsetzen.
Dies spart Kosten bei der
Projektierung, der InbetriebĆ
nahme und dem Service.
An die Baugruppen lassen
sich folgende Geber anschlieĆ
ßen:
S Inkrementalgeber
S Absolutwertgeber mit serielĆ
ler Datenübertragung (SSI)
Durch die geringe SchnittstelĆ
lenbreite von 32 Byte im PeriĆ
pheriebereich lassen sich bis
zu 28 Baugruppen, d. h. 84
Achsen in einem AutomatisieĆ
rungsgerät betreiben.
Die Baugruppen benötigen jeĆ
weils 1 Einbauplatz. Ein BeĆ
trieb ohne Lüfter ist möglich.
4/89
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
PositionierbaugruppenWF 721/WF 723 A/WF 723 B/WF 723 C (Fortsetzung)
Arbeitsweise
Die Baugruppen ermöglichen
schnelles und genaues PosiĆ
tionieren beim Einrichten,
Zustellen, Handhaben und
Transportieren sowie eine
hohe Oberflächengüte
bei einfachen BearbeitungsĆ
aufgaben. Folgende BetriebĆ
sarten sind möglich:
Betriebsarten
WFāā 721
WFāā 723āā A
WFāā 723āā B
WFāā 723āā C
Einrichten
x
x
x
x
Referenzpunktfahren
x
x
x
x
Handbetrieb (MDI)
x
x
x
x
Steuern
x
x
x
x
Automatik
x
x
x
x
AutomatikĆEinzelschritt
x
x
x
x
AutomatikĆEinzelsatz
Ċ
Ċ
x
x
Nachführbetrieb
x
x
x
x
Slave
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
x
Weitere Merkmale
S Vorschubkorrektur
(Override)
S Rundachse
S
S
S
Beschleunigungsorverride
Werkzeugkorrektur
Schnelle EinĆ/Ausgänge
Mit Maschinendaten wird die
Positionierbaugruppe an die
spezielle BearbeitungstechĆ
nologie angepaßt.
Geregelte Positionierung mit IP 246, WF 721 oder WF 723 A
IP 246
WF 721
WF 723 A
2
1
3
Anschließbare Wegmeßgeber
S inkremental 5 V
S inkremental 24 V
S Absolutwertgeber
parallel
S inkremental 5 V
S SSIĆAbsolutĆ
wertgeber
S inkremental 5 V
S SSIĆAbsolutĆ
wertgeber
Grundauflösung
0,1 ... 99,9 mm
1, 10, 100 mm
1, 10, 100 mm
Ċ
500 kHz
50 kHz
Ċ
200 kHz
Ċ
1 Mbit/s
200 kHz
Ċ
± 40 m
65 000 mm/min
9999 mm/s2
± 1000 m
500 000 mm/min
99999 mm/s2
± 1000 m
500 000 mm/min
99999 mm/s2
Programmspeicher
10000 Zeichen
(etwa 500 Sätze)
in bis zu 255
Programmen
bis zu 250 Sätze in
bis zu 200 ProgramĆ
men
bis zu 750 Sätze in
bis zu 200 ProgramĆ
men
Ausgabe
MĆFunktionen
während des gesamten
Verfahrsatzes
zeitĆ oder quittungsgesteuert vor,
während oder nach Verfahrsatz, istwertbezogen
Verweilzeiten
100ĆmsĆSchritte
4ĆmsĆZeitĆraster
Ċ
4 Binäreingänge
S Start/Stopp von
extern
ja
6/6 Binäreingänge für
S externen Satzwechsel
S Start von extern
S externen Satzwechsel mit fliegendem
IstwertĆSetzen
S fliegendes Messen
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
ja
ja
ja
ja
für COM 723, PCĆSteuern zentral über
SIMATIC S5-PGĆSchnittstelle
COM 246
COM 723 und Standard BĆ470, StandardĆBĆOP25
Standard BĆGRACIS
Standard A und Standard BĆ470, StandardĆBĆOP25
Standard BĆGRACIS
PCĆSteuern
Anzahl der Achsen
max.
Geberfrequenz
S absolut
S bei 5 V inkremental
S bei 24 V inkremental
Verfahrbereich
Verfahrgeschw.
Beschleunigung
max.
max.
max.
Sonderfunktionen
S Ruckbegrenzung
S schnelle Eingänge
für Prozeßsignal
S Simulation
S SatzĆVorlauf/ĆRücklauf
S Satz Ausblenden
PGĆAnschluß
Software für
S Erstellen von Maschinendaten
und Verfahrprogramm
S Unterstützung bei Test und
Inbetriebnahme
4/90
COM 246
und StandardĆ
Funktionsbausteine
4ĆmsĆZeitĆraster
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
PositionierbaugruppenWF 721/WF 723 A/WF 723 B/WF 723 C (Fortsetzung)
Programmierung
Der modulare Aufbau der
StandardĆSoftware erleichtert
das Erstellen maschinenspeĆ
zifischer STEP 5ĆProgramme.
Der Speicher der
SIMATIC S5 wird dabei nicht
belastet. Die Programme lasĆ
sen sich auch im SimulationsĆ
betrieb testen, ohne die MaĆ
schine in Betrieb zu nehmen.
Die Kommunikation zwischen
der SIMATIC S5 und den PosiĆ
tionierbaugruppen übernimmt
die Software Standard A.
Speicherkapazität
WFāā 721
WFāā 723āā A
WFāā 723āā B
WFāā 723āā C
Anzahl
Programme
200
200/Achse
200
200/Achse
Anzahl/
Sätze/Programme
100
100
200
200
max. GesamtĆ
anzahl Sätze
250
750
1000
1000
Bedienung über
WFāā 721
WFāā 723āā A
WFāā 723āā B
WFāā 723āā C
COM 723
x
x
x
x
PCĆSteuern
x
x
x
x
Standard BĆ470
x
x
Ċ
Ċ
Standard BĆGRACIS
x
x
x
Ċ
Standard BĆOP25
x
x
in Vorbereitung
in Vorbereitung
COM 723
Komfortabel bei ProgrammieĆ
rung und Projektierung und
unterstützend bei InbetriebĆ
nahme und Service. Das SoftĆ
wareĆPaket COM 723 in VerĆ
bindung mit SYSDOK 723
hilft. Einfach und schnell lasĆ
sen sich mit COM 723 DatenĆ
sätze erstellen und archivieĆ
ren, die damit im
InbetriebnahmeĆ und ServiceĆ
fall schnell und unabhängig
verfügbar sind.
COM 723 bietet:
S Einfache Handhabung durch
bedienergeführte WindowĆ
Technik auf Basis Windows
3.1
S Einfache, kurze und flexible
Projektierung und InbetriebĆ
nahme durch PlausibilitätsĆ
kontrollen und OfflineĆProĆ
jektierung im Büro
S Kurze Projektierungszeiten
durch das Duplizieren vonĆ
Anlagendateien und das geĆ
meinsame Datenformat mit
Standard BĆGRACIS
S
SYSDOK 723
Die Systemintegrierte DokuĆ
mentation SYSDOK 723 beinĆ
haltet die papierlose Form der
jeweiligen FunktionsbeschreiĆ
bung bzw. ProgrammieranleiĆ
tung.
SYSDOK 723 basiert auf dem
StandardĆHilfesystem von
MSĆWindows und läuft in eiĆ
nem eigenen Fenster neben
COM 723. Es bietet neben
der kontextbezogenen Hilfe
folgende Funktionen:
S
Mit PCĆSteuern steht zu InbeĆ
triebnahmeĆ und Testzwecken
ein hilfreiches Werkzeug zur
Verfügung. Erste VerfahrĆ
ergebnisse der Achsen sind
ohne die später hinzukomĆ
mende Maschinensteuertafel
möglich.
Im Servicefall kann der AnĆ
wender zum Lokalisieren eiĆ
nes Fehlers die Achsen direkt
verfahren oder mit StatusanĆ
zeige einen Achsfehler im
Klartext auslesen.
Vor unbefugten Eingriffen läßt
sich das SoftwareĆPaket PCĆ
Steuern durch die Funktion
Schlüsselschalter schützen.
Die Bedienung von PCĆSteuĆ
ern erfolgt unter Windows ab
Version 3.1.
PCĆSteuern
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Einfacher und schneller
Baugruppentausch durch
Einstellung und ParametrieĆ
rung der Baugruppe mittels
JobĆlisten
S Servicefreundlichkeit durch
das schnelle Vergleichen
von Dateninhalten
S Gut lesbare Datensätze
durch mögliche anwenderĆ
spezifische Erläuterungen
S Schneller Zugriff auf unterĆ
stützende Informationen
durch die systemintegrierte,
papierlose Dokumentation
SYSDOK 723
S
S
S
S
S
Einblendung und Sprünge
zu verwandten Themen
Blättern
schrittweises ZurückverfolĆ
gen des Informationspfades
elektronische Lesezeichen
elektronische Notizzettel
Suchen mit zweistufigem
Index
4/91
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
PositionierbaugruppenWF 721/WF 723 A/WF 723 B/WF 723 C (Fortsetzung)
Programmierung
(Forsetzung)
Standard Bedienoberfläache
Standard BĆGRACIS
Zur Bedienung und Diagnose
der Positionierbaugruppe
WF 721/723A stehen StanĆ
dardĆMasken für das BildĆ
schirmsystem WF 470 und
das Operator Panel OP 25 zur
Verfügung.
Mit der Bedienoberfläche
Standard BĆGRACIS können
die Bedienung und Diagnose
sowie die Datenverwaltung
und Datenversorgung der PoĆ
sitionierbaugruppen WF 721/
723A und WF 723 B realisiert
werden. Standard BĆGRACIS
ist sowohl unter GRACIS ULB
(unterer Leistungsbereich) als
auch unter GRACIS OLB
(oberer Leistungsbereich) abĆ
lauffähig.
Neben StandardĆMasken bieĆ
tet das Visualisierungssystem
GRACIS die Möglichkeit, die
Maschine an den jeweiligenĆ
Prozeß durch frei projektierĆ
bare Masken anzupassen.
Die einfache Bedienerführung
erfolgt über Menütechnik und
SoftkeyĆLeiste.
Die Kopplung zwischen
SIMATIC S5 und dem
Visualisierungsgerät erfolgt
mit den SoftwareĆPaketen
Standard BĆ470 bzw.
Standard BĆOP 25. Diese bieĆ
ten standardisierte Masken
und ermöglichen zusammen
mit der Menütechnik eine
komfortable Bedienung. Von
der Eingabe der MaschinenĆ
daten bei der Inbetriebnahme
Standard BĆGRACIS bietet:
Einfache Handhabung durch
bedienergeführte MenütechĆ
nik und Hinweise in der StaĆ
tuszeile
S ZeitĆ und Kostenersparnis
in Verbindung mit der
SIMATIC S5ĆCPU durch
Standard BĆGRACISĆLösung
auf Basis GRAPI (Gracis
Applikations Interface)
S Schnelle, kurze FehlerlokaliĆ
sierung und Inbetriebnahme
durch eindeutige SchnittstelĆ
len und Meldungen im KlarĆ
text
S Bedienerfreundliche BedieĆ
nung durch einmalige ZuĆ
ordnung der Einheit in der
Projektierungsphase
S Einfaches Ändern/Editieren
von Datensätzen durch
Plausibilitätskontrollen
S Standardbilder, die sich um
spezielle Anlagenbilder erĆ
weitern lassen
S
über die Programmierung der
Verfahrbewegung bis zur FehĆ
lerdiagnose wird der AnwenĆ
der mit Masken geführt.
Außerdem besteht die MögĆ
lichkeit, die Maschine an den
jeweiligen Prozeß durch frei
projektierbare Masken anzuĆ
passen.
Bei Standard BĆGRACIS OLB
stehen für die Verwaltung,
Versorgung und Projektierung
eigene Menüzweige zur VerfüĆ
gung. Dadurch kann man
komfortabel Datensätze koĆ
pieren und verliert bei komĆ
plexen Anlagen nie den ÜberĆ
blick.
Standard BĆGRACIS OLB bieĆ
tet zusätzlich:
S Hohe Verfügbarkeit im Falle
eines Baugruppendefekts
durch zentrale DatenarchiĆ
vierung
S Kurze Projektierungszeiten
durch das Duplizieren der
Anlagendateien und das geĆ
meinsame Datenformat mit
COM 723
S Sowohl lokalen als auch verĆ
netzten Einsatz (PROFIBUS
oder Industrial Ethernet)
S Effektive Projektierung durch
offene Struktur mit ImportĆ
ExportĆFunktionen
S Gut lesbare Datensätze
durch mögliche anwenderĆ
spezifische Erläuterungen
Technische Daten
WF 721
WF 723 A
WF 723 B
WF 723 C
Meßsysteme
inkrementelle Geber
SSIĆAbsolutwertgeber
inkrementelle Geber
SSIĆAbsolutwertgeber
inkrementelle Geber
SSIĆAbsolutwertgeber
inkrementelle Geber
SSIĆAbsolutwertgeber
Anzahl Kanäle
1
3 unabhängige Achsen
3 Vorschubachsen oder
2 Vorschubachsen/
1 Spindel oder
3 Vorschubachsen/
1 externe Spindel
bis zu 3 unabhängig
kombinierbare Achsen
2 Walzenvorschub/
1 Achse
1 Walzenvorschub
2 Achsen
0,01
500 000
0,01
500 000
0,05
500 000
0,01
500 000
99 999
99 999
1
99 999
1
99 999
1
999 999
1
999 999
Ċ
Ċ
1 (in Vorbereitung)
999 999 (in Vorbereitung)
± Ă999.999 999
Ċ
± Ă999.999 999
Ċ
±Ă 999.999 999
12 000
± Ă999.999 999
Ċ
Verfahrgeschwindigkeit
S von mm/min
S bis mm/min
Beschleunigung
S von mm/s2
S bis mm/s2
Ruckbegrenzung
S von mm/s2
S bis mm/s2
Verfahrbereich in m
max. Spindeldrehzahl (1/min)
4/92
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
PositionierbaugruppenWF 721/WF 723 A/WF 723 B/WF 723 C (Fortsetzung)
Technische Daten (Fortsetzung)
WF 721
Kenngrößen
S 1 Referenzpunkt je Achse
S 2 SoftwareĆEndschalter
S Rundachse rangierbar
S UmkehrloseĆKompensation
S TEACH IN
S Istwertbewertungsfaktor zur
Anpassung von GetriebeübersetĆ
zungen
S 6 Nullpunktverschiebungen
S LinearĆ/Zirkularinterpolation
S SchraubenlinienĆ/FĆWortĆ
Interpolation
S StandardĆBohrzyklen/
Parameter
S orientierter Spindelhalt
S Gleichlauf von 3 Achsen
S Verfahrprogramme DIN 66025
Walzenvorschub
Technologische Korrekturen
S Vorschub/Beschleunigung
(Override)
S Driftkompensation
S Werkzeugkorrektur
Eingänge für Prozeßsignale
S fliegendes Messen/Istwertsetzen
S Start UND/ODER verknüpft
S externer Satzwechsel
S Referenzpunktverfahren ohne
BERO/Ćsetzen
S Istwert sperren/
Einlesefreigabe extern
Ausgänge für Prozeßsignale
S Änderung von MĆFunktionen
S Position erreicht und Halt
S Achse fährt vorwärts/rückwärts
S Startfreigabe
S Konstantfahrt/Beschleunigen,
Verzögern
Schaltfunktionen (MĆFunktionen,
BCDĆAusgabe +Ă2 Dekaden)
S quittungsĆ/zeitgesteuert
S wegabhängig
Überwachungen
S Systemprogrammspeicher
S Busnahtstelle
S EinĆ/Ausgabe der Daten
S Schleppabstand
S Spannungswerte 5 V, 15 V, 24 V
S Meßkreis
S Gleichlauftoleranz
Versorgungsspannungen
S Baugruppe (von SIMATIC S5ĆBus)
Spannung/Stromaufnahme
S Geber
Spannung intern/extern
Stromaufnahme bei
DC 5 V/ DC 24 V je Geber
S Eingänge (pro Kanal)
Spannung/Stromaufnahme
S Ausgänge (pro Kanal)
Spannung/Strom max.
SignalspannungsĆSollwert
S Spannung/Strom bei ±Ă10 V
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
WF 723 A
WF 723 B
WF 723 C
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Ċ
Ċ/Ċ
x
Ċ
Ċ/Ċ
x
x
3D/2D
x
x
2D/Ċ
Ċ/Ċ
Ċ/Ċ
x/x
Ċ/Ċ
Ċ/Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
x
Ċ/Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
x
x/x
x
Ċ
x
Ċ/Ċ
Ċ
x
x
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
x1)
x/x
x/x
x/Ċ
x/x
x
Länge, Verschleiß
x
Länge, Verschleiß
x
Länge, Radius, Verschleiß
x
Länge, Verschleiß
x/x
x
x
x/x
x
x
x/Ċ
x
Ċ
x/x
x
x
x/x
x/x
x/Ċ
x/x
Ċ/Ċ
Ċ/Ċ
Ċ/Ċ
x/x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Ċ/Ċ
Ċ/Ċ
Ċ/Ċ
x/x
x/x
x
x/x
x
x/x
Ċ
x/x
Ċ
x
x
x
x
x
x
Ċ
x
x
x
x
x
x
Ċ
x
x
x
x
x
x
Ċ
x
x
x
x
x
x
Ċ
DC 5 V/ 1,0 A
DC 5 V/ 1,3 A
DC 5 V/ 1,4 A
DC 5 V/ 1,4 A
DC 5 V/DC 24 V
0,3 A
DC 5 V/DC 24 V
0,3 A
DC 5 V/DC 24 V
0,3 A
DC 5 V/DC 24 V
0,3 A
DC 24 V/5 mA
DC 24 V/5 mA
DC 24 V/5 mA
DC 24 V/5 mA
DC 24 V/500 mA
DC 24 V/500 mA
DC 24 V/500 mA
DC 24 V/500 mA
±Ă10 V/2 mA
±Ă10 V/2 mA
±Ă10 V/2 mA
±Ă10 V/2 mA
4/93
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Signalvorverarbeitende Baugruppen
PositionierbaugruppenWF 721/WF 723 A/WF 723 B/WF 723 C (Fortsetzung)
Technische Daten (Fortsetzung)
WF 721
EinĆ und Ausgänge
S parametrierbare AusĆ/Eingänge
S Reglerfreigabe/Reglerrückmeldung
SIMATIC S5Ć115U, Ć135U, Ć155U
S Platzbedarf
S belegter Adreßraum
S Anzahl Baugruppen, max.
S Betrieb ohne Lüfter
Gewicht
etwa
WF 723 A
WF 723 B
WF 723 C
6/6
1/1
6/6
3/3
6/6
3/3
6/6
3/3
1 x 11/3 SEP
32 Byte
28
möglich
0,6 kg
1 x 11/3 SEP
32 Byte
28
möglich
0,7 kg
1 x 11/3 SEP
32 Byte
28
möglich
0,7 kg
1 x 11/3 SEP
32 Byte
28
möglich
0,7 kg
1) Funktionen Walzenvorschub: Konstantfahrt, Ruck am Beschleunigungsanfang, Beschleunigungsknickpunkte, Istwertnullen bei Start
oder externer Einlesefreigabe, Überspeichern des Geschwindigkeitswertes, Druckmarkensteuerung
Bestelldaten
BestellĆNr.
Positionierbaugruppe WF 721
6FM1 721-3AA20
Positionierbaugruppe WFĂ723ĂA
6FM1 723-3AA10
Firmware-Hochrüstsatz WF 721
6FM1 721-4AA00
Firmware-Hochrüstsatz
WF 723 A
6FM1 723-4AA00
Positionierbaugruppe WF 723 B
6FM1 723-3BA00
Firmware-Hochrüstsatz
WF 723 B
6FM1 723-4BA00
Positionierbaugruppe WF 723 C
6FM1 723-3CA00
Wegmeßgeber, inkrementell
S für Anbau
1000 Pulse/Umdrehung
2000 Pulse/Umdrehung
2500 Pulse/Umdrehung
weitere
S für Einbau in Motoren
der Baureihe 1FT
6FX2 001-2CB00
6FX2 001-2CC00
6FX2 001-2CC50
siehe Katalog ST 71
siehe Katalog SD 114
BestellĆNr.
Preis
Preis
Dokumentation
Kurzbeschreibung WF 721/
WF 723A deutsch
6ZB5 440-0PW01-0BA5
Handbuch WF 721/
723A komplett
S deutsch
S englisch
6ZB5 440-0VK01-0BA2
6ZB5 440-0VK02-0BA2
SYSDOK 723A
S deutsch
S englisch
6ZB5 440-0RS01-2AA6
6ZB5 440-0RS02-2AA5
Kurzbeschreibung WF 723B
deutsch
Beschreibung WF 723B deutsch
Handbuch WF 723B komplett
S deutsch
S englisch
6ZB5 440-0SB01-0BA1
6ZB5 440-0SC01-0BA1
6ZB5 440-0VM01-0BA1
6ZB5 440-0VM02-0BA1
6FM1 700-7UA31-1AA0
SYSDOK 723B
S deutsch
S englisch
6ZB5 440-0SJ01-2AA2
6ZB5 440-0SJ02-2AA2
Standard B-470
STEP 5ĆBausteine für SIMATIC S5
und Bildmasken für WF 470
Kopplung Standard A mit WF 470
Software für Datenverkehr
6FM1 723-8AA31-1AA0
Kurzbeschreibung WF 723C
S deutsch
S englisch
6ZB5 440-0VS01-0BA0
6ZB5 440-0VS02-0BA0
Beschreibung WF 721/WF 723
S deutsch
S englisch
6ZB5 440-0VP01-0BA2
6ZB5 440-0VP02-0BA2
Standard-B-GRACIS ULB
Bildmasken und Textlisten
für GRACIS ULB
Kopplung Standard A mit
GRACIS GrundĆSoftware
6FM1 723-8UD31-1MA0
Handbuch WF 723C komplett
S deutsch
S englisch
6ZB5 440-0VY01-0BA1
6ZB5 440-0VY02-0BA1
SYSDOK 723C deutsch
6ZB5 440-0WA01-2AA2
Standard B-GRACIS OLB
Applikationen und Bildmasken
für GRACIS OLB
Kopplung Standard A mit
GRACIS GrundĆSoftware
6FM1 723-8UC31-1AA0
Standard-B-OP 25
STEP 5ĆBausteine für SIMATIC S5
und Bildmasken für OP 25
Kopplung Standard A
6FM1 025-8AA30-1MA0
Standard A
Kopplung SIMATIC S5 mit
WFĆTechnologiebaugruppen
Software-Pakete
für Programmiergeräte PG 710+/
720/730/740/750/760/770 oder IBMĆ
kompatiblen StandardĆPC (DisĆ
kette 3,5 " MSĆDOS)
Software COM 723
einschließlich SYSDOK 723 und
Beschreibung COM 723
PC-Steuern
4/94
6FM1 723-6UA31-1AA0
Steckleitung 790
zwischen
S WF 721 und Stromrichter
Standardlängen
2m
5m
10 m
Sonderlängen, max. 30 m1)
S WF 723 und Stromrichter
Standardlängen
2m
5m
10 m
Sonderlängen, max. 30 m1)
zwischen WFĆBaugruppe und
S Heidenhain ROD 320
S SiemensĆWegmeßgeber 6FC9 320
S SSIĆWegmeßgeber,
1 Leitungsende offen
1)
6FM1 790-2BA00
6FM1 790-2BB01
6FM1 790-2BC00
6FM1 790-2BZ00
6FM1 790-2CA00
6FM1 790-2CB00
6FM1 790-2CC00
6FM1 790-2CD00
siehe WF 706C
siehe WF 706C
siehe WF 706C
Länge in Klartext angeben.
6FM1 723-6UB30-1MA0
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Special modules
Overview
Overview
Special functions
Memory
CP 516 memory submodule
Page
4/95
PC functions
CP 581, the integral PC
in the SIMATIC
Page
4/96
CP 581 with COROS LSĆB
4/100
Videomat IV
4/107
Supplementary devices
Simulation
Page
Simulation modules
4/104
313 monitoring module
4/105
CP 516 memory submodule
The CP 516 memory submoĆ
dule is used for storing large
amounts of data which are not
constantly required in the user
memory of the CPU, e.g.
Application
recipes and message texts.
The module can also be used
as a backup medium for proĆ
duction data acquisition.
Design
Two memory cards can be inĆ
serted in the CP 516 memory
submodule. Memory cards
with flash EPROM are useful
for storing data for reading
only. For greater data protecĆ
tion when using RAM memory
cards, a lithium battery can
be fitted in the CP 516
memory submodule, to enĆ
sure that the data is retained
when the CP 516 is not
plugged in.
The module has a special
connection for data interĆ
change with a programming
device.
Principle of operation
Data storage is controlled by
the CPU using a standard
function block. The data
handling blocks for commuĆ
nications are already inserted
in the operating system of the
central controller (CPU).
5W
Technical specifications
Number of memory locations
2
Power loss
Memory capacity
max.
8 Mbyte
Space requirements
1 slot
Current consumption
(at 5 V)
max.
0.8 A
Weight
0.6 kg (1.32 lb)
Ordering data
6ES5 516-3UA11
Standard function blocks
including CP 516 manual
see Section 7
Order No.
Order No.
CP 516 memory submodule
max.
To be ordered as a separate item:
CP 516 manual
German
English
French
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
6ES5 998-1EB11
6ES5 998-1EB21
6ES5 998-1EB31
Memory card
RAM, 256 Kbytes
RAM, 512 Kbytes
RAM, 1 Mbytes
Flash EPROM, 256 Kbytes
Flash EPROM, 1 Mbytes
Flash EPROM, 2 Mbytes
Flash EPROM, 4 Mbytes
6ES5 374-2AH21
6ES5 374-2AJ21
6ES5 374-2AK21
6ES5 374-2FH21
6ES5 374-2FK21
6ES5 374-2FL21
6ES5 374-2FM21
Lithium backup battery for CP 516
6ES5 980-0AE11
4/95
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Special modules
CP 581; the integral PC in the SIMATIC
The CP 581 is an ATĆcompatiĆ
ble PC for use in the S5Ć115U,
S5Ć135U and S5Ć155U/H proĆ
grammable controllers. When
linked to the CPU of the proĆ
grammable controller it offers
additional computing power
for solving complex automaĆ
tion tasks.
Application
The CP 581 is used for acĆ
quisition, processing and
storage
Design
The CP 581 has a modular
design. It consists of a basic
board and optionally a mass
storage module and up to 2
slot modules.
CP 581 basis board
The basic board contains the
following:
S 80486 DX4 microprocessor
(100 MHz)
S VGA graphics interface
(can be disabled)
S User memory, modular with
4 to 32 Mbyte
S Receptacle for a memory
card with 1 Mbyte,
2 Mbyte, 4 Mbyte, 8 Mbyte
or 16 Mbyte capacity
S Optional 4 Mbyte onboard
silicon disk can be acĆ
cessed as drive and impleĆ
mented with flash EPROMS
S 1 V.24/TTY interface
(COM 1) for printer
S 1 V.24/RS 485 interface
(COM 2) for mouse
S 1 free V.24/RS 485 interface
(COM 3)
S 1 VIDEO interface for multiĆ
frequency monitor (3 Coax
midi sockets) for distances
up to 250 m (820 ft)
S 1 interface for standard keyĆ
board, for distances up to
250 m (820 ft) with remote
terminal interface (RTI)
4/96
Operator controls and indicaĆ
tors on the front panel:
S " RUN " Ć " STOP " switch:
The tasks executed for the
different switch settings can
be specified in the user proĆ
gram (e.g. application start
in the case of " RUN " ).
S " RESET " pushbutton
S LEDs:
" RUN " (green) for operation
" STOP " (red) for interrupts
S LEDs:
" Fault " (red) for module
faults,
" SD " (green) for indicating
memory card access
Mass storage module
Every basic board can be exĆ
panded by a mass storageĆ
module.
A mass storage module conĆ
sists of the following:
S Hard disk drive with at least
800 Mbyte capacity
S 31/2 " diskette drive
S 1 Centronics interface for
e.g. dongle, printer
S 1 free V.24/TTY interface
(COM 4)
Operator controls and indicaĆ
tors on the front panel:
S " HD " LED (green) indicates
access to the hard disk
of large quantities of data.
The CP 581 also allows you to
incorporate especially simple
PC applications under
MSĆDOS into automation apĆ
plications.
Since there is no rotating
memory on the basic board,
the CP 581 can also be used
reliably in applications where
the shock level is high.
Slot module
A basic board can be exĆ
panded by up to 2 slot modĆ
ules.
A short AT module can be
plugged into a slot module.
The short AT module for the
CP 581 can be up to 10 mm
wide, 120 mm high and 165
mm deep.
The CP 581 receives its
power supply and battery
backup from the programĆ
mable controller.
The CP 581 integral personal
computer requires 1 to 4 slots
depending on configuration.
CP 581 system software
The CP 581 system software
contains communications
software for data exchange
with the CPU of the programĆ
mable controller (see Fig.
4/44) and the CP_Link softĆ
ware.
CP_Link enables startĆup of
the basic board without mass
memory module using a proĆ
gramming device or PC via
the interface (COM 1) of the
CP 581. Using CP_Link, the
operating system and the
user program can be loaded
into the basic board without
mass storage module.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Special modules
CP 581, the integral PC in the SIMATIC (continued)
Operating system
Communication with the CPU
of the programmable conĆ
troller is supported by the
sysĆtem software of the CP
581 under the MSĆDOS operĆ
ating system.
Principle of operation
While the CPU of the proĆ
grammable controller concenĆ
trates on the pure control
tasks, the CP 581 integral
personal computer handles
acquisition, processing and
storage of large data quantiĆ
ties. MSĆDOS standard user
programs can be used for
these tasks.
The CPU of the programĆ
mable controller communiĆ
cates with the CP 581 via the
S5 backplane bus. This enĆ
sures effective data exĆ
change. Standard data hanĆ
dling blocks must be loaded
into the program memory of
the programmable controller's
CPU for data exchange purĆ
poses. Addressing of the
CP 581 is either linear or via
pages (8 Kbyte dualĆport
RAM).
The German version of the
MSĆDOS V 6.22 operating
system is included in the
scope of delivery of the basic
board.
Language upgrades for EngĆ
lish and French are to be orĆ
dered separately.
CP 581
Applications
MSDOS
Backplane bus S5Ć135U/155U
Design (continued)
Hard
disk
S5 driver
CPU
S5
user
programs
S5 data
Data handling
blocks
The CP 581 can also be used
as a standard PC.
Fig. 4/44 Data exchange between CP 581 and CPU
Functions
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Process data acquisition
This function can be used to
capture data from different
S5 data areas, such as data
blocks and bit memories, in
the CP 581. This data can be
read globally or selectively
from the data area within a
defined timebase and colĆ
lected in one or more files in
the CP 581. The CP 581 can
record the collected and conĆ
verted process data and then
manage and process this
data with a suitable MSĆDOS
user program (e.g. dBASE),
and all independently of the
programmable controller.
S5 drive emulation
Thanks to the S5 drive emuĆ
lation, S5 data can easily be
incorporated into CP 581 proĆ
grams.
S S5 data blocks can be conĆ
verted automatically in order
to incorporate them e.g. into
standard programs such as
Excel or Lotus 1Ć2Ć3 without
any intermediate steps.
S S5 data blocks can be acĆ
cessed via almost all
MSĆDOS commands.
After starting the drive emuĆ
lation (S5 Remote), the
CP 581 provides a new
(virtual) drive. This is a logical
and not a physical drive.
There are 4 catalogs on this
drive, one each for the CPUs
1 to 4. The CP 581 stores the
data blocks of the CPUs in
the catalogs in the form of
MSĆDOS files. It is operated
onĆline with data of the
S5ĆCPU.
4/97
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Special modules
CP 581, the integral PC in the SIMATIC (continued)
Functions (continued)
Mass storage functions
If there is insufficient memory
space available on the CPU of
the programmable controller,
it is possible to use these
functions to store data in the
CP 581 and to fetch it back to
the CPU as required Ć selecĆ
tively, if desired.
mands on the CP 581 from the
CPU. If the CP 581 is operĆ
ated without keyboard andĆ
monitor (e.g. mass memory
functions), the command inĆ
terpreter can be used, if necĆ
essary, to copy data on the
CP 581 or to execute other
necessary MSĆDOS functions.
These include, e.g., data exĆ
change with higherĆlevel comĆ
puters or operator inputs for a
CPU.
The mass storage functions
also offer the facility of deletĆ
ing an entire CP 581 catalog
(without subcatalog) from the
CPU.
Programming
Programming is used to solve
all those tasks resulting from
communication between the
CPU and the CP 581 which
cannot be handled by the
system programs supplied.
Direct network connection is
possible via a slot module.
Command interpreter
This function is used to
execute any MSĆDOS comĆ
Additional functions
Interrupts are possible from
the CP 581 integral PC to the
CPU of the programmable
controller and vice versa.
The booting sequence can be
selected freely by the user.
Technical specifications
Basic board
Microprocessor
80486DX4
Clock frequency
100 MHz
Coprocessor
Integrated
Onboard silicon disk
(optional)
4 Mbyte
User memory
Without;
can be equipped modularly
up to 32 Mbyte
+ 5 _C to + 55 _C
Ć 20 _C to + 60 _C
8 to 80 % at 25 _C,
no condensation
5 V DC, " 5 %
24 V DC, + 25 %/- 15 %
Supply voltage
typ.
typ.
approx.
1.8 A
0.1 A
12 W
DualĆport RAM
8 Kbyte
Space requirements
1 slot
Weight
0.5 kg (1.1 lb)
Current consumption
S At + 5 V
S At + 24 V
Space requirements
typ.
typ.
Hard disk drive
(memory capacity)
3ā 1/2 "
min.
Shock
(measured on hard disk drive)
S Form
max.
S Duration
max.
S Operating
max.
S Transport
max.
4/98
800 Mbyte
1/
2
sine
11 ms
50 m/s2
500 m/s2
+ 5 _C to + 55 _C
- 20 _C to + 60 _C
8 to 80 % at 25 _C,
no condensation
0.5 A
0.1 A
1 slot, beside the basic board
0.9 kg (2 lb)
Weight
Slot module
Ambient temperature
S Operating
S Transport/storage
Relative humidity
+ 5 _C to + 55 _C
- 20 _C to + 60 _C
8 to 80 % at 25 _C,
no condensation
5 V DC, " 5
4 V DC, + 25 %/-15 %
Supply voltage
Mass storage module
Diskette drive
5 m/s2
20 m/s2
5 V DC, " 5 %
24 V DC, + 25 %/- 15 %
Supply voltage
Ambient temperature
S Operating
S Transport/storage
S Relative humidity
Current consumption
S At + 5 V
S At + 24 V
Power loss
Vibration
(measured on hard disk drive)
S Operating
max.
S Transport
max.
Ambient temperature
S Operating
S Transport/storage
Relative humidity
Current consumption
S At + 5 V
S At + 24 V
Space requirements
Weight
typ.
typ.
0.8 A (without AT module)
Ċ
1 slot beside the basic board,
mass storage module or slot
module
0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Special modules
CP 581, the integral PC in the SIMATIC (continued)
Ordering data
CP 581 basic board
for S5Ć115U/H, S5Ć135U and
S5Ć155U/H
80Ă486 DX4 microprocessor
100 MHz, without user memory,
incl. MSĆDOS V 6.22 German
6ES5 581-0ED13
Order No.
Order No.
Memory expansion
S For internal RAM
4 Mbyte
8 Mbyte
16 Mbyte
32 Mbyte
S For Silicon disc (OSD)
Flash EPROM
4 Mbyte
Y adapter
S For converting COM 1/COM 3
to standard connectors
S For keyboard/COM 2
6ES5 714-2AV01
6ES7 478-1BM10-0AA0
6ES5 714-2AS01
6ES5 714-2AT01
6ES5 751-3AA12
RTI connecting cable
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
25 m (82 ft)
32 m (104 ft)
40 m (131.2 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
63 m (206.6 ft)
80 m (262.4 ft)
100 m (328 ft)
200 m (656 ft)
6ES5 714-3CB00
6ES5 714-3CC00
6ES5 714-3CC50
6ES5 714-3CD20
6ES5 714-3CE00
6ES5 714-3CF00
6ES5 714-3CG30
6ES5 714-3C J00
6ES5 714-3DB00
6ES5 714-3DC00
PG keyboard
6ES9 501-3CA00–0AX0
Connecting cables for
monitors
(3 cables are required per monitor)
3.2 m (10.4 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
6ES5 736-2BD20
6ES5 736-2BF00
6ES5 736-2CB00
Mass storage module
6ES5 581-3LA11
Slot module
6ES7 478-1AM00-0AA0
6ES7 478-1AN00-0AA0
6ES7 478-1AP00-0AA0
6ES7 478-1AQ00-0AA0
Extension for keyboard/mouse
RTI (remote terminal interface)
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
RGB/VGA adapter
for connecting multiĆfrequency
monitors with standard VGA
connector (monitor must be able
to filter the sync signals from the
green channel)
6ES5 581-0RA12
CP 581 system software
(31/2 " diskette)
German, English, French
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 835-8MD01
6ES5 835-8MD01-0KL1
Operating system
MS-DOS V 6.22 - Upgrade
English
French
6ES5 895-0BS22
6ES5 895-0BS32
To be ordered as a separate item:
CP 581 manual
German
English
French
6ES5 998-2AT11
6ES5 998-2AT21
6ES5 998-2AT31
CP 581 DDE server
German
Single license
Copy license
English
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 835-6DD11
6ES5 835-6DD11-0KL1
6ES5 835-6DD21
6ES5 835-6DD21-0KL1
4/99
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Special modules
Simulation modules
The simulation modules simuĆ
late input and output signals
and thereby enable control of
input and output modules.
Application
Design
788-7LA simulation module
For 16 binary input signals
and 16 binary output signals.
The module is for use with the
482 digital input/output modĆ
ule.
The module contains the folĆ
lowing:
S 16 switches for the input of
binary signals; can be used
as latching pushbutton (to
the left) or as momentaryĆ
contact pushbutton (to the
right)
S 16 LEDs for indicating
binary output signals
S 2 sockets for feeding in the
signal voltages
S 1 connection for the 768Ć7LA
cable (0.3 m (1 ft); to be orĆ
dered separately) to the 482
digital input/output module
Ordering data
6ES5 788-7LA11
788-7LB simulation module
for analog signals
6ES5 788-7LB11
788-7LC simulation module
for digital values
6ES5 788-7LC11
4/104
788-7LC simulation module
For input and indication of
digital values (e.g. timer or
counter values). The module
is for use with the 482 digital
input/output module. It conĆ
tains the following:
S 1 4Ćdigit key code switch for
specifying digital values
S 1 4Ćdigit numerical display
for indicating digital values
S 1 connection for the 768Ć7LA
cable (0.3 m (1 ft); to be orĆ
dered separately) to the 482
digital input/output module
The simulation modules can
be used in the central controlĆ
ler ZG 135U/155U, ZG 135U
and in the expansion unit
EG 185U.
The modules each require
2 slots.
Order No.
Order No.
788-7LA simulation module
for binary signals
788-7LB simulation module
For 1 analog input signal and
1 analog output signal. The
module is for use with the 460
analog input module and the
470Ć7LB analog output modĆ
ule. The module contains the
following:
S 1 rotary switch for selecting
the input range
S 1 tenĆturn potentiometer for
setting the input value (scale
0 to 100 %)
S 1 measuring instrument for
indicating the input value
(scale 0 to 100 %)
S 1 rotary switch for selecting
the output range
S 1 measuring instrument for
indicating the output value
(scale 0 to 100 %)
S 1 connection for the 768Ć7LB
cable (0.3 m (1 ft); to be orĆ
dered separately) to the 460
analog input module and to
the 470Ć7LB analog output
module
To be ordered as a separate item:
Manual
German
English
Connecting cables
for simulation modules
in S5Ć135U/155U
6ES5 998-0EA11
6ES5 998-0EA21
on request
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Picture evaluation systems
Picture evaluation systems
Introduction
The optical inspection and
recognition of products in
manufacturing is becoming an
important topic as quality deĆ
mands and production rates
increase. The arguments in its
favor are obvious:
S reduction of waste
S supply of tested products
These demands can be
derived from the rules of DIN
ISO 9000 or from the product
liability laws.
Monotonous human visual inĆ
spection or identification is
too expensive and inhumane.
Moreover continuously inĆ
creasing production rates are
increasingly making use of
personnel for inspection imĆ
possible.
Use of a picture evaluation
system is an obvious choice:
S Automatic visual inspection
in quality assurance; the
machine tests objectively,
fast and reliably dimensions,
contours, forms and presĆ
ence, correct assembly,
positioning and completeĆ
ness of parts, which can be
microscopic (e.g. chip
structures)
S Automatic part identification;
parts can be assigned to
predefined categories by
shape, dimension, pattern,
color, codes and symbols.
Picture evaluation systems
can be used especially ecoĆ
nomically if certain conditions
are fulfilled:
S Features of the product can
be described uniquely by
shape, dimension and patĆ
tern
S Delimitable number of these
features
S Delimitable inspection locaĆ
tion
S Sufficiently large image of
the product to be tested
S High contrast between prodĆ
uct and background
The main application for
SIMATIC VIDEOMAT is in
S assembly technology in the
automotive industry and auĆ
tomotive suppliers, the elecĆ
trical industry, the plastics
industry
and in
S packaging technology in the
pharmaceutical, cosmetic,
foodstuffs and beverage inĆ
dustries.
Features
SIMATIC VIDEOMAT has the
following special features:
S Up to six cameras can be
connected
S Fast moving objects can be
captured from different viewĆ
points
S Picture preprocessing in
realĆtime
S Recorded picture data is acĆ
cessed while the picture is
still being acquired
S Processing rates of up to 30
items per second
S Remote diagnostics and
service is possible via moĆ
dem and telephone lines
S Perfect optimization of the
production process due to
knowledge from online logĆ
ging
S Wide range of applications
by configuration of the most
varied inspection tasks
S Low configuration effort due
to easy operation and tried
and tested function blocks
S Space saving integration
into SIMATIC automation
systems
SIMATIC VIDEOMAT picture evaluation system
Application
The module allows:
S
SIMATIC VIDEOMAT is a comĆ
plete picture evaluation sysĆ
tem for implementation in the
S5Ć115U, S5Ć135U/155U or
S5Ć155H programmable conĆ
trollers. With SIMATIC VIDEOĆ
MAT, pictures from both
monochrome and color camĆ
eras can be evaluated. The
automation of visual inspecĆ
tion using picture evaluation
systems results in uniform
product quality and is thereĆ
fore both reliable and ecoĆ
nomical.
4/106
S
S
S
S
Contactless visual inspecĆ
tion for quality assurance
(dimensions, contours,
shape, existence, assembly,
location, quantity)
Monitoring of highĆspeed
processes
Inspection of products with
high throughput
Identification of components
on the basis of shape, diĆ
mensions, pattern, color,
codes or characters
Assignment of components
to classes and categories
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Picture evaluation systems
SIMATIC VIDEOMAT picture evaluation system (continued)
Design
The module contains:
4 Mbyte picture memory,
resolution 1024 x 1024 x 8
bit, freely configurable forĆ
mat
S 1024 x 1024 bit overlay and
marking or mass storage
S 4 Mbyte program and data
memory
S 360 Mbyte hard disk for arĆ
chiving programs, data and
pictures
S SVGA graphical resolution
1024 x 768, display of
graphics and video is posĆ
sible using windowing techĆ
niques
S
Interfaces:
S SVGA video output with siĆ
multaneous display of picĆ
ture and graphic
S PCMCIA interface for
connecting a modem for
digital picture and data
transmission via the teleĆ
phone lines
S 1 serial (RS232 or TTY) interĆ
face and 1 centronics interĆ
face
S Keyboard interface, mouse
interface
S 8 x 24 V digital inputs
S 8 x 24 V digital outputs
Principle of operation
SIMATIC VIDEOMAT is a tarĆ
get system and programming
system in one. The request for
evaluation and output of the
results takes place automatiĆ
cally via communication with
the SIMATIC CPU.
CCD
cameras
Monitor
Lighting
Process
interfacing
Digital I/O
S5 bus
serial RS 232
Test
object
Printer interface
PCMCIA
modem
Keyboard
SIMATIC VIDEOMAT
Fig. 4/45 Videomat IV picture evaluation system
Software:
MSĆDOS 6.2 operating sysĆ
tem
S System software for interacĆ
tive generation of applicaĆ
tions from monochrome picĆ
tures including
parameterizable sequencing
control and an interface to
the process
S
S
Driver for communication via
standard data handling
blocks
The module requires two
slots.
Test programs, data and also
camera pictures can be arĆ
chived onĆboard.
In order to program the sysĆ
tem, simply connect a moniĆ
tor and keyboard. On the
monitor, up to three pictures,
data and graphics can be disĆ
played in windows.
Due to userĆfriendly operator
prompting, the picture evaluaĆ
tion system SIMATIC VIDEOĆ
MAT is easily adapted to the
specific task, and no proĆ
gramming knowledge is necĆ
essary.
Technical specifications
Picture processor
80486 DX4, 133 MHz
Monitor connection
1 SVGA
Picture memory
8 Mbyte
Keyboard connection
1
Format
From 256 x 256 x 8 bit
to 1024 x 1024 x 8 bit,
freely configurable
Mouse connection
1
24 V digital inputs
8
24 V digital outputs
8
Current consumption
4 A at 5 V
Space requirements
2 slots
Operating system
MSĆDOS 6.2
Interfaces
RGB video output
PCMCIA interface for
connecting a modem
1 serial (RS232 or TTY)
1 centronics interface
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/107
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Picture evaluation systems
SIMATIC VIDEOMAT picture evaluation system (continued)
Ordering data
SIMATIC VIDEOMAT for monochrome picture evaluation
for monochrome cameras, 50 Hz
or 60 Hz picture frequency, simulĆ
taneous storage of up to 3 camera
pictures, system software,
runtime license, several lanĆ
guages
S 6 camera ports
S 6 camera ports,
with hardware realĆtime picture
processing
SIMATIC VIDEOMAT for color
picture evaluation
for RGB, FBAS, SVHS,
YĆC color cameras, 50 Hz or
60 Hz picture frequency, HSI
hardware or YUV color coding,
system software, runĆtime license
S 2 camera ports
SIMATIC VIDEOMAT manual
German
English
Order No.
Order No.
CCD camera with C mount
756 x 581 square pixels,
625 lines, 50 halfĆpictures / s,
exposure time adjustable from
1/10,000 to 1/50 s, with restart
and reset,
voltage rating 12 V DC, 210 mA
6GF2 005-0BC01
6GF2 005-0BE01
6GF9 002-1AA
Single-chip-RGB color camera
756 x 581 square pixels,
625 lines, 50 halfĆpictures / s,
exposure time adjustable from
1/10,000 to 1/50 s,
voltage rating 12 V DC, 500 mA
6GF9 002-1BA
Lenses for above cameras
depending on the application
on request
Lighting equipment
depending on the application
on request
6GF2 005-0CC01
14” color monitor
max. resolution
1024 x 768 pixels
6GF6 130-1MA
6GF7 002-1CA01
6GF7 002-1CA02
Keyboard
C7951-Z727-K3
Mouse
6ES7 790-0AA00-0XA0
Connecting cables for
VIDEOMAT
S Adapter cable for connecting
monochrome cameras
S Connecting cable for one
RGB color camera,
Length ă10 m (32.8 ft)
Length 20 m (approx. 66 ft)
4/108
6GF9 002-1AG
6GF9 002-1BD
6GF9 002-1BE
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
Communications processors and bus systems
Communications processors
are used for data interchange
between the S5Ć135U and
S5Ć155U/H programmable
controllers and the I/O staĆ
tions or other programmable
controllers connected to them.
Programmable controllers can
be linked in two ways:
second interface of the CPU.
The CP 523, CP 524, CP 544
and CP 544B communications
processors can also be used.
These primarily relieve the
CPU of the responsibility for
communications thus enĆabĆ
ling a large number of I/Os to
be connected.
Point-to-point connection
Bus interfacing
PointĆtoĆpoint connection is
used for connecting one I/O
station or programmable conĆ
troller to a single S5Ć135U or
S5Ć155U/H programmable
controller. The link can, for exĆ
ample, be made through the
Overview
Bus interfacing is used for inĆ
terlinking a number of nodes.
Possible nodes include:
S S5Ć135U and S5Ć155U/H
programmable controllers
S ThirdĆparty programmable
controllers
Communication
Personal computers
Minicomputers or workstaĆ
tions
S Field equipment
S Printers
S
S
There are four different
busses to choose from, deĆ
pending on the area to be
covered, the number of nodes
and the transmission rate:
S SINEC L1
S AS interface
S PROFIBUS
S Industrial Ethernet
A communications processor
is available for each of these
four bus systems.
Communication
PointĆtoĆpoint connection
via V.24, 20 mA, RS 422/485
Page
Bus interfacing
S CP 523 communications processor
PointĆtoĆpoint connection with fixed protocols;
One interface: V.24, 20 mA
S CP 524 communications processor
PointĆtoĆpoint connection with protocols loaded from
diskette;
Selection of protocols available for connection of thirdĆparty
systems;
One interface: V.24, 20 mA, RS 422/485
S CP 544 communications processor
PointĆtoĆpoint connection;
Selection of protocols available for connecting thirdĆparty
systems; two interfaces (interchangeable interface modules):
V.24, 20 mA, RS 422/485
S CP 544B communications processor
as CP 544, but with protocols loaded from diskette
(special driver)
4/110
S CP 530 communications
processor
SINEC L1
for small and mediumĆsized
communications applications
Transmission rate
9.6 kbit/s
4/118
S CP 2430 FMS/DP commuĆ
nications processor
AS interface
for digital sensors and actuaĆ
tors for the lowest field level
4/122
PROFIBUS
to PROFIBUS standard
DIN 19245, Part 1
Transmission rate
9.6 to 1500 kbit/s selectable
4/118
Industrial Ethernet
CSMA/CD (IEEE 802.3)
Transmission rate
10 Mbit/s
4/124
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/112
4/114
4/114
S CP 5431 FMS/DP commuĆ
nications processor
S CP 1430 TF/CP 1430 TCP/
CP 1473 MAP communicaĆ
tions processors
Page
4/109
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 523 communications processor
The CP 523 communications
processor is used for pointĆtoĆ
point connection to other proĆ
grammable controllers and
thirdĆparty equipment using
standard protocols.
Application
Design
The module contains the folloĆ
wing:
S Microprocessor (8 bit) and
interface chips (USART)
S RAM as user memory for
temporary storage of mesĆ
sages
S Receptacle for 375 memory
submodule (EPROM,
EEPROM with max.
32 Kbyte) for a maximum of
4095 messages
S Hardware clock
S Interface for connection of
devices with V.24 or 20 mA
currentĆloop signals (sub D
connector, 25Ćpin)
Operator controls and indicaĆ
tors on the front panel:
S 2 LEDs (green) for indicating
the interface status
Principle of operation
The CP 523 communications
processor can be used for the
following functions:
S Interfacing programmable
controllers and thirdĆparty
devices and
S Message printout
The CP 523 handles data
communication with the deĆ
vice connected to it comĆ
pletely autonomously, as well
as preprocessing and tempoĆ
rary storage of data. The
CP 523 occupies 8 byte in the
analog I/O area.
4/110
Devices with serial interfaces
can be connected, e.g.:
S Printers
S Terminals
S Keyboards
S Barcode readers
S Programming devices and
AT compatible PCs (e.g. in
connection with the PROĆ
DAVE DOS 64R driver softĆ
ware)
S Programmable controllers
via CPU 943, CPU 944,
CPU 928B or the CP 521,
CP 523, CP 544 communicaĆ
tions processors (CP 524
and CP 525Ć2 only in conĆ
junction with special drivers)
All information between the
communications processor
and the CPU is exchanged
via this area.
Interfacing
With the CP 523, interfacing
to any desired unit with serial
interface, e.g. interfacing with
a personal computer for
operator control and process
monitoring, is possible.
Interface
The interface is suitable for
the transmission of
S 20 mA currentĆloop signals
(TTY) and
S V.24 signals.
The transmission rate of the
interface is 200 bit/s up to
9600 bit/s and is selectable in
fixed steps.
The module requires one slot.
Data transfer is possible eiĆ
ther with a 10Ćbit or 11Ćbit
character frame:
10Ćbit character frame either:
S 1 start bit, 7 data bit,
2 stop bit
S 1 start bit, 7 data bit,
1 parity bit, 1 stop bit
S 1 start bit, 8 data bit,
1 stop bit
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 523 communications processor (continued)
Principle of operation
(continued)
11Ćbit character frame either:
1 start bit, 7 data bit,
1 parity bit, 2 stop bit
S 1 start bit, 8 data bit,
1 parity bit, 1 stop bit
S 1 start bit, 8 data bit,
2 stop bit
S
In the communications mode,
two open listings and one
standardized listing are availĆ
able on the module:
S In the transparent commuĆ
nications mode, data transĆ
mission is without receiveĆ
side end identifier sequence
(message frames with fixed
lengths or evaluation of the
character delay time deterĆ
mine the end of the mesĆ
sage)
Programming
Programming of the module is
not necessary. Only the type
of interface (V.24, TTY), the
additional interface parameĆ
ters (transmission rate, handĆ
shake, ...) and the operating
Ordering data
6ES5 523-3UA11
In the interpretive mode,
data transmission comĆ
mences with receiveĆside
end identifier sequence andĆ
control character.
The characters
RUB OUT = 7Fh,
Backspace = 08h,
XON/XOFF (assign nothing
or 01 h to 7Eh),
1 or 2 end characters (seĆ
lectable from 01 h to FFh)
are evaluated
S In the 3964(R)ĆK commuĆ
nications mode, data transĆ
mission is via the 3964 or
3964R protocol
Message printout
With the CP 523 communicaĆ
tions processor it is possible
to output up to 4095 mesĆ
sages on a peripheral device
with serial interface (printer,
visual display unit, etc.). The
message texts are stored on
the module's memory subĆ
module. Each message can
have a maximum of three variĆ
ables.
Permissible variables include
the following: Date, time of
day, token characters for furĆ
ther message texts, printer
control parameters.
mode (event recorder, interĆ
facing) can be parameterized
with the user submodule or
via an initialization message
from the programmable conĆ
troller.
See page 4/115 for technical
specifications.
Order No.
Order No.
CP 523 communications
processor
S
375 memory submodule
EPROM ă8 Kbyte
EPROM 16 Kbyte
EPROM 32 Kbyte
EEPROM 8 Kbyt e
EEPROM16Kbyte
Program examples
for data link
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
6ES5 375-1LA15
6ES5 375-1LA21
6ES5 375-1LA41
6ES5 375-0LC31
6ES5 375-0LC41
Manual
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian
6ES5 998-0DD11
6ES5 998-0DD21
6ES5 998-0DD31
6ES5 998-0DD41
6ES5 998-0DD51
Connecting cables
see Page 4/116
6ES5 897-2UE11
4/111
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 524 communications processor
The CP 524 communications
processor is used for pointĆtoĆ
point connection to other proĆ
grammable controllers and
thirdĆparty equipment using
standard protocols. The
CP 524 has one interface.
Application
Design
The module contains the folloĆ
wing:
S Microprocessor (8 bit) and
interface chips
S RAM for variable data
S 2 dualĆport RAM
S Receptacle for 373 memory
submodule (EPROM) for up
to 128 Kbyte of user proĆ
gram (interprocessor comĆ
munication functions or
message texts)
S Receptacle for interface
module for connecting deĆ
vices with V.24/V.28, 20 mA
(TTY) or RS 422ĆA/RS 485
signals; software clock
Operator controls and indicaĆ
tors on the front panel:
S " RUN " Ć " STOP " switch
" RUN " for normal operation,
" STOP " for interrupting
normal operation
S 2 LEDs (red) for indicating
the interface status
Devices with a serial interface
can be connected, e.g.:
S Printers, e.g. DR 210,
DR 211, DR 230, DR 231,
PT 88 and PT 89 (with ECMA
character set)
S Programmable controllers,
through CPU 928B or comĆ
munications processors
CP 524, CP 525Ć2, CP 544,
CP 544B
S
S
S
S
S
S
Programmable controllers
via CPU 944 or communicaĆ
tions processors CP 523,
CP 521SI in conjunction with
special drivers
SICOMP M minicomputers
AS 215, AS 235K, AS 235
and AS 235H automation
systems of the TELEPERM
M process control system
(see Catalogs PLT 110 and
PLT 111)
Programming devices and
AT compatible PCs (e.g. in
connection with the PROĆ
DAVE DOS 64R driver softĆ
ware, see Section 7)
Other automation systems
ThirdĆparty computers
Each module requires one
slot.
Interfaces
Three different interface modĆ
ules are available for the interĆ
face of the CP 524 for transĆ
mitting:
S 20 mA currentĆloop signals
(TTY)
S V24/V.28 signals
S RS 422ĆA/RS 485 signals
The transmission rate of the
interface is
S 110 bit/s to 19,200 bit/s
(9600 bit/s with TTY) and is
S selectable in fixed steps usĆ
ing the programming deĆ
vice.
The V.24/V.28 module proĆ
vides a number of auxiliaryĆ
signals conforming to the
RS 232C or CCITT V.24 stanĆ
dard when using the relevant
special driver software
(see Section 7).
RS 422ĆA or RS 485 signals
(voltage difference) ensure a
higher degree of immunity to
noise from external sources
than V.24 or TTY signals. The
following links can be estabĆ
lished in accordance with the
EIA standard:
S PointĆtoĆpoint connections
with RS 422ĆA in fullĆduplex
mode
S Multipoint connections with
RS 485 in halfĆduplex mode
(with special driver softĆ
ware)
See page 4/115 for technical
specifications.
4/112
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 524 communications processor (continued)
Principle of operation
The CP 524 communications
processor is used for the folĆ
lowing functions:
S Linking programmable conĆ
trollers and thirdĆparty deĆ
vices
S Message printout
The CP 524 handles data
communication with the deĆ
vices connected to it comĆ
pletely autonomously, as well
as editing and buffering the
data.
Programming
The CP 524 can be proĆ
grammed offĆline using the
373 memory submodule. For
this purpose, the COM 525
parameter assignment softĆ
ware
Ordering data
6ES5 524-3UA15
(S5ĆDOS version, see
Section 7) must be loaded
into the relevant programming
device. The parameter asĆ
signment software
752 interface submodule
for CP 524 only
for 20 mA current loop (TTY)
for V.24/V.28 (RS 232C)
for RS 422ĆA/RS 485
6ES5 752-0AA12
6ES5 752-0AA22
6ES5 752-0AA43
373 memory submodule
EPROM ă32 Kbyte
EPROM ă64 Kbyte
EPROM 128 Kbyte
6ES5 373-1AA41
6ES5 373-1AA61
6ES5 373-1AA81
COM 525
parameter assignment software
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Listing
Process status reports
Production and shopfloor data
can be printed out for docuĆ
mentation purposes. Printout
is initiated by the user proĆ
gram. Process status reports
may be
S up to 99 lines long and
S include up to 40 variables
per line.
The variables are transferred
to the CP 524 in one single
data block.
Message printouts
Up to 1000 different mesĆ
sages (e.g. fault messages,
signals from limit monitors,
changes in switch positions)
can be printed out. Each mesĆ
sage may have one variable.
also supports startĆup of the
communications processors.
Order No.
Order No.
CP 524
communications processor
Interfacing
Communications are handled
by the RK 512 standard driver
program, which is supplied
with the COM 525 parameter
assignment software (S5ĆDOS
version). For interfacing to
thirdĆparty computers etc.,
special driver software may
be reĆquired (see Section 7).
The computer link permits the
sending and fetching of all
SIMATIC S5 data types, such
as data words, peripheral
byte, bit memories, input
images, etc.
Linking orders for the conĆ
nected programmable controlĆ
ler or the computer are stored
in the memory submodule
(EPROM) of the module. Thus,
the data do not occupy any
memory space in the central
controllers (or memory subĆ
modules).
Data transmission between
CP 524 and connected deĆ
vices is initiated via standard
function blocks (handling
blocks) in the memory of the
central controller.
Special drivers
(customized transmission
protocols)
To be ordered as a separate item:
Manual
for CP 524 (S5ĆDOS version)
German
English
French
Connecting cables
see Section 7
6ES5 998-1DB11
6ES5 998-1DB21
6ES5 998-1DB31
see page 4/116
see Section 7
4/113
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 544, CP 544B communications processors
The CP 544 and CP 544B
communications processors
are used for fast pointĆtoĆpoint
connection to other programĆ
mable controllers and equipĆ
ment of other manufacture
with standard protocols. In the
case of the CP 544B, customĆ
erĆspecific communications
protocols can also be used.
The CP 544 and the CP 544B
have two replaceable interĆ
faces.
Application
Design
The modules contain the folloĆ
wing:
S 80186 microprocessor
(16 MHz)
S RAM for variable data
S Two dualĆport RAM
S Receptacle for memory card
(flash EEPROM) for up to
256 Kbyte (optional)
S 2 receptacles for interface
submodules for the connecĆ
tion of devices with
V.24/V.28, 20 mA TTY or RS
422ĆA/RS 485 signals
S Hardware clock
Operator controls and indicaĆ
tors on the front panel:
S " RUN " Ć " STOP " switch,
RUN for normal operation,
STOP for interrupting normal
operation
S Four LEDs (red/green) for inĆ
dicating the interface status
S Two LEDs for indicating the
status of the module (RUN,
STOP)
4/114
The following can be connecĆ
ted to the module:
S DR 210, DR 211, DR 230,
DR 231, PT 88, PT 89 printĆ
ers
S SIMATIC S5 programmable
controllers via CP 524,
CP 544, CPU 928B, CPU
944 and CPU 945; connecĆ
tion is also possible via
CP 521 SI and CP 523 (see
pages 2/67 and 4/110)
S SICOMP M minicomputers
S Automation systems AS 215,
AS 235K, AS 235 and
AS 235H from the
TELEPERM M process conĆ
trol system (see Catalogs
PLT 110 and PLT 111)
S Programming devices and
AT compatible PCs (e.g. in
connection with the PROĆ
DAVE DOS 64R driver softĆ
ware)
S Other automation systems
S ThirdĆparty computers
Interfaces
Three different interface subĆ
modules are available for the
interfaces of the CP 544 and
CP 544B for transmitting:
S 20 mA currentĆloop signals
(TTY),
S V.24/V.28 signals (RS 232C)
S RS 422ĆA/RS 485 signals
The transmission rate of the
interfaces is 300 bit/s to
76800 bit/s (9600 bit/s for
TTY, 19200 bit/s V.24 and is
selectable in fixed steps usĆ
ing the programming device.
The sum of the two transmisĆ
sion rates must not exceed
76800 bit/s when both interĆ
faces are assigned.
RS 422ĆA or RS 485 signals
(voltage difference) ensure a
higher degree of immunity to
noise from external sources
than V.24 or TTY signals.
Moreover, higher transmission
rates can be reached. PointĆ
toĆpoint connection with
RS 422ĆA in fullĆduplex mode
can be established in accorĆ
dance with the EIA standard.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 544, CP 544B communications processors (continued)
The CP 544 and CP 544B
communications processors
enable pointĆtoĆpoint connecĆ
tion to other programmable
controllers and computers.
S ThirdĆparty devices can be
connected via open drivers
S Safe data transport over the
transmission line is possible
with the help of the 3964 (R)
procedure
Principle of operation
S
The CP 544 and CP 544B
communications processors
handle data communications
with the devices connected to
it completely autonomously.
The CP 544 is programmed
using the COM PP parameterĆ
ization software. It can be proĆ
grammed either onĆline or offĆ
line via the active TTY
interface with the PG 720,
PG 740, PG 760, PG 710 Plus,
Programming
A safe endĆtoĆend link beĆ
tween the CPUs of both
communications partners
can be achieved with the RK
512 standard computer link
PG 730, PG 750 and PG 770
programming device. For paĆ
rameter assignment, the COM
PP parameterization software
must be loaded into the proĆ
gramming device.
Communications jobs for the
programmable controller or
the computer can be stored in
a data block in the CPU, the
internal RAM of the CP 544
and CP 544B or on the addiĆ
tional memory card
(flash EEPROM).
COM PP permits simple, opĆ
eratorĆpromptedprogramming
and supports both startĆup
and debugging.
Technical specifications for CP 523, CP 524, CP 544 and CP 544B
Communications processors
CP 523
CP 524
CP 544 and CP 544B
Interfaces
1, asynchronous,
serial selectable:
20 mA (current loop)
V.24 (RS 232 C)
1, asynchronous, serial
plugĆin submodule:
20 mA (current loop)
V.24 (RS 232 C)
RS 422ĆA/RS 485
2, asynchronous, serial
plugĆin submodule:
20 mA (current loop)
V.24 (RS 232 C)
RS 422ĆA/RS 485
9600 bit/s
9600 bit/s
Ċ
Ċ
ă9600 bit/s
19200 bit/s
19200 bit/s
Ċ
ă9600 bit/s
19200 bit/s
76800 bit/s
76800 bit/s
3964 (R)
ASCII, interpretive
RK 512,
with special driver, e.Ăg.:
RK 512,
3964 (R)
ASCII, transparent
S
S
S
S
ASCII, interpretive
ASCII, transparent
Additional functions for
CP 544B: Use of customerĆspecific
communications protocols (special
drivers) is possible
Parity
Even, odd, mark,
space, none
Even, odd, none
Data format
7 or 8 bit
5Ć8 bit
6Ć8 bit
Character frame
10 or 11 bit
7Ć12 bit
8Ć12 bit
4065 messages
3 variables per message
Message text stored
on memory
submodule of CP
Ċ
1000 messages
1 variable per message
Message text stored on memory
submodule of CP
Parameterization
OffĆline on EPROM/
EEPROM or in user
program
with COM 525 offĆline
in EPROM
with COM PP onĆline or
offĆline
Connector
S 20 mA and V. 24
S RS 422ĆA/RS 485
Screw connection
Sub D socket, 25Ćpin
Sliding locking devices
Sub D socket, 25Ćpin
Sub D socket, 15Ćpin
Sliding locking device
Sub D socket, 25Ćpin
Sub D socket, 15Ćpin
Transmission rate
S 20 mA (TTY; current loop)
S V.24/V.28 (RS 232 C)
S RS 422ĆA/RS 485
S Sum of both interfaces
max.
max.
max.
max.
Transmission protocols
Listing
S Message printouts
max.
S Process status report
max.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
3964 (R)
ASCII, interpretive
ASCII, transparent
CustomerĆspecific protocols,
for other protocols see Section 7
Production and shopfloor data 99
lines long, 40 variables per line
4/115
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 523, CP 524, CP 544 and CP 544B communications processors (continued)
Technical specifications for CP 523, CP 524, CP 544 and CP 544B (continued)
CP 523
CP 524
CP 544 und CP 544B
1000 m (3280 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
max.
max.
Active: 10 m (32.8 ft)
Passive
16 m (52.4 ft)
Ċ
16 m (52.4 ft)
1200 m (3936 ft)
16 m (52.4 ft)
1200 m (3936 ft)
(5 V) typ. 130 mA
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
(5 V) max. 1.5 A
0.3 A
Ċ
Ċ
(5 V/24 V) max. 0.9 A/0.12 A
max.
max.
max.
max.
max.
max.
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
0.1 A/60 mA
0.2 A
0.5 A
0.1 A/60 mA
0.2 A
0.5 A
Power loss
1.2 W
7.5 W
4.5 W
Fan required
No
Yes
No
Space requirements
1 slot
0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
0.1 kg (0.22 lb)
0.1 kg (0.22 lb)
0.5 kg (1.1 lb)
0.1 kg (0.22 lb)
0.1 kg (0.22 lb)
Communications processors
Cable length
S 20 mA current loop (TTY)
max.
S V.24
S RS 422ĆA/RS 485
Current consumption
S Module
S 373 memory submodule (5 V)
S 375 memory submodule(5 V)
S 377 memory submodule (5 V)
S Interface submodule for
20 mA current loop (5 V/24 V)
V.24/V.28 (5 V)
RS 422ĆA/RS 485 (5 V)
Weight
S Module
S Memory submodule
S Interface submodule
approx.
approx.
approx.
0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
0.1 kg (0.22 lb)
Ċ
Ordering data
CP 544 communications
processor
6ES5 544-3UA11
CP 544B communications
processor
6ES5 544-3UB11
Order No.
Order No.
752 interface submodule
for 20 mA current loop (TTY)
for V.24/V.28 (RS 232C)
for RS 422ĆA/RS 485
6ES5 752-0AA12
6ES5 752-0AA22
6ES5 752-0AA43
Memory card
with flash EPROM, 256 Kbyte
with RAM, 256 Kbyte
6ES5 374-2KH21
6ES5 374-2AH21
COM PP parameterization
software
The instruction manual for
COM PP is contained in the
CP 544 manual.
see Section 7
CP 544 adapter cable
to programming device connecĆ
ting cable
6ES5 734-4AG00
see Section 7
Special driver for CP 544B
(customerĆspecific protocols)
To be ordered as a separate item:
CP 544/CP 544B manual
German
English
French
4/116
6ES5 998-2DB11
6ES5 998-2DB21
6ES5 998-2DB31
725, 726, 734 connecting
cables
to other SIMATIC S5 devices via
CP 524, CP 525Ć2, CP 544,
CP 544B
S 20 mA current loop (TTY)
3.2 m (10.4 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
200 m (656 ft)
S V.24 (max. 16 m (52 ft))
2 m (6.56 ft)
3.2 m (10.4 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
16 m (52.4 ft)
S RS 422ĆA/RS 485
(for CP 524 and CP 544)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
200 m (656 ft)
to SICOMP R minicomputers via
PROMEA EA 01ĆG with DUST
3964R
S 20 mA current loop
3.2 m (10.4 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
200 m (656 ft)
S V.24 (max. 16 m (52 ft))
2 m (6.56 ft)
3.2 m (10.4 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
6ES5 726-1BD20
6ES5 726-1B F00
6ES5 726-1CB00
6ES5 726-1CF00
6ES5 726-1DC00
6ES5 726-8BC00
6ES5 726-8BD20
6ES5 726-8BF00
6ES5 726-8CB00
6ES5 726-8CB60
6ES5 725-7B F00
6ES5 725-7CB00
6ES5 725-7CF00
6ES5 725-7DC00
6ES5 726-3BD20
6ES5 726-3B F00
6ES5 726-3CB00
6ES5 726-3CF00
6ES5 726-3DC00
6ES5 726-4BC00
6ES5 726-4BD20
6ES5 726-4BF00
6ES5 726-4CB00
6ES5 726-4CC00
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 523, CP 524, CP 544 and CP 544B communications processors (continued)
Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
725, 726 and 734 connecting
cables
to SICOMP minicomputers via
PROMEA EA 01ĆE with DU 04
S 20 mA current loop
(max. 200 m (656 ft))
3.2 m (10.4 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
200 m (656 ft)
6ES5 725-8BD20
6ES5 725-8B F00
6ES5 725-8CB00
6ES5 725-8C F00
6ES5 725-8DC00
to N10 modem (max. 16 m (52 ft))
2 m (6.56 ft)
3.2 m (10.4 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
16 m (52.4 ft)
6ES5 726-7BC00
6ES5 726-7BD20
6ES5 726-7B F00
6ES5 726-7CB00
6ES5 726-7CB60
assigns parameters to the CP 544
with PG 7. and CP 544 adapter
cable
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
25 m (82 ft)
for printing with DR 210, DR 211,
DR 230, DR 231 printer
(with CP 524 and CP 525 only in
connection with ECMA character
set in the printer) (20 mA current
loop up to 1000 m (3280 ft), V.24
up to 16 m (52.5 ft))
3.2 m (10.4 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
200 m (656 ft)
6ES5 734-2BF00
6ES5 734-2CB00
6ES5 734-2CC50
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
6ES5 726-5BD20
6ES5 726-5B F00
6ES5 726-5CB00
6ES5 726-5C F00
6ES5 726-5DC00
4/117
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 2430 communications processor; AS-Interface
The CP 2430 is an interface
master module for connecting
the
S SIMATIC S5-115U:
The CP can be used in CP
slots in the central controller
and expansion unit via
adapters
Application
S
SIMATIC S5-135/-155U:
If used for I/O mode only,
can be used in the I/O slots
in the central unit and exĆ
pansion unit; in paging
mode the CP can be used in
CP slots in the central conĆ
troller and expansion unit
Design
S
Two ASĆInterface masters on
one module
S Occupies one slot in the
SIMATIC S5
S In I/O mode, 32 bytes are
used in the I/O address
space
S
Principle of operation
Both ASĆInterface masters
control a separate
ASĆInterface segment with up
to 31 ASĆInterface slaves
completely independently of
one another
S
Two operating variants:
Standard mode:
Data bits of the slaves can
be addressed in the I/O adĆ
dress space of the PLC.
Master calls are not posĆ
sible.
Expanded mode:
Access to master calls in acĆ
cordance with the ASI specifiĆ
cation (e.g. writing parameĆ
ters) is possible
Three variants are available:
I/O mode:
Only accesses to slave data
in the I/O address space, no
master calls
S
I/O and paging operation:
Accesses to slave data in
the I/O address space and
master calls via paging acĆ
cess
S
User interface
S
4/120
Display of the connected
and activated slaves and
their ready-for-operation
signals
S Connection of both ASĆInterĆ
face lines via connectors
with terminal blocks (solderĆ
less connection with screw
locking)
Depending on the configuraĆ
tion of the PLC up to four CP
2430 can be used in the PLC.
Configuration of the CP is not
necessary.
Control of up to 2 x 31
AS-Interface slaves in accorĆ
dance with the ASi specificaĆ
tion is implemented.
Up to 496 binary elements
can be controlled if bi-direcĆ
tional slaves are used.
The supply voltage is moniĆ
tored on the AS-Interface proĆ
file line.
A pushbutton for each masĆ
ter part for switching the opĆ
erating state and accepting
the existing configuration
S Coding plug for setting adĆ
dresses and variants
S
Paging mode:
Access to slave data and
master calls via paging acĆ
cess
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 2430 communications processor; AS-Interface (continued)
Technical specifications
Access method
Cycle time
Cyclical pollingĆmasterĆslaveĆmeĆ
thod, cyclical data transfer from
host (PLC, PC)
max.
5 ms with complete configuration
Transmission medium
unshielded two-wire cable
(2x1.5 mm2) for data and auxiĆ
liary power
Connection method
Contact with the ASĆInterface
cables using the penetration meĆ
thod
Number of nodes
max.
31
CP 2430
+5 V DC via backplane bus
Supply voltage
Current consumption
S via backplane bus
S from the ASĆInterface
shaped cable
typ.
max.
700 mA with 5 V DC
100 mA per ASĆInterface segĆ
ment
Interfaces
S Assignment of I/O address area
in PLC
S ASĆInterface connection
32 bytes with I/O operation
2 x 4-pin socket for connectors
with terminal connections
Number of binary sensors/actuaĆ
tors
max. 124 (4 x 31) when using 4I,
4O, 2I/OĆ and 2 x 2I modules
max. 248 when using 4I/4O
modules
Permissible ambient conditions
S Operating temperature
S Transport/storage temperature
0 to 60 _C
-40 to +70 _C
Error detection
Identification and repetition of
faulty message frames
Space required
1 slot
Weight
400 g
Ordering data
CP 2430
Communications processor for
connection of SIMATIC
S5Ć115U, S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U
to ASĆInterface,
including connector
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Order No.
Order No.
6GK1 243-0SA10
Manual for AS-Interface
contains CP 2413/CP 2430/
CP 2433 description,
introduction and basics
incl. software (FB60 + examples)
S German
S English
S French
S Italian
6GK1 971-2SA01-0AA0
6GK1 971-2SA01-0AA1
6GK1 971-2SA01-0AA2
6GK1 971-2SA01-0AA4
4/121
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 5431 FMS/DP communications processor; PROFIBUS
The CP 5431 FMS/DP commuĆ
nications processor is used
for connecting the
S S5Ć115U/H,
S S5Ć135U and
S S5Ć155U/H
programmable controllers to
the PROFIBUS network.
Application
The programmable controller
with the CP 5431 FMS/DP
acts as a master on the
PROFIBUS network.
Design
The module contains the folloĆ
wing:
S One microprocessor with
memory
S One receptacle for 376, 377
memory submodule
S One programming device inĆ
terface
S One interface for PROFIBUS
twoĆwire line
S One interface for plastic fiĆ
ber optic cable (PROFIBUS)
Operator controls and indicaĆ
tors on the front panel:
S " RUN " Ć " STOP " switch
S LEDs for Stop, Run and
CP fault
The module requires one slot.
Principle of operation
The CP 5431 FMS/DP commuĆ
nications processor handles
data communications via the
PROFIBUS network or via the
PROFIBUS protocol
(PROFIBUS FMS). The funcĆ
tions of a DP master (class 1)
in accordance with EN 50 170
can also be used (combiĆ
master functions).
The transmission rate can be
set via the software (9.6, 19.2,
93.75, 187.5, 500 kbit/s or
1.5 Mbit/s). The preferred
transmission rate of 187.5
kbit/s is preset.
S
The communications procesĆ
sor relieves the programĆ
mable controller of a considĆ
erable proportion of
communications tasks.
It is programmed using the
COM 5431 FMS/DP parameĆ
terization software with operaĆ
tor prompting (see Section 7).
Functions of the
CP 5431 FMS/DP in accorĆ
dance with EN 50 170:
4/122
Standard function blocks for
the user program are availĆ
able for data communications
with the CPU (see Section 7).
S
FDL interface:
Direct access to layer 2 serĆ
vices (PROFIBUS layer 2);
PLCĆPLC connections
S
S
S
S
S
Global I/O interface: AutoĆ
matic transmission of I/O
areas with global I/O
Distributed I/O interface:
Automatic transmission of
I/O areas to PROFIBUS DP
slaves
Programming device interĆ
face for local and remote
programming via the netĆ
work
Clock functions: NetworkĆ
wide clock synchronization
FMS user interface
(PROFIBUS FMS)
Cyclic I/O interface: AutoĆ
matic transmission of I/O
areas with cyclic interface
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 5431 FMS/DP communications processor; PROFIBUS (continued)
Technical specifications
Max. distance between 2 OLMs
PROFIBUS overview
Access method
S Token passing between the
active nodes
S MasterĆslave between active
and passive nodes in acc.
with EN 50170
9.6 to 1500 kbit/s, selectable
BitĆserial
Transmission rate
Transmission mode
Number of nodes
max.
Protocols
Possible connections
S No. of optical channels
OLM P3/S3
OLM P4/S4
OLM P4/S4 electrical channels
5431 FMS/DP comm. processor
127 (32 per segment)
Supply voltage
PROFIBUSĆFMS
PROFIBUSĆDP
Current consumption
S At 5 V
S At 24 V
PROFIBUS electrical
Connection of nodes via
RS 485 bus terminal
Topology
Row/tree structure
Transmission medium
Twisted pair cable
Max. distance between 2 nodes
9.6 km
at 9.6 kbit/s
Connection of nodes
Optical Link Modules
Topology
Line, ring or star structure
Transmission medium
Glass fiber
optic
62.5/125 mm
CP 5431 FMS/DP
communications processor
SINEC L2 interface module for
S5Ć115U/H, S5Ć35U, S5Ć155U/H
Connection to
S PROFIBUS (RS 485)
S PROFIBUS (plastic)
S Programming device/diagnostics
interface
PROFIBUS optical
Ordering data
Glass fiber
Plastic fiber
optic
optic
2850 m (9348 ft) 53 m (173.8 ft)
Plastic fiber
optic
980/1ā000 mm
1
2
3
+ 5 V + 5 %; + 24 V + 25/-15 %
450 mA
70 mA with RS 485,
Average 100 mA, using both
current sources of the programĆ
ming device interface (terminaĆ
ting resistance irrelevant)
9Ćpin sub D socket
Plastic fiber optic cable,
HPĆduplex
15 pin
15Ćpin sub D socket
Permissible ambient conditions
S Operating temperature
S Transport/storage temperature
0 _C to + 55 _C
- 40 _C to + 70 _C
Space requirements
1 slot
Weight
S Module
S Memory submodule
0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
0.1 kg (0.22 lb)
Order No.
Order No.
Bus cable for PROFIBUS (ctd.)
Bus cable with PE coatingl2)3)
2Ćwire, shielded
6XV1 830-0BH10
Bus cable (buried) 2)3)
2Ćwire, shielded
i
hi ld d
6XV1 830-3AH10
Trailing cable 2)3)
2Ćwire, shielded
6XV1 830-3BH10
6GK1 970-5AB01-0AA0
6GK1 970-5AB01-0AA1
6GK1 970-5AB01-0AA2
Bus cable for festoon
mounting 2)3)
2Ćwire, shielded
6XV1 830-0AH10
6ES5 376-1AA11
6ES5 376-1AA21
6ES5 376-1AA31
us cab e o
O
US
Bus cable for PROFIBUS-PA
S blue, for applications in hazardĆ
ous areas
S black, for applications in nonĆ
harzardous areas
377 memory submodule (RAM)
16 Kbyte
32 Kbyte
64 Kbyte
see Section 10
6ES5 377-1AA11
6ES5 377-1AA21
6ES5 377-1AA32
FIBER OPTIC CABLE 2)
standard cable, splittable
without connector, sold by the
meter, max. 400 m (1312 ft)
6GK1 500-0AA00
6GK1 500-0AB00
FLEXIBLE FIBER 2)
OPTIC CABLE
trailing cable, splittable
without connector, sold by the
meter, max. 200 m (656 ft)
see Section 10
RS 485 bus terminal for
PROFIBUS
with connecting cable
1.5 m (4.92 ft)
3.0 m (9.84 ft)
BFOC connector; single
f FIBER OPTIC CABLE stanĆ
for
CABLE, t
dard cable and trailing cable
6GK1 901-0DA00-0AA0
Additional fiber optic cables,
PROFIBUS fiber optic network
components and PC modules
see Catalog IK 10
COM 5431 FMS/DP
parameter asgmt software
CP 5431 FMS/DP manual
German
English
French
376 memory submodule (EPROM)
16 Kbyte
32 Kbyte
64 Kbyte
6GK1 543-1AA01
see Section 7
Bus cables for PROFIBUS
Bus cable2)3) 2-wire, shielded
Bus cable, halogen–free
2Ćwire, shielded
1) Up to 187.5 kbit/s
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
6XV1 830-0AH10
6XV1 830-0CH10
6XV1 830-5AH10
6XV1 830-5BH10
2) Sold by the meter, max. 1000 m (3280 ft), minimum order 20 m (65.6 ft)
4/123
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 1430 TF/CP 1430 TCP/CP 1473 MAP communications processors; Industrial Ethernet
Application
CP 1430 TF/1430 TCP communications processor
The CP 1430 TF/1430 TCP
communications processor is
used for connecting the
S S5Ć115U/H,
S S5Ć135U and
S S5Ć155U/H
programmable controllers to
the Industrial Ethernet cell
network in accordance with
IEEE 802.3.
CP 1473 MAP communications processor
The CP 1473 MAP commuĆ
nications processor is used
for connecting the
S S5Ć115U/H,
S S5Ć135U and
S S5Ć155U/H
programmable controllers to
the international standard
MAP 3.0 Ethernet network.
Mit dem CP 1430 TF können
Kommunikationen in Local
Area Networks (LAN) aufgeĆ
baut werden.
Mit dem CP 1430 TCP können
Kommunikationen über Wide
Area Networks (WAN) realiĆ
siert werden.
Design
CP 1430 TF/1430 TCP communications processor
Two versions of the
CP 1430 TF communications
processor are available:
S CP 1430 TF Basic
for using the SEND/RECEIVE
interface or few TF connecĆ
tions; up to 64 ISO transport
connections (for SEND/REĆ
CEIVE) or up to 16 TF conĆ
nections.
S
CP 1430 TF Extended
for highĆend applications,
many TF connections and
high realĆtime accuracy
(1 ms), up to 100 TF conĆ
nections or up to 100 ISO
transport connections (for
SEND/RECEIVE).
The CP 1430 TF and CP 1430
TCP communications procesĆ
sor have the following interĆ
faces:
S 15Ćpin sub D socket
(pushĆlocking) for connecĆ
tion to Industrial Ethernet;
switchable to AUI or IndusĆ
trial Twisted Pair
S 15Ćpin sub D socket
(screwĆlocking) for connecĆ
tion to programming deĆ
vices.
Operator controls and indicaĆ
tors on the front panel:
S " RUN " - " STOP " switch
S LEDs for indicating the
" STOP " , " RUN " , " FAULT "
and " 15 V " states
The module requires one slot.
Principle of operation
The CP 1430 TF, the CP 1430
TCP and CP 1473 MAP hanĆ
dle data communications with
the entire network completely
autonomously. All layers of
the ISO 7Ćlayer reference
model are implemented. The
communications processors
therefore relieve the programĆ
mable controller of a large
proportion of communications
tasks.
The PG 720, PG 720 C,
PG 740 and PG 760 programĆ
ming devices can be conĆ
nected directly to the IndusĆ
trial Ethernet. In this way, all
programmable controllers
can be programmed remotely.
Using the programming deĆ
vice multiplexer (see Section
8), several modules can be
programmed via one interĆ
face.
Operator controls and indicaĆ
tors on the front panel:
S " RUN " - " STOP " switch
S " RESET " pushbutton
S LEDs for indicating the
" STOP " and " RUN " states
The module requires two
slots.
The CP 1473 MAP is proĆ
grammed using the COM
1473 parameterization softĆ
ware with operator prompting.
The CP 1430 TF and the CP
1430 TCP is programmed usĆ
ing the COM 1430 TF or COM
1430 TCP parameterization
software. Standard function
blocks for the user program
are availĆable for data interĆ
change with the CPU (see
Section 7).
Programming
CP 1473 MAP communications processor
The communications procesĆ
sor has two interfaces:
S 25Ćpin sub D socket for conĆ
nection of the PG 720,
PG 720 C, PG 740 and
PG 760 programming deĆ
vices
S 15Ćpin sub D socket for conĆ
nection to Industrial Ethernet
4/124
See Section 10 as well as
Catalog IK 10 for further deĆ
tails of the Industrial Ethernet
LAN as well as of PC moduĆ
les.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 1430 TF/CP 1430 TCP/CP 1473 MAP communications processors; Industrial Ethernet (continued)
Technical specifications
Industrial Ethernet electrical
Transceiver
Topology
Bus structure
Supply voltage
9 to 15 V DC
Transmission medium
Triaxial cable 50 ohms
Current consumption
Transmission rate
10 Mbit/s
250 mA (with 1 interface)
490 mA (with 2 interfaces)
Transmission mode
BitĆserial
Max. distance between
2 random terminals
0.5 km (0.3 miles) without repeater
1.8 km (1.1 miles) with 2 repeaters
3 km (1.8 miles) with 4 repeaters
and 2 x 500 m (1640 ft) fiber opitc
cable
Max. number of nodes
100 nodes per segment
1024 nodes for the whole network
Allocation method
CSMA/CD in acc. with IEEE 802.3
(Ethernet)
Connectors
S For connection to
Industrial Ethernet
SINEC bus connector with coaĆ
xial socket
S For connection to terminal
15Ćpin sub D plug
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm (in)
180 x 85 x 45 (6.92 x 3.26 x 1.73 )
Weight
0.64 kg (1.4 lb)
approx.
Repeater
Supply voltage
120/220 V AC
Current consumption ma
Industrial Ethernet fiber optic
max
x.
on request
Topology
Star structure
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
on request
Transmission medium
Fiber optic cable,
fiber 62.5/125 µm
Weight
on request
Transmission rate
10 Mbit/s
SSV 104 fan-out unit
Transmission mode
BitĆserial
Supply voltage
100 to 240 V AC
Max. distance between
2 random terminals
Max. 4.6 km (2.7 miles) with
1 active star coupler
Power input
40 W
432 x 46 x 252
Max. number of nodes
1024 nodes for the whole network
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
CSMA/CD in acc. with IEEE 802.3
(Ethernet)
Weight (of desktop unit)
2.1 kg (4.62 lb)
Allocation method
approx.
approx.
CP 1430 TF/CP 1430 TCP/
CP 1473 MAP
communications processors
Current consumption
S CP 1430 TF/CP 1430 TCP withĆ
out transceiver
at 5 V
max.
S CP 1430 TF/CP 1430 TCP with
transceiver
at 5 V
max.
at 24 V
max.
S CP 1473 with 15 V module
at 5 V
max.
1.7 A
3.2 A
100 mA
4.2 A (2.6 A without transceiver
load)
Space requirements
S CP 1430 TF with transceiver
S CP 1473 MAP
1 slot
2 slots
Weight
S CP 1430 TF/
CP 1430 TCP
S CP 1473 MAP
0.7 kg (1.54 lb)
0.85 kg (1.87 lb)
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
approx.
approx.
4/125
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Communications modules
CP 1430 TF/CP 1473 MAP communications processors; Industrial Ethernet (continued)
Ordering data
Communications processor
S CP 1430 TF Basic
6GK1 143-0TA02
S CP 1430 TF Extended
6GK1 143-0TB01
COM 1430 TF parameter
assignment software
see Section 7
Order No.
Order No.
CP 1430 TF/COM 1430 TF manual
German
English
French
Italian
6GK1 970-1TA43-0AA0
6GK1 970-1TA43-0AA1
6GK1 970-1TA43-0AA2
6GK1 970-1TA43-0AA4
CP 1430 TCP
communications processor
2XV9 450-1AU00
COM 1430 TCP parameter
assignment software
CP 1430 TCP/COM 1430 TCP
manual
German
English
see Section 7
2XV9 450-1AU03
2XV9 450-1AU02
Bus transceiver w/ 2 interfaces
for Industrial Ethernet
lets you connect two terminals to
Industrial Ethernet, incl. assembly
instructions in German, English,
French
F
h
6GK1 901-0AA00-0AC0
SIBUKO transceiver package 2
for Industrial Ethernet
consisting of:
1 tapping mechanism,
1 transceiver,
2 dust protectors for transceiver, 1
mounting plate for transceiver,
1 permanent mounting set for
transceiver cable,
1 instruction (German, English,
(German English
French)
6GK1 100-0AB00
Terminating resistors (2)
for Industrial Ethernet
6ES5 755-3AA11
6GK1 147-3MA00
Coaxial connector
(N connector; 2)
for 727Ć0 bus cable
6ES5 755-4AA11
CP 1473 MAP
communications processor
COM 1473 TCP parameter
assignment software
with CP 1473 MAP manual
see Section 7
Repeater
6ES5 755-1AA12
SSV 104 fan-out unit
for
f connecting a maximum of
ti
i
f
8 nodes to Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 104-0AA00
CP 1473 MAP manual
German
English
Connecting cable PG 7xx/CP 1473
2.5 m (8.2 ft)
6GK1 970-1MA73-0AA0
6GK1 970-1MA73-0AA1
6XV1 800-6CH25
CP-PLC cable
for S5Ć115U/135U/155U
0.6 m (1.97 ft)
6XV1 800-6FE60
376 memory submodule (EPROM)
for CP 1473 MAP
16 Kbyte
32 Kbyte
64 Kbyte
6ES5 376-1AA11
6ES5 376-1AA21
6ES5 376-1AA31
Memory card
for CP 1430 TF, long format,
flash EPROM, 256 Kbyte (16 bit)
RAM, 256 Kbyte (16 bit)
6ES5 374-2KH21
6ES5 374-2AH21
Bus transceiver
for Industrial Ethernet
lets you connect a terminal to InduĆ
strial Ethernet, incl. assembly instrucĆ
tions in German, English, French
4/126
6GK1 901-0AA00-0AA0
727-1 connecting cable
for connecting transceiver to node
Length
3.2 m (11 ft)
10 m (32 ft)
15 m (49 ft)
20 m (65 ft)
32 m (105 ft)
50 m (164 ft)
727-0 bus cable
sold by the meter, without connecĆ
tor; length to be specified in m
725-0 connecting cable
for connecting the CP 1430 TF to
the module to be programmed
(for remote programming)
Length
0.9 m (2.9 ft)
2.5 m (8.2 ft)
6ES5 727-1BD20
6ES5 727-1CB00
6ES5 727-1CB50
6ES5 727-1CC00
6ES5 727-1CD20
6ES5 727-1CF00
6ES5 727-0AA11
6ES5 725-0AK00
6ES5 725-0BC50
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central controllers/Expansion units
135U/155U central controller
The 135U/155U central conĆ
troller can be used optionally
for the construction of a
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U or
S5Ć155H programmable conĆ
troller.
Application
Design
The 135U/155U central conĆ
troller comprises:
S 21 free slots
S 1 power supply chassis with
builtĆin fan
S5-135U, S5-155U
Depending on the extent of
the automation task, the cenĆ
tral controller can be
equipped with the following
CPUs:
S CPU 948 (max. 4)
S CPU 928B (max. 4)
S CPU 928 (max. 4)
S CPU 922 (max. 4)
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
All CPUs can also operate
jointly in multiprocessor
mode. When more than one of
these central modules is used
a 923A/923C coordinator is
required (see page 4/30).
S5-155H
One CPU 948R can be used
per central controller.
Two 135/155U central controlĆ
lers are required for a
S5Ć155H programmable conĆ
troller.
Power supply chassis
Redundant twoĆoutĆofĆthree
fan concept;
Should one fan cease operĆ
ating the speed of the other
fans is increased thus enabĆ
ling the programmable conĆ
troller to continue operation.
The defective fan can be reĆ
placed while the controller is
in operation
S Redundant oneĆoutĆofĆtwo
battery concept;
In the case of a failure of the
main battery (Li battery) the
accu battery switches on
automatically for a period of
three weeks
S Mains buffering to NAMUR:
20 ms
S Enhanced electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC)
S
4/127
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central controllers/Expansion units
135U/155U central controller (continued)
Design
Possible configurations S5Ć135U/155U
Note the respective slot requirements of the modules!
Slot No.
3
11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163
923 A/C coordinator
CPU 922, CPU 928A, CPU 928B
CPU 948
IM 300Ć5, IM 301Ć5 interface modules2)
IM 300Ć3, IM 301Ć3, IM 304, IM 308, IM 308ĆB
interface modules
IM 308ĆC, IM 3071) interface modules
Digital input modules, digital output modules
Analog input modules, analog output modules
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Communications processors3)
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Hardware interrupt processing
PG MUX function via 923C coordinator
Floating operation
1) Jumper selection on the IM 307 must be observed.
Interrupt transfer is only possible on slots 107 to 131.
2) In the case of 135U with Order No. 6ES5 135Ć3UA42 only slot 163.
3) Note the functions given in the lower half of the table.
Possible configurations of the S5Ć155H
Note the respective slot requirements of the modules!
Slot No.
CPU
3
11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163
946R4)
Communications processor6)
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment, see Section 11
IM 301Ć3, IM 304Ć3, IM 308Ć3, IM 308ĆB
interface modules
IM 300Ć5, IM 301Ć5 interface modules
IM 304 or IM 342R interface module for linking
the central controllers7)
Digital input modules5), digital output modules
Analog input modules, analog output modules
IM 308ĆC, IM 307
4)
5)
6)
7)
Occupied slots.
Redundant operation of digital input modules is not possible with an input voltage of 115/230 V AC.
The space requirements for the separate modules must be taken into account.
Subunit A with IM 324R, subunit B with IM 304.
4/128
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central controllers/Expansion units
135U/155U central controller (continued)
Principle of operation
Ordering data
135U/155U central controller
without CPU, without backup
battery, with power supply
S 230/120 V AC, 5 V/18 A,
15V/0.5 A, 24 V/1 A1)
S 230/120 V AC; 5 V/40 A,
15 V/2 A, 24 V/2.8 A
S 24 V DC; 5 V/18 A,
15 V/0.5 A, 24 V/1 A
S 24 V DC; 5 V/40 A,
15 V/2 A, 24 V/2.8 A1)
135U central controller
without CPU, without backup
battery
S 24 V DC; 5 V/10 A
Multiprocessor operation
When using several CPUs,
every single one processes
the tasks assigned to it indeĆ
pedently from the others. EvĆ
ery CPU features its own user
program memory, own time
and count cells and own bit
memories.
In a time sharing process the
coordinator assigns the acĆ
cess to the internal S5 bus
cyclically to the individual
CPUs. Thus, data collision on
the bus is prevented.
Additionally, the coordinator is
the intermediate memory for
the communication of the
CPUs with each other. Two alĆ
ternatives are available for
that:
S The coupling bit memory exĆ
change for small amounts of
data suppored by the sysĆ
tem program of the CPUs
S The multiprocessor commuĆ
nication for large amounts of
data
Order No.
Order No.
Backup battery (lithium battery)
6EW1 000-7AA
To be ordered as a separate item:
S5-135U/155U system manual
see page 4/155
Additional manuals
see page 4/155
6ES5 188-3UA22
Replaceable fan
6ES5 988-3NB41
6ES5 188-3UA32
Accessories, spare parts
see page 4/155
6ES5 188-3UA12
6ES5 188-3UA52
6ES5 135-3UA42
1) Also for S5Ć155H
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/129
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central controllers/Expansion units
155H central controller
The ZG155H central controller
is suitable for building a comĆ
plete S5-155H programmable
controller in a module subĆ
rack.
Application
Design
The central controller 155H is
a module subrack divided into
two halves. It has
S 10 slots (left half)
S 11 slots (right half)
Of these slots two each are
used for the power supply,
two for the CPU and one for
the IM 324R/IM 304.
Five (left half) or six (right
half) free slots are therefore
available.
The 155H is supplied with two
24V DC; 5V,14A power supĆ
plies and a fan subassembly.
One or two backup batteries
per power supply can also be
ordered to back up the CPU
(redundant backup).
Possible configurations of S5Ć155H
(redundant configuration)
Pay attention to the number of slots required!
Slot
3
11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163
Power supplies
CPU 948R/RL
Communications processor
Signal preprocessing modules
Interface modules IM 304, IM 324 R
Interface module IM 304
Interface module IM 308
Digital inputs/outputs
Analog inputs/outputs
Ordering data
155H central controller
without CPU; without backup batĆ
tery, with two power supplies
24 V DC; 5 V/14 A
6ES5 188-3UH31
Backup battery
6ES7 971-0BA00
Order No.
Order No.
To be ordered as a separate
item:
S5-155H manual
(with description of the 155H)
see Page 4/155
see Page 4/155
Accessories, parts
4/130
Other manuals
see Page 4/155
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central controllers/Expansion units
183U expansion unit
The 183U expansion unit is
designed for centralized and
distributed connection to cenĆ
tral controllers. It is also suitĆ
able for the centralized conĆ
nection to distributed
expansion units for S5Ć135U
and S5Ć155U.
Application
Design
The 183U expansion unit
comprises:
S 21 free slots
S 1 builtĆin power supply
chassis with fans
The 183U can be centrally
connected to the central
controller or to other expanĆ
sion units with the IM 312 inĆ
terface module. In addition
the 183U can be connected
distributed to central controlĆ
lers with the IM 310,
IM 314, IM 317 and IM 318 inĆ
terface modules.
A hardware interrupt is not
possible in the 183U expanĆ
sion unit. No battery backup
is provided for the RAM.
Possible configurations
Note the respective slot requirements of the modules!
Slot No.
3
11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163
IM 300 interface module
IM 310, IM 314, IM 317 or IM 318 interface modules
IM 312Ć3 interface module
Digital input modules, digital output modules
Analog input modules, analog output modules
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment, see Section 11
313 monitoring module
Ordering data
183U expansion unit
with power supply
S 230/120 V AC; 5 V/18 A,
15 V/0.5 A, 24 V/1 A
S 24 V DC; 5 V/18 A, 15 V/0.5 A,
24 V/1 A
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Order No.
Order No.
To be ordered as a separate item:
S5-135U/155U system manual
6ES5 183-3UA13
6ES5 183-3UA22
see page 4/155
Additional manuals
see page 4/155
Accessories, spare parts
see page 4/155
4/131
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central controllers/Expansion units
184U expansion unit
The 184U expansion unit is
designed for the centralized
connection to central controlĆ
lers and expansion units with
power supply chassis for
S5Ć135U and S5Ć155U.
Application
Design
The 184U expansion unit
comprises:
S 21 free slots
S 1 fan subassembly
The 184U can be centrally
connected to the central conĆ
troller or to other expansion
units by using the IM 312 inĆ
terface module.
A power supply chassis is not
required because the expanĆ
sion unit is supplied via the
connecting cable for the
IM 312Ć5 interface module.
A hardware interrupt is not
possible in the expansion
unit. Modules with RAM bakĆ
kup cannot be implemented
because there is no battery
backup for the supply volĆ
tage.
Possible configurations
Note the respective slot requirements of the modules!
Slot No.
3
11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163
IM 312Ć5 interface module
Digital input modules, digital output modules
Analog input modules, analog output modules
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Intelligent I/O modules
313 monitoring module
Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
4/132
To be ordered as a separate item:
S5-135U/155U system manual
6ES5 184-3UA11
6ES5 184-3UA21
see page 4/155
Additional manuals
see page 4/155
Accessories, spare parts
184U expansion unit
without power supply
S With 230/120 V AC fan
S With 24 V DC fan
see page 4/155
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central controllers/Expansion units
EG 185U expansion unit
The EG 185U expansion unit
is suitable for the distributed
connection to central controlĆ
lers and other expansion units
S5Ć135U/155U. In addition,
the EG 185U makes switched
I/O design possible in the
case of the faultĆtolerant
S5Ć155H programmable conĆ
troller.
Application
Design
The EG 185U expansion unit
comprises:
S 21 free slots
S 1 builtĆin power supply
chassis with fans
The EG 185U can be conĆ
nected distributed to central
controllers or other expansion
units with the IM 314, IM 317
and IM 318 interface modĆ
ules.
All intelligent I/O modules (IP)
and communications procesĆ
sors (CP) can be connected
in the EG 185U.
Up to 8 communications proĆ
cessors can be programmed
via an interface if a 923C
coordinator is used.
A hardware interrupt is not
possible in the EG 185U exĆ
pansion unit. A backup batĆ
tery is provided for the RAM.
,
Possible configurations when connected
to S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U
Note the respective slot requirements of the modules!
Slot No.
3
11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163
923 C coordinator
IM 300Ć5 interface module
IM 314, IM 317 or IM 318 interface modules
IM 308ĆA interface module
Digital input modules, digital output modules
Analog input modules, analog output modules
Intelligent I/O modules
Communications processors
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Steckplatzbelegungen siehe Katalogteil ??
For slot assignment, see Section 11
IM 314R interface module (for the S5Ć155H)
313 monitoring module
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/133
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central controllers/Expansion units
185U expansion unit (continued)
Design (continued)
Possible configurations when connected
to S5Ć155H
Note the respective slot requirements of the modules!
Slot No.
3
11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163
IM 300Ć5C, IM 308 interface modules;
313 monitoring module
IM 314R interface module
Digital input modules, digital output modules
Analog input modules, analog output modules
Intelligent I/O modules
For slot assignment, see Section 11
Communications processors
For slot assignment, see Section 11
IM 308ĆC interface modules1)
1) Operation in EU only in combination with S5Ć155H
Ordering data
185U expansion unit
with power supply,
without backup battery
S 230/120V AC; 5V/18A,
15V/0.5A, 24V/1A
S 230/120V AC; 5V/40A, 15V/2A,
24V/2.8A
S 24V DC; 5V/18A, 15V/0.5A,
24V/1A
S 24V DC; 5V/40A, 15V/2A,
24V/2.8A
Backup battery (lithium battery)
4/134
Order No.
Order No.
To be ordered as a separate item:
S5-135U/155U system manual
see page 4/155
Accessories, spare parts
6ES5 185-3UA13
see page 4/155
Additional manuals
see page 4/155
6ES5 185-3UA33
6ES5 185-3UA23
6ES5 185-3UA43
6EW1 000-7AA
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Central controllers/Expansion units
187U expansion unit
The 187U expansion unit is
designed for the centraĆlized
connection to central controlĆ
lers and expansion units with
power supply chassis for
S5Ć135U and S5Ć155U.
Application
Design
The 187U expansion unit
comprises:
S 11 free slots
A power supply chassis, fan
and wiring duct are not availĆ
able.
The 187U expansion unit can
be centrally connected to
central controllers or other exĆ
pansion units with the IM 312
interface module.
The power supply is delivered
by the connecting cable of the
IM 312Ć5 interface module.
A hardware alarm is not posĆ
sible in the 187U expansion
unit. No battery backup is
provided for the RAM.
Possible configurations
Note the respective slot requirements of the modules!
Slot No.
3
11 19
27 35
43 51 59 67 75 83
91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163
IM 312Ć5 interface module
Digital input modules, digital output modules
Analog input modules, analog output modules
313 monitoring module
Ordering data
187U expansion unit
6ES5 187-5UA11
Order No.
Order No.
To be ordered as a separate item:
S5-135U/155U system manual
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
see page 4/155
Accessories, spare parts
see page 4/155
Additional manuals
see page 4/155
4/135
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Power supply modules
Power supply chassis
Technical specifications
6ES5 955
Installed in
Input voltage
S Rated value
S Permissible range
(including ripple)
Line frequency
S Rated value
S Permissible range
Input current
S Rated value
Ć3LC41
Ć3LF41
Ć3LNC41
Ć3NF41
Ć3NA12
Ć7NC11
ZG 135U/155U
EG 183U
EG185U
Power supply
chassis
ZG 135U/155U
EG 185U
ZG 135U/155U
EG 183U
EG 185U
ZG 135U/155U
EG 185U
ZG 135U
ZG 155H
24 V DC
18 to 33 V
24 V DC
18 to 33 V
24 V DC
20 to 30 V
DC 24 V
18 to 33 V
230 V/120 V AC
187 to 264 V/93 to 132 V
50 Hz
47 to 63 Hz
S Inrush current
max.
I2 . t value of inrush current
Stored energy time in the event
of power failure
Message via separate floating
contacts
1.5 A (230 V)/
2.5 A (120 V)
26 A for 100 ms
4 A2 s
2.6 A (230 V)/
4.5 A (120 V)
25 A for 2 ms
5.2 A2s
9.5 A
20 A
4.8 A
14 A
100 A for 100 ms
2,7 A2s
200 A for 1 ms
18 A2s
100 A
20 A2s
100 A
2.7 A2s
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
20 ms
5 ms
Fan failure,
Battery failure
Number of outputs
Fan failure (1 fan),
Fan failure (2 or 3 fans),
Battery failure
3 (outputs A1/A2/A3)
5/20 ms
(settable)
Fan failure,
Battery failure
2
2
Output voltage (A1/A2/A3)
S Rated value
S Tolerance
5.1 V DC/24V DC/15 V DC
± 0.5 %/(+ 25 %, -12.5 %)/ ± 5 %
5.1 V DC/24 V
DC
± 0.5 %
(+ 25 %, - 24 %)
5.1V DC/24V DC
- 0.5 %, + 2%
(+ 25%, -12.5%)
Output current (A1/A2/A3)
S Rated value
S Permissible range
Galvanic isolation
18 A/1 A/0,5 A
0.5 to 18 A
Yes
10 A/0.4 A
0 to 10 A
No
14 A/0,1 A
0.2 to 14 A
Yes
Main buffering
Li battery (3.6 V; 5 Ah)
Reserve buffering
Accumulator
(3.6 V; 1.2 Ah)
Yes
Li battery
(3.6 V; 5 Ah)
No
Li battery
(3.6 V; 1.9 Ah)
Li battery
(3.6 V; 1.9 Ah)
No
0.5 A
2A
0.5 A
2A
1A
2.8 A
1A
2.8 A
80 W
147 W
90 W
153 W
3 (2ĆoutĆofĆ3 fan concept; fans can be exchanged during operation)
Ċ
0.4 A
50 W
2
Ċ
1A
50 W
Ċ
5.8 kg (12.7 lb)
3.8 kg (8.4 lb)
1.3 kg (2.9 lb)
Input for monitoring the
load voltage 24 V
Auxiliary voltage
S 15 V ± 0.5 %
S 24 V + 25 %/- 12.5 %
Power loss
Number of integrated fans
Weight
max.
approx.
40 A/2.8 A/2 A
1.6 to 40 A
18 A/1 A/0.5 A
0.5 to 18 A
40 A/2.8 A/2 A
1.6 to 40 A
15 V submodule
6ES5 956-0AA12 (for power supply only 6ES5 955-3NA12)
Can be installed in
Input voltage
Input current
Power supply chassis
24 V auxiliary voltage of the power supply chassis
Equal to output current
Output voltage
S Rated value
S Tolerance
Output current
Weight
approx.
max.
approx.
+ 15 V
± 0.5 %
0.5 A
0.2 kg (0.4 lb)
Note:
The power supply units can be switched from 230 V to 120 V supply voltage. 5 V and 15 V ouput voltages are stabilized,
the 24 V output voltage is roughly stabilized.
4/136
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Power supply modules
SITOP load power supplies
The SITOP power family of
power supplies is designed
for supplying electrical consuĆ
mers such as actuators or
transmitters. The SITOP
power family offers a uniform
range of regulated power supĆ
plies, from 2 A to 40 A, for
every application.
Minimal residual ripple
Integrated shortĆcircuit
protection
S Safe electrical isolation
S Compliance with national
and international standards
The 24 V power supplies of
the SITOP family have the folĆ
lowing characteristics:
S High efficiency, up to 90%
S Easy mounting on standard
rails or on a mounting plate
S Low space requirements
S Accurate output voltage
S
S
SITOP power basic line
The SITOP power basic line
(24 V/2 A to 40 A) has been
specially developed and optiĆ
mized for industrial use. The
units are used as load power
supplies and for supplying
electronic modules with a narĆ
row input voltage range. It has
excellent control characterisĆ
tics, without the need for opĆ
tional extras at additional
cost. With no more than the
essential functions, these
units represent the optimum
solution for industrial customĆ
ers in terms of price and
technology.
SITOP power special line
The SITOP power special line
(24 V/5 A to 10 A) is, like the
basic line, specially designed
for industrial use. The units
are particularly suitable for
use with distributed I/O
(5A, 10 A) and for supplying
the ASI bus (2.4 A). The speĆ
cial feature of these units is
the extremely narrow and
rigid metal case.
It allows installation in apĆ
plications requiring a low
mounting depth, i.e. in maĆ
chines, tight spaces, UĆproĆ
files and switchĆboxes at the
machine.
SITOP power universal line
The units of the SITOP power
universal line (24 V / 2.5 A to
4 A) have been developed for
applications with demanding
technical requirements. InterĆ
ference suppression to class
B guarantees minimal emitted
interference. This means that
in addition to industrial operaĆ
tion, the units are also suitĆ
able for domestic use, i.e. in
building services automation.
For the basic technical speciĆ
fications, see the following
page.
Application
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/137
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Power supply modules
SITOP load power supplies (continued)
Technical specifications
Equipment series
basic line
special line
universal line
SITOP power 24 V/2 to 40 A
SITOP power 24 V/5 to 10 A
SITOP power 24 V/2.5 to 4 A
Rated supply voltage
120/230 V AC to 3 400 V AC
120/230 V AC
120/230 V AC
Stored energy time in the event
of power failure
& gt; 20 ms; & gt; 3 ms
& gt; 20 ms
& gt; 20 /30 ms (at 120/187 V)
Line frequency
S Rated value
S Permissible range
50/60 Hz
47 to 63 Hz
50/60 Hz
47 to 63 Hz
50/60 Hz
47 to 63 Hz
Output voltage
S Rated value
S Tolerance
S Residual ripple
24 V DC
± 3%; ±1%
& lt; 150 mV
24 V DC
± 3%
& lt; 150 mV
24 V DC
± 1%
& lt; 50 mV
Efficiency, approx.
83 % to 89 %
87 % to 89 %
& gt; 85 %
Line frequency
S Rated value
S Permissible range
50 Hz
47 to 63 Hz
Output current
S Rated value
S Range
2 to 40 A
0 to 40 A
5 to 10 A
0 to 10 A
2.5 to 4 A
0 to 4 A (up to 50 _C)
ShortĆcircuit protection
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Degree of protection (IEC 536)
Class I
Class I
Class I
Galvanic isolation
(SELV in acc. with EN 60950)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Radio interference suppression
Class A
Class A (EN 55011)
Class B (VDE 0871)
Degree of protection (IEC 529)
IP 20 and IP 00
IP 20
IP 20
Ambient temperature
0 to + 60 _C
0 to + 60 _C
0 to + 60 _C
Weight
0.5 to 7 kg
0.7 to 1.2 kg
0.5 kg
Ordering data
Order No.
Power supply
SITOP power basic line
SingleĆphase, 24 V/2 A
SingleĆphase, 24 V/5 A
SingleĆphase, 24 V/10 A
3Ćphase, 24 V/20 A
3Ćphase, 24 V/40 A
6EP1 331-1SL11
6EP1 333-1SL11
6EP1 334-1SL11
6EP1 436-1SL11
6EP1 437-1SL11
Power supply
SITOP power special line
SingleĆphase, 24 V/5 A
SingleĆphase, 24 V/10 A
DC/DC, 30 V/2.4 A
Order No.
Power supply
SITOP power universal line
SingleĆphase, 24 V/2.5 A
SingleĆphase, 24 V/4 A
SingleĆphase, 24 V/20 A
3Ćphase (500 V), 24 V/20 A
6EP1 333-1AL11
6EP1 334-1AL11
6EP1 632-1AL01
6EP1 332-1SH11
6EP1 332-1SH21
6EP1 336-1SH01
6EP1 436-1SH01
Further information can be found in the catalog for systems engineering KT 10.
4/138
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
Overview
The following overview shows
the interface modules and
connecting cables used to
Overview
Configuration/
transmission mode
Central controller
Programmable
controller type
connect the various expanĆ
sion units to the central conĆ
trollers.
Expansion unit
Connecting cable
EU 183U
Ċ
IM 312-3
0.5 m2)
0.95 m2)
EU 184U
EU 187U
Ċ
IM 312-5
0.5 m2)
1.5 m2)
Ċ
ER 701Ć1
IM 306
705Ć0/
0.5 ... 2.5 m
EU 183U
Ċ
IM 312-3
0.5 m2)
0.95 m2)
EU 184U
EU 187U
Ċ
IM 312-5
0.5 m2)
1.5 m2)
IM 301-3
EU 183U
IM 312-3
0.5 m2)
0.5 m2)
EU 183U
IM 310
705Ć0/
1 ... 100 m
IM 301-5
S5Ć135U
S5Ć155U
S5Ć155H1),
IM 300-3
IM 301-3
Distributed up
to 500 m (1640 ft),
symmetrical
Type
Length
IM 301-5
S5Ć135U
S5Ć155U
S5Ć155H1),
Interface module
type
IM 301-3
Centralized and
distributed up to 100 m
(328 ft), symmetrical
ER type
for S5Ć115U/H/F
IM 300-5
(Ć5LB1)
S5Ć135U
S5Ć155U
S5Ć155H1),
EU type
for S5Ć135U,
S5Ć155U/H
IM 300-5
(Ć5CA11)
Centralized
up to 2 m (6.5 ft),
asymmetrical
Interface module
type
EU 184U
EU 187U
IM 312-5
0.5 m2)
1.5 m2)
IM 304
EU 183U
EU 185U
ER 701Ć2
ER 701Ć3
IM 314
721Ć0/
1 ... 500 m
EU 185U
ER 701Ć3H
IM 314R
721Ć0/
1 ... 500 m
EU 183U
EU 185U
ER 701Ć2
ER 701Ć3
IM 318-3
Shielded, twisted
2Ćwire cable
S5Ć155H3)
Distributed up
to 3000 m (9840 ft),
serial electrical
S5Ć135U
S5Ć155U
S5Ć155H1),
IM 308
ER 701Ć2
ER 701Ć3
ET 100U
Distributed
50 ... 1500 m
(164 ... 4920 ft)
(each between 2
interface modules),
serial optical
S5Ć135U
S5Ć155U
S5Ć155H1),
IM 307
EU 183U
EU 185U
IM 318-8
ER 701Ć2
ER 701Ć3
IM 317
IM 307
(IM 307 not in
ER 701Ć2)
722Ć2
(fiber optic cable)
1) S5Ć155H with twoĆchannel I/O modules (fully redundant configuration) or singleĆchannel/singleĆsided I/O configuration.
2) At its one end, the cable is permanently connected to IM 312, at the other end it is provided with a plug connector for connection to IM 300Ć, or IM 301Ć.
3) S5Ć155H with singleĆchannel I/Os (switched).
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/139
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
IM 300 and IM 312 interface modules; centralized configuration
The IM 300/IM 312 interface
modules are used for centraĆ
lized configuration of I/O
modules and intelligent I/O
modules (without page adĆ
dressing) with a central conĆ
troller via the following expanĆ
sion units:
Application
S
S
S
The IM 300 interface module
must be plugged into the slot
provided in the central conĆ
troller. The IM 312 interface
module is plugged into the
expansion unit. Up to four
IM 300 interface modules can
be used in the central controlĆ
ler, however, not more than
two IM 300Ć5 in the
ZG 135U/155U.
Design
One IM 300 interface module
can be plugged into each
EG 183U or EG 185U expanĆ
sion unit.
The IM 300 interface module
allows two areas of 256 byte
to be configured (P and Q
areas).
These expansion units can
also be connected in centralĆ
ized configuration with the
EG 183U and EG 185U exĆ
pansion units.
EG 183U
EG 184U
EG 187U
Connecting the EG 184U and
EG 187U expansion units
(Expansion units without
power supply chassis)
The IM 300Ć5C interface modĆ
ule is to be used in the central
controller and the IM 312Ć5 inĆ
terface module in the expanĆ
sion unit (see Fig. 4/49).
Power (5 V, internal) is supĆ
plied to the EG 184U and EG
187U expansion units by way
of the interface modules.
Connection of the EG 183U
expansion unit
(Expansion unit with power
supply chassis) The IM 300Ć3
interfacemodule is to be used
in the central controller and
the IM 312Ć3 interface module
in the expansion unit (see Fig.
4/47). The IM 312Ć3 and IM
312Ć5 interface modules canĆ
not be used simultaneously in
one chain.
Connecting additional
expansion units
In addition to the aforemenĆ
tioned expansion units, an exĆ
pansion unit in the ER 701Ć1
expansion rack of the
S5Ć115U programmable conĆ
troller can also be connected
(see Fig. 4/48). The expansion
unit is supplied with power
(5 V) by way of the interface
module.
Technical specifications
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S IM 300
max.
S IM 312
max.
0.6 A
0.2 A
Power loss
S IM 300
S IM 312
3W
1W
max.
max.
Ordering data
IM 300 interface module
for the central controller
S For connecting the EG 184U or
EG 187U
S For connecting the EG 183U
S For connecting the ER 701Ć0
or ER 701Ć1
IM 306 interface module
for the expansion units
ER 701Ć0, ER 701Ć1
705 connecting cable
for connecting the IM 300Ć5LB
interface module to the IM 306
Length
0.5 m (1.64 ft)
1.2 m (3.93 ft)
1.5 m (4.92 ft)
2.5 m (8.2 ft)
Space requirements
Weight
1 slot
approx.
Order No.
Order No.
6ES5 300-5CA11
6ES5 300-3AB11
6ES5 300-5LB11
6ES5 306-7LA11
6ES5 705-0AF00
6ES5 705-0BB20
6ES5 705-0BB50
6ES5 705-0BC50
0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
IM 312 interface module
for the expansion units
EG 184U or EG 187U;
S Expansion unit arranged above
the central controller,
0.5 m (1.6 ft) cable
S Location of expansion unit
arbitrary, 1.5 m (4.9 ft) cable
EG 183U;
S Expansion unit arranged above
the central controller,
0.5 m (1.6 ft) cable
S Expansion unit arranged below
the central controller,
0.95 m (3.1 ft) cable
Terminator for the IM 312-3
interface module
6ES5 312-5CA12
6ES5 312-5CA22
6ES5 312-3AB12
6ES5 312-3AB32
6ES5 760-0AB11
The operating instructions are inĆ
cluded in the S5Ć135U/155U
system manual (see page 4/155).
4/140
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
IM 300 and IM 312 interface modules; centralized configuration (continued)
Terminator
IM 312-3
interface
module
ER 701-1
705
connecting
cable
EU 183U
EU 183U
EU 183U
CC
135U/155U
IM 312-3
interface
module
max. length of cables 2 m (6.5 ft)
EU
IM 312-3
interface
module
ER 701-1
EU
ER 701-1
IM 306
interface
module
IM 306
interface
module
CC
EU
ER 701-1
IM 306
interface
module
705
connecting
cable
EU
ER 701-1
IM 306
interface
module
ER 701-1
IM 306
interface
module
EU
CC
135U/155U
IM 312-3
interface
module
IM 306
interface
module
max. 2.5 m (8.2 ft)
EU 183U
With this configuration,
both cabinets must be
electrically connected
to each other
EU
IM 306-5LB
interface
module
IM 300-3
interface
module
max. length of cables 2,5 m (8.2 ft)
Fig. 4/47 Connection of expansion units
with power supply chassis to the
central controller in centralized
configuration using the IM 312Ć3
and IM 300Ć3 interface modules
Fig. 4/48 Connection of expansion units without power supply
chassis to the central controller in centralized configuration
using the IM 306 and IM 300Ć5LB interface modules.
With this configuration, both
cabinets must be electrically
connected to each other.
IM 312-5
interface
module
EU 184U
EU 187U
IM 312-5
interface
module
CC
135U/155U
IM 300-5
interface
module
max. length of cables 2 m (6.5 ft)
IM 312-5
interface
module
EU 184U
Eu 187U
max. 5A
EU 184U
EU 187U
EU 184U
EU 187U
IM 312-5
interface
module
EU 184U
EU 187U
IM 312-5
interface
module
EU 184U
EU 187U
IM 312-5
interface
module
max. 5A
max. length of cables 2 m (6.8 ft) from the CC to the last EU
Fig. 4/49 Connection of expansion units without power supply chassis to the central controller in centralized
configuration using the IM 312Ć5 and IM 300Ć5 interface modules.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/141
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
IM 301 and IM 310 interface modules; distributed configuration up to 200 m (656 ft)
The IM 301/IM 310 interface
modules are used for distribĆ
uted configuration of I/O modĆ
ules and intelligent I/O modĆ
ules (without page addresĆ
sing) with a central controller
via the EG 183U expansion
unit. The expansion unit can
be up to 200 m (656 ft) away
from the central controller.
Application
The IM 301 interface module
is plugged into the central
controller and the IM 310 inĆ
terface module into the exĆ
pansion unit. Additional exĆ
pansion units can be conĆ
nected in centralized configuĆ
ration to the distributed EG
183U expansion units. Up to
four IM 301 interface modules
can be plugged into the cenĆ
tral controller.
Design
The IM 301Ć5 interface modĆ
ule is used if additional
EG 184U or EG 187U expanĆ
sion units are to be connected
in a centralized configuration
to the central controller.
The IM 301Ć3 interface modĆ
ule is used if additional
EG 183U expansion units are
to be connected in a centralĆ
ized configuration to the cenĆ
tral controller.
Terminators must always be
inserted into the last IM 310
and into the unused central
connectors of the IM 301Ć3
and the unused distributed
connectors of the IM 301Ć3
and IM 301Ć5.
The IM 301 interface module
allows two areas of 256 byte
to be configured (CP and Q
areas).
Technical specifications
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S IM 301
max.
S IM 310
max.
0.8 A
0.7 A
Power loss
S IM 301
S IM 310
4W
3.5 W
max.
max.
Ordering data
IM 301 interface module
for the central controller
S For the connection of the
EG 184U or EG 187U
S For the connection of the
EG 183U
Space requirements
Weight
1 slot
approx.
0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
Order No.
Order No.
6ES5 721-0 BB00
6ES5 721-0 BB60
6ES5 721-0 BC00
6ES5 301-3AB13
2.50 m (8.20 ft)
3.20 m (10.4 ft)
5.00 m (16.4 ft)
6ES5 721-0 BC50
6ES5 721-0 BD20
6ES5 721-0 BF00
6ES5 760-0AA11
8.00 m (26.2 ft)
10.00 m (32.8 ft)
12.00 m (39.3 ft)
6ES5 721-0 BJ00
6ES5 721-0 CB00
6ES5 721-0 CB20
16.00 m (52.4 ft)
20.00 m (65.6 ft)
25.00 m (82.0 ft)
6ES5 721-0 CB60
6ES5 721-0 CC00
6ES5 721-0 CC50
32.00 m (104.9 ft)
40.00 m (131.2 ft)
50.00 m (164.0 ft)
6ES5 721-0 CD20
6ES5 721-0 CE00
6ES5 721-0 CF00
63.00 m (206.6 ft)
80.00 m (262.4 ft)
100.00 m (328.0 ft)
6ES5 721-0CG30
6ES5 721-0 CJ00
6ES5 721-0 DB00
500.00 m (1640 ft)
Terminator for the IM 301
S For free distributed
connection of IM 301Ć3 and
IM 301Ć5 (bottom)
S For free centralized connection
of IM 301Ć3 (top)
721 connecting cable
1.00 m (3.28 ft)
1.60 m (5.20 ft)
2.00 m (6.56 ft)
6ES5 721-0 DF00
6ES5 301-5CA12
6ES5 760-0AB11
IM 310 interface module
for the expansion unit
6ES5 310-3AB11
Terminator for the IM 310
6ES5 760-0AA11
The operating instructions are
included in the S5Ć135U/155U
system manual (see page 4/155).
4/142
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
IM 301 and IM 310 interface modules; distributed configuration up to 200 m (656 ft) (continued)
Additional EU 183U
expansion units
(centralized)
EU 183U
Additional EU 183U
expansion units
(centralized)
IM 312-3
interface
module
760-0AB11
terminator
CC
135U/155U
EU 183U
Additional EU 184U/
EG 187U expansion units
(centralized)
IM 312-3
interface
module
IM 310
interface
module
IM 301-3
interface
module
760-0AB11
terminator
EU 184U
EU 187U
IM 312-5
interface
module
IM 310
interface
module
EU 183U
IM 300-3
interface
module
All 721 connecting cables
EU 183U
IM 300-5
interface
module
760-0AA11
terminator
to additional expansion cabinets
(max. 4 for each IM 301 interface module)
max. 200 m (650 ft)
from CC to the last EU
Fig. 4/50 Distributed connection of EG 183U expansion units to the central controller via the
IM 310 and IM 301Ć3 interface modules
Additional EU 184U/EG 187U
expansion units
(centralized)
EU 184U
EU 187U
IM 312-5
interface
module
760-0AB11
terminator
CC
135U/155U
760-0AA11
terminator
Additional EU 183U
expansion units
(centralized)
EU 183U
Additional EU 184U/EG 187U
expansion units (centralized)
IM 312-3
interface
module
IM 310
interface module
IM 301-5
interface
module
EU 183U
EU 184U
EU 187U
IM 312-5
interface
module
IM 310
interface module
IM 300-3
interface
module
All 721 connecting cables
EU 183U
IM 300-5
interfaces
modules
760-0AA11
terminator
to additional expansion cabinets
(max. 4 for each IM 301 interface module)
max. 200 m (650 ft)
from CC to the last EU
Fig. 4/51 Distributed connection of EG 184U/187U expansion units to the central controller via the
IM 310 and IM 301Ć5 interface modules
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/143
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
IM 304 and IM 314 interface modules; distributed configuration up to 600 m (1969 ft)
The IM 304/IM 314 interface
modules are used for distribĆ
uted configuration of I/O modĆ
ules, intelligent I/O modules
and communications procesĆ
sors with a central controller
via the following expansion
units:
Application
S
S
EG 183U
EG 185U
The expansion unit can be up
to 600 m (1969 ft) away from
the central controller.
The IM 304 interface module
is plugged into the central
controller and the IM 314 inĆ
terface module into the exĆ
pansion unit. Additional exĆ
pansion units can be conĆ
nected in a centralized confiĆ
guration to the distributed exĆ
pansion units. Up to four IM
304 interface modules can be
plugged into the central conĆ
troller.
Design
Terminators must always be
inserted into the last IM 314
interface module.
The IM 314 interface module
allows four areas of 256 byte
to be configured (P, Q, IM 3
and IM 4 areas). The IM 3 and
IM 4 areas can only be accesĆ
sed via absolute addresses.
Number of units connectable
to one IM 304
4
Space requirements
1 slot
Technical specifications
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S IM 304
max.
S IM 314
max.
Power loss
S IM 304
S IM 314
max.
max.
1.2 A
1.0 A
6W
5W
Ordering data
6ES5 304-3UB11
IM 314 interface module
for the expansion unit
0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
6ES5 314-3UA11
Terminator for the IM 314
approx.
Order No.
Order No.
IM 304 interface module
for the central controller
Weight
6ES5 760-1AA11
721 connecting cable
see page 4/142
The operating instructions are
included in the S5Ć135U/155U
system manual (see page 4/155).
4/144
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
IM 304 and IM 314 interface modules; distributed configuration up to 600 m (1969 ft) (continued)
Additional EG 183U
expansion units
(centralized)
EU 183U
Additional EG 183U
expansion units
(centralized)
IM 312-3
interface
module
IM 314
interface module
EU 183U
EU 185U
EU 183U
Additional EG 184U/EG 187U
expansion units
(centralized)
IM 312-3
interface
module
IM 314
interface module
IM 300-3
interface
module
EU 183U
EU 185U
EU 184U
EU 187U
IM 312-5
interface
module
IM 314
interface module
IM 300-3
interface
module
EU 183U
IM 300-5
interface
module
760-1AA11 terminator
All 721 connecting cables
Additional EG 183U
expansion units
(centralized)
EU 183U
Additional EG 184U/EG 187U
expansion units
(centralized)
IM 312-3
interface
module
IM 314
interface module
CC
135U/155U
IM 304
interface
modules
EU 183U
EU 185U
EU 184U
EU 187U
IM 312-5
interface
module
IM 314
interface module
IM 300-3
interface
module
EU 183U
EU 185U
IM 300-5
interface
module
760-0AA11 terminator
All type 721 connecting cables
to additional expansion cabinets
(max. 4 for each IM 304 interface module)
max. 600 m (1968 ft)
Fig. 4/52 Connection of expansion units to the central controller in a distributed configuration using the
IM 314 and IM 304 interface modules
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/145
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
IM 308 and IM 318 interface modules; distributed configuration up to 3000 m (9900 ft) and ET 100U connection
The IM 308/IM 318 interface
modules are used for distribuĆ
ted configuration of I/O moduĆ
les with a central controller via
the following expansion units:
S EG 183U
S EG 185U
Application
Design
The IM 308 interface module
is plugged into the central
controller and the IM 318Ć3 inĆ
terface module into the exĆ
pansion unit, or the IM 318Ć8
interface module into the
ET 100U electronic terminator.
Up to four IM 308 interface
modules can be plugged into
the central controller.
Two lines, each containing up
to 32 expansion units or
ET 100U electronic terminaĆ
tors in any order can be conĆ
nected to an IM 308 interface
module. A total of 63 expanĆ
sion units and ET 100U elecĆ
tronic terminators can operate
via one IM 308 interface modĆ
ule. Digital and analog I/Os
can be used in the expansion
units and electronic terminaĆ
tors, but not intelligent I/Os or
communications processors.
Maximum transmission rates,
depending on type of cable
Type of cable
The ET 100U intelligent elecĆ
tronic terminator can also be
connected (see Section 6).
A memory submodule conĆ
taining the address list is only
required for the IM 308 if
ET 100U electronic terminaĆ
tors are connected to it.
screw terminals for the incomĆ
ing and the outgoing line. A
terminating resistor (120 Ω;
supplied with the IM 308) is to
be mounted to the connector
of the last IM 318. An expanĆ
sion unit or an ET 100U elecĆ
tronic terminator can be
switched off without affecting
operation of the other units.
The central controller and the
expansion units or electronic
terminators are floating with
respect to each other.
The IM 308 interface module
allows four areas of 256 byte
to be configured (P, Q, IM 3
and IM 4 areas). The IM 3 and
IM 4 areas can only be acĆ
cessed via absolute adĆ
dresses.
Cables
The interface modules are to
be connected via twoĆcore
cables. The modules are supĆ
plied together with connectors
for connecting the cables usĆ
ing screw terminals. The conĆ
nectors are provided with
The expansion unit and the
electronic terminator may be
up to 3000 m (9900 ft) away
from the central controller.
Selecting the cables:
Shielded, twisted twoĆcore
cables are to be used. The reĆ
sistance of a core must not
exceed 50 Ω, irrespective of
the cable length. The surge
impedance should be around
120 Ω. The capacitance per
unit length must be as low as
possible ( & lt; 60 pF/m). The
bottom table shows two types
of cable that can be used.
and distance to the last unit of
a line:
Transmission rate
Distance
500 m (1640 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
3000 m (9840 ft)
Siemens control cable type A1)
6ES5 707Ć5AA00
375 kbit/s
187 kbit/s
Ċ
Siemens control cable type B
V45551ĆF21ĆB5
(1.5 mm2, paired)
187 kbit/s
62 kbit/s
31 kbit/s
1) Supplied by the meter
Technical specifications
Transmission rate
(selectable)
31, 62, 187 or 375 kbit/s
Number of units that can be
connected
S Per connection
max.
S Total
max.
32
63
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S IM 308
max.
S IM 318
max.
0.5 A
0.3 A
4/148
Power loss
S IM 308
S IM 318
Space requirements
Weight
max.
max.
approx.
2.5 W
1.5 W
1 slot
0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
IM 308 and IM 318 interface modules; distributed configuration up to 3000 m (9900 ft) and connection of the ET 100U (cont.)
Ordering data
IM 308 interface module
Master interface module for cenĆ
tral controller and EG 185U or for
connecting up to 63 ET 100Us
with S5Ć115U/H, S5Ć135U or
S5Ć155U/H programmable conĆ
trollers via plugĆin connection
and three terminating resistors
6ES5 308-3UA12
IM 318-8 interface module
Slave interface module for
ET 100U electronic terminator
Order No.
Order No.
6ES5 318-8MA12
IM 318-3 interface module
Slave interface module for
EG 183U and EG 185U
expansion units
6ES5 318-3UA11
To be ordered as a separate item:
Manual
Distributed I/Os,
IM 308-3U/318-3U
German
English
French
6ES5 998-2DP11
6ES5 998-2DP21
6ES5 998-2DP31
IM 318-3 interface module
IM 318-3 interface module
EU 183U
EU 185U
ET 100U
CC 135U/155U
IM 308
interface module
max. 63 stations
twoĆcore cable
max. 32 stations
IM 318-8 interface module
ET 100U
Terminating resistor
IM 318-3 interface module
EU 183U
EU 185U
twoĆcore cable
max. 32 stations
Terminating resistor
max. 3000 m (9840 ft)
Fig. 4/55 Connection of expansion units and ET 100U to the central controller in a distributed configuration using
the IM 318 and IM 308 interface modules
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
4/149
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
IM 308-C interface module; PROFIBUS-DP interface for S5-115U/H up to S5-155U/H
The IM 308ĆC is a PROFIBUSĆ
DP master and/or slave modĆ
ule for SIMATIC S5Ć115U/H up
to S5Ć155U/H.
Up to 122 passive users like,
for example, ET200 distribĆ
uted I/O devices, the
S5Ć95U/DP or field devices
with PROFIBUSĆDP interface
can be connected to an
IM 308ĆC interface module.
The IM 308ĆC interface modĆ
ule must be plugged into the
slot designed for it in the
S5Ć115U/H up to S5Ć155U/H
programmable controller.
The module requires a singleĆ
width slot.
S
a RS 485 bus interface plug
or
The connection to the
PROFIBUS LAN is made via
S
a RS 485 bus terminal.
As master module, the
IM 308ĆC interface module
coordinates the bus access
and the data transfer to the
PROFIBUSĆDP.
The master and slave function
can be used in combination,
i.e. as a slave, an IM 308ĆC
interface module receives
data from another programĆ
mable controller and simultaĆ
neously works as master of
e.g. ET 200 I/O components.
S
Global Control:
Sync, Freeze of I/O devices
S
Address volume:
13 Kbyte data from the CPU
can be addressed per
IM 308ĆC
S
Shared Inputs:
the inputs of a slave can be
read by several IM 308ĆC inĆ
terface modules
244 byte inputs and outputs
per slave
Application
Design
Principle of operation
It can also operate as
PROFIBUSĆDP slave and thus
makes data exchange with
other PROFIBUSĆDP masters
possible.
Configure this module with the
configuration package
COM PROFIBUS
(see Section 7).
Configuration
Technical specifications
Transfer rate
9.6 kbit/s up to 12 Mbit/s
Data volume
Interfaces at PROFIBUS
9Ćpin sub D socket
Supply voltage
(via backplane bus)
+5 V DC
Permissible environmental
conditions
Current consumption
at 5 V DC
max.
0.6 A
Address volume for inputs,
outputs and diagnostics
13 Kbyte
Number of I/O devices which
can be connected
max. 122
ET 200 U/B/C, S5Ć95U/DP
and/or other field devices
Ordering data
6ES5 308-3UC11
ă0 _C to +60 _C
Ć40 _C to +70 _C
5 to 95Ă%
S
S
S
S
Double eurocard
160
233.4
0.5 kg
1 slot
Order No.
IM 308-C interface module
for connecting the SIMATIC
S5Ć115U/H, S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
to PROFIBUSĆDP,
with memory card (256 kByte)
S Operating temperature
S Transport/storage temperature
S Relative humidity
Mechanical design
4/150
Module format
Dimensions (W
H) in mm
Weight
approx.
Space requirements
Order No.
Memory card
256 Kbyte EPROM
1 Mbyte EPROM
6ES5 374-1KH21
6ES5 374-1KK21
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
IM 304 and IM 324R interface modules for interfacing the S5-155H central controllers
The IMĂ324R and IMĂ304 interĆ
face modules are used for linĆ
king the two ZG 135U/155U
central controllers with a
S5Ć155H failsafe programmaĆ
ble controller.
Application
The IMĂ324R interface module
is plugged into the first cenĆ
tral controller (subunit A) and
the IMĂ304 interface module
into the second central conĆ
troller (subunit B). The two inĆ
terface modules are connecĆ
ted via a 721 connecting
cable (max. 100 m (328 ft)).
Design
Subunit A
IM 324R
Subunit B
IM 304
721 connecting cable
max. 100 m (328 ft)
Fig. 4/56 Interfacing of the two central controllers
The two IMĂ324R and IMĂ304
interface modules handle all
data communications
Principle of operation
between the two central conĆ
trollers of the failsafe proĆ
grammable controller.
Technical specifications
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S IM 304
max.
S IM 324R
max.
1.5 A
1.0 A
Power loss
S IM 304
S IM 324R
7.5 W
5W
max.
max.
Ordering data
6ES5 304-3UB11
IM 324R interface module
for linking the central controllers
of the S5Ć155H
1 slot
0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
Order No.
Order No.
IM 304 interface module
for linking the central controllers
of the S5Ć155H
Space requirements
Weight
6ES5 324-3UR11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
721 connecting cable
see page 4/142
4/151
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
IM 304 and IM 314R interface modules for switched configuration at S5-155H
The IM 304 and IM 314R interĆ
face modules are used for the
singleĆchannel configuration
of the I/O modules of a
S5Ć155H redundant programĆ
mable controller.
Application
Design
An IM 304 interface module is
plugged into each of the two
central controllers. Two
IM 314R interface modules
are plugged into each expanĆ
sion unit. The interface modĆ
ules must be interconnected
via 721 connecting cables
(max. 600 m (1968 ft)). A terĆ
minating resistor must be
plugged into the last interface
module in each chain.
The expansion units
(EG 185U) can be situated up
to 600 m (1968 ft) away from
the central controllers. A maxĆ
imum of eight lines, each with
up to four expansion units,
can be connected to the cenĆ
tral controllers. The maximum
number of expansion units
which can be connected is 16.
The following can also be
connected to each EG 185U
expansion unit:
S Expansion units EG 183U,
EG 184U and EG 187U in a
centralized configuration usĆ
ing IM 300 interface modĆ
ules
S Expansion unit EG 183U and
the ET 100U electronic terĆ
minator in distributed configĆ
uration using IM 308 interĆ
face modules
S The ET 200 distributed I/O
system using the IM 308ĆC
interface module
(see Section 6)
In addition, the interface modĆ
ules are recommended for the
threeĆchannel input configuraĆ
tion when connecting the EG
185U expansion unit.
IM 314R
EU
EU 185U/
EG 185U/
ER 701-3LH
ER 701-3LH
Subunit A
Additional
lines
CC 135U/155U
max. 4 EUs
max. 600 m
(1968 ft)
Subunit B
CC 135U/155U
IM 304
IM 304
IM 304
721 connecting cable
1st EU
Additional EUs
EU 185U/
ER 701-3LH
IM 314R
2nd EU
Additional EUs
max. 4 EUs
max. 600 m
(1968 ft)
EU 185U/
ER 701-3LH
IM 314R
3rd EU
Additional EUs
EU 185U/
ER 701-3LH
4th EU
IM 314R
Additional EUs
EU 185U/
ER 701-3LH
IM 314R
Terminator
Fig. 4/57 Distributed switched I/O configuration
4/152
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Interface modules
IM 304 and IM 314R interface modules for switched configuration at S5-155H (continued)
The IM 304 and IM 314R interĆ
face modules handle all data
communications between the
respective central controller
and the expansion unit.
Principle of operation
Technical specifications
Current consumption (at 5 V)
S IM 304
max.
S IM 314R
max.
1.5 A
1.0 A
Power loss
S IM 304
S IM 314R
7.5 W
5W
max.
max.
Ordering data
6ES5 304-3UB11
IM 314R interface module
for the EG 185U expansion unit
1 slot
approx.
0.3 kg
Order No.
6ES5 314-3UR11
Terminator for IM 314R
Weight
Order No.
IM 304 interface module
for the central controller
Space requirements
6ES5 760-0HA11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
721 connecting cable
see page 4/142
4/153
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Supplementary equipment
Front connectors
Front connectors must be
used to terminate the signal
cables for input and output
modules. Either crimp termiĆ
nals or screw terminals can
be selected for all modules.
Connector sleeves are not reĆ
quired.
Application
Design
The front connectors are
hooked into the module at the
bottom, swung towards the
module and bolted at the top.
The width of the front connecĆ
tors corresponds to one of the
following:
S 1 slot (singleĆwidth) or
S 2 slots (doubleĆwidth).
DoubleĆwidth front connectors
should always be used for
doubleĆwidth modules or if the
slot adjacent to the module at
the right is unused (always in
the EG 187U expansion unit;
without fan).
Stranded conductors should
be used for easy movement
of the front connectors.
Further types of connection
with modified front connecĆ
tors, prepared cables and terĆ
minals for sensors and actuaĆ
tors can be found in the
Catalog KT 10 (SITOP power).
Technical specifications
Front connector
6ES5 497-...
Connection
Crimp terminals or
screw terminals
Conductor crossĆsection
S Crimp terminals
S Screw terminals
0.5 ... 1.5 mm2
0.5 ... 2.5 mm2
Ordering data
Space in the front connector
S CrossĆsection
approx.
S Number of cables
max.
with 2.5 mm2
max.
with 1.5 mm2
max.
with 0.5 mm2
Order No.
497-4UA front connector
for crimp terminals
(without crimp contacts)
S Width = 1 slot, 42Ćpin
for the following modules
(with fan)
6ES5Ć420.., Ć430.., Ć431..,
Ć432.., Ć434.., Ć441.., Ć451..,
Ć458.., Ć460.., Ć463.., Ć465..,
Ć470.., Ć482..
S Width = 2 slots, 42Ćpin
for the modules 6ES5Ć453..,
Ć454.., Ć457.., Ć482..;
for the following modules
(without fan)
6ES5Ć420.., Ć430.., Ć431..,
Ć432.., Ć434.., Ć441.., Ć451,
Ć458.., Ć460.., Ć463.., Ć465..,
Ć470..
S Width = 2 slots, 20Ćpin
for the following modules
6ES5Ć435.., Ć436.., Ć455..,
Ć456.., Ć951..
4/154
Weight
approx.
470 mm2
24
36
48
0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
Order No.
497-4UB front connector
for screw terminals
6ES5 497-4UA12
6ES5 497-4UA22
6ES5 497-4UA42
S Width = 1 slot, 42-pin
for the following modules
(with fan)
6ES5Ć420.., Ć430.., Ć431..,
Ć432.., Ć434.., Ć441.., Ć451..,
Ć458.., Ć460.., Ć463.., Ć465..,
Ć470.., Ć482..
S Width = 2 slots, 42Ćpin
for the modules 6ES5Ć453..,
Ć454.., Ć457.., Ć482..;
for the following modules
(without fan)
6ES5Ć420.., Ć430.., Ć431..,
Ć432.., Ć434.., Ć441.., Ć451..,
Ć458.., Ć460.., Ć463.., Ć465..,
Ć470..
S Width = 2 slots, 25Ćpin
for the module 6ES5Ć454..
S Width = 2 slots, 20Ćpin
for the following modules
6ES5Ć435.., Ć436.., Ć455..,
Ć456.., Ć951..
6ES5 497-4UB31
6ES5 497-4UB12
6ES5 497-4UB22
6ES5 497-4UB42
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Supplementary equipment
Front connectors (continued)
Ordering data (continued)
Front connector K for 6ES5-466..
S For screw terminals
Width = 1 slot, 43Ćpin;
S For crimp terminals
Width = 1 slot, 43Ćpin;
LED extension
for front connector with
S screw terminals
S crimp terminals
Order No.
Order No.
Crimp contacts
pack of 250
6XX3 068
6XX3 070
Crimping tool
for crimping crimp contacts
6XX3 081
6XX3 071
Extraction tool
for crimp contacts
6ES5 497-4UC11
6ES5 497-4UL21
6ES5 497-4UL11
Manuals, further accessories
Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Manuals (continued)
S5-135U/155U system manual
with operating instructions for
CC, EU, CPU, IM 300 to IM 314
interface modules, digital input
and output modules and analog
input and output modules
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian
6ES5 998-0SH11
6ES5 998-0SH21
6ES5 998-0SH31
6ES5 998-0SH41
6ES5 998-0SH51
Programming instructions
S for CPU 922 G, GB, F, E
S for CPU 928 G, GB, F, E
S for CPU 928B G, GB, F, E, I
S for CPU 948 G, GB, F, E, I
6ES5 998-0PRJ1
6ES5 998-1PRJ1
6ES5 998-2PRJ1
6ES5 998-3PRJ1
Communications manual for
CPU 928B G, GB, F, E, I
S5-135U/155U manual for
S CPU 922 with S5Ć135U/155U
system manual and programĆ
ming instructions CPU 922;
G, GB, F, E
S CPU 928 with S5Ć135U/155U
system manual and programĆ
ming instructions CPU 928;
G, GB, F, E
S CPU 928B with S5Ć135U/155U
system manual, communicaĆ
tions manual for CPU 928B/
CPU 948 and CPU 928B proĆ
gramming instructions;
G, GB, F, E, I
S CPU 948 with S5Ć135U/155U
system manual, communicaĆ
tions manual for CPU 928B/
CPU 948 and CPU 922 proĆ
gramming instructions;
G, GB, F, E, I
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
S5-135U/155U pocket guide
for CPU 922, CPU 928,
CPU 928B and CPU 948;
G, GB, F, E, I
6ES5 998-0CNJ2
6ES5 998-0ULJ3
6ES5 998-1ULJ4
6ES5 998-2ULJ4
6ES5 998-1UMJ2
1
2
3
4
5
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian
S5-155H manual
with operating instructions for
S5-155H, programming guide
and CPU 948R/RL quick referĆ
ence
German
English
French
Power supply chassis
S 230V/120V AC; 5V, 18A;
24V, 1A; 15V, 0.5A
for ZG 135U/155U, EG 183U
and EG 185U
S 230V/120V AC; 5V, 40A;
24V, 2.8A; 15V, 2A
for ZG 135U/155U and
EG 185U
S 24V DC; 5V, 18A; 24V, 1A;
15V, 0.5A
for ZG 135U/155U,
EG 183U and EG 185U
S 24V DC;5V, 40A; 24V, 2.8A;
15V,2A
for ZG 135U/155U and
EG 185U
S 24V DC; 5V, 10A; 24V, 0.8A
for ZG 135U
Fan chassis for EG 184U
S 230/120V AC
S 24V DC
Spare fan
for CC and EUs with power
supply chassis 6ES5 955Ć3ā.ā .ā41
6ES5 997-3UAJ3
1
2
3
4
5
6ES5 998-4SR11
6ES5 998-4SR21
6ES5 998-4SR31
6ES5 955-3LC41
6ES5 955-3LF41
6ES5 955-3NC41
6ES5 955-3NF41
6ES5 955-3NA12
6ES5 988-3LA11
6ES5 988-3NA11
6ES5 988-3NB41
4/155
SIMATIC S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Supplementary equipment
Manuals, further accessories (continued)
Ordering data (continued)
Accessories for ZG 135U/155U,
EG 183U to EG 187U (cont.)
Spare fan (set of 2)
S 230V AC for
6ES5 955Ć3LC14/Ć3LF12 and
6ES5 988Ć3LA11
S 24V DC for 6ES5 955Ć3NA12/
Ć3NC13/Ć3NF11 and
6ES5 988Ć3NA11
Backup battery
S For power supply chassis
(3.4V, 5Ah)
S For memory submodules with
RAM (3V, 0.2Ah)
Order No.
Order No.
Accessories for ZG 135U/155U,
EG 183U to EG 187U (cont.)
6ES5 988-3LB21
6ES5 988-3NB11
6EW1 000-7AA
6ES5 980-0DA11
Rechargeable battery
for power supply chassis
6ES5 955Ć3xx41
6ES5 980-0NC11
Baffle plate
for improving the cooling of
devices with fan;
air entry from lower front side,
air exit upper back side
6ES5 981-0DA11
Dust filter holder
for CC and EUs with power
supply chassis 6ES5 955Ć0FA41
6ES5 981-0FA41
Dust filter (set of 10)
for dust filter holder
6ES5 981Ć0FA41
6ES5 981-0EA41
Dust filter holder
for CC and EUs with power supply
chassis 6ES5 955Ć3LC14/
Ć3LF12/Ć3NA12/Ć3NC13/Ć3NF11,
6ES5 988Ć3xA11
Dust filter (set of 10)
for dust filter holder
6ES5 981Ć0FA11
Dummy front plates
for covering free slots
S Width 1 slot
S Width 2 slots
15 V module
for building into power supply
chassis 6ES5 955Ć3NA12/
Ć3NF11/Ć3LF12 for supplying the
bus connector for Industrial
Ethernet.
All other power supply chassis
do not require a 15 V module.
6ES5 981-0EA11
6XF2 008-6KB00
6XF2 016-6KB00
6ES5 956-0AA12
6ES5 981-0FA11
4/156
Accessories for ZG 155H
Power supply
24 V DC; 5 V, 14 A
6ES5 955-7NC11
Fan subassembly
24 V DC
6ES7 408-1TA01-0XA0
Replacement fan
6ES7 408-1TA00-6AA0
Dust filter (10 items)
6ES7 408-1TA00-7AA0
Backup battery
Lithium, type AA
3.6 V; 1.9 Ah
6ES7 971-0BA00
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC 505
General
Application
Fig. 5/1
SIMATIC 505 programmable controllers
The SIMATIC 505 programĆ
mable controllers provide a
special combination of openĆ
loop control tasks, closedĆ
Design
5/2
loop control tasks and comĆ
plex mathematical functions
for a large variety of applicaĆ
tions in process engineering.
Compactness
The SIMATIC 505 programĆ
mable controllers have an exĆ
tremely compact design corĆ
responding to the
stateĆofĆtheĆart of integrated
circuits (ASICs). The latest
design technology ensures
low space requirements with
high performance. System
costs and space requirements
decrease at the same time as
system reliability increases.
Intelligent I/O modules
The SIMATIC 505 programĆ
mable controllers have differĆ
ent digital, analog and intelliĆ
gent I/O modules as well as
communications processors
available. There are digital
module versions with 8, 16,
32 inputs/outputs, and relay
module versions with 8, 16,
32 outputs. Analog input/outĆ
put modules acquire signals
from thermocouples and RTD
inputs. In addition, there are
ATĆcompatible PC modules
and different communications
processors (for example, with
RS 232 interfaces) available.
Distributed control
The SIMATIC 505 programĆ
mable controllers let you take
a truly distribued approach to
your plant control. First of all
they are designed to meet the
latest IEC safety and reliability
standards to withstand the
toughest industrial environĆ
ments so that they can be
placed wherever they are
needed. Secondly, a powerful,
remote I/O capability enables
I/O modules and subracks to
be placed as far as 1000
m/3280 ft from the controller
itself, thus eliminating the
need for long, multiple cable
runs to remote sensors and
actuators.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC 505
General
Design (continued)
Redundant systems
For critical process applicaĆ
tions, the SIMATIC
560T/TI565T systems can be
combined with the TI505
Hot backup with singleĆchanĆ
nel I/O design
The hot backup system conĆ
sists of a redundant configuĆ
ration of the CPUs.
The active PLC and the
standby PLC are each
equipped with a hot backup
card.
A fiberĆoptic connection beĆ
tween the active and the
standby PLC executes self
monitoring and synchronizaĆ
tion of the programs up to four
times per cycle.
The active PLC updates the
standby PLC automatically
and hands over control as
soon as a serious fault ocĆ
curs.
The hot backup system reĆ
quires no additional programĆ
ming by the user.
Hot backup with
twoĆchannel I/O design
The TI505 I/O system can
also operate redundantly.
For this purpose, a special
power supply module and the
RBC (remote base controller)
are installed redundantly
(double) in a special redunĆ
dantly designed mounting
rack. The RFĆRBC is an intelliĆ
gent interface between the
RCC (remote channel controlĆ
ler) and the redundant
mounting rack.
The redundant mounting rack,
equipped with 11 slots, conĆ
tains two power supply modĆ
ules (110/220 V AC or 24 V
DC) and two RBCs. In addiĆ
tion, each redundant mountĆ
ing rack has two cables so
that if one line fails an autoĆ
matic switch can be made to
the other.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
I/O modules to form a redunĆ
dant system. The redundant
design reduces any possible
down time to a minimum.
TI560T/TI565T
Hot backup
card
RCC
TI560T/TI565T
Hot backup
card
RCC
TRISPLITTER
box
505Ć6660
power supply
RCC
505-6504
505-6508
505-6516
Fig. 5/2
Hot backup with singleĆchannel I/O
It guarantees the integrity of
both PLCs even during onĆline
program edits.
TI560T/TI565T
Hot backup
card
RCC
TI560T/TI565T
Hot backup
card
RCC
DUAL TRISPLITTER
box
505-6660
power supply
RCC
505-6511
Fig. 5/3
Hot backup with twoĆchannel I/O
In normal mode, one of the reĆ
dundant RCBs is active and
the other is in standby. If an
fatal fault occurs in the active
RCB, communications are auĆ
tomatically switched to the
redundant standby RCB. This
takes place within one PLC
cycle.
5/3
SIMATIC 505
General, Ordering Data
Programming
Ease of use means different
things to different people.
That's why a choice of differĆ
ent development tools is ofĆ
fered.
The SIMATIC TISOFT package
is available for programming
the PLC. For those with preĆ
vious knowledge of process
automation, there is SIMATIC
APT.
SIMATIC APT uses CASE
(computerĆaided software enĆ
gineering) technology which
provides for a structured apĆ
proach to programming while
simultaneously enabling maĆ
stery of sequential control
processes and continuous
closedĆloop control functions.
APT ensures that the proĆ
grams are well structured and
documented. The data coheĆ
rence check reduces proĆ
gramming errors to a miniĆ
mum.
Humidity
In accordance with
IEC 68Ć2Ć3 Ca.
FaultĆfree operation under enviĆ
ronmental conditions up to 95%
humidity at 60 _C.
Mechanical shock test
In accordance with
IEC 68Ć2Ć21 EA test.
No detrimental effect in the case
of nonĆrepetitive shocks.
General technical specifications
Safety and reliability
SIMATIC 505 corresponds to the
IEC 65A and DIN 41 494 stanĆ
dards for industrial and process
control systems.
Insulation group
In accordance with IEC 801, Part
2, Paragraph 4.
Protection against static electrical
discharge to 15 kV.
In accordance with
IEC 68Ć2Ć14 NB.
FaultĆfree operation at temperatuĆ
res fluctuating between 0 to
60 _C.
Temperature range
Ordering data TI525 to TI565
Power supply units
1 required per mounting rack
2 per redundant mounting rack
110/220 V AC, single
110/220 V AC, single or redundant
24 V DC, single or redundant
CPUs
TI525
Memory 10 KB,
512 digital/128 analog inputs/outputs
TI535
Memory 40 KB,
1024 digital/1024 analog
inputs/outputs
TI545
Memory 192 KB,
2048 digital/1024 analog inputs/
outputs, 64 controllers
TI545
Memory 96 KB,
1024 digital/1024 analog inputs/
outputs, 16 controllers
5/4
Order No.
Order No.
CPUs (continued)
Firmware upgrade kit
for TI545Ć1101 Version 2.1.1
for TI545Ć1102 Version 3.1
PPX:2601099-8005
PPX:2601099-8006
TI555
8192 digital/8192 analog inputs/
outputs,
memory 384 KB,
memory 1920 KB
PPX:555-1101
PPX:555-1102
PPX:505-6660
PPX:505-6660-A
PPX:505-6663
TI560T (with power supply)
for twistedĆpair cable
S 110 V AC, RS 485, RCC
S 24 V DC, RS 485, RCC
PPX:560T1KM-1101
PPX:560T1KM-1102
PPX:525-1102
for coaxial cable connection
S 110 V AC, RCC
S 24 V DC, RCC
PPX:560T4KM-1101
PPX:560T4KM-1102
TI565T (with power supply)
for twistedĆpair cable
S 110 V AC, RS 485, RCC
S 24 V DC, RS 485, RCC
PPX:565T1KM-1101
PPX:565T1KM-1102
for coaxial cable connection
S 110 V AC, RCC
S 24 V DC, RCC
PPX:565T4KM-1101
PPX:565T4KM-1102
Mounting racks
for TI505
4 slots
8 slots
11 slots, redundant
16 slots
See Section 1 for further techĆ
nical specifications
PPX:505-6504
PPX:505-6508
PPX:505-6511
PPX:505-6516
PPX:535-1212
PPX:545-1102
PPX:545-1103
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC 505
Ordering data
Ordering data TI525 to TI565
CPUs (continued)
Programming manual for TI505
German
English
Italian
PPX:505-8104D
PPX:505-8104-5
PPX:505-8104I
Technical product description
for TI525/TI535
English
PPX:505-8103
System manual for TI525, TI535
English
German1)
French1)
PPX:505-8106
PPX:505-8106D
PPX:505-8106F
Technical product description
for TI545/TI555
CPU 1101
English
German
French
Italian
PPX:545-8101-4
PPX:545-8101D
PPX:545-8101F
PPX:545-8101I
System manuals for TI545/TI555
CPU 1102, English
PPX:545-555-8101-2
Documentation set TI545
(hardware, design, I/O
programming), English
PPX:545-8102
Technical product description
for TI545
English
German
French
Italian
PPX:545-8103-3
PPX:545-8103-3D
PPX:545-8103-3F
PPX:545-8103-3I
System manual for TI555,
CPU
English
German
französich
Italian
PPX:555-8101-2
PPX:555-8101-1D
PPX:555-8101-1F
PPX:555-8101-1I
System manual for
TI560T/TI565T, English
PPX:560-65-8109
Programming manual for
TI560T/TI565T
English
German1)
French1)
Italian1)
PPX:560-65-8102
PPX:560-65-8102D
PPX:560-65-8102F
PPX:560-65-8102I
Product description for
TI560T/TI565T
English
French
Italian
PPX:560-65-8107
PPX:560-65-8107F
PPX:560-65-8107I
User manual
for redundant I/O, English
PPX:560-65-8108
1) Available in Europe only.
2) TI535: additional IOCC in basic mounting rack.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Order No.
Order No.
Controllers
Controllers for expansion units
S I/O channel controller (IOCC)
for TI5352)
S Distributed base controller
(DBC) for TI5353)
S Remote channel controller
(RCC), coaxial
S Remote channel controller
(RCC), RS 485 interface
S Remote base controller (RBC),
coaxial FM mode4)
S Remote base controller (RBC),
RS 485 interface4)
S Remote base controller (RBC)
for TI560T/565T, max. 4 km,
coaxial
S Remote base controller (RBC),
for TI560T/565T, max. 1 km,
RS 485
S 505/6MT controller
S 505/7MT controller
PPX:505-6830
PPX:505-6840
PPX:560-2126-B
PPX:560-2127-B
PPX:505-6850-A
PPX:505-6851-A
PPX:500-2114-A
PPX:500-5114-A
PPX:505-5190
PPX:505-7190
Manuals
S 7 MT interface adapter
S 6 MT interface adapter
PPX:505-8115-2
on request
Communications modules
Peerlink module,
PointĆtoĆpoint link between 2 to
16 modules, mixed link between
TI500 and TI505, with manual
S for TI505, 2 redundant channels
S for TI500, 1 channel
S for TI500, 2 redundant channels
PPX:505-7354
PPX:500-5053
PPX:500-5054
TIWAY communications processor NIM
with manual
S 2 redundant interfaces (local
line) for TI505
S 2 redundant interfaces (RS232)
for TI505
S 2 redundant interfaces (local
line) for TI500
S 2 redundant interfaces (RS232)
for TI500
UNLINK host adapter
with manual and PIM
S 115 V AC, local line/local line TIĆ
WAY interfaces, computer interĆ
faces RS232C/423
S 115 V AC, RS232C/RS232C TIĆ
WAY interfaces, computer interĆ
faces RS232C/423
S 220 V AC, local line/local line TIĆ
WAY interfaces, computer interĆ
faces RS232C/423
S 220 V AC, RS232C/RS232C TIĆ
WAY interfaces, computer interĆ
faces RS232C/423
PPX:505-7339
PPX:505-7340
PPX:500-5039
PPX:500-5040
PPX:505-7111
PPX:505-7112
PPX:505-7113
PPX:505-7114
3) TI535: DBC as interface in each expansion rack.
4) RBC as interface between CPU and RCC in expansion racks for 560T/565T.
5/5
SIMATIC 505
Ordering data
Ordering data 525 to 565
Communications modules
(continued)
FIM fieldbus interface module,
(with manual)
Connection with USS protocol (for
SIMOVERT/SIMOREG drives),
Profibus link (e.g. ET 200, S5Ć95U,
drives), connection as for expanĆ
sion rack (remote base)
PPX:505-7202
Industrial Ethernet module
(NIM/Ethernet)
PointĆtoĆpoint link via Layer 4,
connection via TF functionality
Layer 7, with manual
PPX:505-CP1434TF
MODBUS NIM
2 redundant interfaces, slave staĆ
tions, with manual (English) and
software
PPX:505-5184
RS485 coaxial converter
for connecting coaxial I/O to
TI545/555/575
PPX:505-6860
TIWAY TAP
Distributor terminal for bus cable
PPX:2703770-8001
500 and 505 manual
PPX:500-8115
Manuals for TIWAY modules
S TI505 user description, English
S TI500 user description, English
S TI500 technical description, EnĆ
glish
PPX:TIWAY-8124
PPX:TIWAY-8110
PPX:TIWAY-8119
Manuals for UNILINK host
adapter
S Installation manual, English
S User manual, English
S TIWAY system, English
PPX:TIWAY-8106
PPX:TIWAY-8121
PPX:TIWAY-8101
User for FIM,
German
English
French
Italian
PPX:505-8124-2D
PPX:505-8124-3
PPX:505-8124-2F
PPX:505-8124-2I
User for Industrial
Ethernet,
German
English
French
Italian
PPX:505-8126-1D
PPX:505-8126-2
PPX:505-8126-1F
PPX:505-8126-1I
MODBUS NIM, English
PPX:505-8122-1
I/O modules
Digital input modules
S 4 to 15 V DC, 8Ćpoint source/
sink inputs
S 4 to 15 V DC, 16Ćpoint source/
sink inputs
S 4 to 15 V DC, 32Ćpoint source/
sink inputs
S 24 V DC, 8Ćpoint source/sink inĆ
puts
S 24 V DC, 32Ćpoint source/sink
inputs
5/6
Order No.
Order No.
PPX:505-4108
PPX:505-4116
PPX:505-4132
PPX:505-4308
PPX:505-4332
I/O modules (continued)
Digital input modules (cont.)
S 48/24 V DC, 16 inputs
S 24 V AC, 8 inputs
S 24 V AC, 16 inputs
S 24 V AC, 32 inputs
S 110 V AC, 8 inputs
S 110 V AC, 16 inputs
S 110 V AC, 32 inputs
S 220 V AC, 8 inputs
S 220 V AC, 16 inputs
S 220 V AC, 32 inputs
S 24 V DC isolated, 16/8 interrupt
inputs
S 48 V DC, isolated interrupts, 16
inputs/outputs
S 125 V DC, isolated interrupts,
16 inputs/outputs
S Simulation modules, 32 inputs
Digital output modules
S 24 V DC, 0.5 A, 8 sourceĆonly
outputs
S 24 V DC, 0.5 A, 8 sinkĆonly outĆ
puts
S 24 V DC, 0.5 A, 16 sourceĆonly
outputs
S 24 V DC, 0.5 A, 16 sinkĆonly
outputs
S 24 V DC, 0.5 A, 32 sourceĆonly
outputs
S 24 V DC, 0.5 A, 32 sinkĆonly
outputs
S 24 V DC, 2 A, 8 sourceĆonly
outputs
S 24 V DC, 2 A, 8 sinkĆonly outĆ
puts
S 24 V DC, 2 A, 16 sourceĆonly
outputs
S 24 V DC, 2 A, 16 sinkĆonly outĆ
puts
S 24 V DC, 2 A, 32 sourceĆonly
outputs
S 24 V DC, 2 A, 32 sinkĆonly outĆ
puts
S 115 V AC/DC, 4 A, 16 relay outĆ
puts
S 24/110 V AC, 0.5 A, 8 outputs
S 24/110 V AC, 0.5 A, 16 outputs
S 24/110 V AC, 0.5 A, 32 outputs
S 110/220 V AC, 1 A, 8 outputs
S 110/220 V AC, 1 A, 16 outputs
S 110/220 V AC, 1 A, 32 outputs
S 220 V AC, 24 V DC, 2 A,
8 relay outputs
S 220 V AC, 24 V DC, 2 A,
16 relay outputs
S 220 V AC, 24 V DC, 2 A,
32 relay outputs
S 220 V AC, 24 V DC, 5 A/3 A,
16 relay outputs
S Simulation modules, 32 outputs
PPX:505-4316-A
PPX:505-4008-A
PPX:505-4016-A
PPX:505-4032-A
PPX:505-4208-A
PPX:505-4216-A
PPX:505-4232-A
PPX:505-4408-A
PPX:505-4416-A
PPX:505-4432-A
PPX:505-4317
PPX:505-4318
PPX:505-4319
PPX:505-6010
PPX:505-4508
PPX:505-3508
PPX:505-4516
PPX:505-3516
PPX:505-4532
PPX:505-3532
PPX:505-4708
PPX:505-3708
PPX:505-4716
PPX:505-3716
PPX:505-4732
PPX:505-3732
PPX:505-5417
PPX:505-4608
PPX:505-4616
PPX:505-4632
PPX:505-4808
PPX:505-4816
PPX:505-4832
PPX:505-4908
PPX:505-4916-A
PPX:505-4932
PPX:505-5518
PPX:505-6011
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
SIMATIC 505
Ordering data
Ordering data 525 to 565
I/O modules (continued)
Analog input module
8Ćchannel, 12 bits (0Ć5 V DC/ " 5V)
PPX:505-6108-A
Order No.
Order No.
Analog output module
8Ćchannel, 12 bits
(0Ć10 V DC/0Ć20 mA)
Analog input/output modules
S 8x15 bit input/4x12 bit output
(mixed ranges)
S 8x13 bit input/4x12 bit highĆ
speed output (mixed ranges)
Parallel input/output modules
S 8Ćchannel, multiplex TTL, 16Ćbit
word inputs
S 8Ćchannel, multiplex TTL, 16Ćbit
word inputs
PPX:505-6208-A
PPX:505-7016
PPX:505-6308
PPX:505-6408
PPX:505-8105-2
Manual for 505-4317 interrupt
module
PPX:505-8123-1
Special modules
Thermocouple/RTD modules
(with manual)
S 8 inputs, Ć50 to +50 mV, thermoĆ
couples
S 8 inputs, Ć50 to +50 mV, RTD
S Calibration connector for RTD
module
PPX:505-8110-2
PPX:505-8110-2D
PPX:505-8110-2F
PPX:505-8110-2I
PPX:505-7028
PPX:505-7038
PPX:2587705-8009
User manual for thermocouple
module
English
German
French
Italian
PPX:505-8111-3
PPX:505-8111-2D
PPX:505-8111-2F
PPX:505-8111-2I
User manual for RTD module
English
German
French
Italian
PPX:505-8114
PPX:505-8114-2D
PPX:505-8114-2F
PPX:505-8114-2I
High-speed counter and encoding module
2 counters, 4 inputs,
4 outputs, counter speed 50 kHz,
5 to 24 V DC,
with manual
High-speed counter and encoding module
6 counters, 8 inputs,
8 outputs, counter speed
100 kHz, 5 to 24 V DC,
with manual
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
PPX:505-8113-2
PPX:505-8127-1
PPX:505-7002
PPX:505-7003
Basic module
2 (RS232C/423) interfaces, meĆ
mory 28 KB, transmission rate
110Ć19200 bps
PPX:505-7101
Backup battery for basic
module
PPX:2587678-8010
EEPROM for basic program
PPX:505-7012
User manual for digital I/O modules
Manual for analog I/O
English
German
French
Italian
Special modules (continued)
Manual for counter module
with 2 counters, English
with 6 counters, English
PPX:2587681-8028
Manual
(supplied with module)
PPX:505-8101-2
386/ATM module
with CPU 30C286SX, RAM 4 MB,
hard disk 120 MB, clock freĆ
quency 8 or 16 MHz, MSĆDOS
manual (English) and software
PPX:505-ATM-4120
Manual
(supplied with module)
PPX:505-ATM-MANL-3
Turbo plastic module
5 analog inputs
0 to +5/0 to +10V DC
4 analog outputs,
-10 to +10 V DC
4 digital outputs, 15 to 24 V DC
PPX:505-5100
Turbo parison module
4 digital inputs/5 analog inputs
4 digital inputs/4 analog inputs
PPX:505-5103
Hot backup system
560T hot backup system
with 560/565T hot backup card,
upgrade kit (PPX:560Ć2129ĆA)
and:
S 2 560T CPU
(PPX:560T1KMĆ1101)
S 2 560T CPU
(PPX:560T1KMĆ1102)
S 2 560T CPU
(PPX:560T4KMĆ1101)
S 2 560T CPU
(PPX:560T4KMĆ1102)
S 2 565T CPU
(PPX:565T1KMĆ1101)
S 2 565T CPU
(PPX:565T1KMĆ1102)
S 2 565T CPU
(PPX:565T4KMĆ1101)
S 2 565T CPU
(PPX:565T4KMĆ1102)
Manuals
S Hot backup installation instrucĆ
tions, English
S TI505 redundant I/O, English
PPX:560H1KM-1101
PPX:560H1KM-1102
PPX:560H4KM-1101
PPX:560H4KM-1102
PPX:565H1KM-1101
PPX:565H1KM-1102
PPX:565H4KM-1101
PPX:565H4KM-1102
PPX:560-65-8103-2
PPX:505-8125-2
5/7
SIMATIC 505
Ordering data
Ordering data 525 to 565
Spares for TI525 to TI555
S Connector: Side access (qty 1)
S Connector: Front access (qty 1)
S dummy plate (pack of 5)
S Fuse holder for power supply
(pack of 4)
S Screws for dummy plate (pack
of 10)
S 505 RTD calibration connector
PPX:2587705-8010
PPX:2587705-8011
PPX:2587705-8003
PPX:2587704-8001
PPX:2587705-8001
PPX:2587705-8009
S EEPROM
for 525/535
for 545/555, 128 KB
for 555, 256 KB
PPX:2587681-8020
PPX:2587681-8022
PPX:2587681-8031
S EPROM
for 525/535
for CPU 545/555, 128 KB
for 555, 256 KB
PPX:2587681-8012
on request
PPX:2587681-8030
S Backup battery for
525/535/545/650T/656T
S Programming cable for 545
S Memory expansion for
545Ć1101, 256 KB
S Relay, 5 A, pack of 5
Order No.
Order No.
PPX:2587678-8005
PPX:2601094-8001
PPX:545-1111
PPX:2587704-8002
Ordering data 575
PPX:575-2103
System manual for 575
PPX:575-8101-4
575 user manual
PPX:575-8104-1
Power supply modules (VME)
S 115 V AC, 185 watts
S 115/230 V AC, 300 watts
PPX:575-6660
PPX:575-6663
Spares for TI560/565
S 560T digital CPU
S 565T special function CPU
S 560T/565T power supply modĆ
ule, 110/220 V AC
S 560T/565T power supply modĆ
ule, 24 V DC
S Remote channel controller
(RCC) (FM)
S Remote channel controller
(RCC) (RS 485)
S Hot backup card
S Hot backup upgrade kit
(2 modules + cable)
S Memory expansion module 64 K
words
S Memory expansion module
256 K words
S Distributor box for 565T hot
backup, tri splitter
S FiberĆ optic cable for 565 HBU
Interface for expansion unit
(RCC)
PlugĆin card in CPU 575
PPX:575-2126
Digital input module (VME)
with 32 inputs, 110 V AC
PPX:575-4232
Digital output module (VME)
with 16 outputs, 110 V AC
PPX:575-4616
Digital input/output module
(VME)
with 16 I/O, 24 V DC
PPX:575-4366
Mounting rack (VME) 1.0”
S with 9 slots
S with 14 slots
S with 16 slots
Coprocessor
(optional, Motorola 68882)
5/8
PPX:575-2124
PPX:575-2128
PPX:575-2130
PPX:2589739-8010
PPX:2587679-8012
PPX:2587679-8013
PPX:2587679-8014
PPX:2587679-8015
PPX:560-2820
PPX:565-2820
PPX:560-2122
PPX:560-2123
PPX:560-2126-B
PPX:560-2127-B
PPX:560-2128-A
PPX:560-2129-A
PPX:560-2130
PPX:560-2136
PPX:2587755-8001
PPX:2587693-8010
Order No.
Order No.
575 CPU
832 KB
Spares for 525 to 555 (continued)
Fuses
S Set, 3 A/125 V, pack of 5, for
505Ć45xx
S Set, 3 A/250 V, pack of 5, for
505Ć48xx
S Set, 3 A/250 V, pack of 5, for
505Ć46xx
S Set, 3 A/250 V, pack of 5, for
505Ć6660
Accessories
S Connecting cable with RS232
interface (for connecting proĆ
gramming devices)
S dummy plate 1 " for 575Ć2124
(9 slots)
S dummy plate 0.2 " for 575Ć2124
(9 slots) or for 575Ć2128
(14 slots)
S dummy plate 0.4 " for 575Ć2124
(9 slots) or for 575Ć2128
(14 slots)
S dummy plate 0.6 " for 575Ć2130
(16 slots)
S dummy plate 0.8 " for 575Ć2130
(16 slots)
S Mounting rail for 575Ć2124
(9 slots)
S Mounting rail for 575Ć2128
(14 slots)
S Mounting rail for 575Ć2130
(16 slots)
S Ventilator set for 575Ć2130,
115/230 V AC
S J2 backplane bus connector for
power supply, 1 slot for all deĆ
vices (optional)
S Daisy chain bridging connector
for 575Ć2124 or for 575Ć2128
S Spare I/O connector
S Spare battery, 4 V, 5 Ah
S Spare fuse for 575Ć6660, 8 A
PPX:VPU200-3605
PPX:2589739-8003
PPX:2589739-8004
PPX:2589739-8005
PPX:2589739-8014
PPX:2589739-8015
PPX:2589739-8001
PPX:2589739-8002
PPX:2589739-8016
PPX:575-2131
PPX:2589739-8012
PPX:2589739-8011
PPX:2589739-8007
PPX:2589739-8006
PPX:2589739-8008
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Standard Tools
STEP 5 programming software
Application
Fig. 7/2
STEP 5, STL representation
STEP 5 is the time-tested proĆ
gramming software for SIĆ
MATIC S5 programmable conĆ
trollers. With STEP 5 it is
possible to create, test and
document user programs for
all SIMATIC S5 programmable
controllers.
STEP 5 is an attractive soluĆ
tion for all S5 users:
S Ergonomic user interface
according to the SAA stanĆ
dard;
makes STEP 5 user friendly
and easy to operate
S Novell-based network capaĆ
bility; facilitates data mainteĆ
nance and archiving considĆ
erably
S Large range of functions;
manages even complex
tasks without great effort
Design
STEP 5 is available in two
variants:
S STEP 5/ST basic package
for programming devices
and PCs;
for programming, testing,
documenting, installing and
automatic documentation of
S5 programs for the proĆ
grammable controllers
S5-90U, S5-95U/F,
S5-100U, S5101-U,
S5-115U/H/F,S5-135U,
S5-150U and S5-155U/H.
STEP 5/ST basic package for
programming devices and
PCs
The basic package is instalĆ
led on the programming deviĆ
ces PG 720, PG 740 and PG
760 as standard software. If it
is required for a PC it is supĆ
plied on CD and diskettes.
The scope of supply includes:
STEP 5 programming softĆ
ware (including KOMDOK)
S STL editor/batch compiler
S COM DB 1 parameterization
software
S
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
S
STEP 5 runs under the operatĆ
ing systems
S MS-DOS 5.0 or higher
S Windows 3.x and
S Windows 95
on
S PG 730, PG 750, PG 770
S PG 720, PG 740, PG 760
or
S AT-compatible PC.
At least 4 megabytes of RAM
are required.
STEP 5/ST for mini PLCs for
PC;
STEP 5/ST for mini PLCs is
specially for programming
the mini controllers S5-90U,
S5-95-U/F and S5-100U.
Only the following software
packages are executable:
GRAPH Mini, COM IP 266,
COM GRAPH, COM Text,
COM 95F, COM DB1, COM
521 BASIC.
All other COM packages
and optional packages canĆ
not be used.
STEP 5/ST for mini controllers
The scope of supply includes:
STEP 5 programming softĆ
ware for mini controllers;
based on the STEP 5 proĆ
gramming language.
S
STEP 5 for mini controllers is
only supplied for PC on CD
and diskettes.
7/3
Software
Standard Tools
STEP 5 programming software (continued)
Function
Structured programming
Methods of representation
With STEP 5 it is possible to
program clearly from simple
AND/OR operations to comĆ
plex functions, e.g. switch off
delays or arithmetic calculaĆ
tions. A STEP 5 program can
be several thousand stateĆ
ments long. To keep proĆ
grams as clear as possible,
STEP 5 features several conĆ
trol structures:
S
STEP 5 can be programmed
in three methods of represenĆ
tation:
S Statement list (STL):
The program consists of a
sequence of mnemonic abĆ
breviations of the comĆ
mands to be executed by
the programmable controller.
S Ladder diagram (LAD):
Graphic representation of
the automation task with cirĆ
cuit diagram symbols
(American representation)
S
Blocks
A linear sequence of comĆ
mands is subdivided into
sections and each section
packed into a block. There
are different types of blocks
for different technological
subtasks of a program.
The executable program
consists of calls of blocks in
other blocks. Nesting is posĆ
sible to a depth of 32 levels.
S
Segments
For fine structuring inside
blocks subtasks can be proĆ
grammed in individual segĆ
ments. Segments can be coĆ
pied from one block to
another.
S
Comments
A complete program,
blocks, segments and indiĆ
vidual statements can be
commented directly. This
ensures that the program reĆ
mains understandable on
every level of abstraction.
Control system flowchart
(CSF):
Graphical method of repreĆ
senting the automation task
with symbols according to
DIN 40700/DIN 40719
In LAD and CSF, complex
functions and function block
calls can be entered using the
function keys. They are disĆ
played as graphic symbols on
the screen.
Programs that were created in
STL cannot necessarily be
displayed in LAD or CSF beĆ
cause STL has several feaĆ
tures of its own. However, proĆ
grams in LAD or CSF can be
translated to STL. LAD and
SCF are largely mutually comĆ
patible.
With all three methods of repĆ
resentation, absolute or symĆ
bolic designations for operĆ
ands can be used.
: 100% translatable
: Largely translatable
: Translatable with restrictions
STL
LAD
Fig. 7/3
7/4
SCF
Compatibility of the STEP 5 methods of representation
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Standard Tools
STEP 5 programming software (continued)
There are 5 types of block:
Organization blocks (OB);
for organizing the control
program
S Program blocks (PB);
contain the control program,
subdivided according to
functional or technological
criteria
S
Sequence blocks (SB);
for programming sequential
control systems
S Function blocks (FB);
contain frequently recurring
or especially complex parts
of the program (e.g. signalĆ
ing and calculation funcĆ
tions). Function blocks can
be parameterized and have
an extended operation set
S
Data blocks(DB)
for storing data that is reĆ
quired to process the control
program, e.g. actual values,
limit values, texts
Types of operation
STEP 5 makes a distinction
between three types of operaĆ
tion:
S Basic operations;
e.g. logic operations, storĆ
age operations, loading and
transferring, timer operaĆ
tions, counter operations,
comparison operations,
arithmetic operations, block
operations. They can be
executed in organization,
program, sequence and
function blocks.
Except for addition (+F),
subtraction (-F) and organiĆ
zational operations they can
be executed in all three meĆ
thods of representation
S Supplementary operations;
complex functions, e.g. subĆ
stitution statements, test
functions, word logic, decreĆ
menting/incrementing and
branching functions.
This can only be executed in
STL.
S
System operations;
These access the operating
system directly and must
therefore only be used by
experienced programmers.
They can only be executed
in STL.
Additional functions
A whole range of easy-to-use
additional functions make proĆ
gram handling easy:
S Storage of user-specific
project settings
S
Symbol editor;
for creating and automatiĆ
cally updating assignment
lists for the symbolic proĆ
gramming of blocks
S Automatic generation and
updating of cross-reference
lists
S Comparison of user proĆ
grams between diskette,
hard disk, PLC or EPROM
S
TestĆ and service fuctions
For commissioning and mainĆ
tenance, STEP 5 provides a
number of test and service
functions;
S
Direct and program-depenĆ
dent signal state display, i.e.
status of variables or blocks
(program status)
S
S
Program documentation
With the menu " documentaĆ
tion " it is possible to output
the following documentation
on a printer:
S Complete programs or proĆ
gram sections, if necessary
with comments
S Cross-reference lists for opĆ
erand symbols(I/Q/F/T/C/S)
and/or individual operands
(e.g. I 1.7)
S
Function (continued)
Blocks
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
S
Program overview display, if
necessary with call structure
of all blocks of a complete
program
S Assignment plan for inputs,
outputs, flags, timers and
counters
S Assignment lists with comĆ
ments (up to 40 characters
per assignment)
Transfer of blocks to EPROM
or EEPROM submodules for
the programmable controlĆ
lers
S Rewiring of inputs, outputs,
flags, timers and counters
(i.e. renaming operands in
the entire user program or
individual blocks)
Control of outputs, flags etc.
Detection of double assignĆ
ment of bit, byte and word
addresses for I/Q/F/S
In addition to standard output,
user-friendly output of docuĆ
mentation functions (preĆ
viously called KOMDOK) can
be used. It permits, for examĆ
ple, automation of printout
using control statements or
graphic preparation, sorting
and evaluation of program
data.
7/5
Software
Standard Tools
STEP 5 programming software (continued)
Function (continued)
STEP 5 Version 7.0
STEP 5 Version 7.0 includes a
whole range of improvements
and innovations over the preĆ
vious version.
Real DOS application
Version 7.0 is the first " real "
DOS variant of STEP 5 and
makes consistent use of the
functions of this operating
system:
S Consistent implementation
of the SAA standard
S Use of DOS directory paths;
the previous restriction to
one directory per drive has
been abolished
S Use of all drive letters from
A to Z
Fig. 7/4
Dialog fieldĆstructure
Fig. 7/5
Project settings (index cards)
Improved performance
Version 7.0 includes further
increases in performance:
S Use of the entire RAM inĆ
cluding extended memory
(XMS)
S Reduction of the memory reĆ
quirements in the convenĆ
tional memory area
S Lower package reloading
times for improved strategy
S Integration of the EPROM
driver into the STEP 5/ST baĆ
sic package; it no longer
needs to be resident in the
RAM
Ergonomic user interface
Operator ergonomics has
been improved once again:
S Shallower menu structures;
by and large there are now
only two menu levels
S Standardization of the dialog
field structure
S New acceleration keys and
hotkeys
S Project settings in " index
cards "
S Access to interfaces from
project settings
S Direct fast callup of editors
from the project settings, the
block directory and ISTACK
S Test functions quickly acĆ
cessible through new menu
items " test " and " PLC "
S Online/offline switchover
now in dialog boxes
7/6
S
Extended and standardized
syntax for the block list,
valid for all functions (editor,
printer etc.)
New functions
Numerous new functions have
been integrated into the proĆ
gram:
S Switchover between various
languages within STEP 5
S Call of a DOS shell from
STEP 5
S Automatic loading of the last
active optional package on
restarting STEP 5 (if paraĆ
meterized)
S Retention of the project files
last used in the " file " menu
S History (repetition function)
for input fields in dialog
boxes or in program hanĆ
dling
Extension of help and info
functions in the menu and in
the dialog boxes, fast acĆ
cess by menu keys
S Integration of COM packĆ
ages into the " change "
menu
S New options for general
project settings, e.g. comĆ
patibility monitoring between
older and new STEP 5 verĆ
sions
S
Extensive downward compatiĆ
bility
In the development of STEP
5/ST V7.0, the greatest posĆ
sible compatibility with verĆ
sions 3.x and 6.x has been reĆ
tained.
If new options are used, e.g.
DOS paths, incompatibility
with older STEP 5 versions
can arise because they do not
know these functions. In this
case a message appears inĆ
dicating abandonment of
compatibility.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Standard Tools
STEP 5 basis packages (continued)
Technical specifications
STEP 5/ST basic package for programmers and PCs
STEP 5/ST for mini-controllers
Current version
V 7.0
V 7.0
Operating system
MSĆDOS V5.0 and higher
Windows 3.x
Windows 95
MSĆDOS V5.0 and higher
Windows 3.x
Windows 95
4 Mbytes
4 Mbytes
Disk requirements in the programĆ
mer/PC
13 Mbytes
13 Mbytes
Platform
PG, PC
PC
Target system
S5Ć90U
S5Ć95U/F
S5Ć100U
S5Ć101U
S5Ć115U/H/F
S5Ć135U
S5Ć150U
S5Ć155U/H
S5Ć90U
S5Ć95U
S5Ć100U
RAM capacity
in the programmer/PC
min.
Ordering data
STEP 5/ST-basic pacakge for PG
and PC (V7.0)
on the basis of MS-DOS with auĆ
thorization diskette, for programĆ
ming all PLCs with PCs,
on 31/2 " diskettes
in German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian.
Single license
Copy license
STEP 5/ST for mini-controllers
(V7.0)
on the basis of MS-DOS with auĆ
thorization diskette for programĆ
ming mini PLCs, S5-90U, 95U and
100U, executable on PC,
on 31/2 " diskettes
in German, English , French,
Spanish, Italian
Single license
Copy license
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Order No.
Order No.
PC-AG cable (734-1)
Connecting cable between SIMAĆ
TIC S5 (15-pin) and PC (25-pin),
3.2m
6ES5 894-0MA04
6ES5 894-0MA04-0KL1
6ES5 864-0MA04
6ES5 864-0MA04-0KL1
6ES5 734-1BD20
PG-AG cable (734-2)
(included in the scope of supply
of the programmer, 3.2m) connecĆ
ting cable between the programĆ
mer and SIMATIC S5,
5m
10 m
25 m
6ES5 734-2BF00
6ES5 734-2CB00
6ES5 734-2CC50
Documentation for STEP 5/ST
for PG/PC (V7.0)
(also for STEP 5/ST basic packĆ
age and STEP 5/ST for mini conĆ
trollers)
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian
6ES5 998-0MA14
6ES5 998-0MA24
6ES5 998-0MA34
6ES5 998-0MA44
6ES5 998-0MA54
7/7
Software
Standard Tools
TISOFT
Application
TISOFT is a complete softĆ
ware package for programĆ
ming and documenting all
SIMATIC programmable conĆ
trollers of the series 505.
TISOFT allows the rapid and
simple implementation of all
automation tasks, as well as
straightforward maintenance
of the plant placed in operaĆ
tion.
TISOFT
Programming
PG/PC
505
Fig. 7/6
Design
S
S
S
S
S
Tools for programming, docĆ
umenting, debugging, deĆ
veloping and maintaining
programs
MenuĆdriven operation
Extensive onĆline auxiliary
functions
Programmable updating
displays
Sophisticated debugging
aids
Ordering data
PPX:PC505-6262
TISOFT upgrading to
Version 6.2
PPX:PC505-UPG62
TISOFT license V6.2 for 505
PPX:TSSL505-6251
TISOFT V6.2 additional copy
for 505 PLC
TISOFT has the same user inĆ
terface for all programmable
controllers. Plant modificaĆ
tions and extensions can thus
be implemented by the user
with no additional training.
TISOFT runs on:
SIMATIC PG 720, PG 720C,
PG 730, PG 730C, PG 740,
PG 750, PG 760 and PG 770
programming devices
S IBM PCs
S IBMĆcompatible PCs
S
Additional requirements:
Floppy disk drive (at least
360 Kbyte) and hard disk
drive
S Monochrome or color
monitor
S MSĆDOS
S Connecting cable for
RS 232 C modem (for onĆ
line mode only)
S
Order No.
Order No.
TISOFT for 505 Version 6.2
Programming with TISOFT
PPX:TSSL505-6362
7/8
Manual for 505 TISOFT
English
German
French
Italian
PPX:TS505-8101-6
PPX:TS505-8101D
PPX:TS505-8101F
PPX:TS505-8101I
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Standard Tools
APT (Application Productivity Tool)
Application
APT is an integrated control
system design environment
that uses computerĆaided
software engineering (CASE)
technology to provide an obĆ
jectĆoriented design environĆ
ment for the SIMATICĆ505 proĆ
grammable controllers. APT
also provides a link between
the individual controllers and
their logical representation in
the data base of the
SIMATIC PCS humanĆmaĆ
chineĆinterface. The package
runs on PCs or on the stateĆ
ofĆtheĆart Siemens programĆ
ming devices.
APT
Programming
PG/PC
505
Fig. 7/7
Functions
APT provides a natural means
of mapping the physical proĆ
cess into the control system.
It encourages the partition
into a hierarchical structure
which is easier to understand
and implement.
APT uses a graphical apĆ
proach to design. GRAFCET
techniques are used for deĆ
veloping sequential logic. APT
also has a graphical repreĆ
sentation for continuous conĆ
trol processes based on the
SAMA1) standard. DevelopĆ
ment of lowerĆlevel control acĆ
tions are simplified by using a
library of devices and continĆ
uous function blocks that inĆ
clude internal interlocks and
comprehensive auxiliary inĆ
formation.
Ordering data
PPX:APT-6201-T
SIMATIC APT software
Upgrade to V1.7a,
with manual set
PPX:APT-6202-T
SIMATIC APT software
Version 1.7a , with APT manual set,
single license and network card
CP 1413,
for linking with Industrial Ethernet,
compatible with SIMATIC 505 and
SIMATIC S5
PPX:APT-6204-T
Separate safeĆstate sequenĆ
tial function charts (SFC) proĆ
vide alternate control actions
for emergency situations. The
safeĆstate SFCs have flexible
returnĆtoĆnormal paths to
match the process operating
procedures. Extensive validaĆ
tion functions are included to
quickly trap invalid and misĆ
sing configurations. MAITT, a
test language interpreter, is
included for writing tests and
validating control logic.
The principal features of APT
are:
S Supports sequential continuĆ
ous, safeĆstate, parallel,
batch control strategies and
process partitioning
S Integrates application deĆ
sign development, testing,
documentation, and mainteĆ
nance
S Windowing, splitĆscreens,
pullĆdown help screens, emĆ
bedded algorithms, and fillĆ
inĆtheĆblank forms
S Sequential function chart
(SFC) and continuous funcĆ
tion chart (CFC) graphicsĆ
based languages
S State control and math textĆ
based languages
S Multiple main and subordiĆ
nate safeĆstate SFCs with
priority levels
S Libraries of standard control
algorithms
Order No.
Order No.
SIMATIC APT software
Upgrade, with manual set
(Version 1.7a)
Programming with APT
Manuals
System overview for APT
software, English
User manual for APT software,
German
French
Programming instructions for
APT software,
German
French
Manual set for APT software
(Version 1.7a)
PPX:APT-8100
PPX:APT-8101D
PPX:APT-8101F
PPX:APT-8102D
PPX:APT-8102F
PPX:APT-8200-T
1) Scientific Apparatus Manufacturers Association
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/9
Software
Engineering Tools
GRAPH 5/II
Application
The S5 software package
GRAPH 5/II is used for configĆ
uring, programming, testing
and documenting sequence
control systems with a stanĆ
dard method of representaĆ
tion. Graph 5/II contains all
functions of the STEP 5 basic
package (see page 7/3).
A program package with stanĆ
dard function blocks is reĆ
quired for runnlng the GRAPH
5/II functions in the programĆ
mable controllers (see page
7/55).
GRAPH 5/II can be used in
the following programmable
controllers:
S S5Ć95U
(as of 6ES5 095Ć8M. .2);
only with FB 72, FB 73, FB
74 and SB5
S S5Ć100U;
only with CPU 103
S S5Ć115U;
with CPU 941, CPU 942,
CPU 943, CPU 944 and
CPU 945
Functions
S
S
S
S
S
Generating the programs in
accordance with the stanĆ
dard IEC DIS 1131Ć3
Conversion of GRAPH 5
blocks to GRAPH 5/II and
vice versa; change of
GRAPH 5 blocks;
Programming of the steps
(S) and transitions (T) in
STL, CSF or LAD
Overview and detailed repĆ
resentation or zoom
Synchronization of system,
process and programmable
controller. There are 2
methods of synchronization:
Synchronization with the auĆ
tomatically generated synĆ
chronization SB (supports
alternative branches);
Ordering data
GRAPH 5/II software package
(S5-DOS/ST, S5-DOS/MT)
for configuring and programming
sequence control systems, for
the S5Ć95U to S5Ć155U programĆ
mable controllers (for S5Ć95U
only with restrictions)
on 31/2 " diskettes
German, English, French
Single license
Copy license
1) Does not run under STEP 5/ST V7.0
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Transition 4: Part inserted
S1
E 7,1
E 7,2
T2
S2
T3
S5
T5
S3
T4
S9
T8
S6
T6
S4
S10
&
E 7,3
E 7,4
E 7,5
E 7,6
E 7,7
&
Auto enable
&
T9
S7
S11
T10
T7
S8
S12
Step 4:
Retract arm
Auto
enable
Ver 1
&
T12
=A1.0
?1
Hand
S1
Overview
Fig. 7/8
?1
Ver 2
&
=A2.0
Detailed representation or zoom
GRAPH 5/II methods of representation
S5Ć135U:
with CPU 922, CPU 928 and
CPU 928B
S S5Ć150U;
no restrictions
S S5Ć155U;
with CPU 946, CPU 947 and
CPU 948
GRAPH 5/II is executable unĆ
der S5ĆDOS/ST, S5ĆDOS/MT
(V.6x) on the following proĆ
gramming devices:
Synchronization with the
standard function block
(FB 70 - 73), which controls
the chain (also supports siĆ
multaneous branches)
S Diagnostic functions with
criteria analysis (via IndusĆ
trial Ethernet for up to 4 proĆ
grammable controllers), opĆ
erating mask on the screen
as " HW tableau/PG operatĆ
ing panel " or as " Simple opĆ
erating panel " , indication of
fault signals
S User interface and plausibilĆ
ity check when generating
step chains
S StepĆoverlapping magnifyĆ
ing glass: multiple control of
the same outputs, similar
links and locks are only conĆ
figured and saved once,
stepĆindependent actions
are realized (can also be
included in chain diagnostic
function)
Search function:
Operands can be found
stepĆ and transitionĆoverlapĆ
ping
Preset timer values for
easier programming
Minimum monitoring time for
monitoring unpermissible
system states
Optimization of the runtime
by shorter operating times
of the blocks and immediate
activation of the following
step at completed transition
S
PG 710 Plus, PG 720,
PG 720C, PG 740, PG 730,
PG 730C, PG 740, PG 750,
PG 760 and PG 770.
S
S
S
S
Order No.
Order No.
Documentation for GRAPH 5/II
V6.6
German
English
French
Software package GRAPH 5/II
V7.02)(MS-DOS, FlexOS))
6ES5 998-1FA13
6ES5 998-1FA23
6ES5 998-1FA33
availble soon
6ES5 884-1FA03
6ES5 884-1FA03-0KL1
2) Adapted to the new architecture and improved user interface of
STEP 5/ST V7.0
7/11
Software
Engineering Tools
PRODAVE
Application
PRODAVE is a toolbox which
allows process data traffic beĆ
tween the programmable conĆ
troller and the programming
device/PC. PRODAVE builds
up the process data traffic beĆ
tween the programmable conĆ
troller and the programming
device/PC via the AS511 proĆ
tocol or via the 3964R
(AK512).
PRODAVE runs under
MSĆDOS or Windows. All curĆ
rent compilers, such as MSĆC,
Turbo C and Turbo Pascal can
be used as programming lanĆ
guage.
Further details about the proĆ
tocol processing are not reĆ
quired.
The PLC communication is
processed by PRODAVE auĆ
tonomously in the backĆ
ground.
PRODAVE DOS/WIN
PRODAVE DOS/WIN commuĆ
nicates via the serial interface
of the programming deĆ
vice/PC with the programming
device interface at the CPU, i.
e. no special communications
processor is needed in the
PLC for connection of the proĆ
gramming device/PC. Either
the COM 1 or COM2 interface
can be used in the programĆ
ming device or PC. For conĆ
nection via the COM2 interĆ
face of the programming
device or COM1 and COM2
interface of the PC, an
V.24/TTY converter must be
used.
The programming device
multplexer PG-MUX can be
used as an interface multiĆ
plexer for the connection of
max. 7 PLCs to a serial interĆ
face of the programming deĆ
vice/PC.
PLC
STEP 5 user program
Reading, writing,
converting data
PRODAVE
Processing of data in
standard applications
like
e.g. Lotus or Excel
ProgramĆ
ming deĆ
vice/PC
Fig. 7/11 Programming with PRODAVE
PRODAVE DOS 64R,
PRODAVE WIN 64R
PRODAVE DOS 64R or
WIN 64R communicate with
the PLC via the serial interĆ
face of the programming deĆ
vice and via the CP 521/
CP 523/CP 524 and CP 525
communications processors.
Thus, the interface of the CPU
remains free.
PRODAVE NET
PRODAVE NET communicates
with the programmable conĆ
troller via SINEC H1/
PROFIBUS and runs on a proĆ
gramming device/PC under
MSĆDOS and Windows 3.11.
PRODAVE DDE
(for SIMATIC S5)
PRODAVE DDE communiĆ
cates via the serial interface
of the programming device
with the programming device
interface on the CPU (protocol
AS 511).
It also communicates via the
serial interface of the proĆ
gramming device/PC with a
point-to-point CP slotted into
a programmable controller
(e.g. CP 524, protocol RK
512).
PRODAVE DDE includes a
DDE interface with which
standard Windows applicaĆ
tions (e.g. Excel) can commuĆ
nicate with the control.
PRODAVE for
SIMATIC S7Ć300/Ć400
PRODAVE for
SIMATIC S7Ć300/Ć400 runs unĆ
der MSĆDOS/WinĆ
dows 3.11/WIndows 95 and
communicates with the control
via the MPI interface (no
operation with TK 858 and
modem).
Principle of operation
Once loaded, the PRODAVE
toolbox remains resident in
memory. It can therefore opeĆ
rate in quasiĆbackground
whilst other applications such
as statistical evaluations of
such process data run in the
foreground. The individual
tools can be called within the
processing program. PROĆ
DAVE allows not only the evaĆ
luation and monitoring of a
process, but also intervention
in the process because a
number of functions for wriĆ
ting data from the programĆ
ming device to the programĆ
mable controller are available.
Functions
The toolbox contains the
following functions:
S
Read data words from block
(range from... to...)
S Write data words into block
(address range)
S Read/write data words
from/in blocks with simultaĆ
neous conversion of the
data (e.g. KF, KG format)
S
Read PLC info (PLC type,
CP type, version)
S Read PLC status (RUN,
STOP)
S Byte conversion from a byte
to 8 logical values and vice
versa
S
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
S
S
S
S
Read input bytes from the
PLC
Write output byte to the PLC
Format conversion of data
(e.g. KH to integer)
Bit memory bit test as status
check
Read bit memory byte or
word from the PLC
7/15
Software
Engineering Tools
PRODAVE (continued)
Functions (continued)
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Scope of supply
Ordering data
Write bit memory byte or
word to the PLC
Read counter statuses from
the PLC
Set counter statuses in the
PLC
Read timers from the PLC
Time calls for the user proĆ
gram delay, reset, sync,
(e.g. for delay loops for
reading data cyclically)
Output error messages in
plaintext
Load the toolbox in the user
memory
Remove the toolbox from the
user memory
PRODAVE software on 31/2 "
diskettes, instructions in
German and English.
6ES5 886-2MP01
6ES5 886-2MP01-0KL1
6ES5 886-2WQ01
6ES5 886-2WQ01-0KL1
German
English
French
Spanish
7/16
must be stated and the origiĆ
nal diskette must be sent in
with the rest of the labels.
PRODAVE WIN 64R
For data link via e.g.
CP 524/CP 525 (RK 512) or
CP 521 SI/CP 523 (3964R)
under Windows 3.11 operating
system, on 31/2 " diskettes, operaĆ
ting instructions in German and
English
6ES5 886-2WP01
6ES5 886-2WP01-0KL1
6ES5 897-2VD01
6ES5 897-2VD01-0KL1
PRODAVE NET
For data link with SIMATIC S5 via
PROFIBUS/Industrial Ethernet
under MSĆDOS and
MSĆWINDOWS operating
system, on 31/2 " diskettes,
manual in
German and English
Single license
Copy license
PRODAVE DOS 64R
For data link via
CP 524/CP 525 (RK 512) or
CP 521ĆSI/CP 523 (3964R)
under MSĆDOS operating
system, on 31/2 " diskettes,
with operating instructions
Single license
Copy license
For that, the receipt of the old
software package must be
presented, its serial number
Single license
Copy license
PRODAVE WIN 511 Mini
For data link via programming
device interface of the PLC under
Windows operating system,
(only DB read/write and ask for
PLC status),
on 31/2 " diskettes, operating inĆ
structions in German and English
Single license
Copy license
Common reading of data of
different format
(MIXĆREAD function)
S Detection of all data blocks
(DB and DX) in the PLC with
the book function
S Operation of PRODAVE with
TK 858 and modem
(not for PRODAVE for
SIMATIC S7Ć300/Ć400)
S
Additional use of the proĆ
gramming device interfaces
COM 3 and COM 4 for the
data traffic (also for
PRODAVE WIN 511 Mini)
S Fast processing of the data
traffic without considerable
additional memory space
requirements
S
Order No.
PRODAVE WIN 511
For data link via programming
device interface of the PLC under
WINDOWS 3.11 operating syĆ
stem, on 31/2 " diskettes, operaĆ
ting instructions in German and
English
Single license
Copy license
PRODAVE DOS 511 and
WIN 511:
Order No.
PRODAVE DOS 511
For data link via programming
device interface of the PLC under
MSĆDOS operating system,
on 31/2 " diskettes, operating inĆ
structions in German and English
Single license
Copy license
Further functions of
6ES5 886-2MS01
6ES5 886-2MS01-0KL1
PRODAVE WIN DDE for
SIMATIC S5
For data link via programming
device interface of the PLC under
Windows 3.11 (with DDE interĆ
face), on 31/2 " diskettes, operaĆ
ting instructions in German and
English
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 886-2WS01
6ES5 886-2WS01-0KL1
6ES5 897-2UD J1
6ES5 897-2UD J1-0KL1
1
2
3
4
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Engineering Tools
COM 246, COM 247
Application
The COM 246 and COM 247
parameter assignment softĆ
ware enables parameter asĆ
signment, programming and
control of the IP 246 and IP
247 positioning modules.
COM
246/247
Programming
COM 246 is required for the
following modules:
6ES5 246Ć4UA31,
6ES5 246Ć4UB11.
COM 247 is required for the
following modules:
6ES5 247Ć4UA31.
Full functional capability can
only be guaranteed with these
combinations. See page
7/122 for standard function
blocks for the relevant proĆ
grammable controller.
COM 246 und COM 247 sind
ablauffähig unter MSĆDOS.
Programming
device
IP 246
IP 247
S5Ć115U
S5Ć135U
S5Ć150U
S5Ć155U
Fig. 7/14 Connection and programming of the IP 246 and IP 247
positioning modules
Functions
Ordering data
The COM 246 and COM 247
parameter assignment softĆ
ware enables operatorĆ
prompted interactive dialog
with the positioning modules.
There are userĆfriendly funcĆ
tions available for this purĆ
pose:
S
Input and output of machine
data and traverse programs
Order No.
Representation of traverse
programs in accordance
with DIN 66 025 and in
plaintext (you can switch at
will between the two repreĆ
sentation types)
S Help menus, extensive fault
diagnostics
S
Order No.
The parameter assignment softĆ
ware COM 246 is part of the:
The parameter assignment softĆ
ware COM 247 is part of the:
Configuration package for
IP 246I/A
consisting of:
Manual, standard FBs and paraĆ
meter assignment software COM
246
German
English
French
Configuring package for IP 247
consisting of:
Manual, standard FBs and paraĆ
meter assignment software COM
247
German
English
French
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
6ES5 246-5AA11
6ES5 246-5AA21
6ES5 246-5AA31
6ES5 247-5AA11
6ES5 247-5AA21
6ES5 247-5AA31
7/21
Software
Engineering Tools
COM PP
Application
The COM PP parameter asĆ
signment software is used for
creating the parameter blocks
which are required for driving
the CP 544 and the second inĆ
terface on the CPU 928B.
The COM PP software is userĆ
friendly with interactive operaĆ
tor prompting.
COM
PP
Programming
Programming
device
CPU 928B
CP 544
S5Ć135U
S5Ć155U
Fig. 7/19 Programming with COM PP
Ordering data
COM PP
parameter assignment software
for paramerizing the CP 544 and
the second interface on the
CPU 928 B, on 31/2 " and 51/4 "
diskettes
German/English/French
Single license
Copy license
7/26
Order No.
Order No.
Operating instructions
see CP 544 manual or
S5Ć135U/155U manual
for CP 928B
6ES5 895-4SP01
6ES5 895-4SP01-0KL1
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Engineering Tools
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/27
Software
Engineering Tools
COM 115H, COM 155H, COM 95F, COM 115F
COM 115H and COM 155H
parameter assignment software
The COM 115H and COM
155H software packages asĆ
sign parameters to the faultĆ
tolerant S5Ć115H and
S5Ć155H programmable conĆ
trollers.
COM 95F and COM 115F
parameter assignment software
The COM 95F and COM 115F
software packages assign paĆ
rameters to the failsafe
S5Ć95F and S5Ć115F programĆ
mable controllers.
Ordering data
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian
7/28
They support the user at:
Configuring the inputs and
outputs
S assigning parameter to the
operating system of the CPU
in dialog with the programĆ
ming device
S
System diagnostics via the
error data block and interĆ
rupt register
S Documentation of the HĆreĆ
lated data via printer
S General system data hanĆ
dling
S
The user need not take into
account the redundancy of
the PLC and the connection
diagrams of the various input
and output modules during
program development.
Order No.
COM 115F parameter assignment software
for programming the S5Ć115F
programmable controller;
on 31/2 " Ăand 51/4 " diskettes
German, English, French, Italian
6ES5 895-3STJ1
6ES5 895-3STJ1-0KL1
COM 155H parameter assignment software
for programming the S5Ć115H
programmable controller;
on 31/2 " Ăand 51/4 " diskettes;
German, English, French
Single license
Copy license
Configuring the HĆrelated
data
S Generating the configuration
block from the configuration
data
S
Order No.
COM 115H parameter assignment software
for programming the S5Ć115H
programmable controller;
on 31/2 " Ăand 51/4 " diskettes;
German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian
Single license
Copy license
They support the user in conĆ
figuring and fault diagnostics:
6ES5 895-3SRJ3
6ES5 895-3SRJ3-0KL1
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 895-3SFJ5
6ES5 895-3SFJ5-0KL1
COM 95F parameter assignment software
assigns parameters to the
S5Ć95F programmable controller
with manual,
on 31/2 " Ăand 51/4 " diskettes;
German, English, French, Italian
Single license
1
2
3
4
5
6ES5 895-6MFJ2
Copy license
6ES5 895-6MFJ2-0KL1
German
English
French
Italian
1
2
3
5
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Engineering Tools
COM PROFIBUS
Application
COM PROFIBUS allows the
connection of
S distributed I/O devices
ET 200U, ET 200M, ET 200B,
ET200C, ET 200L, ET 200X,
S
the DP/AS interface link,
DP/PA link,
S
the S5Ć95U/DP slave,
S
S7Ć200/Ć300 as the slave
and
S
COM PROFIBUS
other field devices
to the master interface
S
IM 308ĆC,
S
S5Ć95U/DP master
S
and other DP master modĆ
ules.
Compared to COM ET 200
Windows (up to 12/96), COM
PROFIBUS has been exĆ
tended to include FMS configĆ
uring of the 5412 (A2) PC
module (see page 3/89).
S
Principle of operation
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
IM 308ĆC;
The set configuration of
PROFIBUS DP is stored on a
memory card. Burning of the
memory card can be impleĆ
mented directly with the proĆ
gramming device or a PC
(with EPROM/EEPROM PG).
The data are downloaded
via the CP 5411, CP 5511,
CP 5611 PC modules or the
MPI.
The COM PROFIBUS parameĆ
ter assignment software is inĆ
stalled on the programming
device/PC. It enables simple,
userĆprompted generation of
the address list and parameĆ
ters for the slave devices. The
following must be defined:
S DP address
S Address area in which the
I/O modules are to be adĆ
dressed
S Start addresses of the I/O
modules
S SlaveĆspecific parameter asĆ
signments, for example,
measuring range of an anaĆ
log input channel
The following must also be
defined:
S Setting of the transmission
rate
S Setting of the failure reĆ
sponse
Fig. 7/21 Parameter assignment with COM PROFIBUS
S
S5Ć95U/DP master:
The set configuration of
PROFIBUSĆDP is transferred
to the programmable conĆ
troller by downloading via
the DP interface.
S
FMS configuring
CP 5412 (A2) PC module
S
SOFTNET
PC modules:
CP 5411,
CP 5511,
CP 5611
COM PROFIBUS runs on the
PG 720, PG 740 or PG 760
and ATĆcompatible PCs, under
Windows 3.11 or Windows 95.
Programming
COM
PROFIBUS
PG/PC
Memory card
Example: IM 308ĆC interface
S5Ć115U
S5Ć135U
S5Ć155U
S5Ć95U/DP
master
Fig. 7/22 Parameter assignment with COM PROFIBUS
With an online connection beĆ
tween the programming deĆ
vice/PC and PROFIBUS/DP,
the COM PROFIBUS
parameter assignment softĆ
ware can be used to locate
faults in the startup phase or
during operation.
7/29
Software
Engineering Tools
COM PROFIBUS (continued)
Ordering data
COM PROFIBUS parameter assignment software
for programming the IM 308ĆC
and other DP master modules,
runs on PG 720, 740 and 760 or
ATĆcompatible PCs,
with Windows 3.1
or Windows 95,
on 3 1/2 " diskettes
with manual for the distributed
ET 200 I/O system,
single license
copy license
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian
7/30
Order No.
Order No.
Manual for the
distributed ET 200 I/O system
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian
6ES5 998-3ES12
6ES5 998-3ES22
6ES5 998-3ES32
6ES5 998-3ES42
6ES5 998-3ES52
6ES5 895-6SEJ2
6ES5 895-6SEJ2-0KL1
1
2
3
4
5
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Engineering Tools
COM 525, COM 530, COM 5431 FMS/DP, COM 1430 TF, COM 1473 MAP
Application
The COM 525, COM 530,
COM 5431 FMS/DP,
COM 1430 TF, COM 1430 TCP
and COM 1473 MAP parameĆ
ter assignment software is
needed for programming and
parameter input for the releĆ
vant communications procesĆ
sors with a programming deĆ
vice.
S
S
S
S
S
S
Functions
7/32
COM 525 for CP 524,
CP 525
COM 530 for CP 530
(L1)
COM 5431 FMS/DP for
CP 5431 FMS/DP (PROFIĆ
BUS)
COM 1430 TF for CP 1430
TF (Industrial Ethernet)
COM 1430 TCP for CP 1430
TCP (Industrial Ethernet)
COM 1473 MAP for
CP 1473 MAP
(MAP 3.0-Ethernet)
The programs offer operator
prompting and interactive
screen forms to facilitate the
programming of specific funcĆ
tions of the communications
COM...
Programming
Programming
device
CP...
S5Ć115U
S5Ć135U
S5Ć150U
S5Ć155U
Fig. 7/26 Programming the communications processors
processors. The programs
also include extensive testing,
diagnostics and documentaĆ
tion functions.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Engineering Tools
COM 525, COM 530, COM 5431 FMS/DP, COM 1430 TF, COM 1473 MAP (continued)
Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
COM 525 parameter assignment software
assigns parameters to the CP
524 and CP 525;
German, English, French;
on 31/2 " and 51/4 " diskettes
Single license
Copy license
CP 5431 FMS/DP manual
German
English
French
Italian
6ES5 895-4SAJ1
6ES5 895-4SAJ1-0KL1
COM 530 parameter assignment software
assigns parameters to the CP
530; Ger., English, French, Italian;
on 31/2 " diskettes
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 835-6SCJ1
6ES5 835-6SCJ1-0KL1
on 51/4 " diskettes
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 895-6SCJ1
6ES5 895-6SCJ1
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian
1
2
3
4
5
COM 5431 FMS/DP
parameter assignment software
assigns parameters to the
CP 5431 FMS/DP,
with manual CP 5431 FMS/DP;
on 31/2 " diskettes,
6GK1 970-5AB01-0AA0
6GK1 970-5AB01-0AA1
6GK1 970-5AB01-0AA2
6GK1 970-5AB01-0AA4
COM 1430 TF
parameter assignment software
assigns parameters to the
CP 1430 TF, with CP 1430 TF maĆ
nual, on 31/2 " diskettes,
German
English
French
Italian
6GK1 743-0TA00-0EA0
6GK1 743-0TA01-0EA0
6GK1 743-0TA02-0EA0
6GK1 743-0TA04-0EA0
CP 1430 TF/COM 1430 TF
manual
German
English
French
Italian
6GK1 970-1TA43-0AA0
6GK1 970-1TA43-0AA1
6GK1 970-1TA43-0AA2
6GK1 970-1TA43-0AA4
Parameter assignment software COM 1430 TCP
Configuration software for
CP 1430 TCP, on 31/2 " diskettes
2XV9 450-1AU01
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
6GK1 745-1AD00-0EA0
6GK1 745-1AD01-0EA0
6GK1 745-1AD02-0EA0
6GK1 745-1AD04-0EA0
2XV9 450-1AU03
2XV9 450-1AU02
COM 1473 MAP
parameter assignment software
assigns parameters to the comĆ
munications processor,
CP 1473 MAP, with manual
CP 1473 MAP,
on 31/2 " diskettes,
German
English
6GK1 773-0MA10-0EA0
6GK1 773-0MA11-0EA0
CP 1430 TF manual
German
English
German
English
French
Italian
Manual
CP 1430 TCP/COM 1430 TCP
German
English
6GK1 970-1MA73-0AA0
6GK1 970-1MA73-0AA1
7/33
Software
Runtime Software
Introduction standard function blocks
Application
Standard function blocks are
readyĆmade software modules
which can be linked into proĆ
grams written by the user for
the programmable controllers
of the U range. They consist
of selfĆcontained complex
functional procedures which
are often required by the user
when programming.
For instance, standard funcĆ
tion blocks for mathematical
and arithmetic functions, seĆ
quence control and closedĆ
loop control are available. The
blocks are stored in the user
memory of the programmable
controller and can be called
up by the user as required in
his program. They can be
called many times during proĆ
gram execution and supplied
with the required actual paĆ
rameters.
Complex functions can be inĆ
cluded very simply by the
user in his programs through
the use of standard function
blocks. This makes programĆ
ming, testing and debugging
of user programs very effiĆ
cient. The user can tap a vast
amount of experience by usĆ
ing standard function blocks.
The blocks are continuously
updated and mainĆtained.
Design
User program structure
OB
PB
PB
FB, FX
DB, DX
SB
PB
FB, FX
SB
PB
DB, DX
FB, FX
PB
PB
FB, FX
OB
PB
FB, FX
SB
DB, DX
Organization block
Program block
Function block
Sequence block
Data block
Fig. 7/28 Function blocks within a user program
The user writes his programs
for the S5 programmable conĆ
trollers of the U range in the
STEP 5 programming lanĆ
guage. The programs are
structured, i.e. broken down
into selfĆcontained sections.
The individual program secĆ
tions are called " blocks " .
7/36
The following types of blocks
are used for different purĆ
poses:
Organization blocks (OB),
for supervising the user
program
S Program blocks (PB), for
structuring the program
according to the technologiĆ
cal control task
S Function blocks (FB, FX), for
recurring complex functions
S
Sequence blocks (SB), for
individual technological
sequence controls
S Data blocks (DB, DX), these
are memory areas in which
data for the user program
can be stored
S
The blocks can be nested as
required (Fig. 7/28), i.e.
blocks from one level can call
blocks in a lower level.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Introduction standard function blocks (continued)
Design (continued)
Notes on programming
with standard function
blocks
Name
Z12
Z11
Z22
Z21
OV
Z3=0
Z32
Z31
: JU
: ADD :
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: BE
FB1
32
IW1
IW3
IW5
IW7
Q 0.0
Q 0.1
QW1
QW3
JU FB1
JU
FB 1
ADD: 32 Block name
Z12
Z11
.
.
to
.
.
Z32
Z31
FB1
IW1
IW3
IW5
IW7
Z12
Z11
Z22
Z21
ADD : 32
OV
Z3=0
Z32
Z31
Call statement
Unconditional call
Block number
Q 0.0
Q 0.1
QW1
QW3
IW1
IW3
.
.
to
.
.
QW1
QW3
Formal operands
Symbolic names
of the block parameters
Actual operands
(must be entered by
the user)
Fig. 7/29 Representation of standard function blocks by the programming device
above: in statement list form (STL)
below: in control system flowchart (CSF) form
A standard function block is
designed in such a way that
the programming device
prompts the user when linking
the block into his program.
The internal programming of
the function block is not imĆ
portant for this.
The function block is called
with a call statement (see
Fig. 7/29). It is then displayed
with its block name and its
formal operands (block paĆ
rameters). Formal operands
are mnemonics which repreĆ
sent the type of function of inĆ
puts and outputs as well as
the data required by the funcĆ
tion block.
Documentation
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
An actual operand must be
entered alongside each forĆ
mal operand when the corresĆ
ponding block is called up.
The actual operand is chosen
by the user according to the
requirements of the control
task at that particular point.
" A " type parameters (outputs
or results) are shown on the
right of the function symbol.
Basic and supplementary opĆ
erations in function blocks
can only be shown in the
statement list. Parameters
with " E, D, B, T or Z " types of
parameters (inputs or preset
data) are shown in the
graphic design on the left of
the function symbol.
A software handbook containĆ
ing a comprehensive descripĆ
tion of the function blocks is
provided with each of the proĆ
gram packages (on disĆ
kettes).
7/37
Software
Runtime Software
Overview
Program packages
Installable in
S5- 90U
95U
100U
115U
CPU
103
CPU
941
to
944
CPU
945
CPU
922
CPU
928
CPU
928B
CPU
946/
947
CPU
948
J
J
J
J
J
J
Basic functions
J
J
J
FloatingĆpoint arithmetic
J
J
135U/155U
155U
Page
J
Mathematical functions
7/51
J
GRAPH 5 / II
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
7/39
J
J
J
J
7/52
7/55
J
ClosedĆloop control
S5Ć100U/Ć115U
closedĆloop control
7/63
R64 controller structure
J
Compact fuzzy control
J
J
J
Modular PID and
fuzzy control
7/72
J
J
J
J
7/75
J
J
J
J
7/77
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
7/91
Standard software PMC
PMC/LSĆB
J
Message functions
Message functions for
standard CP
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
7/94
Compact message funcĆ
tions
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
7/96
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
7/98
InterĆ
nal
InterĆ
nal
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Signalling functions
J
J
Data handling blocks
Intelligent I/O modules
CP 516
memory submodule
Failsafe standard function
blocks
7/38
J
J
J
Can be used for S5Ć95F, S5Ć115F only (CPU 942F)
7/104
J
7/109
7/128
7/129
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Basic functions
ADD:32
32Ćbit binary adder
FB 1 for 95U
The ADD:32 function block
adds two fixedĆpoint binary
numbers (31 bit + sign). The
result is also a fixedĆpoint
binary number (31 bit + sign).
The function block sets the
following condition codes if
appropriate:
Overflow (result is cancelled),
result is 0.
Number range:
-Ă2 147 483 648 to
+Ă2 147 483 647
(-Ă231 to +Ă231 -1).
FB 1 for 100U
Technical specifications
FB 1 for 115U
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
FB 1 for 135U
95U
108
10
1.8
FB 3 for 155U
100U with
CPU 103
108
10
2.1
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
108
108
108
108
10
10
10
10
2.8
2.8
2.6
& lt; 0.2
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
100
100
100
ă69
10
10
10
10
1.6
0.8
0.3
0.03
155U with
CPU 946/947
ă69
10
0.13
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB
SUB:32
32Ćbit binary subtractor
FB 2 for 95U
FB 2 for 100U
FB 2 for 115U
The SUB:32 function block
subtracts two fixedĆpoint
binary numbers (31 bit +
sign). The result is also a
fixedĆpoint binary number (31
bit + sign).
The function block sets the
following condition codes, if
appropriate:
Overflow (result is cancelled),
result is 0.
Number range:
-Ă2 147 483 648 to
+ 2 147 483 647
(-Ă231 to +231 -1).
Technical specifications
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
95U
108
10
1.8
100U with
CPU 103
108
10
2.1
108
108
108
108
10
10
10
10
2.5
2.5
2.3
& lt; 0.2
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
100
100
100
ă69
10
10
10
10
1.6
0.74
0.4
0.03
155U with
CPU 946/947
FB 7 for 155U
Block length
in words
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
FB 2 for 135U
For S5Ć
ă69
10
0.13
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/39
Software
Runtime Software
Basic functions (continued)
MUL:32
32Ćbit binary multiplier
FB 3 for 95U
The MUL:32 function block
multiplies two fixedĆpoint
binary numbers (31 bit +
sign). The result is also a
fixedĆpoint binary number
(63 bit + sign).
The function block sets the
following condition code, if
appropriate:
Result is 0.
Number range:
Multiplicand -231 to +231 -1
Multiplier
-231 to +231 -1
Product
-263 to +263 -1.
FB 3 for 100U
Technical specifications
FB 3 for 115U
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
95U
399
11
8.3 to 31.4
100U with
CPU 103
399
11
3.2 to 5.4
Fig. 7/30 32ĆBitĆDualmultiplizierer
399
11
399
11
399
11
209
11
4.0 to 8.2
4.0 to 8.2
3.5 to 5.6
0.01 to 0.035
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
302
302
302
197
11
11
11
11
11.6
4.32
0.5
0.11
155U with
CPU 946/947
FB 11 for 155U
Block length
in words
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
FB 3 for 135U
For S5Ć
197
11
0.7
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB
DIV: 32
32Ćbit binary multiplier
FB 4 for 95U
The DIV:32 function block
divides two fixedĆpoint binary
numbers (31 bit + sign). The
result is also a fixedĆpoint
binary number (31 bit + sign).
FB 4 for 100U
The function block sets the
following condition codes, if
appropriatie:
Overflow (result is candelled),
quotient equals zero,
remainder equals zero,
error: division by zero.
Number range:
-2 147 483 648 to
+ 2 147 483 647
(-231 to +231 -1).
FB 4 for 115U
Technical specifications
FB 4 for 135U
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
FB 15 for 155U
95U
395
14
2.1 to 25.8
100U with
CPU 103
395
14
2.4 to 4.2
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 9451)
395
395
395
395
203
14
14
14
14
14
5.9 to 6.8
5.9 to 6.8
4.2 to 4.7
1.7 to 2.2
0.015 to 0.12
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
242
242
242
203
14
14
14
14
1.2 to 37
0.9 to 13.3
1.2
0.2
155U with
CPU 946/947
203
14
0.2 to 2
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB
7/40
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Basic functions (continued)
FB 5 for 100U
The RAD:16 function block
extracts the sqare root of a
fixedĆpoint binary number
(15 bit + sign). The result is
two fixedĆpoint binary numĆ
bers
(8Ćbit root, 16Ćbit remainder).
FB 5 for 115U
Technical specifications
RAD:16
16Ćbit binary root extractor
FB 5 for 95U
The function block sets the
following condition code, if
appopriate:
Radicand negative.
Number range:
Radicand -Ă32 768 to
+Ă32 767
Root
0 to +Ă181
Remainder 0 to +Ă361.
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
95U
126
6
5.3
126
6
1.3
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 9451)
126
126
126
126
126
6
6
6
6
6
1.6
1.6
1.4
0.3
0.045
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
126
126
126
128
6
6
6
6
0.6 to 9.7
0.42 to 6.5
0.4
0.12
155U with
CPU 946/947
FB 18 for 155U
For S5Ć
100U with
CPU 103
FB 5 for 135U
128
6
0.7
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB
RAD:GP
Floating point root extractor
FB 6 for 115U
FB 6 for 135U
FB 19 for 155U
The RAD: GP function block
extracts the square root of a
floatingĆpoint number (expoĆ
nent: 7 bit + sign; mantissa:
23 bit + sign). The result is
also a floatingĆpoint number
(exponent: 7 bit + sign; manĆ
tisse: 23 bit + sign). The least
significant bit of the mantissa
is not rounded.
The function block sets the
following condition code, if
appropriate:
Radicand negative.
Number range:
Radicand
" 0.1469368 exp. -39 to
" 0.1701412 exp. +39
Root
+ 0.3833234 exp. -19 to
+ 0.1304382 exp. +20.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 945
127
5
0.04
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
133
133
133
129
8
8
8
5
3.8 to 10.8
2.2 to 7.1
0.4
0.09
155U with
CPU 946/947
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Block length
in words
129
5
0.3 to 0.4
7/41
Software
Runtime Software
Basic functions (continued)
REG:SCHB
Shift register (bit)
FB 10 for 95U
FB 10 for 100U
FB 10 for 115U
The REG:SCHB (bit) function
block implements a rightĆleft
shift register of variable
length. The shift register is loĆ
cated in the bit memory area;
the first and last bit memory
byte must be specified.
The shift register has inputs
for right and left shifting and
corresponding outputs for the
carry.
The REG:SCHB function block
requires a data block which
must be called before
REG:SCHB itself.
Max. register length: 32 bit
Technical specifications
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
95U
250
14
5.31) to 77.42)
250
14
2.31) to 28.82)
115U with
CPU 9414)
CPU 9424)
CPU 9434)
CPU 9444)
CPU 945
250
250
250
250
250
14
14
14
14
14
6.71) to 33.42)
6.71) to 33.42)
6.41) to 31.82)
0.51) to 2.52)
0.0451) to 0.282)
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
250
250
250
252
14
14
14
14
1.53)
1.93)
0.7
0.04 to 1.49
155U with
CPU 946/947
FB 24 for 155U
For S5Ć
100U with
CPU 103
FB 10 for 135U
252
14
0.2 to 12
1) With ăă8 bit
2) With 128 bit
REG:SCHW
Shift register (word)
FB 11 for 95U
FB 11 for 100U
FB 11 for 115U
FB 11 for 135U
FB 25 for 155U
7/42
3) With ă32 bit
4) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
The REG:SCHW (word) funcĆ
tion block implements a rightĆ
left shift register of variable
length. The shift register is
located in the data area; this
data area and the number of
data words needed must be
specified. The shift register
has inputs for right and left
shifting and corresponding
outputs for the carry.
Several " shift register " funcĆ
tion blocks can be chained if
bit memory words, input
words, output words or periĆ
pheral words are used for the
inputs and outputs " ZER " ,
" TEL " , ZAR " , and " ZAL " .
The " ZER " and " ZEL " inputs of
the following function block
must then be connected to
the " ZAR " and " ZAL " outputs
of the preceding block.
Conditions
The data words DW0 and
DW1 of the data block seĆ
lected are not available to the
user; this means that, with a
single data block, the maxiĆ
mum possible length of the
shift register is 254 words.
For K & gt; 254 or K = 0, the
function block is not proĆ
cessed.
The shift register can be exĆ
tended by one data block with
each subsequent call of the
REG:SCHW function block.
Continued on the next page.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Basic functions (continued)
REG:SCHW (continued)
Shift register (word)
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
95U
125
10
20.11) to 31.42)
81.04) to 122.85)
100U with
CPU 103
125
10
27.01) to 37.02)
96.04) to 144.05)
115U with
CPU 9416)
125
10
CPU 9426)
125
10
CPU 9436)
125
10
CPU 9446)
125
10
CPU 945
120
10
31.01) to 44.02)
117.04) to 170.05)
31.01) to 44.02)
117.04) to 170.05)
30.01) to 43.02)
113.04) to 166.02)
1.51) to 2.32)
5.24) to 8.75)
0.0451) to 0.182)
0.5254) to 0.6755)
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
125
125
125
117
10
10
10
10
1.0 to 1003)
0.8 to 673)
0.4
0.361) to 0.432)
1.374) to 1.645)
155U with
CPU 946/947
117
10
0.4
1) With ă64 SR words
(1 word = 2 byte)
2) With ă64 SL words
REG:FIFO
Buffer
3) With 254 words
4) With 254 SR words
5) With 254 SL words
6) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
The REG:FIFO function block
contains a FIFO (first in/first
out) register of variable depth.
The FIFO is located in a data
area; this data area and the
length of the buffer must be
specified. 16Ćbit words can
be read in and read out.
The function block has outĆ
puts for " Buffer full " and
" Buffer empty " .
FB 12 for 95U
FB 12 for 100U
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
95U
160
11
1.4
100U with
CPU 103
160
11
1.6
115U with
CPU 9414)
CPU 9424)
CPU 9434)
CPU 9444)
CPU 945
160
160
160
160
148
11
11
11
11
11
2.3
2.3
2.2
0.3
0.015
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
160
160
160
162
11
11
11
11
1.2
0.6
0.1
0.035
155U with
CPU 946/947
162
11
0.2
FB 12 for 115U
FB 12 for 135U
FB 26 for 155U
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/43
Software
Runtime Software
Basic functions (continued)
REG:LIFO
Stack
The REG:LIFO function block
stores the information in a
stack (LIFO = last in/first out).
FB 13 for 95U
The depth of the stack is
variable. The stack is located
in a data area; this data area
and the depth of the stack
must be specified. 16Ćbit
words can be stored.
The function block has outĆ
puts for " Stack full " and
" Stack empty " .
FB 13 for 100U
Technical specifications
FB 13 for 115U
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
FB 13 for 135U
95U
117
11
1.4
FB 27 for 155U
100U with
CPU 103
117
11
1.4
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
117
117
117
117
110
11
11
11
11
11
max. 2.4
max. 2.4
max. 2.3
max. 0.3
max 0.012
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
117
117
117
119
11
11
11
11
0.9
0.52
0.1
0.03
155U with
CPU 946/947
119
11
0.2
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
COD:B8
Code converter
BCD into binary
FB 21 for 115U
The function block " Code conĆ
verter BCD into binary " conĆ
verts a BCD number consisĆ
ting of 8 decades plus sign
into a fixedĆpoint binary numĆ
ber (31 + 1 bit).
Permissible range of BCD
numbers: Ć99999999 to
+99999999.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
183
183
183
183
7
7
7
7
3.3
3.3
2.5
0.9
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
COD:32
Code converter
binary into BCD
The function block " Code conĆ
verter binary into BCD " conĆ
verts a fixedĆpoint binary
number (31 + 1 bit) into a
BCD
number consisting of 10 deĆ
cades plus sign.
Permissible range of the
fixedĆpoint binary numbers:
Ć231 to + 231 Ć 1
FB 23 for 115U
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
302
320
302
302
8
8
8
8
3.5
3.5
2.5
1.2
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
7/44
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Basic functions (continued)
AE:464
Read in analog value from
6ES5 464 modules
FB 30 for 95U
FB 30 for 100U
FB 30 for CPU 941
to 944
The function block " AE:464 " is
used to read in analog values
from the 6ES5 464Ć8M... anaĆ
log input modules.
The function block takes into
consideration the characterisĆ
tics of the various analog inĆ
put modules and produces at
its output a standardized
value between specified lower
and upper limits for a given
nominal input signal. The user
sets the limits.
The function block for the
S5Ć95U, S5Ć100U and
S5Ć115U (CPU 941 to 944)
produces the standardized
value as a 16Ćbit fixedĆpoint
number, for the S5Ć115U
(CPU 945), S5Ć135U and
S5Ć155U as a 32Ćbit floatingĆ
point number.
Modules to be used:
6ES5 464Ć8MA11
6ES5 464Ć8MA21
6ES5 464Ć8MB11
6ES5 464Ć8MC11
6ES5 464Ć8MD11
6ES5 464Ć8ME11
6ES5 464Ć8MF11
6ES5 464Ć8MF21.
FB 13 for 135U
Technical specifications
FB 27 for 155U
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
95U
395
ă9
5.8
100U with
CPU 1032)
395
ă9
3.5
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
418
418
418
418
ă9
ă9
ă9
ă9
4.5
4.5
3.9
2.7
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
384
384
384
386
11
11
11
11
3.6
1.9
0.6
0.095
155U with
CPU 946/947
386
11
0.4
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
AE:460
Read in analog value from
6ES5 460/465 modules
FB 30 for CPU 941
to 944
FB 250*) for CPU 945
FB 31 for 135U/155U
*) is integrated in the
operating system of
the CPU 945
2) As of Order No.: 6ES5 103Ć8MA03
The function block " AE:460 " is
used to read in analog values
from the 6ES5 460Ć4UA/7LA..
or 6ES5 465Ć4UA/7LA..
analog input modules.
nominal input signal. The user
sets the limits.
The function block for the
S5Ć115U (CPU 941 to 944)
produces the standardized
value as a 16Ćbit fixedĆpoint
number, for the S5Ć115U
(CPU 945), S5Ć135U and
S5Ć155U as a 32Ćbit floatingĆ
point number.
The function block takes into
consideration the characterisĆ
tics of the various analog inĆ
put modules and produces at
its output a standardized
value between specified lower
and upper limits for a given
Both cyclic and selective
sampling are possible.
Modules to be used:
6ES5 460Ć4UA1.
6ES5 460Ć4LA1.
6ES5 465Ć4UA1.
6ES5 465Ć7LA1.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
315
315
315
315
11
11
11
11
4.9
4.9
4.6
2.8
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
300
300
300
305
13
13
13
13
3.5
1.6
0.6
0.095
155U with
CPU 946/947
305
13
0.4
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/45
Software
Runtime Software
Basic functions (continued)
AE:463
Read in analog value from
6ES5 463Ć4U modules
FB 32 for CPU 941
to 944
FB 241*) for CPU 945
FB 32 for 135U/155U
*) is integrated in the
operating system of
the CPU 945
The function block " AE:463 " is
used to read in analog values
from the
6ES5 463Ć4UAVV or
6ES5 463Ć4UBVV
analog input modules.
The function block takes into
consideration the characterisĆ
tics of the various analog inĆ
put modules and produces at
its output a standardized
value between specified lower
and upper limits for a given
nominal input signal. The user
sets the limits.
The function block for the
S5Ć115U (CPU 941 to 944)
produces the standardized
value as a 16Ćbit fixedĆpoint
number, for the S5Ć115U
(CPU 945), S5Ć135U and
S5Ć155U as a 32Ćbit floatingĆ
point number.
Modules to be used:
6ES5 463Ć4UA1.
6ES5 463Ć4UB1.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
235
235
235
235
9
9
9
9
4.2
4.2
4.0
2.7
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
219
219
219
221
11
11
11
11
3.0
1.6
0.6
0.08
155U with
CPU 946/947
221
11
0.5
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
AE:466
Read in analog value from
6ES5 466Ć3LA modules
FB 33 for CPU 941
to 944
FB 243*) for CPU 945
FB 33 for 135U/155U
*) is integrated in the
operating system of
the CPU 945
The function block " AE:466 " is
used to read in analog values
from the 6ES5 466Ć3LA1 V
analog input modules.
The function block takes into
consideration the characterisĆ
tics of the various analog inĆ
put modules and produces at
its output a standardized
value between specified lower
and upper limits for a given
nominal input signal. The user
sets the limits.
The function block for the
S5Ć115U (CPU 941 to 944)
produces the standardized
value as a 16Ćbit fixedĆpoint
number, for the S5Ć115U
(CPU 945), S5Ć135U and
S5Ć155U as a 32Ćbit floatingĆ
point number.
Modules to be used:
6ES5 466Ć3LA1.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in word
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
283
283
283
283
ă9
ă9
ă9
ă9
10.6
10.6
ă8.4
ă4.8
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
252
252
252
254
11
11
11
11
ă3.3
ă1.6
ă0.5
ă0.09
155U with
CPU 946/947
254
11
ă0.7
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
7/46
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Basic functions (continued)
RLG:AA
Output analog value
FB 251 for 95U*)
FB 251 for 100U*)
The function block " Output
analog value " is used to outĆ
put analog signals to the proĆ
cess via analog output
modules. The function block
must be assigned values beĆ
tween a lower and an upper
limit.
Modules to be used:
6ES5 470Ć4UA12
6ES5 470Ć4UB12
6ES5 470Ć4UC12
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5470Ć7LC12.
FB 251 for 115U*)
Technical specifications
FB 41 for 135U/155U
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
100U with
CPU 103
Ċ
ă9
max. 6
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
ă9
ă9
ă9
ă9
max. 6
max. 6
max. 6
max. 6
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
101
101
101
105
12
12
12
12
2.9
2.4
0.2
0.053
155U with
CPU 946/947
*) is integrated in the operating
system
For S5Ć
105
12
0.27
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
Retten
Laden
Save, load scratch
bit memories
FB 38 for 115U
When a cyclic user program
is interrupted by a timeĆconĆ
trolled or process interruptĆ
driven program, there is danĆ
ger of the data stored in the
" scratched bit memory area "
(FW 200 to FW 254) being
overĆwritten by the
interruptĆdriven program.
The " RETTEN " function block
is called at the beginning of
the interrupt service routine to
save the scratch bit memories
in a data block.
The " LADEN " function block is
called at the end of the interĆ
rupt service routine to reload
FW 200 to FW 254 with the
scratch bit memories for the
cyclic program.
FB 39 for 115U
Technical specifications
FB 38 for 135U/155U
For S5Ć
FB 38 for 135U/155U
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
FB 39
FB 38
FB 39
FB 38
FB 439
93
86
3
3
0.133
0.133
135U/155U with
CPU 948
105
96
3
3
0.11
0.105
155U with
CPU 946/947
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
FB 38
115U with
CPU 945
105
96
3
3
0.24
0.24
7/47
Software
Runtime Software
Basic functions (continued)
SST:UHR
Clock
The " SST:UHR " function block
sets and reads the system
clock. The block is not proĆ
grammable.
It reserves the data words
DW 0 to DW 11 in DB 55; the
user must initialize these data
words.
FB 129 for 155U
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
DB-COPY
Copy data words between
data blocks DB/DX
FB 44/45 for 115U
FB 44/45 for 135U
FB 44/45 for 155U
The function blocks copy a
defined number of data words
(0 to 255) between a source
DB/DX and a destination
DB/DX.
Processing time
in ms
53
155U with
CPU 946/947
Call length
in words
2
0.1 to 0.4
The FB 44 and FB 45 function
blocks have the same funcĆ
tion. They differ only in their
type of parameter assignĆ
ment.
With the CPU 941 to CPU 944
only the normal data area
(DB) is permitted.
The parameters of the FB 44
are specified when they are
called (direct parameter
assignment) while the FB 45
receives its block parameters
by the transfer of a pointer on
a parameter field (indirect paĆ
rameter assignment).
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
FB44
FB 45
FB 44
FB 45
FB 44
FB 45
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
216
216
216
216
247
273
273
273
273
318
8
8
8
8
8
2
2
2
2
2
2.4 to 24.3
2.4 to 24.3
2.0 to 22.2
1.0 to 1.2
0.025 to 0.115
2.6 to 24.7
2.6 to 24.7
2.4 to 22.5
0.9 to 1.5
0.035 to 0.125
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
168
168
168
233
217
217
217
303
8
8
8
8
2
2
2
2
2.3 to 2.8
1.4 to 1.6
0.3 to 0.6
0.04 to 0.315
3.0 to 3.3
1.7 to 2.0
0.4 to 0.7
0.09 to 0.34
155U with
CPU 946/947
233
303
8
2
0.3 to 0.7
0.3 to 0.8
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
7/48
2) The times are depending on the
number of bytes to be transfered.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Basic functions (continued)
PER:ET
Read and write
extended I/Os
The function block " Read and
write extended I/Os " transfers
(depending on the type of paĆ
rameter assignment) an I/O
area via one of the interface
modules specified to a CPUĆ
internal area or vice versa.
Input bytes can thus be read
from the extended I/Os and
output bytes written to the
extended I/Os.
FB 196:
Direct parameter assignment
FB 197:
Indirect parameter assignĆ
ment
Areas
The following table contains
all source and destination
areas which can be
addressed.
S5Ć115U
S5Ć135U with
CPU 922
928Ć.UA..
CPU 928
Ć.UB..
S5Ć155U
I/O area
P (byte no.)
Q (byte no.)
IM3 (byte no.)
IM4 (byte no.)
128-255
ăă0-255
ăă0-255
ăă0-255
128-255
ăă0-255
ăă0-255
ăă0-255
128-255
ăă0-255
ăă0-255
ăă0-255
128-255
ăă0-255
ăă0-255
ăă0-255
Internal area
DB (DW no.)
DX (DW no.)
Bit memories
(byte no.)
SĆBit memories
(byte no.)
ă10-2042
ăăăăă0-235
ă10-2042
ă10-2042
ăă0-235
ă10-2042
ă10-2042
ăă0-235
ă10-2042
ă10-2042
ăă0-235
ăăă-ă
ăăă-ă
ăă0-1023
ăă0-4095
The " PER:ET " function block
is used with one of the followĆ
ing interface modules:
IM 300Ć3, IM 300Ć5 (Ć5CA11),
IM 300Ć5 (Ć5LB11), IM 301Ć3,
IM 301Ć5, IM 304, IM 305,
IM 306, IM 307 and IM 308
Note:
The I/O modules addressed
with one block call must be
addressed continuously. After
each gap in the addresses,
the PER:ET function block
must be called again.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Processing time2)
in ms
Call length
in words
FB 196
FB 197
FB 196
FB 197
FB 196
FB 197
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
213
213
213
213
214
272
272
272
272
282
7
7
7
7
7
2
2
2
2
2
2.3 to 10.9
2.3 to 10.9
2.1 to 10.7
0.4 to 0.6
0.025 to 0.115
2.1 to 10.7
2.1 to 10.7
1.9 to 10.5
0.7 to 0.9
0.035 to 0.125
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
267
267
267
301
322
322
322
369
7
7
7
7
2
2
2
2
3.2 to 4.7
1.4 to 2.6
0.9 to 2.1
0.07 to 1.2
3.9 to 5.4
1.8 to 3.0
1.0 to 2.2
0.09 to 1.4
155U with
CPU 946/947
301
369
7
2
1.1 to 1.3
1.3 to 1.5
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
2) The times are depending on the
number of bytes to be transferred.
7/49
Software
Runtime Software
Basic functions (continued)
Summary Program package " Basic functions
Function block
For S5 programmable controllers
95U
ADD : 32
SUB : 32
MUL : 32
DIV : 32
RAD : 16
RAD : GP
REG : SCHB
REG : SCHW
REG : FIFO
REG : LIFO
COD : B8
COD : 32
AE
: 464
AE
: 460
AE
: 463
AE
: 466
RLG : AA
SON : WS
SST : UHR
Retten
Laden
DBĆCOPY
PER : ET
1)
100U with
CPU 103
115U with
CPU 941Ć944
115U with
CPU 941Ć944
135U
155U
FB 1
FB 2
FB 3
FB 4
FB 5
Ċ
FB 10
FB 11
FB 12
FB 13
Ċ
Ċ
FB 30
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
FB 2511)
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
FB 1
FB 2
FB 3
FB 4
FB 5
Ċ
FB 10
FB 11
FB 12
FB 13
Ċ
Ċ
FB 30
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
FB 2511)
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
FB 1
FB 2
FB 3
FB 4
FB 5
Ċ
FB 10
FB 11
FB 12
FB 13
FB 21
FB 23
FB 30
FB 31
FB 32
FB 33
FB 2511)
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
FB 44/45
FB 196/197
Ċ
Ċ
FB 3
FB 4
FB 5
FB 6
FB 10
FB 11
FB 12
FB 13
Ċ
Ċ
FB 2421)
FB 2501)
FB 2411)
FB 2431)
FB 2511)
Ċ
Ċ
FB 38
FB 39
FB 44/45
FB 196/197
FB 1
FB 2
FB 3
FB 4
FB 5
FB 6
FB 10
FB 11
FB 12
FB 13
Ċ
Ċ
FB 30
FB 31
FB 32
FB 33
FB 41
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
FB 44/45
FB 196/197
FB 3
FB 7
FB 11
FB 15
FB 18
FB 19
FB 24
FB 25
FB 26
FB 27
Ċ
Ċ
FB 30
FB 31
FB 32
FB 33
FB 41
Ċ
FB 129
FB 38
FB 39
FB 44/45
FB 196/197
These function blocks are integrated in the operating system of the CPU.
Ordering data
Order No.
Program package
”Basic functions“
for S5Ć95U,
S5Ć100U with CPU 103,
S5Ć115U with CPU 941Ć9442),
CPU 945,
S5Ć135U /155U with
CPU 922, 928, 928 B, CPU 948,
S5Ć155U with CPU 946/947,
with manual
in German, English, French,
for MSĆDOS, S5ĆDOS/MT
operating system,
on 31/2 " diskettes ( 720 Kbyte)
and
on 51/4 " diskettes ( 360 Kbyte)
Single license
Copy license
2)
6ES5 848-7AA02
6ES5 848-7AA02–0KL1
As of Order No.: 6ES594.Ć7UB..
7/50
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Floating-point arithmetic
Application
The standard function blocks
for floatingĆpoint arithmeticeĆ
nable the S5Ć115U, S5Ć100U
(with CPU 103) and S5Ć95U to
execute arithmetic operations
with
S
Functions
The following standard funcĆ
tion blocks are available for
floatingĆpoint arithmetic:
32Ćbit fixedĆpoint numbers
(31 bit + sign bit) and
S
FB 15: FixedĆpoint to
floatingĆpoint conversion
S FB16: FloatingĆpoint to
fixedĆpoint conversion
S FB 17: Add two floatingĆ
point numbers
S FB 18: Subtract two floatingĆ
point numbers
S
S
FB 19: Multiply two floatingĆ
point numbers
S FB 20: Divide two floatingĆ
point numbers
S FB 21: Compare two
floatingĆpoint numbers
These function blocks set the
following bit memories for
futher processing:
S Overflow
S Result is 0
S Error
32Ćbit floatingĆpoint numĆ
bers (exponent:
7 bit + sign bit,
mantissa:
23 bit + sign bit)
Number range for fixedĆpoint
numbers:
2 147 483 648 to
+ 2 147 483 647
(Ć231 to +231 Ć 1).
Number range for floatingĆ
point numbers:
± 1 469 368 exp.38 to
1 701 412 exp. + 39.
Technical specifications
Block
number
Block
name
Block
length
in
words
Processing time in ms with
S5Ć95U
S5Ć100U
CPU 103
S5Ć115U
CPU 941
CPU 942
CPU 943
CPU 944
FB 15
GP:FPGP
ă72
0.41 - 4.67
0.9ă - 1.3
0.85 - 2
0.85 - 2
0.78 - 1.4
FB 16
GP:GPFP
ă95
0.54 - 5.63
1.1ă - 1.8
1.6ă - 2.3
1.6ă - 2.3
FB 17
GP:ADD
266
1.29 - 2.62
1.4ă - 1.9
2.1ă - 2.5
2.1ă - 2.5
FB 18
GP:SUB
267
1.14 - 1.38
1.77 - 2.3
2.1ă - 2.5
FB 19
GP:MUL
176
3.63 - 3.97
2.7ă - 4.3
FB 20
GP:DIV
223
0.56 - 9.3
FB 21
GP:VGL
112
0.67 - 1.01
Ordering data
Nesting
depth
Blocks
called
Bit memories
reserved
0.04 - 0.23
0
Ċ
1.2ă - 1.9
0.14 - 0.5
0
Ċ
0.13 - 0.56
0
Ċ
2.1ă - 2.5
1.6ă 2.25
1.8ă - 2.3
0.13 - 0.56
0
Ċ
2.5ă - 4.8
2.5ă - 4.8
2.2ă - 4.6
1.3ă - 4.4
1
1.8ă - 4.0
1.6ă - 4.2
1.6ă - 4.2
1.1ă - 3.5
0.5ă - 2
0
FB 242,
MUL: 16
Ċ
1.0ă - 1.5
1.5ă - 1.8
1.5ă - 1.8
1.0ă - 1.4
0.1ă - 0.15
0
Ċ
FW 200 to
FW 203
FW 200 to
FW 203
FW 200 to
FW 212
FW 200 to
FW 212
FW 200 to
FW 220
FW 200 to
FW 214
FW 200 to
FW 207
Order No.
Program package
”Floating-point arithmetic“
for S5Ć95U,
S5Ć100U with CPU 103,
S5Ć115U with CPU 941Ć944
with manual
in German, English, French,
for MSĆDOS, S5ĆDOS/MT
operating system,
on 3 1/2 " diskettes ( 720 Kbyte)
and
on 5 1/4 " diskettes ( 360 Kbyte)
Single license
Copy license
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
6ES5 845-7GP01
6ES5 845-7GP01-0KL1
7/51
Software
Runtime Software
Mathematical functions
Arc functions;
arc sine, arc cosine,
arc tangent, arc cotangent
S Logarithmic functions;
natural logarithm, common
logarithm, logarithm to any
base
Application
The following standard funcĆ
tion blocks are avaiIable for
executing oftenĆused matheĆ
matical functions:
S Trigonometric functions;
sine, cosine, tangent,
cotangent
S
Principle of operation
Standard function blocks for
mathematical functions are
handled in the same way as
equivalent STEP 5 statements.
When the block is called,
S
S
SINUS
sin (x)
FB 101 for
115U/135U/155U
COSINUS
cos(x)
FB 102 for
115U/135U/155U
TANGENS
tan(x)
FB 103 for
115U/135U/155U
COTANG
cotan (x)
FB 104 for
115U/135U/155U
ARCSIN
arcsin (x)
FB 105 for
115U/135U/155U
7/52
the contents of accumulator
1 are changed in accorĆ
dance with the function exeĆ
cuted (without altering the
contents of the other accuĆ
mulators or the base
address register BR), or
the contents of accumulaĆ
tors 1 and 2 are combined in
accordance with the function
executed, with the contents
of accumulator 3 being
pushed into accumulator 2
and the contents of accumuĆ
lator 4 into accumulator 3
(like a STEP 5 arithmetical
function). The contents of
the BR register remain unĆ
changed.
The " SINUS " function block
calculates the sine of a
24/32Ćbit floatingĆpoint
number.
The value must lie within the
range
9 (KG = + 0000000 + 00) to
2p (KG = + 6283185 + 01).
The " TANGENS " function
block calculates the tangent
of a 24/32Ćbit floatingĆpoint
number. The value must lie
within the range
0 (KG = + 0000000 + 00) to
2p (KG = + 6283185 + 01).
If the input value is p/2
(KG = + 1570796 + 01) or
3p/2 (KG + 4712389 + 01),
the result is infinite and the
function block reports an
error.
The " COTANG " function block
calculates the cotangent of a
24/32Ćbit floatingĆpoint numĆ
ber. The value must lie within
the range
(KG = + 2938734 - 34 to
KG = + 6283184 + 01).
If the input value is 0p
(KG = 3141593 + 01) or
2p (KG = 6283185 + 01),
the result is infinite and the
function block reports an
error.
The " ARCSIN " function block
calculates the arcsine of a
24/32Ćbit floatingĆpoint
number.
All standard function blocks
for mathematical functions
process 32Ćbit floatingĆpoint
numbers.
The value must lie within the
range
0 (KG = + 0000000 + 00) to
2p (KG = + 6283185 + 01).
The " COSINUS " function
block calculates the cosine of
a 24/32Ćbit floatingĆpoint
number.
Exponential functions;
exponent to base e,
exponent to base 10,
exponent to any base.
The function blocks are
available for S5Ć135U and
S5Ć155U.
S
The value must lie within the
range
- 1 (KG = - 1000000 + 01) to
+ 1 (KG = + 1000000 + 01).
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Mathematical functions (continued)
ARCCOS
arccos (x)
FB 106 for
115U/135U/155U
ARCTAN
arctan (x)
FB 107 for
115U/135U/155U
ARCOT
arcot (x)
FB 108 for
115U/135U/155U
LN X
ln (x)
The " ARCCOS " function block
calculates the arccos of a
24/32Ćbit floatingĆpoint
number.
The value must lie within the
range
- 1 (KG = - 1000000 + 01) to
+ 1 (KG = + 1000000 + 01).
The " ARCTAN " function block
calculates the arctan of a
24/32Ćbit floatingĆpoint
number.
With a value of less than
KG = - 5773456 + 07 the reĆ
sult output is - p/2,
with a value greater than
KG = + 1209486 + 07 the
result is + p/2.
The " ARCCOT " function block
calculates the arccot of a
24/32Ćbit floatingĆpoint
number.
With a value of less than
KG = - 5773456 + 07 the
result output is π,
The " LN X " function block calĆ
culates the natural log of a
24/32Ćbit floatingĆpoint
number.
With a value of less than or
equal to 0, accumulator 1
remains unchanged and the
function block reports an
error.
The " LG X " function block
calculates the common log of
a 24/32Ćbit floatingĆpoint numĆ
ber.
With a value of less than or
equal to 0, accumulator 1 reĆ
mains unchanged and the
function block reports an
error.
The " B LOG X " function block
calculates the log to any
base. Base b is expected in
accumulator 1, the value x in
accumulator 2, both as
24/32Ćbit floatingĆpoint numĆ
bers. Both values must be
greater than 0, and the base
cannot have the value 1.
The " E^X function block calĆ
culates the exponential value
to the base e of a 24/32Ćbit
floatingĆpoint number.
The value must lie within the
range KG = - 8802962 + 02
to KG = + 8802966 + 02,
otherwise an overflow condiĆ
tion is produced.
The " ZEHN^X " function block
calculates the exponential
value to the base 10 of a
24/32Ćbit floatingĆpoint
number.
The value must lie within the
range
KG = - 3823079 + 02 to
KG - 3823079 + 02, otherwise
an overflow condition is
produced.
The " A2^A1 " function block
calculates the exponential
value to any base. Base a2 is
expected in accumulator 2,
the exponent a1 in accumulaĆ
tor 1, both as 24/32Ćbit floatĆ
ingĆpoint numbers. The base
value must be positive. The
result is represented in accuĆ
mulator 1 as a 24/32Ćbit floatĆ
ingĆpoint number.
FB 109 for
115U/135U/155U
LG X
lg (x)
FB 110 for
115U/135U/155U
B LOG X
logb (x)
FB 111 for
115U/135U/155U
E^X
ex
FB 112 for
115U/135U/155U
ZEHN^X
10x
FB 113 for
115U/135U/155U
A2^A1
a2a1
FB 114 for
115U/135U/155U
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
with a value greater than
KG = + 1209486 + 07 the
result is 0.
The result is represented in
accumulator 1 as a 24/32Ćbit
floatingĆpoint number.
If the result produces an overĆ
flow, the contents of accumuĆ
lators 1 and 2 remain unĆ
changed and the function
block reports an error.
7/53
Software
Runtime Software
Mathematical functions (continued)
Technical specifications
Block
number
b
Block
name
Block length in words
CPU
922, 928
CPU 945
CPU 946/
947, 948
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 945
CPU
946/947
CPU 948
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
SINUS
COSINUS
TANGENS
COTANG
ARCSIN
ARCCOS
ARCTAN
ARCCOT
LN X
LG X
B LOG X
E^X
ZEHN^X
A2^A1
242
238
318
321
218
253
268
269
222
222
274
253
260
418
192
188
268
271
184
219
241
246
187
191
227
217
224
364
211
207
287
290
203
238
260
265
206
210
254
236
243
391
3.8
3.8
4.0
4.0
3.5
3.7
4.2
4.3
4.3
4.3
7.6
4.5
4.6
7.4
2.4
2.4
2.5
2.5
2.2
2.3
2.6
2.7
2.9
2.9
5.1
3.0
3.1
4.9
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.9
1.5
1.5
1.9
0.039
0.038
0.043
0.041
0.035
0.040
0.044
0.046
0.042
0.044
0.079
0.046
0.048
0.077
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.35
0.35
0.45
0.45
0.5
0.5
0.95
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.15
0.14
0.16
0.15
0.14
0.15
0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17
0.31
0.18
0.19
0.31
Ordering data
Processing time in ms with
Order No.
Program package
”Mathematical functions“
for S5Ć115U with CPU 945,
S5Ć135U/155U with
CPU 922, 928, 928B, CPU 948,
S5Ć155U with CPU 946/947,
with manual
in German, English, French,
for MSĆDOS, S5ĆDOS/MT
operating systems,
on 3 1/2 " diskettes (720 Kbyte)
and
on 5 1/4 " diskettes (360 Kbyte)
Single license
Copy license
7/54
6ES5 848-7MT01
6ES5 848-7MT01-0KL1
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
GRAPH 5/II
GRAPH 5/II is an easyĆtoĆuse
software system for planning
and design, programming,
documenting and testing seĆ
quencers. It consists of the
GRAPH 5/II system program
for the programming device
and the GRAPH 5/II package
of standard function blocks
(see page 7/10).
Application
Auxiliary
functions
Sequencer
FB 74
SB x
PB x
Main
sequencer
Transition
+
action
FB 70
or
FB 72
or
FB 73
Compared with the GRAPH 5
package, the GRAPH 5/II
package offers additional
diagnostic functions, synchroĆ
nization and optimized proĆ
cessing times.
Processing of
SB-TIPP
SB 0
or
SB 2
or
SB 3
DB x
ST57-2048
The sequence blocks generĆ
ated with an older version of
GRAPH 5 can be matched to
the new function blocks with
the GRAPH 5/II option
package.
DB y
: User block
: Standard function block
: DBs are generated by the GRAPH5 system program
: Data traffic
: Block calls
Fig. 7/31 Calling structure
Processing times
Structure
linear sequencer
2 simultaneous sequencers
4 simultaneous sequencers
8 simultaneous sequencers
For S5Ć
FB 70
FB 73
FB
73/74
FB 70
FB 72
FB
72/74
FB 70
FB 72
FB
72/74
FB 70
FB 72
FB
72/74
95U
Ċ
ă5.9
ă8.5
Ċ
11
14
Ċ
19
22.5
Ċ
38
41
100U with
CPU 103
23
13
19
33
27
29
54
43
47
77
65
71
115U with
CPU 941
CPU 942
CPU 943
CPU 944
CPU 945
13
11
10.1
ă1.2
ă0.49
ă7
ă6
ă4
ă1.0
ă0.43
10
ă9
ă5.5
ă1.15
ă0.47
17
15
14.4
ă1.45
ă0.51
12
11
10.5
ă1.3
ă0.48
15
13
11.8
ă1.45
ă0.51
29
25
22.6
ă3.56
ă0.58
19
17
18.2
ă2.0
ă0.51
22
19
19.6
ă2.1
ă0.59
41
39
38
ă3.8
ă0.72
29
30
33.6
ă3.2
ă0.58
36
33
35.1
ă3.3
ă0.74
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928B
CPU 948
16.0
ă1.0
ă0.59
10.4
ă0.7
ă0.5
13.9
ă0.85
ă0.57
22.0
ă1.5
ă0.73
18.0
ă1.1
ă0.67
21.6
ă1.3
ă0.74
33.8
ă1.9
ă1.01
29.0
ă1.6
ă0.94
32.6
ă1.85
ă1.0
57.1
24
ă1.53
51.1
ă2.85
ă1.44
54.6
ă3.2
ă1.52
155U with
CPU 946/947
ă1.65
ă1.2
ă1.5
ă2.15
ă1.85
ă2.2
ă3.2
ă2.8
ă3.1
ă5.3
ă4.75
ă5.1
1) Processing times for sequencers with 25 steps, 3 assignments per step, 3 scans per transition, switching per cycle (in ms).
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/55
Software
Runtime Software
GRAPH 5/II (continued)
GPH:HKET
Main sequencer
FB 70 for
100U to 155U
The " GPH:HKET " function
block controls the main seĆ
quencer of a sequence conĆ
trol system. It controls the
conveniently programmable
operating modes (e.g. manĆ
ual, automatic) and calls the
secondary sequencers.
A maximum of 255 sequencĆ
ers can be called; a single seĆ
quencer can contain 127
steps.
A maximum of eight columns
(simultaneous or alternative
branches) can be proĆ
grammed for each sequencer;
one initial step can be seĆ
lected for each column.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
1100
24
115U with
CPU 941Ć944,
CPU 945
1100
1097
24
24
135U /155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
1085
1085
1085
1095
24
24
24
24
155U with
CPU 946/947
FB 71 for
100U to 155U
Call length
in words
100U with
CPU 103
GPH:UKET
Secondary sequencer
Block length
in words
1095
24
The " GPH:UKET " function
block controls the secondary
sequencer of a sequence
control system. Secondary
sequencers are called in the
main sequencer steps.
Processing time
Depending on the
volume of the sequence
control system, see
table on page 7/55
The operating modes of the
main sequencer are forĆ
wardĆed automatically to the
secondary sequencer. All
other functions are the same
as in FB 70.
Technical specifications
STEP 5 blocks
for S5Ć
Call length
in words
100U with
CPU 103
1104
16
115U with
CPU 941Ć944
CPU 945
1104
1101
16
16
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
1089
1089
1089
1099
16
16
16
16
155U with
CPU 946/947
7/56
Block length
in words
1099
Processing time
16
Depending on the
volume of the
sequence control
system, see table on
page 7/55
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
GRAPH 5/II (continued)
GPH:SIM1
HighĆspeed
simultaneous sequencer
FB 72 for
95U to 155U
The " GPH:SIM1 " function
block enables somewhat less
convenient but highĆspeed
processing of alternative and
simultaneous sequencers.
Number of sequencers and
steps as for FB 70.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
731
9
100U with
CPU 103
731
9
115U with
CPU 941Ć944
CPU 945
731
731
9
9
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
731
731
731
731
9
9
9
9
155U with
CPU 946/947
731
9
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
95U
333
9
100U with
CPU 103
333
9
115U with
CPU 941Ć944
CPU 945
333
333
9
9
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
333
333
333
333
9
9
9
9
155U with
CPU 946/947
FB 73 for
95U to 155U
Call length
in words
95U
GPH:LIN1
HighĆspeed linear sequencer
Block length
in words
333
Processing time
9
Depending on the
volume of the seĆ
quence control
system, see table on
page 7/55
The " GPH:LIN1 " function
block enables somewhat less
convenient but highĆspeed
processing of linear sequencĆ
ers. Number of sequencers
and steps as for FB 70.
Technical specifications
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Processing time
Depending on the
volume of the
sequence control
system, see table on
page 7/55
7/57
Software
Runtime Software
GRAPH 5/II (continued)
GPH:ZFK1
Auxiliary functions
FB 74 for
95U to 155U
The " GPH:ZFK1 " function
block implements auxiliary
functions for FB 72 and FB 73,
e.g. step selection and synĆ
chronization.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Call length
in words
95U
370
9
100U with
CPU 103
370
9
115U with
CPU 941Ć944
CPU 945
370
370
9
9
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
369
369
369
369
9
9
9
9
155U with
CPU 946/947
PG COPY
Read diagnostic message
Block length
in words
369
9
The " PG COPY " function
block provides the programĆ
ming device with a diagnostic
message from the diagnostic
buffer for display purposes.
OB 1/
PB a
FB 67 for
100U to 155U
Processing time
Depending on the
volume of the
sequence control
system, see table on
page 7/55
SBx
User block
Transition
+
actions
FB 70, 72,
73
Main
sequencer
SB 0/2/3
Inching
block
DBx
FB 69
DBy
DB & lt; G5:DIAG & gt;
Diagnostics DB
FB & lt; G5:DIA
G & gt;
Operator
control and
monitoring
section
Restart
section
FB 67
FB & lt; PG:COPY & gt;
FB 68
FB & lt; COPY & gt;
DBy+1
DB & lt; DIAG & gt;
Data puffer
Restart OB
OB 20
OB 21
OB 22
DBz
DB & lt; G5:PARA & gt;
Parameter
data
Fig. 7/32 Calling structure for diagnostics
7/58
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
GRAPH 5/II (continued)
COPY
Write diagnostic messages
The " COPY " function block
enters the diagnostic mesĆ
sages in the diagnostic buffer.
FB 68 for
100U to 155U
G5 DIAG
Diagnostics
FB 69 for
100U to 155U
The " DIAG " function block
organizes and monitors the
GRAPH 5/II diagnostics. It
calls function blocks FB 67
and FB 68.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length in words
FB 67
FB 68
FB 69
118
107
1800
115U with
CPU 941Ć944
CPU 945
118
120
107
109
1800
1667
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
103
103
103
112
ă92
ă92
ă92
101
1520
1520
1520
1530
155U with
CPU 946/947
112
101
1530
95U
100U with
CPU 103
Diagnostic functions
GPH:REAK
Reactivate times
FB 75 for
100U to 155U
The diagnostic functions monĆ
itor all GRAPH 5/II sequencĆ
ers and transfer the seĆ
quencer status information to
a programming device or an
operator control and monitorĆ
ing device.
The " GPH:REAK " function
block saves and reactivates
waiting times and monitoring
timers
Services:
in the case of changes of opĆ
erationg mode and after
faults.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
100U with
CPU 103
1144
12
115U with
CPU 941Ć944
CPU 945
1144
1109
12
12
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
1098
1098
1098
1098
12
12
12
12
155U with
CPU 946/947
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Selection and display of seĆ
quencer operating modes
S Recording of diagnostic inĆ
formation in a data buffer
S
Detection of errors in seĆ
quencers and preparation of
firstĆup signals
S Updating of status data of
the sequencers monitored
S
1108
Processing time
12
Depending on the
volume of the
sequence control
system
7/59
Software
Runtime Software
GRAPH 5/II (continued)
Sequence blocks
Execution blocks
SBĆTIPP
These blocks are needed for
executing GRAPH 5 sequencĆ
ers in the programmable conĆ
troller. A special SBĆTIPP is alĆ
located to each GRAPH 5/II
function block:
FB
FB 70
FB 72
FB 73
SBĆTIPP
SB0
SB2
SB3
The associated SBĆTIPP is
called in each transition of
sequence block SBx, and
executes the operating
modes initialized in the correĆ
sponding function block.
When a sequencer is generĆ
ated with the GRAPH 5/II sysĆ
tem program, the SBĆTIPP call
is automatically entered in the
user sequence block SBx.
(Ordering data for the GRAPH
5/II system program for proĆ
grammers: see page 7/10)
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length in words
SB0
SB2
SB3
95U
Ċ
3333
75
100U with
CPU 103
385
333
75
115U with
CPU 941Ć944
CPU 945
385
385
333
333
75
75
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
385
385
385
385
333
333
333
333
75
75
75
75
155U with
CPU 946/947
385
333
75
For each sequencer of a seĆ
quence control system there
is one sequence block SBx,
which contains the structure,
step enabling or transition
conditions and actions.
7/60
The user generates sequence
blocks SBx using the GRAPH
5/II system program.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
GRAPH 5/II (continued)
Sequence blocks (cont.)
Synchronization block
SB5
Linear sequencers with alterĆ
native branches can be synĆ
chronized with the system.
OB 1/PB a
The GRAPH 5/II option
package generates a block
for the sequencer with the
conditions of synchronization.
With the synchronization
conditions, the synchronizaĆ
tion block SB 5 sets the step
which corresponds to the
system status.
The SB 5 synchronization
block can be run on the
following programmable
controllers:
S S5Ć95U
S S5Ć100U with CPU 103
S S5Ć115U with CPU 941Ć944,
945
S S5Ć135U/155U with
CPU 922, 928, 928 B, 948
S S5Ć155U with CPU 946/947
SBx
User block
FB 75
FB 74
Transitions
+
actions
FB
70/72/73
SB 0/2/3
Inching
block
Main
sequencer
DB x
User DB
SB 100 + x
Synchronisazion
block
SB 5
It has a block length of
318 words.
Fig. 7/33 Call structure for synchronization
Data blocks
Work and diagnostic
data blocks
DBx, DBy
One DBx work data block is
available for each sequencer
in sequence control system,
and is allocated automatically
to the associated SBx seĆ
quence block. The DBx work
data block maintains the curĆ
rent status of the sequencer.
The error messages for all seĆ
quencers in a programmable
controller are stored in the
DBy diagnostic data block.
The GRAPH 5 system proĆ
gram diagnostic function can
thus be used to trace group
errors over the inidvidual seĆ
quencers all the way to the
detail level of the faulty seĆ
quencer.
Summary
The GRAPH 5/II program
package contains the followĆ
ing blocks:
S
Ordering data
Function blocks
FB 67 to FB 75
The DBx and DBy blocks are
generated with the GRAPH
5/II system program.
S
Sequence blocks
SB 0, SB 2, SB 3, SB 5
Order No.
Order No.
GRAPH 5/II program package
for
GRAPH 5/II
programming software
S5Ć95U,
S5Ć100U with CPU 103,
S5Ć115U with CPU 941Ć944, 945,
S5Ć135U/155U with
CPU 922, 928, 928B, CPU 948,
S5Ć155U with CPU 946/947
Documentation for GRAPH 5/II
program package, V 6.6
German
Englisch
French
See page 7/11
6ES5 998-1FA13
6ES5 998-1FA23
6ES5 998-1FA33
MSĆDOS, S5ĆDOS/MT
operating systems,
on 31/2I diskettes (1.44 Mbyte)
and on 51/4I diskettes
(1.2 Mbyte)
with manual in
German, English, French
Single license
Copy license
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
6ES5 848-7DA03
6ES5 848-7DA03-0KL1
7/61
Software
Runtime Software
Signalling functions
Application
The processes involved in
process and power engineerĆ
ing can only be reliably conĆ
trolled and monitored if a
constant check is kept on opĆ
erations at a central point. All
important events, such as
checkback, auxiliary and fault
signals and messages, must
be monitored and brought to
the attention of the operators
both visually and audibly.
A distinction is made between
firstĆup and newĆvalue mesĆ
sages (DIN 19 235). In the
case of the former, the mesĆ
sage (in a group of mesĆ
sages), whose status was the
first in the group to change afĆ
ter the last acknowledgement
was made, is highlighted. All
messages occuring after this
firstĆup message are referred
to as newĆvalue messages.
The signalling and acknowlĆ
edgement states can be indiĆ
cated by a steady light or
flashing light with various
frequencies.
Conditions
For the S5Ć95U, S5Ć100U
(with CPU 103), S5Ć115U,
S5Ć135U:
The above frequencies reĆ
sult if called in OB 13, proĆ
vided the cycle time is & lt; 1
00 ms.
For cycle times & gt; 100 ms,
FB 50 must be called from
OB 13 only on each 2nd, 5th
or 10th pass; the frequenĆ
cies are then changed acĆ
cordingly. FB 50 must not be
called more than once in a
single cycle.
S
A number of individual mesĆ
sages can be combined and
displayed as a group
message.
A set of standard function
blocks with the designation
" Signalling functions " is availĆ
able for this purpose.
MLD:TG
Clock generator
FB 50 for 95U to 155U
The " Clock generator " function
block produces flashing freĆ
quencies for the lamp outputs
of the annunciator blocks.
The positiveĆgoing edges of
the 0.63 Hz, 1.25 Hz, 2.5 Hz
and 5 Hz frequencies are
synchronized.
The FR parameter provides
these frequencies in bits 4 to
7 of the specified byte (freĆ
quency byte).
Bit assignment of the
FR frequency byte
Bit 0: Signal 0
Bit 1: Signal 0
Bit 2: Signal 0
Bit 3: Signal 0
Bit 4: F4 flicker frequency
5 Hz
Bit 5: F3 fast flashing light
2.5 Hz (1/2F4)
Bit 6: F2 flashing light
1.25 Hz (1/4F4)
Bit 7: F1 slow flashing light
0.63 Hz (1/8F4)
S
For the S5Ć155U:
The above frequencies reĆ
sult if called in OB 13, proĆ
vided the cycle time is
& lt; 100 ms.
For cycle times & gt; 100 ms,
FB 50 must be called from
OB 14, OB 15 or OB 16; the
frequencies are then
changed accordingly. FB 50
must not be called more
than once in a single cycle.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
95U
23
3
0.4
100U with
CPU 103
20
3
0.5
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
44
20
20
20
23
3
3
3
3
3
0.8
0.8
0.7
& lt; 0.1
0.005
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
22
22
22
19
3
3
3
3
0.4
0.2
0.05
0.01
155U with
CPU 946/947
19
3
0.1
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB.
7/98
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Signalling functions (continued)
MLD:EZW
MLD:EZWK
FirstĆup signal with singleĆ
frequency flashing light
(word mode)
FB 51 for 95U to 155U
FB 57 for 95U to 155U
The MLD:EZW and
MLD:EZWK function blocks
indicate changes in signal
status (either with a steady
light or flashing light), deĆ
pending on acknowledgement
signals. The sensor signals
are processed in word mode
either on the openĆcircuit or
closedĆcircuit principle.
The function block impleĆ
ments the indication of a firstĆ
up signal and the output of an
audible signal, FirstĆup sigĆ
nals. newĆvalue signals and
the audible signal are all ackĆ
nowledged separately.
In the case of the MLD:EZW
function block (FB 51), the
signals are routed to outputs.
In the case of the MLD:EZWK
function block (FB 57), the
signals can be routed either
to outputs or to bit memories.
Technical specifications
Max. number of
signal
signals
words
Block
length
in
words
Call
length
in
words
Processing
time
in ms
FB
FB 51/FB 57
FB 51
For S5Ć
95U
16
256
368
18
4.4 to 137
100U with
CPU 103
16
256
368
18
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
16
16
16
16
16
256
256
256
256
256
368
368
368
368
326
135U/155U
with CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
16
16
16
40
256
256
256
640
155U with
CPU 946/947
40
640
BlockĆ
length
in
words
Call
length
in
words
Processing
time
in ms
378
19
4.4 to 137
5.3 to 162
386
19
5.30 to 162
18
18
18
18
18
6.8 to 212
6.8 to 212
6.5 to 207
0.30 to 1.8
0.40 to 0.925
386
386
386
386
339
19
19
19
19
19
6.8 to 212
6.8 to 212
6.5 to 207
0.3 to 11.8
0.04 to 0.9
368
368
368
323
18
18
18
18
4 to 60
4 to 55
0.2 to 7.7
0.07 to 1.575
392
392
392
336
19
19
19
19
4 to 60
4 to 55
0.2 to 7.7
0.07 to 1.575
323
18
0.2 to 10
336
19
0.2 to 10
FB 57
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/99
Software
Runtime Software
Signalling functions (continued)
MLD:EDW
MLD:EDWK
FirstĆup signal with doubleĆ
frequency flashing light
(word mode)
FB 52 for 95U to 155U
FB 58 for 95U to 155U
The MLD:EDW and
MLD:EDWK function blocks
indicate changes in signal
status with a flashing light
whose frequency depends on
acknowledgement signals.
The sensor signals are proĆ
cessed in word mode either
on the openĆcircuit or closedĆ
circuit principle.
The function block impleĆ
ments the indication of a firstĆ
up signal and the output of an
audible signal. FirstĆup sigĆ
nals, newĆvalue signals and
the audible signal are all ackĆ
nowledged separately.
In the case of the MLD:EDW
function block (FB 52), the
signals are routed to outputs.
In the case of the MLD:EDWK
function block (FB 58), the
signals can be routed either
to outputs or to flags.
Technical specifications
Max. number of
signal
signals
words
Block
length
in
words
Call
length
in
words
Processing
time
in ms
FB
FB 52/FB 58
FB 52
For S5Ć
95U
16
256
449
20
4.8 to 177
100U with
CPU 103
16
256
454
20
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
16
16
16
16
16
256
256
256
256
256
454
454
454
454
401
20
20
20
20
20
135U/155U
with CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
16
16
16
40
256
256
256
640
457
457
457
401
20
20
20
20
155U with
CPU 946/947
40
640
401
20
Block
length
in
words
Call
length
in
words
Processing
time
in ms
463
21
4.8 to 177
8.1 to 223
469
21
8.1 to 223
1.2 to 266
10.2 to 266
9.8 to 261
0.5 to 14.1
0.045 to 1.145
469
469
469
469
417
21
21
21
21
21
10.2 to 266
10.2 to 266
9.8 to 261
0.5 to 14.1
0.045 to 1.145
477
477
477
417
21
21
21
21
417
21
FB 58
4 to 88
4 to 63
0.2 to 9.4
0.11 to 2.856
0.2 to 15
4 to 88
4 to 63
0.2 to 9.4
0.11 to 2.856
0.2 to 15
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB.
7/100
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Signalling functions (continued)
MLD:EZ
MLD:EZK
FirstĆup signal with singleĆ
frequency flashing light
(bit mode)
FB 55 for 95U to 155U
FB 59 for 95U to 155U
The MLD:EZ and MLD:EZK
function blocks indicate
changes in signal status (eiĆ
ther with a steady light or
flashing light), depending on
acknowledgement signals.
The sensor signals are proĆ
cessed on the openĆcircuit or
closedĆ
circuit principle. Processing is
carried out in bit mode.
The function block impleĆ
ments the indication of a firstĆ
up signal and the output of an
audible signal. FirstĆup sigĆ
nals, newĆvalue signals and
the audible signal are ackĆ
nowledged separately.
In the case of the MLD:EZ
function block (FB 55), the
signals are routed to outputs.
In the case of the MLD:EZK
function block (FB 59), the
signals can be routed either
to outputs or bit memories.
Technical specifications
Max.
number
of signal
words
Block
length
in
words
Call
length
in
words
Processing
time
in ms
Function
block
FB 55/
FB 59
FB 55
For S5Ć
95U
30
301
21
3.9 to 100.0
100U with
CPU 103
30
300
21
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
30
30
30
30
30
300
300
300
300
282
21
21
21
21
21
135U/155U
with CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
30
30
30
64
281
300
300
282
22
22
22
21
155U with
CPU 946/947
64
282
21
Block
length
in
words
Call
length
in
words
Processing
time
in ms
314
22
3.9 to 100.0
5.1 to 100.8
309
22
5.1 to 100.8
5.8 to 120
5.8 to 120
5.7 to 115
0.2 to 7.5
0.035 to 0.955
309
309
309
309
296
22
22
22
22
22
5.8 to 120
5.8 to 120
5.7 to 115
0.2 to 7.5
0.035 to 0.955
318
318
318
293
22
22
22
22
293
22
FB 59
6 to 175
4 to 86
0.2 to 7
0.09 to 2.585
0.2 to 12
6 to 158
4 to 85
0.2 to 6.7
0.08 to 2.38
0.2 to 12
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/101
Software
Runtime Software
Signalling functions (continued)
MLD:ED
MLD:EDK
FirstĆup signal with doubleĆ
frequency flashing light
(bit mode)
FB 56 for 95U to 155U
FB 60 for 95U to 155U
The MLD:ED and MLD:EDK
function blocks indicate
changes in signal status with
a flashing light whose freĆ
quency depends on acknowlĆ
edgement signals. The sensor
signals are processed on the
openĆcircuit or closedĆ
circuit principle. Processing is
carried out in bit mode.
The function block impleĆ
ments the indication of a firstĆ
up signal and the output of an
audible signal. FirstĆup sigĆ
nals, newĆvalue signals and
the audible signal are ackĆ
nowledged separately.
In the case of the MLD:ED
function block (FB 56), the
signals are routed to outputs.
In the case of the MLD:EDK
function block (FB 60), the
signals can be routed either
to outputs or bit memories.
Technical specifications
Max.
number
of signal
words
Block
length
in
words
FB 56/
FB 60
FB 56
For S5Ć
95U
30
334
23
4.3 to 102.0
100U with
CPU 103
30
332
23
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
30
30
30
30
30
332
332
332
332
312
135U/155U
with CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
30
30
30
64
155U with
CPU 946/947
64
Function block
Call
length
in
words
Processing
time
in ms
Block
length
in
words
Call
length
in
words
Processing
time
in ms
347
24
4.3 to 102.0
5.7 to 101.2
341
24
5.7 to 101.2
23
23
23
23
23
6.9 to 122
6.9 to 122
6.5 to 116
0.3 to 8.3
0.04 to 1.06
341
341
341
341
326
24
24
24
24
24
6.9 to 122
6.9 to 122
6.5 to 116
0.3 to 8.3
0.04 to 1.06
311
311
311
309
22
22
22
23
6 to 175
4 to 86
0.2 to 7
0.09 to 2.585
349
349
349
323
24
24
24
24
6 to 175
4 to 86
0.2 to 7.3
0.09 to 2.585
309
23
0.2 to 16
323
24
0.2 to 16
FB 60
1) As of in Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB
7/102
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Signalling functions (continued)
MLD:SAMW
MLD:SAM
Group signal (word mode)
Group signal (bit mode)
FB 53 for 95U to 155U
FB 54 for 95U to 155U
The MLD:SAMW function
block combines individual
signals to form a group sigĆ
nal. The smallest group conĆ
sists of one sensor word
(16 signals or messages).
The " Group signal (word
mode) " function block works
together with the MLD:EZW
(FB 51), MLD:EDW (FB 52),
MLD:EZWK (FB 57) and
MLD:EDWK (FB 58) function
blocks. It uses the data block
edited by the signalling funcĆ
tion blocks.
The " Group signal (bit mode) "
function block works together
with the MLD:EZ (FB 55),
MLD:ED (FB 56), MLD:EZK
(FB 59) and MLD:EDK (FB 60)
function blocks. It uses the
data block edited by the
signalling function blocks.
Each new signal is indicated
by highĆfrequency flashing
light and an audible signal.
After acknowledgement of the
signalling function blocks, the
group signal and the audible
singal can be acknowledged
separately if the signal is still
present, the flashing light
changes to a steady light,
otherwise it darkens.
Technical specifications
Max.
number
of signal
words
Block
length
in
words
FB 53/
FB 54
FB 53
For S5Ć
95U
16
114
12
2.2 to 22.0
100U with
CPU 103
16
116
12
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
16
16
16
16
16
116
116
116
116
109
16
Function block
135U/155U
with CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
155U with
CPU 946/947
Call
length
in
words
Processing
time
in ms
Block
length
in
words
Call
length
in
words
Processing
time
in ms
107
11
2.0 to 15.0
2.5 to 27.6
106
11
2.2 to 59.6
12
12
12
12
12
2.9 to 31.2
2.9 to 31.2
2.8 to 30.5
0.1 to 1.9
0.02 to 0.19
106
106
106
106
103
11
11
11
11
11
2.9 to 31.2
2.9 to 31.2
2.8 to 30.5
0.1 to 1.90
0.015 to 0.465
116
12
3 to 8
106
11
16
16
40
116
116
106
12
12
12
1 to 8
0.3 to 1.7
0.04 to 0.45
106
106
100
11
11
11
40
106
12
0.2 to 2
100
11
FB 54
2 to 8
1 to16
0.1 to 3.6
0.03 to 1.11
0.2 to 2
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB
Ordering data
Order No.
”Signalling functions“
program package
for S5Ć95U
S5Ć100U with CPU 103,
S5Ć115U with CPU 941Ć944,
CPU 945
S5Ć135U/155U with
CPU 922, 928, 928B, CPU 948,
S5Ć155U with CPU 946/947,
for S5ĆDOS/MT operating system
on 3 1/2I diskettes (720 Kbyte)
and
on 5 1/4I diskettes (360 Kbyte)
Single license
Copy license
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
6ES5 848-7EA01
6ES5 848-7EA01-0KL1
7/103
Software
Runtime Software
Data handling blocks
Application
Central
processor
Communications
processor
Communications
processor
Central
processor
FB
" SEND "
FB
" RECEIVE "
Link
Data
Data
Fig. 7/88 Example of data transmission using data handling blocks
Data traffic between a central
processor and
S Communications processors
(CPs)
S Intelligent I/O modules
IP 246, IP 247 and IP 252
S CP 516 submodule memory
is carried out with the aid of
standard function blocks,
called " data handling blocks " .
For example, see Fig. 7/76.
In the case of the S5Ć115U,
the data handling blocks are
fully integrated in the operatĆ
ing system.
SEND
Send
FB 244 for 115U*)
FB 120 for 135U
FB 120 for 155U
*) integrated in the operating
system
7/104
The functions for the
CPU 922, 928, 928B and CPU
948 of the S5Ć135U are stored
in the operating system, the
parameters, however, are
passed via loadable standard
function blocks.
The data handling blocks can
handle the central processor
data traffic with all commuĆ
nications processors interĆ
faced to the programmable
controller, e.g. with two
CPs 525 or one CP 528. The
structure of the data handling
blocks depends on the type
of the central processor used,
but not on the communicaĆ
tions processors.
The SEND standard function
block controls data transmisĆ
sion from the central procesĆ
sor to an I/O module memory
(dualĆport RAM). The two
possible operating modes are
SENDĆAll and SENDĆDirect.
SENDĆDirect can be used, for
example, to send a data area
specified by the user program
in the central processor to the
module.
Standard function blocks for
" multiprocessor communicaĆ
tion " are integrated in the opĆ
erating systems of the
CPU 922, 928, 928B and CPU
948 for data transfer between
CPUs over the page frames of
the C coordinator
Note:
The relevant standard function
blocks are required for initialĆ
ization and control of the intelĆ
ligent I/Os. These standard
function blocks call the data
handling blocks as required.
The SENDĆAll function, on the
other hand, sends only data
requested by the module, and
determines which data are to
be transmitted by the central
processor.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length in words
Processing time
135U/Ć155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
ăă36
ăă36
ăă36
ăă36
See table on
page 7/105
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Data handling blocks (continued)
RECEIVE
Receive
FB 245 for 115U*)
The RECEIVE standard funcĆ
tion block transfers data from
the I/O module memory (dualĆ
port RAM) to the central proĆ
cessor.
Like the SEND function block,
the RECEIVE function block
has two operating modes:
RECEIVEĆDirect and
RECEIVEĆAll.
FB 121 for 135U
Technical specifications
FB 121 for 155U
For S5Ć
Block length in words
Processing time
135U/Ć155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
ăă36
ăă36
ăă36
ăă36
See table
below
*) integrated in the operating
system
Processing times for data transmission using the SEND and RECEIVE data handling blocks:
For S5Ć
Processing time in ms
for transmission of
16 byte
115U with
CPU 941 to 944, CPU 945
135U/155U with
CPU 9211)
CPU 9221)
M prozessor2)3)
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
1) The S processor data handling
blocks differ from the others beĆ
cause of queue processing (see
ACTIVE and UP ACTIV function
blocks). Four to five ACTIVE calls
are necessary for data transfer,
depending on the amount of data
involved. When these calls are not
implementedin one cycle, the user
program cycle time must be taken
into account when estimating the
total data transfer time.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
128 byte
256 byte
512 byte
1
7.5
15
30
60
6
6
6
6
6
65
7
7
7
7
7
70
8
8
7
7
7
93
10
10
9
9
9
2) The specified times contain the
processing times for the function
blocks, including the data transfer
time and a waiting period of 5 ms
for the module response (a maxiĆ
mum of 2 waiting periods of up to
5 ms each may occur).
3) The times given are approximate
values for one R processor transĆ
ferring data with the data handling
blocks. When four R processors
are used in parallel, it can take up
to 11 ms, for example, to transfer
256 bytes. In multiprocessor operĆ
ation, the properties of the CPs/IPs
must be taken into account.
7/105
Software
Runtime Software
Data handling blocks (continued)
FETCH
FB 246 for 115U*)
The FETCH standard function
block signals the module that
it has to make certain specific
data available in the memory
(dualĆport RAM).
The central processor then
queries these data with the
RECEIVEĆAll function.
FB 122 for 135U
Technical specifications
FB 122 for 155U
*) integrated in the operating
system
CONTROL
FB 247 for 115U*)
FB 123 for 135U
FB 123 for 155U
*) integrated in the operating
system
For S5Ć
Block length in words
Processing time
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
ăă36
ăă36
ăă36
ăă36
See table on
page 7/105
The CONTROL standard funcĆ
tion block queries the module
for status information at any
point in the user program. The
request might be for the numĆ
ber of the task which the
module is currently procesĆ
sing,
or for the information whether
a certain task is currently exeĆ
cuting or whether that task is
free of errors, or whether it
has been finished due to a
specific error.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
RESET
FB 248 for 115U*)
FB 124 for 135U
FB 124 for 155U
*) integrated in the operating
system
7/106
Block length in words
Processing time
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
ăă24
ăă24
ăă24
ăă24
See table on
page 7/105
For S5Ć
Block length in words
Processing time
135U/155U with
CPU 921
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
ăă76
ăă21
ăă21
ăă21
ăă21
See table on
page 7/105
The RESET function block can
be used to reset individual
communications relationships
to their initial status.
Technical specifications
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Data handling blocks (continued)
SYNCHRON
Synchronize
FB 249 for 115U*)
The SYNCHRON function
block synchronizes the interĆ
face between the central proĆ
cessor and the modules (CP,
IP, magnetic bubble memory)
during system startĆup.
The memory (dualĆport RAM)
is thereby cleared or preset.
FB 125 for 135U
Technical specifications
FB 125 for 155U
REC-A
Receive
FB 127 for 135U
FB 127 for 155U
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
ă119
ăă21
ăă21
ăă21
ăă21
See table on
page 7/105
Block length in words
Processing time
ăă24
ăă24
ăă24
ăă24
See table on
page 7/105
Block length in words
Processing time
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
FB 126 for 155U
Processing time
For S5Ć
FB 126 for 135U
Block length in words
135U/155U with
CPU 921
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
SEND-A
Send
For S5Ć
For S5Ć
*) integrated in the operating
system
ăă24
ăă24
ăă24
ăă24
see table on
page 7/105
The SENDĆA is a special verĆ
sion of the SEND function
block. The SENDĆAll function
call is shorter, thus making
parameter assignment more
lucid.
Technical specifications
RECĆA is a special version of
the RECEIVE function block.
The RECEIVEĆAll function call
is shorter, thus making paĆ
rameter assignment more luĆ
cid.
Technical specifications
7/107
Software
Runtime Software
Data handling blocks (continued)
Summary
The " Data handling blocks
Data
blocks
program package contains
the following function
blocks:
For S5Ć
S5Ć115U1) with
CPU 941Ć944,
CPU 945
S5Ć135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
SEND
RECEIVE
FETCH
CONTROL
RESET
SYNCHRON
ACTIVE
UP ACTIV
SENDĆA
RECĆA
FB 244
FB 245
FB 246
FB 247
FB 248
FB 249
-
FB 120
FB 121
FB 122
FB 123
FB 124
FB 125
FB 126
FB 127
*) With the S5Ć115U the function blocks are contained in the operating system
of the central controller module.
Ordering data
Order No.
“Data handling blocks”
program package
for S5Ć135U/155U
with CPU 922, 928, 928B, 948
Single license
Copy license
7/108
6ES5 842-7CB01
6ES5 842-7CB01-0KL1
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 240
Application
For the operation of the intelliĆ
gent I/O modules (see SecĆ
tions 2 and 4), programs are
required in the programmable
controller to control the funcĆ
tions of the intelligent I/O
modules, to acquire and proĆ
cess the data and to evaluate
the signals and interrupts
coming from the modules.
These programs are available
in the form of standard funcĆ
tion blocks, which are briefly
described below. A complete
description of the function
blocks is contained in the proĆ
gramming instructions which
are supplied together with the
modules.
STRU.POS
Initialization of function block
for positioning mode
FB 167
for 115U, 135U, 155U
The configuring FB first
checks the input parameters
and the length of the data
block to be used for data inĆ
terchange with the IP 240. It
then transfers the general
module data (machine readĆ
able product designation of
the module, FW and HW verĆ
sions) from the IP to the data
The following standard funcĆ
tion blocks are available for
the IP 240:
Positioning
FB 167 " STRU.POS " for
initialization
S FB 168 " STEU.POS " for
control
S
Position decoding
S FB 169 " STRU.WEG " for
initialization
S FB 170 " STEU.WEG "
for control
block, verifying its own comĆ
patibility with the firmware
version as it does so. It then
enters any errors detected
during the startĆup test in the
data block. Finally, the configĆ
uring data (parameters for FB
167) and the following data
areas are transferred from the
DB to the IP:
Counting
FB 171 " STRU.DOS " for
initialization
S FB 172 " STEU.DOS " for
control
S
Speed measurement
for forewarding to the IP 252
closedĆloop control module
S FB 173 " STRU.252 " for
initialization (for S5Ć115U
only)
Zero offset
Final value for the rotary axis
Distance values for the
switching and signalling
ranges
S Position numbers and posiĆ
tion values for positions 1 to
254.
S
S
S
The function block is normally
called in restart organization
blocks.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
1159
1159
1159
1159
1007
14
14
14
14
15
34 to 410
34 to 410
34 to 410
14 to 170
11.6 to 135
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
1152
1152
1152
1059
15
15
15
16
23 to 320
18 to 264
13 to 161
11.6 to 135
155U with
CPU 946/947
1059
16
10 to 130
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/109
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 240 (continued)
STEU.POS
Control function block for
positioning mode
FB 168
for 115U, 135U, 155U
The control function block first
checks to make sure that the
channel has been configured
for " positioning " mode. Then,
depending on the parameters
with which the FR was initiaĆ
lized, specific data areas are
forwarded from the data block
to the IP or read out from the
IP and updated in the data
block.
The following functions are
possible:
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Read actual value, final
value and status bits
Write control bits and
position number
Write position data for
position 0
Read interrupt request bytes
Write new position values for
positions 1 to 254
Write new zero offset
Write new distance values
for positions 1 to 254
Parameter assignment errors
and data errors are flagged in
the PAFE byte and described
in detail in words DW 8 to 10
and DW 13. When an error is
detected, the selected funcĆ
tion is not executed.
The control FB is normally inĆ
voked in the cyclic program.
Before it is called, IP 240
must be initialized with the
configuring function block
FB 167 (STRU.POS, initalize
positioning mode).
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
830
830
830
830
801
5
5
5
5
5
6.0 to 7.4
6.0 to 7.4
6.0 to 7.4
1.9 to 2.8
1.1 to 2.0
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
833
833
833
795
5
5
5
5
4.3 to 6.2
2.5 to 4
2.1 to 3.0
0.8 to 2.4
155U with
CPU 946/947
795
5
0.9 to 2.1
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
STRU.WEG
Initialize position decoder
FB 169
for 115U, 135U, 155U
The " Initialize position deĆ
coder " function block supĆ
plies the IP 240 (position deĆ
coding mode) with the initial
and final setpoint values of
the tracks for both channels
and the
assignments of process
interrupts and digital outputs
to the tracks.
The data is forwarded in a
data block. The user must iniĆ
tialize this DB before calling
the function block.
The function block is normally
called in restart organization
blocks.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
1098
1098
1098
1098
ă971
12
12
12
12
13
76
76
76
20
14.8
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
1654
1654
1654
ă993
13
13
13
14
83
56
20
19.2
155U with
CPU 946/947
992
14
23
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
7/110
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 240 (continued)
STEU.WEG
Control position decoder
FB 170
for 115U, 135U, 155U
The following functions can be
executed with the " Control
position decoder " function
block in " Position decoding "
mode:
S
S
S
S
S
Read actual values and
status bits
Read track identification bits
Read, delete or modify start
and end values of a track
Write zero offset
Read interrupt request bytes
The function block is normally
called in the cyclic program.
Before it is called, the IP 240
must be initialized with
FB 169 (STRU.WEG, initialize
position decoder).
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
ă975
ă975
ă975
ă975
ă918
5
5
5
5
5
6 to 54
6 to 54
6 to 54
2 to 17
0.8 to 17
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
1539
1539
1539
ă980
5
5
5
5
6.6 to 68
3.5 to 45
1.7 to 4.0
0.8 to 15.9
155U with
CPU 946/947
980
5
2.1 to 17
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
STRU.DOS
Initialize counter
FB 171
for 115U, 135U, 155U
The " Initialize counter " funcĆ
tion block transfers parameter
data from the CPU to the
IP 240. These data include the
setpoint count and information
on the use of digital output,
process interrupt and gate
control. The function block reĆ
ports any parameter errors
from the IP 240 to the CPU.
The function block is normally
called in restart organization
blocks.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
ă814
ă814
ă814
ă814
ă739
ă9
ă9
ă9
ă9
10
27
27
27
11.5
ă9.3
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
1248
1248
1248
ă740
10
10
10
11
25
18
11
ă9.4
155U with
CPU 946/947
740
11
11
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/111
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 240 (continued)
STEU.DOS
Control counter
FB 172
for 115U, 135U, 155U
The " Control counter " function
block can execute the followĆ
ing functions in " Counting "
mode:
S
Issue commands to the
IP 240, such as start, stop,
initialize
Read actual values and
status bits
S Process interrupts
S
The function block is normally
called in the cyclic program.
Before it is called, the IP 240
must be initialized with
FB 171 (STRU.DOC, initialize
position decoder).
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
ă680
ă680
ă680
ă680
ă641
5
5
5
5
5
6 to 11
6 to 11
6 to 11
1.6 to 2.2
0.9 to 1.2
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
1110
1110
1110
ă696
5
5
5
5
6 to 10
3.5 to 6.0
1.9 to 2.2
0.8 to 1.2
155U with
CPU 946/947
696
5
1.6 to 2.2
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
STRU.252
Initialize speed
measurement
FB 173
for 115U, 135U, 155U
The " Initialize speed measureĆ
ment " function block reserves
the IP 240 for " IP 252 expanĆ
sion " mode only. This mode is
possible only on the S5Ć115U.
The user must initialize a data
block with the data to be forĆ
warded before calling the
function block.
The FB is normally called in
organization block OB 20 on a
cold restart and in organizaĆ
tion block OB 22 on a warm
restart.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
562
562
562
562
789
ă5
ă5
ă5
ă5
10
29
29
29
16
ă2.6
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
The standard function blocks for
IP 240 are part of the:
Configuring package for IP 240
consisting of:
Manual and standard FBs for meĆ
tering, position acquisition and
positioning
German
English
French
Italian
7/112
6ES5 240-5AA11
6ES5 240-5AA21
6ES5 240-5AA31
6ES5 240-5AA51
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 242A
PER:ZSTK
Counter module controller
(for page addressing)
FB 178
for 115U, 135U, 155U
The IP 242 A counter module
normally uses page addresĆ
sing. The FB 178 function
block supports the following
functions:
Counter initialization
Issue of commands to the
counter module, e.g. start,
stop, initialize
S Interrupt processing
S
S
The function block can be
called both from a restart orĆ
ganization block (for cold reĆ
starts) and from a cyclic or inĆ
terruptĆdriven program.
Different functions are enaĆ
bled according to the calling
point, e.g. initialization is enaĆ
bled if it is called in the cold
restart OB, interrupt acknowĆ
ledgement is enabled if called
in the interrupt OB and all
other functions are enabled if
called in the cyclic program.
Counter data (initialization vaĆ
lues, counter settings, actual
counter readings, etc.) are
stored in a data block for proĆ
cessing by the CPU or for
transfer to the counter
module.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
1359
1359
1359
1359
11
11
11
11
4.8 to 60.2
4.8 to 60.2
4.7 to 59.6
0.8 to 10.7
135U/155U with
CPU 9222)
CPU 9283)
CPU 928B
CPU 948
1281
1281
1281
1203
11
11
11
12
3.6 to 48
2 to 26
1.6 to 19.9
0.23 to 2.65
155U with
CPU 946/947
1203
12
12 to 6.4
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
PER:ZSTL
Counter module controller
(for linear addressing)
FB 179
for 115U, 155U
The IP 242A counter module
can be used for linear addresĆ
sing in the S5Ć115U and
S5Ć155U programmable conĆ
trollers. This addressing
technique uses a special
address space in the PLC. As
with page addressing, data
exchange between the CPU
and the IP 242 A can only
take place via the function
block. Interrupt handling funcĆ
tionality is restricted if the IP
242 A is used with linear
addressing.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
1407
1407
1407
1407
11
11
11
11
4.8 to 60.2
4.8 to 60.2
4.7 to 59.6
0.8 to 10.7
155U with
CPU 946/947
CPU 948
1225
1225
12
12
1.2 to 6.4
0.23 to 2.65
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/115
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 242A (continued)
PER:BS
Write to counter module
(for page addressing)
PER:BL
Read from counter module
(for page addressing)
PER:IN
Acknowledge counter module
interrupt (for page addressing)
FB 180
for 115U, 135U, 155U
The IP 242 A counter module
is capable of executing comĆ
mand lists as a result of interĆ
rupt events. This attribute
helps to offload the CPU and
enhances the response time
of the total system. Certain
function blocks have been deĆ
veloped to further accelerate
data exchange between the
CPU and the IP 242 A. These
blocks are " read from
module " , " write to module "
and " acknowledge interrupt " .
The FBs are used in conjuncĆ
tion with FB 178.
Module to be used:
6ES5Ă242Ć1AA3.
Technical specifications PER:BS
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
466
466
466
466
5
5
5
5
3.9 to 14.3
3.9 to 14.3
3.7 to 13.8
0.7 to 1.7
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
364
364
364
338
5
5
5
5
3.6 to 10.1
2.1 to 5.4
1.5 to 4.8
0.175 to 0.675
155U with
CPU 946/947
338
5
0.7 to 1.4
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
247
247
247
247
5
5
5
5
2.5 to 4
2.5 to 4
2.3 to 3.9
0.4 to 0.7
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
224
224
224
194
5
5
5
5
2.8 to 4.2
1.4 to 2.3
1.0 to 1.4
0.115 to 0.175
155U with
CPU 946/947
194
5
0.6 to 0.7
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
203
203
203
203
6
6
6
6
3.3
3.3
3.1
0.6
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
154
154
154
160
6
6
6
7
2.7
1.3
1.1
0.13
155U with
CPU 946/947
160
7
0.7
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
FB 181
for 115U, 135U, 155U
Technical specifications PER:BL
For S5Ć
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
FB 182
for 115U, 135U, 155U
Technical specifications PER:IN
For S5Ć
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
7/116
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 242B
ZYK:242B
Counter module controller
The following functions can be
executed with the " Counter
module controller " function
block:
S
S
FB 183
for 115U, 135U, 155U
Counter initialization
Loading, starting and
reading of counter
To initialize the counter modĆ
ule, the function block
FB 183 is normally called in
the restart organization blocks
OB 20, 21 and 22.
Control of the counter module
(i.e. starting of counter or
reading of actual values) is
then carried out in the cyclic
program (organization block
OB 1).
Counter data (initialization valĆ
ues, counter settings, actual
counter readings, etc.) are
stored in a data block for proĆ
cessing by the CPU or for
transfer to the counter modĆ
ule.
The IP 242 B counter module
is capable of executing comĆ
mand lists as a result of interĆ
rupt events. This attribute
helps to offload the CPU and
enhances the response time
of the total system.
In contrast to the IP 242 A, the
IP 242 B also offers arithmetic
functions in connection with
load, transfer and comparison
operations.
Certain control words tailored
to the module functions have
been developed to further acĆ
celerate data exchange beĆ
tween the CPU and the
IP 242 B, besides the use of
the command list.
Amongst others, these are the
following:
S Process command list
S Write constant register
S Prepare loading
S Read sequence of meaĆ
sured values
The commands are used in
conjunction with FB 183.
The module is capable of
storing the calculation results
(or the counter contents) in
measured value sequences
on the IP 242 B with a total of
100 x 2 DW.
A second data block is reĆ
quired to read these meaĆ
sured value sequences.
Module to be used:
6ES5Ă242Ć1AA4.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
1111
1111
1111
1111
1002
10
10
10
10
10
9.9 to 41
9.9 to 41
8.5 to 37.78
1.6 to 7.1
0.42 to 3.36
135U/155U with
CPU 9222)
CPU 9283)
CPU 928B
CPU 948
1293
1293
1293
1246
10
10
10
10
1.0 to 46.4
4.6 to 25
3.6 to 20.1
0.74 to 3.69
155U with
CPU 946/947
1246
10
1.7 to 6.7
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/117
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 242B (continued)
INT:242B
Process interrupt
FB 184
for 115U, 135U, 155U
The FB 184 function block is
used to process interrupts
and process alarms.
The great advantage is that
the access times for the speĆ
cial functions " Write register " ,
" Read register " and " AcĆ
knowledge interrupt " are optiĆ
mized.
To evaluate the process
alarms or interrupts, the
FB 184 is called in an orgaĆ
nization block of the interruptĆ
driven program (OB 2 to
OB 9, depending on the proĆ
grammable controller).
The FB 184 may only be used
in conjunction with FB 183.
The interrupt source can be
acquired from parameter IIR.
Further functions are:
S
Transfer new parameter asĆ
signment data to the module
(write data). The counter
registers and the global regĆ
isters can thus be transĆ
ferred from the data block to
the module.
S
Read data from the counter
module. All counter content
registers, the counter status
registers and all result regisĆ
ters are read by the module.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
375
375
375
375
311
10
10
10
10
10
3.5 to 12.2
3.5 to 12.2
2.4 to 11.3
& lt; 0.5 to 2.5
0.04 to 2.07
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
394
394
394
370
10
10
10
11
1.8 to 17
0.9 to 4.7
& lt; 0.5 to 3.4
0.05 to 2.00
155U with
CPU 946/947
370
11
& lt; 0.5 to 2.3
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
INT:242B
Read counter module
Standard function block
FB 185 (ZA:242B) quickly
reads the counter module
IP 242B (page addressing).
FB 185
für 115U, 135U, 155U
The function block FB 185
matches the functions of FB
183 when called with BEF =
ZA in a cyclic, timeĆcontrolled
program
You can additionally invoke
the FB 185, which has shorter
running times.
This function block can
S read the counter state regisĆ
ter
S read the counter value regisĆ
ter
S read the results register
Technical specifications
for S5Ć
Block length,
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
346
346
346
346
303
5
5
5
5
5
2.0 to 5.9
2.0 to 5.2
1.8 to 6.7
0.4 to 1.3
0.03 to 0.6
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
352
352
352
367
5
5
5
6
1.8 to 6.2
155U with
CPU 946/947
367
6
& lt; 0.4 to 1,2
& lt; 0.5 to 2.9
0.05 to 0.25
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
7/118
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 242B (continued)
Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
The standard function blocks for
IP 242A and IP 242B are part of
the:
Configuration package for
IP 242A/B
consisting of
Manual and standard FBs
German
English
French
Italian
6ES5 242-5AB11
6ES5 242-5AB21
6ES5 242-5AB31
6ES5 242-5AB51
Function blocks for IP 243-3
PER:ANL
Read analog module
FB 160
für 115U, 135U, 155U
The function block " read anaĆ
log module " accepts the seĆ
lected analog value (if the
analog module IP 243 is presĆ
ent) and passes on the value
either as a bit pattern as it is
received from the module or
as a 16-bit fixed-point numĆ
ber scaled to the appropriate
nominal values.
Moreover, the function block
can be used to read the digiĆ
tal inputs and comparator outĆ
puts.
Technical specifications
for S5Ć
Block length,
words
Call length,
words
Execution time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
165
165
165
165
222
13
13
13
13
14
4.4 to 5.9
4.9 to 5.9
4.1 to 5.5
0.3 to 1.7
0.175 to 0.185
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
180
180
180
222
14
14
14
14
1.8 to 2.1
1.1 to 1.2
1.0 to 1.1
0.48 to 0.49
155U with
CPU 946/947
222
14
0.69 to 0.74
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
PER:ANS
Write analog module
The function block " write anaĆ
log module " transfers the eiĆ
ther specified bit pattern or a
16-bit fixed-point number
scaled to the nominal value to
the IP 243-3 analog module.
FB 161
für 115U, 135U, 155U
The function block can be
used to control digital outputs
(the module must be
equipped with a memory for
digital output).
Technical specifications
for S5Ć
Block length,
words
Call length,
words
Execution time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
158
158
158
158
202
8
8
8
8
9
3.2 to 3.5
3.2 to 3.5
2.6 to 2.8
0.1 to 1.66
0.05 to 0.06
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
170
170
170
195
9
9
9
9
1.4 to 1.7
0.7 to 1
0.2 to 0.3
0.06 to 0.07
155U with
CPU 946/947
195
9
0.6 to 0.64
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 94.Ć7UB..
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/119
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 243-3 (continued)
Ordering data
Order No.
The Standard function blocks
for IP 243-3
for:
S5-115 with CPU 941-944,
CPU 945,
S5-135U/155U with CPU 922,
928, 928B, 948,
S5-155U with CPU 946/947
for operating system MS-DOS,
S5-DOS/MT
on 31/2 " diskettes or
51/4 " diskettes
incl. example program
German, English, French
Order No.
6ES5 848-7MA01
7/120
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 244
PER:TREG
Control temperature controller
FB 162
for 115U, 135U, 155U
The " Control temperature conĆ
troller " function block transĆ
fers the control parameters
and setpoint values to the
module and reads error mesĆ
sages, actual values and maĆ
nipulated variables, extreme
values or the selfĆoptimizing
parameters. The data is
stored in three data blocks.
The function block can assign
parameters to the entire modĆ
ule or one controller.
The diskette also contains a
test program to facilitate
installation, with comments in
the appropriate language.
Module to be used:
6ES5 244Ć3AA22 and
6ES5 244Ć3AB31
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
1746
1746
1746
1746
1788
15
15
15
15
15
6.9ăă to 74.4
6.9ăă to 74.4
6.5ăă to 72.8
0.8ăă toă 5.9
0.185 toă 3.72
135U/155U with
CPU 9222)
CPU 9283)
CPU 928B
CPU 948
1504
1504
1504
1637
15
15
15
15
5.7ăă to ă8.8
4.4ăă to ă6.2
1.6ăă to 12.6
0.36ă toă 3.39
155U with
CPU 946/947
1637
15
0.8ăă to ă1.7
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5Ă94.Ć7UB..
2) As of Order No.: 6ES5Ă922Ć3UA11
3) As of Order No.: 6ES5Ă928Ć3UA12
Ordering data
Order No.
The standard function blocks for
IP 244 are part of the:
Configuring package for IP 244
consisting of:
Manual and standard FBs
German
English
French
Italian
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
6ES5 244-5AA11
6ES5 244-5AA21
6ES5 244-5AA31
6ES5 244-5AA51
7/121
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 246 and 247
Application
The " Control and monitor poĆ
sitioning module " and " InitiaĆ
lize positioning module "
function blocks are compaĆ
tible with both the IP 246 and
the IP 247.
PER:POS
Control and monitor
positioning module
The " Control and monitor poĆ
sitioning module " function
block performs the following
functions:
S Starts a job (modes BA 1 ...
BA 19) on the IP 246 or
IP 247 (modes BA 1 ... BA
17) from an application proĆ
gram. Cyclically reads an
actual position value, followĆ
ing error or residual path
from the IP 246 or IP 247.
These values are output in
binary or BCD code, acĆ
cording to the setting of the
BCD parameter
S
FB 164
for 115U, 135U, 155U
Continually reads the mode
setting, current M function,
feedback signals and modĆ
ule error from the initialized
interface. These are proĆ
vided as output parameters
from the function block or in
the axisĆspecific data block
DB 164 is divided into two
areas. Data words DW 1 to
DW 7 are set aside for indirect
initialization of the function
block. Data words DW 8 to
DW 15 comprise the fixed
working area of FB 164. Work
areas may not be changed.
FB 164 works in conjunction
with DB 164. The data block
must first be initialized by the
user, up to and including data
word DW 15. There are no
special provisions to be made
for the data words.
JobĆspecific parameters are
additionally required for some
modes of operation. Before a
mode is enabled, these must
be stored in the appropriate
data block as byte, word and
double word parameters. The
free area of DB 164 can be
used for this purpose.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
1012
1012
1012
1012
ă627
20
20
20
20
19
5.6 to 11.8
5.6 to 11.8
4.3 to 10.4
0.6 to ă5.3
0.1 to ă0.8
135U/155U with
CPU 9222)
CPU 9283)
CPU 928B
CPU 948
ă618
ă618
ă618
ă682
19
19
19
19
3.0 to 11.8
0.5 to ă6.0
1.2 to ă3.9
0.6 to ă1.2
155U with
CPU 946/947
ă682
19
1.0 to ă4.4
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5Ă94.Ć7UB..
2) As of Order No.: 6ES5Ă922Ć3UA11
3) As of Order No.: 6ES5Ă928Ć3UA12
PER:PDAT
Positioning module
FB 165
for 115U, 135U, 155U
7/122
The " Initialize positioning
module " function block handĆ
les the transfer of data betĆ
ween the application program
and the IP 246 or IP 247. Each
valid job number leads to
data transfer between the moĆ
dule and the PLC.
Data transfer
PLC ! IP 246/IP 247
Data awaiting transfer are
stored in a data block (source
DB) which you must first
create. The data block is conĆ
figured directly using the
FB 165 block parameters or
indirectly in the axisĆspecific
data block.
Data transfer from
IP 246/IP 247 ! PLC
Data to be read from the
IP 246 or IP 247 are stored in
a data block (target DR) in the
controllers memory (target
DB). The user can configure
this data block directly using
the FB 165 block parameters
or indirectly in the axisĆspeĆ
cific data block.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for IP 246 and 247 (continued)
Positioning module
PER:PDAT FB 165
(continued)
With the aid of FB 165 and the
PLC interface, the user can
S Read, delete and transfer
machine data and traversing
programs on the IP 246 or
IP 247
S Read the SYSĆID from the
IP 246 or IP 247 and transfer
it to the IP 246 or IP 247
S
Request an overview of maĆ
chine data or traversing proĆ
grams on the IP 246 or
IP 247 and simultaneously
read actual values (actual
position value, residual
path)
FB 165 works in conjunction
with the DB 165 data block. It
requires data words DW 3 to
DW 47, inclusive, for its workĆ
ing area.
The user can specify an axisĆ
specific data block through
the DBNR parameter. This
data block requires a " job
block " of 15 data words in
length for every axis.
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Processing time
in ms
115U with
CPU 9411)
CPU 9421)
CPU 9431)
CPU 9441)
CPU 945
706
706
706
706
640
13
13
13
13
5.4 to 11.8
5.4 to 11.8
5.1 to ă9.3
3.2 to ă8.3
135U/155U with
CPU 9222)
CPU 9283)
CPU 928B
CPU 948
573
573
573
569
13
13
13
3.0 to 13
1.0 to ă6.6
1.2 to ă4.0
155U with
CPU 946/947
569
13
1.8 to ă6.1
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5Ă94.Ć7UB..
2) As of Order No.: 6ES5Ă922Ć3UA11
3) As of Order No.: 6ES5Ă928Ć3UA12
The FB 164 and FR 165 funcĆ
tion blocks can be initialized
directly or indirectly. In the
case of direct initialization, the
jobĆspecific data and parameĆ
ters are provided as input paĆ
rameters to the FB. With indiĆ
rect initialization, the
axisĆspecific data block is
configured from the data
block which was valid before
Ordering data
the call. The function block
supplies the remainder of the
parameters from the axisĆspeĆ
cific DB.
The " SYNCHRON " block must
be called once (by the user)
in the restart organization
blocks.
The " SEND " , " RECEIVE " ,
" FETCH " and " SYNCHRON "
data handling blocks are reĆ
quired for communication beĆ
tween the positioning module
and the CPU (see page 7/97)
and are called by FB 164 or
FB 165.
The COM 246 or COM 247
system program (see page
7/21) for the appropriate proĆ
gramming device is required
for comfortable installation
and programming of the posiĆ
tioning module.
Order No.
The standard function blocks for
IP 246/247 are part of the:
The standard function blocks for
IP 246/247 are also part of the:
Configuring package for
IP 246I/A
consisting of:
Manual, standard FBs and paraĆ
meter asgmt software COM 246
German
English
French
Configuring package for IP 247
consisting of:
Manual, standard FBs and paraĆ
meter assignment software COM
247
German
English
French
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
6ES5 246-5AA11
6ES5 246-5AA21
6ES5 246-5AA31
6ES5 247-5AA11
6ES5 247-5AA21
6ES5 247-5AA31
7/123
Software
Runtime Software
Function blocks for CP 516 memory submodule
Application
FB 199
for 115U, 135U, 155U
Functions
Data transfer between the
CPU and the CP 516 is carĆ
ried out with the function
block FB 199. The handling
blocks (see page 7/104) must
also be provided in the CPU.
DB 255 is permanently assiĆ
gned as work area to FB 199.
Transfer of a data block from
the CPU to the CP 516 or
vice versa
S Deletion of a sector or a
data block within a sector on
the CP 5161)
S
Transfer of the list of data
blocks of a sector to a data
block1)
S Transfer of the memory card
data (type, capacity) to the
CPU1)
S
Transfer contents of card A
to card B or vice versa
S Formatting of a memory
card
S
Technical specifications
For S5Ć
Block length
in words
Call length
in words
Transfer time
CP/CPU or
CPU/CP in s
115U with
CPU 941
CPU 942
CPU 943
CPU 944
CPU 945
EXTĆ115U
EXTĆ115U
EXTĆ115U
EXTĆ115U
EXTĆ945U
ă959
ă959
ă959
ă959
ă988
20
20
20
20
20
Approx. 1s
for 1 kbyte at
100 ms scan
time
135U/155U with
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
EXTĆ135R
EXTĆ135R
EXTĆ135R
EXTĆ155U
1168
1168
1168
1168
20
20
20
20
155U with
CPU 946/947
Ordering data
Name
EXTĆ155U
1168
20
Order No.
Standard function blocks for
the CP 516 memory submodule
for
S5Ć115U with CPU 941Ć944, 945,
S5Ć135U/155U with
CPU 922, 928, 928B, 948,
S5Ć155U with CPU 946/947,
with CP 516 manual,
for MSĆDOS, S5ĆDOS/MT
operating system
on 3 1/2 " diskettes (720 Kbyte),
on 5 1/4 " diskettes (360 Kbyte),
Single license
Copy license
with manual in
German
English
French
6ES5 848-6GC Jā1
6ES5 848-6GCJ1-0KL1
1
2
3
1) Not for S5Ć115U
7/128
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Failsafe standard FBs
Application
S5-95F
Only the following function
blocks can be used in the
S5Ć95F:
S PrototypeĆtested standard
function blocks
S
UserĆcreated function blocks
tested at the system accepĆ
tance test
PrototypeĆtested standard
function blocks have been
tested by various test instiĆ
tutes and, like the S5Ć95F,
possess a certificate. They
enable implementation of freĆ
quently required functions
without extra overhead.
NonĆprototypeĆtested stanĆ
dard function blocks are reĆ
jected by the S5Ć95F.
Standard function block
package “Fuel engineering”
The standard function block
Fuel engineering " contains
typical functions for fuel
engineering.
for 95F, 115F
S5-115F
Only standard function blocks
tested and approved by the
German Technical InspectorĆ
ate (TÜV) can be used for the
S5Ć115F programmable conĆ
troller. A check is made at
system startĆup to ensure that
only such standard FBs are
used.
The software package with
the standard FBs for the
S5Ć115F contains blocks for
the following tasks:
S Calculations with 32 bit
fixedĆpoint numbers
The test divides the blocks
into the following groups:
S Standard function blocks
that can perform safetyĆreĆ
lated tasks (failsafe stanĆ
dard FBs)
S Standard FBs that cannot inĆ
fluence other blocks of the
control program (reactionĆ
free standard FBs)
At the individual acceptance
test of your control program,
the safety test of the standard
FBs is restricted to the followĆ
ing:
S Library number check
S
S
S
Processing of messages
Control of sequencers
Safe pointĆtoĆpoint link
between two S5Ć115Fs
Each standard FB for the
S5Ć115F has been prototypeĆ
tested by the Bavarian TechniĆ
cal Inspectorate (TÜV). The
result of this test is recorded
in a certificate supplied toĆ
gether with the software.
S
Usage to the intended purĆ
pose check
S
Block parameter assignment
check
The function blocks can be
called as often as desired
allowing several burners to be
operated with one S5Ć95F or
S5Ć115F.
The blocks are designed for
continuous and intermittent
operation. They have been
TÜV prototypeĆtested.
Design
Function block
Initialization
FB 10
Fuel preselecĆ
tion FB 11
Safety seĆ
quence
FB 12
PreĆventilation
FB 13
Ignition
FB 14
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Explanations
S Call in OB 21/22
S Reset data in DB
S Switching of operating mode oil/
gas
S Generation of control enable
S Indication of operating mode via
LEDs
S Scanning of safety sequence
S Output of fault signals as firstĆup
signal
S Interface to text display
S Start of preĆventilation time
S Valve control and monitor
S Display of operating mode
S Control of ignition valve dependĆ
ing on fuel, networked controlĆ
lers, preĆventilation
S Manual/automatic ignition
S Indication of operating mode
Function block
Solenoid valve
oil FB 15
Solenoid valve
gas FB16
Networked conĆ
trollers FB 17
Explanations
S Control of the oil solenoid valves
S
S
S
S
S
S
FirstĆup signal
FB 18
S
S
S
Control of the gas solenoid valves
Seal check
Indication of operating states
External controller check
Ignition position networked controller
ON depending on fuel, closedĆloop
control enable, openĆloop control enĆ
able, limit switch
g
Control of the actuating motor in the
OPEN/CLOSED position
Output of the first fault signal of 16
possible signals
Acknowledgment of fault signals one
after the other
Lamp test
7/129
Software
Runtime Software
Failsafe standard FBs (continued)
Standard function block
package “Emergency off”
for 95F
Emergency off circuits of
category 0 to 2 in accordance
with DIN EN 60204 Part 1 can
be safely controlled with the
standard function block packĆ
age Emergency off " . The
blocks have been prototypeĆ
tested by the German Trade
Association Institute for Safety
at Work.
Handling emergency off with
onĆboard I/O
Up to 16 emergency off seĆ
quences and 8 shutdown deĆ
vices can be implemented.
Handling emergency off with
external I/O
Up to 56 emergency off seĆ
quences and 28 shutdown
devices can be implemented.
Design
Function block
S Startup initiaĆ
tion FB 21
FB 22
S Start block for
OB 1
FB 40
S StartĆup initiaĆ
tion FB 21
FB 22
S Start block for
OB 1 (1 FB
per DI and
DQ module)
FB 42, FB 44,
FB 46, FB 48,
FB 50, FB 52
FB 54, FB 56
Standard function block
package “Extended functions”
Explanations
Initialization of the data used at
startĆup
S Management of a shutdown
device
S Monitoring of the start condition
for the sequence
S Restart disable after initiation
S Actuator readback
S Acknowledgment of an initiation
S Can be called eight times
Initialization of data used at startĆup
S Management of a shutdown
device
S Monitoring of the start condition
for the sequence
S Restart disable after initiation
S Actuator readback
S Acknowledgment of an initiation
S Can be called four times
The standard function block
package Extended
functions " contains function
blocks for processing special
functions.
for 95F
Function block
S Start block for
OB 3
FB 41
Explanations
S Simultaneous management of 16
emergency off sequences and 8
shutdown devices
S Fast shutdown after initiation
S Programmable assignment of differĆ
ent sequences to one shutdown
q
device
S Start block for
OB 3 (1 FB
per DI and
DQ module)
FB 43, FB 45,
FB 47, FB 49,
FB 51, FB 53,
FB 55 FB 57
55,
S Simultaneous management of 8
emergency off sequences and 4
shutdown devices
S Fast shutdown after initiation
S Programmable assignment of differĆ
ent sequences to one shutdown
device
The diskette contains one file
with functions for the S5Ć95F
and one file with functions for
the S5Ć115F. The following
functions can be used for the
S5Ć95F:
S
S
S
Arithmetic functions
Signalling functions
Sequencer
Design
Function block
Arithmetic
function
S Addition
FB 101
S Subtraction
FB 102
S Multiplication
FB 103
S Division
FB 104
Signalling
functions
S Clock generĆ
ator FB 150
S Clock generĆ
ator FB 151
7/130
Explanations
Function block
S FirstĆup signal
FB 152
Addition of two fixedĆpoint binary
numbers (31 bit + sign)
S New value
Subtraction of two fixedĆpoint binary
signal
numbers (31 bit + sign)
FB 153
Multiplication of two fixedĆpoint
Sequencer
binary numbers (31 bit + sign)
FB 170
Division of two fixedĆpoint binary
numbers (31 bit + sign)
OB 13 call for 8 edgeĆsynchronous
blink frequencies. The OB 13 call
interval determines the blink freĆ
quency.
Called in the cyclical program
section. The blink frequencies are
generated via a timer.
Explanations
The signals are differentiated between
firstĆup signal and new value. The first
signal is output.
Every signal change is output as a new
y g
g
p
value.
Sequential control
S Linear processing
g
S Branched p
processing
S Alternative branchings
p
The FB 170 function block operates in
conjunction with up to 255 sequence
blocks (SB 1 to SB 255) and one workĆ
ing data block (DB). One single step of
a sequential control is programmed in a
step block. The function block requires
the working data block for storing the
current statuses of the sequencer such
as operating mode " and current
step " .
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Failsafe standard FBs (continued)
Standard function block
package “Extended
functions”
(continued)
for 115F
The following functions can be
used for the S5Ć115F:
S
S
S
Arithmetic functions
Signalling functions
Sequencer
Design
Function block
Arithmetic functions1)
S ADD:32
32 bit binary adder
FB 1
Explanations
S SUB:32
32 bit binary subtractor
FB 2
FB 2 (block name SUB:32) subtracts two fixedĆpoint binary numbers
(31 bit + sign). The result is also a fixedĆpoint binary number
(31 bit + sign) and lies within the interval -230 to 230. The function block
sets the following identifier for further processing:
S Overflow of the number range
S Result of the subtraction is zero
S MUL:32
32 bit binary multiplier
FB 3
FB 3 (block name MUL:32) multiplies two fixedĆpoint binary numbers
(31 bit + sign). The result is a fixedĆpoint binary number (63 bit + sign) and
lies within the interval -262 to +262. The function block sets the following
identifier for further processing:
S Overflow of the number range
S Result of the multiplication is zero
S DIV:32
32 bit binary divider
FB 4
FB 4 (block name DIV:32) divides two fixedĆpoint binary numbers (31 bit +
sign). The result is also a fixedĆpoint binary number. (31 bit + sign) with
remainder (31 bit + sign). The function block sets the following identifier for
further processing:
S Overflow
S Error from division by zero
S Quotient equals zero
S Remainder equals zero
Signalling functions
Continuous monitoring of the process is frequently required for rationalized
and safe control in process engineering and power engineering. All signifiĆ
cant checkback signals, indicator signals and fault signals must be capĆ
tured and indicated via LEDs or audible signals. The following blocks are
available for this purpose:
S TAKT1
Clock generator
via OB 13 call
FB 50
FB 50 (block name TAKT1) generates eight edgeĆsynchronous blink freĆ
quencies. The block is called in OB 13. The blink frequencies are defined
by the OB 13 call interval.
S TAKT2
Clock generator
via timer
FB 51
FB 51 generates eight edgeĆsynchronous blink frequencies. The block is
called in the cyclic program section. The blink frequencies are generated
via timer T in the cyclic control program. The basic frequency f1 is defined
via the programmable time value.
S MLD:ERST
FirstĆup signal
FB 52
FB 52 monitors an encoder word (16 signals)
S for signal level 0 " (quiescent current monitor) or
S for signal level 1 " (load current monitor).
The signals are differentiated according to firstĆup signal and new value.
Indications depends on the acknowledgment signals.
The monitor responds with a signal if
S one bit of the encoder word and
S the bit of the specification parameter
have the same signal state.
The modified signal states of the encoder word are indicated.
FirstĆup indicator
The first indication of a signal change is output as the firstĆup signal. The
firstĆup signal is indicated by setting output bits.
FB 1 (block name ADD:32) adds two fixedĆpoint binary numbers (31 bit +
sign).
The result is a fixedĆpoint binary number (31 bit + sign) and lies within the
interval -230 ... + 230 . The function block sets the following identifier for
further processing:
S Overflow of the number range
S Result of the addition is zero
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 942Ć7UF12
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/131
Software
Runtime Software
Failsafe standard FBs (continued)
Standard function block
package “Extended
p
g
functions”
(continued)
(
i
d)
for 115F
Design
Function block
Signalling functions (continued)
S MLD:NEUW
FirstĆup signal
FB 53
Explanations
FB 53 (block name MLD:NEUW) monitors an encoder word (16 signals)
S for signal level 0 " (quiescent current monitor) or
S for signal level 1 " (load current monitor).
The monitor responds with a signal if
S one bit of the encoder word and
S the bit of the specification parameter
have the same signal state.
Modified signal states of the encoder word EINW are indicated with
S Flashing light
S Steady light
S Horn
Indication depends on acknowledgment signals.
New value indication
The first indication of a signal change is output as the firstĆup signal. The
firstĆup signal is indicated by setting output bits.
Step sequence control1)
Many technical process sequences can be subdivided into individual steps
that must be processed chronologically one after the other. Control tasks of
this type can be implemented very easily and clearly using step sequence
controls. The essential advantages of step sequence controls are:
S Easy and timeĆsaving programming
S Control program easy to modify
S Fast location of errors
The smallest unit of a step sequence control is the sequence step or step.
Each step is programmed in its own step block. Each step block consists of
a statement section and a scan section.
S In the statement section, you define actions to be executed in the step (for
example, switching of actuators, starting of timers, etc.)
S In the scan section, you program the step enabling condition for the next
step (for example, by scanning limit switches or waiting times).
Several steps executed one after the other constitute a step sequence. As
well as linear (unbranched) step sequences, in which the order of the steps
is constant, you can also program branched step sequences.
Branched step sequences are divided into several parallel program paths.
The paths to be followed depend on the status of the step enabling condiĆ
tion.
In addition, there are various operating modes available for controlling the
step sequence, for example, automatic mode, singleĆstep mode, sequence
STOP etc. as well as a fault monitor.
Management of the step sequence with its various operating modes and
management of the fault monitor independent of the process and can thus
be organized by FB 70. Only the step blocks of the step sequence are
processĆdependent and must be programmed by you. Use of GRAPH 5
software is not possible. The step blocks must be programmed in STEP 5.
S ABL:MAST
Step sequence control
FB 7
Function block FB 70 ABL:MAST manages step sequence controls for maĆ
chines or processes. Function block FB 70 operates in conjunction with up
to 255 step blocks (SB 1 ... SB 255) and one working data block (DB). In
the step blocks, you program the individual steps of the step sequence
control. FB 70 requires the working data block for storing the current states
of the step sequence, such as operating mode and current step.
1) As of Order No.: 6ES5 942Ć7UF12
7/132
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Failsafe standard FBs (continued)
Standard function block
package “Extended
p
g
functions”
(continued)
(
i
d)
Design
Function block
Explanations
SafetyĆrelated pointĆtoĆpoint
connection between two
S5Ć115Fs via CP 5232)
The pointĆtoĆpoint connection permits safetyĆrelated data exchange beĆ
tween two S5Ć115Fs via CP 523. Up to 124 net data words can be exĆ
changed. One CP 523 is required in each programmable controller. Both
CP 523s are linked via a connecting cable up to 10 m in length. The failsafe
pointĆtoĆpoint connection has been prototype tested by the Bavarian
Technical Inspectorate TÜV and is approved for plants with processes of
S Requirement class 6 in accordance with DIN V 19250
S TÜV safety class 2.
Both unidirectional and biĆdirectional data exchange are possible via pointĆ
toĆpoint connection. Data blocks function as send and receive mailboxes for
the safetyĆrelated data. Organization of data exchange is handled by three
standard function blocks.
S ANLAĆ523
StartĆup data to CP 523
FB 100
FB 100 is called in the startup OB. It transfers to the CP 523 all the data
required to parameterize the CP 523 for safetyĆrelated data exchange.
SafetyĆrelated pointĆtoĆpoint
connection between two
S5Ć115Fs via CP 5232)
S SENDĆ523
Send data to CP 523
FB 101
S EMPFĆ523
Receive CP 523 data
FB 102
FB 101 is processed in the cyclic program (OB 1). It organizes sending of
frame data to the connected CP 523. FB 101 starts data transfer by reading
the net data from the send data block and calculating data for frame secuĆ
rity.
Send and security data are then transferred to the CP 523 in several data
records. In the case of errorĆfree transfer, the frame data are transferred
automatically by the connected CP 523 to the second CP 523. If FB 101
detects a parameter assignment error or a send error, it signals this error in
the PAFE " byte. You must evaluate the PAFE " byte and branch to an error
routine in the event of a send error.
Function block FB 102 is processed in the cyclic program (OB 1). It handles
receiving of the frame data from the connected CP 523.
FB 102 reads the frame data in several data records from the CP 523 and
checks the received frame for errors using the security information. Only
when the frame has been received without errors does FB 102 transfer the
net data to the receive data block. If FB 102 detects an error when checking
the security information or if the programmed monitoring time runs out,
FB 102 deletes the contents of the receive data block.
2) As of Order No.: 6ES5 942Ć7UF13
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
7/133
Software
Runtime Software
Failsafe standard FBs (continued)
Ordering data
Standard function block
package ”Fuel engineering”
for S5-95F, S5Ć115F,
incl. German manual,
on 31/2 " and 51/4 " diskettes,
Single license
Copy license
Standard function block
package ”Emergency off”
for S5-95F,
incl. German manual,
on 31/2 " and 51/4 " diskettes,
Single license
Copy license
7/134
Order No.
Order No.
6ES5 840- 8NR11
6ES5 840- 8NR11-0KL1
Standard function block
package ”Extended functions”
for S5-95F, S5Ć115F,
consisting of:
Arithmetic functions, signalling
functions, step sequence control
and safetyĆrelated pointĆtoĆpoint
connection, incl. German
manual,
on 31/2 " and 51/4 " diskettes,
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 845-8DH12
6ES5 845-8DH12-0KL1
6ES5 840- 8NQ12
6ES5 840- 8NQ12-0KL1
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Special driver software
Application
CP 524
CP 525-2
EPROM
memory
submodule
Programmable controller
Special driver
software
Programming device
Fig. 7/89 Special driver software on the CP 524/CP 525Ć2 (driver software on minidiskette, routines are located
into EPROM on the CP 524 and into RAM or EPROM on the CP 525) are required for interfacing host
systems such as computers or subsystems such as scales or bar code readers.
The everĆincreasing extent of
the tasks performed by proĆ
grammable controllers and
the hierarchical structure of
installations in the process inĆ
dustry often make it necesĆ
sary to connect SIMATIC S5
systems to host computers
and subsystems. These inĆ
clude scanners, barcode
readers, automatic labelling
machines and identification
systems.
The CP 524 and CP 525Ć2
communications processors
support connection to stanĆ
dard Siemens devices, e.g.
computers, CRT units and
printers. For this purpose the
CP 524 communications proĆ
cessor has one interface and
the CP 525Ć2 two interfaces.
Special drivers for CP 524
and CP 525Ć2 communicaĆ
tions processors are available
for connection to computers
and subsystems of other
manufacturers. The special
drivers enable asynchronous
transmission via:
S The 20 mA currentĆloop inĆ
terface (TTY, over a distance
of up to 1 km/1.6 miles)
S RS 232C interface (V24/V.28,
up to 16 m/52.48 ft)
RS 422/RS 485 interface
(voltage differential transĆ
mission, only with CPU 524,
up to 1200 m/3936 ft).
The user can choose from the
following:
S Character frame;
ASCII or fullĆtransparent
transmission, number of
start bits, number of data
bits, parity bit
S Procedure;
Opening character, end
character, acknowledgeĆ
ment character, block check
character
S Message format;
Specifications pertaining to
the type and amount of data,
etc.
S
These technical capabilities
enable optimum adaptation to
the interface of the host sysĆ
tem.
Honeywell, IBM and MODIĆ
CON as well as for the subĆ
systems manufactured by DaĆ
talogic (scanners and
barcode readers), SAAB SCAĆ
NIA Automation (Premid miĆ
crowave reader system), PhilĆ
ips (weighing equipment),
Leuze (barcode readers) and
Sick Opto electronic (barcode
readers and other systems).
Thanks to their modularity,
new special drivers can be
easily created on demand.
If required, translations can
be made of existing operating
instructions for the special
drivers.
An additional range of " open
drivers " is also available
which the user can tailor to
his own requirements.
Driver routines have been deĆ
veloped for many common
process computers and subĆ
systems such as the process
computers and control sysĆ
tems manufactured by AEG,
Allen Bradley, ASEA, Data
General, FISHER CONTROL,
Many manufacturers of subĆ
systems have integrated the
Siemens RK 512 standard or
3964 (R) procedure in their
systems. This enables these
systems to be interfaced via
the driver software contained
in the COM 525 package. If
only the 3964 (R) procedure
has been implemented, a
special driver
(6ES5 897Ć2AB. 1) is required
for the CPU 524/CP 525Ć2
communications processors.
message structure is kept
open so that the S5 user can
send complete messages to
the CP with all control characĆ
ters intact ( including start or
end characters), and likewise
receive complete messages.
The structure of outgoing
messages can vary from incoĆ
ming ones.
The special drivers are delivĆ
ered on diskette (51/4 " and
31/2 " ) and are supplied with a
manual.
Special driver software (continued)
Open drivers (continued)
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
" Open drivers " can be used to
send and receive data of any
structure (all printable ASCII
characters and all other chaĆ
racters from 00H to FFH). The
7/135
Software
Runtime Software
Special driver software (continued)
Open drivers (continued)
Because of the wide variety of
possible configurations, a thoĆ
rough knowledge is required
of the interface to be connecĆ
ted.
There is a choice of several
" open drivers " with different
technical specifications for a
variety of configurations.
Sending:
All data types are allowed as
source data. If the source
type " DB " is used, messages
can be sent from any data
block. The maximum mesĆ
sage length is 2048 byte.
Receiving:
A message can begin with
any character. The CP recoĆ
gnizes the end of the data
string being received from the
end parameter. When the CP
recognizes the end parameĆ
ter, the complete message is
passed to the CPU. The data
are entered with the aid of FB
RECEIVEĆALL. The data block
for all received messages
must have been created
beforehand.
S5D004 open driver
The S5D004 " open driver " has
the greatest choice of configĆ
urations.
S
Message end parameter:
1 or 2 end codes, timer,
fixed length (combination of
end codes or timer with fiĆ
xed partblock length possiĆ
ble)
FullĆduplex mode
HalfĆduplex mode
optional XON/XOFF protocol
for sending and receiving,
optional STX holdĆoff interval,
optional echo
optional BREAK evaluation
in ANZW
Wordwise or bytewise
transmission
Character delay time: 4 to
65,535 ms in 1 ms raster
Technical specifications
No block check character;
No software handshake (acĆ
knowledgement), no hardware
handshake (auxiliary signals);
CP 524: 20 mA (current loop),
V.24, RS 422, RS 485
CP 525: 20 mA (current loop),
V.24;
Maximum sending length from
DB: 4096 byte,
unlimited receiving length
through blocking,
maximum block length:
1024 byte
Buffering for heavy message
traffic
Message end parameter:
1 or 2 end codes, timer
S FullĆduplex mode
S HalfĆduplex mode
Optional XON/XOFF protocol
for sending (monitoring time
6 s) and STX holdĆoff interĆ
val, optional echo
S Character delay time: 100 to
25,500 ms in 101 ms raster.
Technical specifications
No block check character;
no software handshake
(acknowledgement),
programmable hardware
handshake
(RTSĆCTS handshake;
DTR, STEP 5Ćcompatible PS3,
DCD, DSR, RI and PM1 can
be evaluated from STEP 5);
CP 524: 20 mA (current loop),
V.24 with auxiliary signals,
RS 422;
maximum sending length from
DB: 4096 byte,
maximum receiving length:
508 byte
The S5D004 " open driver " is
configured through a direct
SEND job from a STEP 5 proĆ
gram.
The following can be
parameterized:
S Baud rate from 50 to 19,200
bauds (with fullĆduplex and
TTY up to 9,600 bauds)
S Character frame
S Receiving data block, data
word and CPU number
S
S
S
S
S5D002 open driver
The S5D002 open driver supĆ
ports the V.24 auxiliary signal
(hardware handshake) of the
CP 524 as required.
The S5D002 " open driver " is
configured through a direct
SEND job from a STEP 5
program.
The following can be parameĆ
terized:
S Baud rate from 50 to 19,200
baud (with fullĆduplex and
20 mA (current loop) up to
9,600 baud
S Character frame
S Receiving data block, data
word and CPU number
Ordering data
S
Note
The S5D002 driver is suitable
only for use in the CP 524.
Order No.
Order No.
Program
”Open driver” S5D004
Program
„Open driver” S5D002
for CP 524/CP 525-2
(programmed with PG)
for CP 524
(programmed with PG)
Single license
Copy license
with description in
German
English
French
6ES5 897-2DC J 1
6ES5 897-2DCJ1-0KL1
1
2
3
Single license
Copy license
with description in
German
English
6ES5 897-2NBJ1
6ES5 897-2NBJ1-0KL1
1
2
1) To be used with CP 525 only
7/136
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Special driver software (continued)
Technical specifications and ordering data for special driver programs
Device
Details
Master/slave
relationĆship:
S5 is
Protocol
LanĆ
gua
ge
License
Order No.
AEG Logistat
CP80
A200ĆA500
S Does not support control
signals of the V.24 interface
Master
SEABĆ1
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2RB11
6ES5 897-2RB11-0KL1
S Only for use with CP 524
S Processes the V.24 RTS
control signals
S Enables data transmission via modem
module e.g.
LABK03Ćfrequency
telegraphy unit (AEG)
Master
SEABĆ1
G
AEG Logistat
CP80
A200ĆA500
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2RD11
6ES5 897-2RD11-0KL1
G
Slave
SEABĆ1
6ES5 897-2RE11
6ES5 897-2RE11-0KL1
S Only for use with CP 524
S Processes the V.24 RTS
and DCD control signals
S Enables data transmission via modems
(e.g. UEB4) or GDÜ from AEG
Single license
Copy license
Slave
SEABĆ1
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2UB11
6ES5 897-2UB11-0KL1
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2ND11
6ES5 897-2ND11-0KL1
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2XA11
6ES5 897-2XA11-0KL1
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2KD11
6ES5 897-2KD11-0KL1
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2MA11
6ES5 897-2MA11-0KL1
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2BB11
6ES5 897-2BB11-0KL1
G, E
F
Single license
6ES5 897-2WB J 1
Copy license
6ES5 897-2WB J 1-0KL1
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2XD11
6ES5 897-2XD11-0KL1
AEG Logistat
CP80
A200ĆA500
AEG Logistat
CP80
A200ĆA500
AEG
Geazent 8006
system
AEG MARK IV
Turbine
control
ABB (ASEA)
Robot
control
S Does not support control signals of the
V.24 interface
S Connection unit from the
Geazent 8006 system with Partyline proĆ
cedure to
SIMATIC S5
S Does not support control signals of the
V.24 interface
S Does not support control
signals of the V.24 interface
S Max. transceiving length 128 byte
Slave
AEG
Partyline
Ċ
Ċ
ADLPĆ10
Slave
(In acc. with
DIN 19Ă244
unbalanced
mode)
Master
EXCOM
protocol
S Does not support control
signals of the V.24 interface
ABB (BBC)
Procontrol P
station autoĆ
mation system
ABB (ASEA)
Master Piece
200/1
Master Piece
800
S The DSCA 114 interface
board is required on the ABB side
S V.24 control signals not
supported
S Note:
ABB offers further modules which can
also be used
for communication with
SIMATIC:
Ć e.g. via Modbus protocol
with DSCA 180B
interface
Ć e.g. via Siemens RK 512
protocol with DSCA 180F
interface
For details, please contact ABB
S For PLC 2, communication controller
1771 KGM is
required
Allen Bradley
PLC 2
ATRON
Memory
submodule
S Writing to the submodule, max. 252 byte
S Reading from the subĆ
module, max 255 byte
Slave
S RK 512 drivers are available for SIMATIC
S5 sister controllers
Master
DEC
Micro VAX,
PDP 11
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Please consult DEC
G
E
F
1
2
3
7/137
Software
Runtime Software
Special driver software (continued)
Technical specifications and ordering data for special driver programs (continued)
Device
Details
Datalogic
Scanners and barcode
readers
S The Siemens RK 512 protocol is impleĆ
mented in various Datalogic devices. A
special driver is then not required.
For details, please contact Datalogic
DIN 19 244
(balanced mode)
S Communications software in acc. with
DIN 19244 and IEC TC 57, format class
FT 1.2, with customerĆspecific adjustĆ
ments
DIN 19 244
(unbalanced mode)
Master/
slave
relationĆ
ship:
S5 is
Protocol
LanĆ
gua
ge
License
Order No.
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2GE11
6ES5 897-2GE11-0KL1
In acc with
DIN 19Ă244
and
IEC TC 57
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2MD11
6ES5 897-2MD11-0KL1
S Communications software in acc. with
DIN 19 244 and IEC TC 57, format class
FT 1.2, with customerĆspecific adjustĆ
ments
In acc. with
DIN 19Ă244
and IEC TC
57
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2TD11
6ES5 897-2TD11-0KL1
Printer
S This driver enables various printers to be
interfaced for process status listing with
CP 524/525 (as standard, only PT 88/89
and DR 210/21 1/ 230/231 printers with
ECM module can be connected)
LAUF
G,E
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2FB J1
6ES5 897-2FB J1-0KL1
ENRAF NONIUS
Microlect
System
S Not suitable for E & N ClU 858!
Master
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2DB11
6ES5 897-2DB11-0KL1
Fisher Controls
PROVOX
Process control
system
S Communication is possible via Modbus
protocol if function codes which are
not supported by the Fisher PROVOX
system are not used
Slave
G,E,
F
Single license
6ES5 897-2QA J1
Copy license
6ES5 897-2QA J1-0KL1
Hewlett Packard
HP 1000A, Type A600,
A700, A900
S RK 512 drivers are available for SIMATIC
S5 sister controllers
For details, please contact HP
Modbus
protocol
(RTU) mesĆ
sage frame
format
Please consult HP
Hewlett Packard
HP 9000, Process
computer
Honeywell
(Modbus)
Honeywell
(Modbus)
IBM AT
Personal computer
G
S A Generik gateway TDC 200 or TDC
3000, for example, can be used as interĆ
face to the bus
Master
S A Generik gateway TDC 200 or TDC
3000, for example, can be used as interĆ
face to the bus
Slave
S Toolbox, " PRODAVE DOS 64R " for PG/
PC (AT and ATĆcompatible) under MSĆ
DOS operating system
Modbus
protocol,
RTU mesĆ
sage frame
format
Modbus
protocol,
RTU mesĆ
sage frame
format
RK 512 or
procedure
3964 (R)
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2SD11
6ES5 897-2SD11-0KL1
G,E,
F
Single license
6ES5 897-2KB J1
Copy license
6ES5 897-2KB J1-0KL1
G,E,
F
Single license
6ES5 897-2QA J1
Copy license
6ES5 897-2QA J1-0KL1
G,E,
F,S
Single license
6ES5 897-2UD J1
Copy license
6ES5 897-2UD J1-0KL1
G
E
F
S
7/138
1
2
3
4
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Special driver programs (continued)
Technical specifications and ordering data for special driver programs (continued)
Device
Details
IEEE 488
Master/
slave
relationĆ
ship: S5
is
S Interfacing to the bus is possible via " ICS
4835 Serial EE1E 488 Controller "
S Controller can be obtained from:
Meilhaus Electronic GmbH
82178 Puchheim
Federal Republic of
Germany
Phone ++49Ć89Ć80 70 81
Leuze Barcode reader
Modicon (AEG)
Modicon (AEG)
Modicon (AEG)
MTU
MCS 4
”Open driver”
”Open driver”
”Open driver”
”Open driver”
(Operation
procedure)
Philips
Weighing
systems
Philips
ClosedĆloop
controllers
S The J478 standĆalone modem, for examĆ
ple, can be used as interface module to
the bus
Master
6ES5 897-2LA11
6ES5 897-2LA11-0KL1
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2JE11
6ES5 897-2JE11-0KL1
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2GE11
6ES5 897-2GE11-0KL1
Modbus
protocol,
RTU mesĆ
sage frame
format
G,E,
F
Single license
6ES5 897-2QA J1
Copy license
6ES5 897-2QA J1-0KL1
G,E,
F
Single license
6ES5 897-2KB J1
Copy license
6ES5 897-2KB J1-0KL1
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2PD11
6ES5 897-2PD11-0KL1
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2LD11
6ES5 897-2LD11-0KL1
G,E,
F,S
Single license
6ES5 897-2DC J1
Copy license
6ES5 897-2DC J1-0KL1
Master
S Modbus for TELEPERM AS 215 process
control system
S AS 215 is master
Single license
Copy license
G
Slave
Order No.
Modbus
protocol,
RTU mesĆ
sage frame
format
S The J478 standĆalone modem, for examĆ
ple, can be used as interface module to
the bus
License
Simliar to
RK 512 and
procedure
3964
S e.g. BLC 10
S Siemens RK 512 is implemented in variĆ
ous devices from Leuze (a special driver
is then not required)
For details, please contact Leuze
LanĆ
gua
ge
G
IBM
S1 computer
Protocol
Modbus
protocol,
RTU mesĆ
sage frame
format
S Nantos automation system
S If the CP 524 is used,
RS 485 operation is possible with the RS
422/485 module
No protocol
S Suitable only for CP 524 with V.24 module
Support the V24
accompanying signals
No protocol
G,E
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2NB J1
6ES5 897-2NB J1-0KL1
No protocol
G,E
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2MB J1
6ES5 897-2MB J1-0KL1
LAUF
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2EA11
6ES5 897-2EA11-0KL1
Philips
EW protocol
G,E
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2HD J1
6ES5 897-2HD J1-0KL1
G,E
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2TA J1
6ES5 897-2TA J1-0KL1
S This driver enables connection to " simĆ
ple " RS 485
master/slave networks
S The driver acts as master
Master
S Possible parameters: end/start character,
BCC type, character delay time, XON/
XOFF protocol
S PR 159X family
PR 1600 family
Master
S KS 4580, KS 4770 via
ICS 90
Master
G
E
F
S
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
1
2
3
4
7/139
Software
Runtime Software
Special driver programs (continued)
Technical specifications and ordering data for special driver programs (continued)
Device
Details
Protocol
LanĆ
gua
ge
License
Order No.
Master
Rotork
PACĆSCAN
Master/
slave
relationĆ
ship: S5
is
Rotork PA
14 protocol
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2WA11
6ES5 897-2WA11-0KL1
SAAB
Automation
(Philips) Premid
Identsystem
S Suitable for microwave ID systems with
20 decimal places, e.g.
PC 301 /00;/02;/42 central processing
units and PC 3001, PC 3002, PC 3003
data storage units or PC 3040/00/01
compact communications units
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2GB11
6ES5 897-2GB11-0KL1
SAAB
Automation
(Philips)
Premid
Identsystem
S Suitable for microwave ID systems with 8
Kbyte data storage units, e.g.
PC 3010/52 CPUs and 2K/8 Kbyte data
storage units PC 3004, PC 3005
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2GC11
6ES5 897-2GC11-0KL1
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2SA11
6ES5 897-2SA11-0KL1
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2GE11
6ES5 897-2GE11-0KL1
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2CC11
6ES5 897-2CC11-0KL1
G
Master
Staefa
WSEĆ1 Bus
SICK
Optoeletronic
Siemens
Alarm systems
S Interfacing via SIDN interface unit
Siemens
38 Terminals
S Terminals 3805, 3821,
ES 005, ES 01 5, ES 021,
ES 1 01 B
G
S Suitable for barcode readers, decoders,
terminals, etc.
Master
G
G,E
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2DA J1
6ES5 897-2DA J1-0KL1
LSV 2
Siemens
SIROTEC RCM
38xx
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2VB11
6ES5 897-2VB11-0KL1
Siemens
SICOMP M
S SEBĆM
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2HC11
6ES5 897-2HC11-0KL1
Siemens
TELEPERM FM 100
S FM 100 field multiplexer
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2LB11
6ES5 897-2LB11-0KL1
Siemens
3964 (R)
S 3964(R) procedure with
programmable character
frames, control characters and times. With/
without S5 header
3964 (R)
G,E
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2AB J1
6ES5 897-2AB J1-0KL1
Siemens
RK 512
S Computer link 512; nonĆstandard feature:
times, character frames and control characĆ
ters are programmable. RK 512 always has
S5 header
RK 512
G,E
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2CB J1
6ES5 897-2CB J1-0KL1
Siemens
PG 7xx
S Toolbox " PRODAVE DOS 64R " for PG/PC
(AT and ATĆcompatible) under MSĆDOS
operating system
RK 512 or
3964 (R)
procedure
G,E
F,S
Single license
6ES5 897-2UD J1
Copy license
6ES5 897-2UD J1-0KL1
Burroughs
Print to Print
Connection
Protocol
G
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-2TB11
6ES5 897-2TB11-0KL1
Tandem
Computer
G
E
F
S
7/140
1
2
3
4
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Software
Runtime Software
Special driver programs for CP 544B
Hard- and software requirements
The special drivers are execuĆ
table on the CP 544B (6ES5
544-3UB11). A RAM or Flash
EPROM memory submodule
(..or ..) must be plugged into
the CP 544B as the memory.
The two serial interfaces of
the CP 544B can be operated
independently of each other
with different standard protoĆ
cols and special drivers with
the interface modules RS
232C (V.24)/TTY/RS 422/485.
For loading and parameteriĆ
zing special drivers, the paraĆ
meter assignment software
COM PP Version 3.0 and higĆ
her is required.
Technical specifications
Allen Bradley
Data Highway
General notes
Extended open driver
Data transmission is performed with the full duplex (DF 1) protocol for the data highway asynchronous link from Allan Bradley.
General notes
All Allen Bradley modules on which the full duplex protocol can be parameterized on the
”asynchronous link” interface can be used as
the communication modules. Coupling with the
2nd CPU interface of Allen Bradley CPUs is
also possible if the full duplex protocol can be
set .
The procedure is operated on an RS 232C,
V.24 20 mA (TTY) or RS 422 (four–wire full duplex) interface.
Technical specifications
S Allen Bradley Data Highway full duplex (DF1)
protocol
S Interfaces: 20 mA (TTY), RS 232C (V.24), RS
422/485 (four-wire)
S No ”embedded responses”
Settable parameters
S Transmission rate of 300 baud
to 76800 baud;
TTY up to 9600 baud;
RS 232 (V.24) up to 19200 baud
S Character frame
S Receive mailbox DB and data word
S Timeout for acknowledgment character 30
ms to 10 s
S Number of repetitions on NAK 0 to 5
S Number of ENQ requests 0 to 5
S Duplicate message transmission detection:
ON or OFF
S Acknowledgment of the CP immediately after
receipt or only after transfer to the PLC
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Transmission is performed asynchronously, half
or full duplex and is run on an RS 232C (V.24),
20 mA (TTY) or RS 422/485 interface.
The RS 485 interface of the CP 544B can use
the RS 232C (V.24) interface with a modem for
multipoint connections. Moreover, RS 232C
(V.24) signaling and control lines can be used if
the special driver is used.
Settable parameters
S Transmission rate 300 baud to 76800 baud;
TTY up to 9600 baud,
RS 232C (V.24) up to 19200 baud
S Character frame
S Mode, i.e. end criterion for receive
S CP functions as master of a master–slave link
S With/without RS 485 operation for two–wire
connections
S With/without RS 232C (V.24) accompanying
signals
S Handling of transmission errors at beginning
of message frame
S Break evaluation
S Character timeout in millisecond timebase
S Block assembly (continuous receiving)
S BREAK output
Data flow control with XON/XOFF or BUSY is
not supported by this driver
7/141
Software
Runtime Software
Special driver programs for CP 544B (continued)
Technical specifications (continued)
MODBUS master
Technical specifications
Settable parameters
MODBUS slave
S MODBUS protocol with RTU format
S Master-slave link: SIMATIC S5 is master
S Implemented function codes: 01, 02, 03, 04,
05, 06, 07, 08, 11, 12, 15, 16
S No RS 232C (V.24) control and signal lines
S CRC polynomial X16 + x15 + x2 + 1
S Interfaces: 20 mA (TTY), RS 232C (V.24), RS
422/485 (two-wire or four-wire)
S Receive mailbox DB and data word are speĆ
cified on transmission
S Character timeout 3.5 characters (baudratedependent)
S Broadcast message possible
S Transmission rate of 300 baud to 76800
baud;
TTY up to 9600 baud
(RS 232C) V.24 up to 19200 baud
S Character frame
S With/without RS 485 operation for two-wire
connections
S With/without modem operation (ignore
scratch character)
S Response timeout 100 ms to 25.5 s in 100 ms
timebase
S Factor for character timeout 1-9
Ordering data
Allen Bradley Data Highway
German
Single license
Copy license
Extended open driver
with operation of the RS 232C
(V.24) accompanying signals or
two-wire operation
for RS 485, German
Single license
Copy license
General notes
The communications software consists of a
special driver and two function blocks.
Data transmission is performed according to
the master-slave principle. The master takes
the initiative in transmission, the CP 544B funcĆ
tions as a slave and only transmits to the maĆ
ster on request. Message frame exchange from
slave to slave is not possible.
Technical specifications
S MODBUS protocol with RTU format
Settable parameters
Order No.
S Master-slave link: SIMATIC S5 is the slave
S Implemented function codes: 01, 02, 03, 04,
05, 06, 08, 15, 16
S CRC polynomial X16 + x15 + x2 + 1
S Interfaces: 20 mA (TTY), RS 232C (V.24), RS
422/485 (two-wire or four-wire)
S Communications FBs (FB 180 for start-up, FB
181 for cyclic operation with data handling
blocks)
S MODBUS data address is converted to S5
data areas.
Processable data areas: DB or DX, flags, outĆ
puts, timers, counters, (extended) I/Os, (exĆ
tended) system addresses
S Character timeout 3.5 characters (baudratedependent)
S Transmission rate of 300 baud
to 76800 baud;
TTY up to 9600 baud
RS 232C (V.24) up to 19200 baud
S Character frame
S Slave address of the CP
S With/without RS 485 operation for two-wire
connections
S With/without modem operation (ignore
scratch character)
S Factor for character timeout 1-9
S Number of the working DB (for FB procesĆ
sing)
S Release of the memory areas that can be
written by the master and the readable (exĆ
tended) I/Os
Order No.
6ES5 897-3WB11
6ES5 897-3WB11-0KL1
6ES5 897-3DC J1
6ES5 897-3DC J1-0KL1
1
2
MODBUS master
RTU message frame format
German, English, French
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-3KB J1
6ES5 897-3KB J1-0KL1
MODBUS slave
RTU message frame format
German, English, French
Single license
Copy license
6ES5 897-3QA J1
6ES5 897-3QA J1-0KL1
German
English
French
1
2
3
1) To be used with CP 525 only
7/142
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
11/14
B
Order No.
6ES5 94.Ć7UB11
6ES5 94.Ć7UBĂ.ā1
6ES5 945Ć7UAĂ.ā3
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 434Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LB11
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LA11
6ES5 436Ć7LB11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 441Ć7LA12
6ES5 451Ć7LAĂ.ā1
6ES5 453Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 455Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 457Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LC11
6ES5 453Ć4LA12
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 485Ć7LA11
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 465Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4UĂ.ā12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 241Ć1AA12
6ES5 242Ć1AA32
6ES5 242Ć1AA41
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 244Ć3AB31
D
D
General accessories (No., see below)
Adapter
Ad t casing required ( )
i
i d (D)
Fan subassembly required (D)
Module type
CPU
CPU 941, CPU 942
CPU 943, CPU 944 with 1/2 interfaces
CPU 945
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
32 x 24 V DC
module
d l
16 x 24Ă...Ă48 V UC
16 x 48Ă...Ă60 V UC
ă8 x 24 V DC
16 x 115 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
ă8 x 115 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
ă8 x 230 V UC
32 x 5Ă...Ă15 V DC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
module
d l
16 x 24Ă...Ă60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
ă8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 48Ă...Ă115 V AC; 1 A
16 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 1 A
ă8 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 2 A
32 x 5Ă...Ă24 V DC; 0.1 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
ă8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs; 16 outputs 0.5 A
input/
24 V DC: 16 inputs; 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
t t
24 V DC: 16 inputs; 16 outputs 0.5 A
module
24 V DC: ă8 inputs; ă8 outputs 2.5 A
24 V DC: 16 inputs; 24 outputs 1.5 A
Analog
g
8 inputs
input
8/16 inputs
module
d l
4 inputs
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0Ă...Ă20 mA
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
module
d l
8 outputs, 1Ă...Ă5 V; 4Ă...Ă20 mA
Power output module (max. 1.25 A)
(max. 2.5 A)
Intelligent IP 240 for counting, pos. dec. and pos.
g
I/O
IP 241 for counting and pos. dec.
modules
d l
IP 242A for counting6)
IP 242B for counting
IP 243 for analog value processing
IP 244 for temperature control
Component list
Subrack CR 700-0LA for the S5-115U
7
7
7
7
7
7
D
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
CPU
0
Cross modules required
PS
Slot No.
1
2
3
IM
Qty.
Module
A
0.16
0.2/0,45
0.55/1,251)
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.07
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.08
0.01
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.175
0.07
0.035
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.1
0.15
0.15
0.2
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.09
0.09
0.82)
1.02), 3)
1.1
1.1
0,6
0.4
at 5ĂV
Sum A
Current consumption
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
CR 700-0LA subrack for S5-115U
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
2ąShort fan subassembly 24 V DC or 230 V AC
3ąRAM, EEPROM, EPROM memory submodule
4ąFront connector K, crimp/screw connection
5ąFront connector 490,
ăącrimpĆ/screw/springĆtype connection
6ąFront connector 497, crimp/screw connection
7ąOther
PS 951 power supply module
1st EU
+
2nd EU
+
3rd EU
+
CC
=
Ċ
0.05
0.6
0.8
0.52)
0.752)
1.52)
0.55
0.13
1.0
1.0
0,7
0.01/14)
0.05/24)
6ES5 497Ć4UĂ...
6ES5 491Ć0LĂ.ā11
6ES5 981Ć0HBĂ.ā1
6ES5 37Ă.ĂĆĂ.....
6XX3 068/6XX3 081
6ES5 490Ć7Ă...Ă1
Sum
Total price
Total price of expansion units
up to 3A: 6ES5 951Ć7LB21/Ć7NB21; up to 7 A (PLC without fan) or up to 15 A (PLC with fan): 6ES5 951Ć7LD21/Ć7ND51/Ć7ND41
Total current of the central controller and central expansion units
(carried forward from the configuring sheets for central EUs)
D 7
IP 260 for highĆspeed cl.Ćloop control5)
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
D 7
IP 261 for proportioning5)
6ES5 261Ć4UA11
D 7
IP 281 for counting
6ES5 281Ć4UĂ.ā12
D 7
IP 288 for positioning
6ES5 288Ć4UA11
D 7
WF 705 for position decoding
6FM1 705Ć3AA00
D 7
WF 706 for contr. pos., 3Ćchannel
6FM1 706Ć3AA20
D 7
WF 706 for contr. pos., 6Ćchannel
6FM1 706Ć3AB20
D 7
WF 707 for cam controller module
6FM1 707Ć3AA10
D 3
CPU 523 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
3
CPU 530 for SINEC L1, block type
6ES5 530Ć7LA12
D 3
CPU 530 for SINEC L1, compact
6ES5 530Ć3LA12
D
CP 2430 (I/OĆBetrieb) für ASĆInterface
6GK1 243Ć0SA10
IM 305 interface module
6ES5 305Ć7LĂ.ā11
7
IM 306 interface module
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
Total current for central controller
1)Depending on the interface moduleą2)ĂWithout sensor supplyą3)ĂAllowance must also be made for the respective sensor matching
ąĂmodule for each channel used.ą4)ĂPower consumption/current supply to the EUą5)ĂNot in conjunction with CPU 945
=
+
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
11/15
11/16
Order No.
6ES5 94.Ć7UB11
6ES5 94.Ć7UBĂ.ā1
6ES5 945Ć7UA.3
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 434Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LB11
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LA11
6ES5 436Ć7LB11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 441Ć7LA12
6ES5 451Ć7LAĂ.ā1
6ES5 453Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 455Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 457Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LC11
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 485Ć7LA11
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 465Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4UĂ.ā12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 241Ć1AA12
6ES5 242Ć1AA32
6ES5 242Ć1AA41
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 244Ć3AB31
6ES5 246Ć4UA31
6ES5 246Ć4UB11
6ES5 247Ć4UA31
6ES5 252Ć3AA13
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 261Ć4UA11
6ES5 281Ć4U.12
General accessories (No., see below)
Adapter casing required (D)
Fan b
F subassembly required ( )
bl
i d (D)
Module type
CPU
CPU 941, CPU 942
CPU 943, CPU 944 with 1/2 interfaces
CPU 945
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
p
input
32 x 24 V DC
16 x 24Ă...Ă48 V UC
module
16 x 48Ă...Ă60 V UC
ă8 x 24 V DC
16 x 115 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
ă8 x 115 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
ă8 x 230 V UC
32 x 5Ă...Ă15 V DC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
p
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 24Ă...Ă60 V DC; 0.5 A
module
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
ă8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 48Ă...Ă115 V AC; 1 A
16 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 1 A
ă8 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 1 A
32 x 5Ă...Ă24 V DC; 0.1 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
ă8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 250 V AC relay contacts
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
input/
p /
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
p
24 V DC: ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
module
24 V DC: 24 inputs, 16 outputs 1.5 A
Analog
g
8 inputs
p
input
8/16 inputs
4 inputs
module
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0Ă...Ă20 mA
output
p
8 outputs, ± 10 V
8 outputs, 1Ă...Ă5 V; 4Ă...Ă20 mA
module
Power output module 5) (max. 1.25 A)
ąąąąĄ (max. 2.5 A)
Intelligent IP 240 for counting, pos. dec. and pos.
g
/
I/O
IP 241 for counting and pos. dec. 5)
modules IP 242A for counting 5), 6)
IP 242B for counting 5)
IP 243 für analog value processing
IP 244 for temperature control
IP 246 I/O for contr. pos., incremental
IP 246 I/O for contr. pos., absolute
IP 247 for contr. pos.
IP 252 for closedĆloop control
IP 260 for highĆspeed cl.Ćloop control5)
IP 261 for proportioning5)
IP 281 for counting
Component
list
li t
CR 700-0LB subrack for S5-115U and S5-115H
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
4
5
5
6
5
5
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
3/7
7
7
7
CPU
0
Cross modules required
PS
Slot No.
1
2
3
IM
Qty.
Module
Current cons.
at 5ĂV
Sum A
A
0.16
0.2/0.45
0.55/1.251)
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.07
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.08
0.01
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.175
0.07
0.035
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.1
0.15
0.15
0.2
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.09
0.09
0.82)
1.02), 3)
1.1
1.1
0,4
0.4
1.32)
1.32)
0.8
2.3
Ċ
0.05
0.6
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
CR 700-0LB subrack for S5-115U and S5-115H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
6ES5581ĆĂ1ED13
6ES5 581Ć3LA11
6ES5 581Ć0RA12
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
6ES5 305Ć7LĂ.ā11
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
6ES5 307Ć3UA11
6ES5 308Ć3UA12
6ES5 308Ć3UC11
6ES5 942Ć7UH11
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
6ES5 324Ć3UR11
6ES5 530Ć7LA12
6ES5 530Ć3LA12
6GK1 243Ć0SA10
6GK1 543Ć1AA00
6GK1 143Ć0AA01
6GK1 143Ć0AB01
6GK1 147Ć3MA00
6ES5 516Ć3UA11
6AV4 012Ć0AA10Ć0AB0
6FM1 705Ć3AA00
6FM1 706Ć3AA20
6FM1 706Ć3AB20
6FM1 707Ć3AA10
6FM1 721Ć3AA20
6FM1 723Ć3.Aā.0
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 524Ć3UA13
6ES5 544Ć3UA11
6AV1 242Ć0AB.0
6ES5 526Ć3LA22
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
3
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
3
3
7
7
7
7
3
3
7
7
3
3
7
7
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
2ąShort fan subassembly 24 V DC or 230 V AC
3ąRAM, EEPROM, EPROM memory submodule
4ąFront connector K, crimp/screw connection
5ąFront connector 490,
ăącrimp/screw/springĆtype connection
6ąFront connector 497, crimp/screw connection
7ąOther
PS 951 power supply module
1st EU
+
2nd EU
+
3rd EU
+
CC
=
1.8
0.5
0.810)
1.5
0.01/110)
0.05/210)
1
0.5
0.6
0.7
1.5
1.0
0.52)
0.752)
1.52)
0.55
1.02)
1.32)
0.13
1.5
& gt; 0.91)
1.5
2.3
1.8
1.0
1.0
0,7
0.45
2.5
4.5
4.2
0.8
6ES5 497Ć4UĂ...Ă
6ES5 491Ć0LĂ.Ă11
6ES5 981Ć0HBĂ.Ă1
6ES5 37Ă.ĆĂ.....
6XX3 068/6XX3 081
6ES5 490Ć7Ă...Ă1
Sum
Total price
Total price of expansion units
up to 3A: 6ES5 951Ć7LB21/Ć7NB21; up to 7 A (PLC without fan) or up to 15 A (PLC with fan): 6ES5 951Ć7LD21/Ć7ND51/Ć7ND41
Total current of the central controller and central expansion units
(carried forward from the configuring sheets for central EUs)
1)ĂDepending on the interface moduleą2)ĂWithout sensor supplyą3)ĂAllowance must also be made for the respective sensor matching
module for each channel used.ą4)ĂNot for S5Ć115Hą5)ĂNot in conjunction with CPU 945.ą6)ĂThe mass storage module can only be
plugged in directly on the right next to the basic moduleą7) Slot modules can be plugged in directly on the right next to the basic, mass
storage or slot module. 8) Without pluggedĆin AT modulesą9) For power supply of a transceiver max. 4.2 A 10) Not for S5Ć115F
WF 705 for position decoding 4)
WF 706 for contr. pos., 3Ćchannel 4)
WF 706 for contr. pos., 6Ćchannel 4)
WF 707 cam controller module 4)
WF 721 for contr. positioning 4)
WF 723 for contr. positioning 4)
CommuĆ CP 523 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
nicationsĆ CP 524 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
processĆ CP 544 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
p
CP 527 for HMI
sors
CP 526/527 for HMI, exp. module
CP 528 for HMI, digital or analog
CP 530 for SINEC L1, blockĆtype
CP 530 for SINEC L1, compact
CP 2430 (I/OĆ, Kachelbetr.) f. ASĆInterf.
CP 5431 FMS/DP for PROFIBUS
CP1430 TF for Industrial Ethernet
CP 1430 TF for Industrial Etnernet
CP 1473 MAP 10)
Special
p
CP 516
applicaĆ CP 581, SIMATIC PC, modular
pp
- Basic module
tions
- Mass storage module 6)
- Slot module (max. 2) 7)
IM 304 interface module
IM 305 interface module
IM 306 interface module
IM 307 interface module
IM 308 interface module 4)
IM 308ĆC interface module
only for
y
CPU 942H
S5Ć115H IM 304, int. module, CC int., 2nd CC
IM 324R, int. mod., CC int., 1st CC
Total current for central controller
=
+
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
11/17
11/18
5
5
6ES5 470Ć7LC 12
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
D
5
4
D
5
5
6
D
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
3
3
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
D
3
Order No.
6ES5 94.Ć7UB11
6ES5 94.Ć7UB.1
6ES5 945Ć7UA3
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 434Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LB11
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LA11
6ES5 436Ć7LB11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 441Ć7LA12
6ES5 451Ć7LA.1
6ES5 453Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 455Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 457Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LC11
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 485Ć7LA11
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 465Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4U.2
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
General accessories (No., see below)
Adapter casing required (D)
Fan subassembly required (D)
Module type
CPU 941, CPU 942
CPU
CPU 943, CPU 944 with 1/2 interfaces
CPU 945
32 x 24 V DC
Digital
g
input
32 x 24 V DC
module
16 x 24Ă...Ă48 V UC
16 x 48Ă...Ă60 V UC
ă8 x 24 V DC
16 x 115 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
ă8 x 115 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
ă8 x 230 V UC
16 x 5Ă...Ă15 V DC
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
Digital
g
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
module
16 x 24Ă...Ă60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
ă8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 48Ă...Ă115 V AC; 1 A
16 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 1 A
ă8 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 2 A
32 x 5Ă...Ă24 V DC; 0.1 AV
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
ă8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 250 V AC relay contacts
24 V DC: 16 Inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
Digital
g
input/
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
module
24 V DC: ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
24 V DC: 24 inputs, 16 outputs 1.5 A
8 inputs
Analog
g
input
8/16 inputs
module
4 inputs
8/16 inputs
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0Ă...Ă20 mA
Analog
output
t t
8 outputs, ± 10 V
module
8 outputs, 1Ă...Ă5 V; 4Ă...Ă20 mA
Power output module (max. 1.25 A)
ąąą
(max. 2.5 A)
Component list
p
CR 700-1 subrack for the S5-115U
CPU
0
Cross modules required
PS
Slot No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
IM
Qty.
Module
0.25
0.09
0.09
0.25
Current cons.
at 5ĂV
A
0.16
0.2/0.45
0.55/1.251)
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.07
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.08
0.01
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.175
0.07
0.035
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.1
0.15
0.15
0.2
0.7
0.25
Sum A
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
CR 700-1 subrack for S5-115U
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 241Ć1AA12
6ES5 242Ć1AA32
6ES5 242Ć1AA41
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 244Ć3AB31
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 261Ć4UA11
6ES5 281Ć4U.12
6ES5 288Ć4UA11
6FM1 705Ć3AA00
6FM1 706Ć3AA20
6FM1 706Ć3AB20
6FM1 707Ć3AA10
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 530Ć7LA12
6GK1 243Ć0SA10
6ES5 305Ć7L.11
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
D
7
3
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
3
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
7
7
7
4
7
D
D
D
D
D
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
2ąLong fan subassembly 24 V DC or 230 V AC
3ąRAM, EEPROM, EPROM memory submodule
4ąFront connector K, crimp/screw connection
5ąFront connector 490,
ăącrimp/screw/springĆtype connection
6ąFront connector 497, crimp/screw connection
7ąOther
PS 951 power supply module
3/6
1st EU
+
2nd EU
+
3rd EU
+
CC
=
0.8 2)
1.0 2), 3)
1.1
1.1
0.6
0.4
Ċ
0.05
0.6
0.8
0.5 2)
0.75 2)
1.5 2)
0.55
0.13
1.0
0.7
0.01/1 4)
0.05/2 4)
6ES5 497Ć4UĂ...
6ES5 491Ć0L.11
6ES5 981Ć0HA.1
6ES5 37Ă.ĆĂ.....
6XX3 068/6XX3 081
6ES5 490Ć7Ă...Ă1
Sum
Total price
Total price of expansion units
up to 3A: 6ES5 951Ć7LB21/Ć7NB21; up to 7 A (PLC without fan) or up to 15 A (PLC with fan): 6ES5 951Ć7LD21/Ć7ND51/Ć7ND41
Total current of the central controller and central expansion units
(carried forward from the configuring sheets for central EUs)
1)ĂDepending on the interface moduleą2)ĂWithout sensor supplyą3)ĂAllowance must also be made for the respective sensor matching module
ąĂfor each channel usedą4)ĂPower consumption/current supply to the EUą5)Not in conjunction with CPU 945
IP 240 for counting, pos. dec. and pos.
IP 241 for counting and pos. dec.
IP 242A for counting 5)
IP 242B for counting
IP 243 für Analogwertverarbeitung
IP 244 for temperature control
IP 260 for high speed cl.Ćloop control
IP 261 for proportioning 5)
IP 281 for counting
IP 288 for positioning
WF 705 for position decoding
WF 706 for contr. pos., 3Ćchannel
WF 706 for contr. pos., 6Ćchannel
WF 707 cam controller module
CP 523 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 530 for SINEC L1, block type
CP 2430 (I/OĆBetrieb) für ASĆInterface
IM 305 interface module
IM 306 interface module
Total current for central controller
IntelliĆ
gent
I/O
module
=
+
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
11/19
11/20
Order No.
6ES5 94ā.āĆ7UB11
6ES5 94ā.āĆ7UBā.ā1
6ES5 945Ć7UAā.ā3
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 434Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LB11
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LA11
6ES5 436Ć7LB11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 441Ć7LA12
6ES5 451Ć7LAā.ā1
6ES5 453Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 455Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 457Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LC11
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 485Ć7LA11
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 465Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4Uā.ā12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 241Ć1AA12
6ES5 242Ć1AA32
6ES5 242Ć1AA41
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 244Ć3AB31
6ES5 246Ć4Uā.ā .ā1
6ES5 246Ć4Uā.ā1
6ES5 247Ć4UA31
6ES5 252Ć3AA13
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 261Ć4UA11
6ES5 281 4Uā.ā12
6FM1 705Ć3AA00
6FM1 706Ć3AA20
D
D
D
D
General accessories (No., see below)
Adapter casing required (D)
F
b
bl
i d (D)
Fan subassembly required ( )
Module type
CPU
CPU 941, CPU 942
CPU 943, CPU 944 with 1/2 interfaces
CPU 945
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
p
32 x 24 V DC
input
16 x 24 ... 48 V UC
module
16 x 48 ... 60 V DC
ă8 x 24 V DC
16 x 115 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
8 x 115 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
8 x 230 V UC
32 x 5 ... 15 V DC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
p
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
16 x 24 V DC ... 60 V; 0.5 A
module
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 48 ... 115 V AC; 1 A
16 x 115 V ... 230 V AC; 1 A
8 x 115 ... 230 V AC; 2 A
32 x 5 ... 24 V DC; 0.1 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
input/
p /
24 V DC; 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
p
24 V DC; ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
module
24 V DC: 24 inputs, 16 outputs 1.5 A
Analog
g
8 inputs
p
8/16 inputs
input
4 inputs
module
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0 ... 20 mA
8 outputs, ± 10 V
output
p
8 outputs, 1 ... 5 V; 4 ... 20 mA
mod.
Power ouput module5),6) (max. 1.25 A)
(max. 2.5 A)
IntelliĆ
IP 240 for counting, pos. dec. and pos.
g
IP 241 for counting and pos. dec.5)
gent
IP 242A for counting5), 6)
I/O
/
modules IP 242B for counting5)
IP 243 for analog value processing
IP 244 for temperature control
IP 246 I/A for contr. pos., incremental
IP 246 I/A for contr. pos., absolute
IP 247 for contr. pos.
IP 252 for closedĆloop control
IP 260 for highĆspeed cl.Ćloop control
IP 261 for proportioning
IP 281 for counting
WF 705 for position decoding5)
WF 706 for contr. pos. 3Ćchannel5)
Component list
p
CR 700-2 subrack for S5-115U and S5-115H
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
4
5
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7
4
7
7
7
7
3/7
7
7
7
7
7
CPU
0
1
Cross modules required
PS
Slot No.
2
3
4
5
6
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
IM
Qty.
Module
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.07
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.08
0.01
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.175
0.07
0.035
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.12
0,05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.1
0.15
0.15
0.2
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.09
0.09
0.82)
1.02),3)
1.1
1.1
0.6
0.4
1.32)
1.32)
0.82)
2.3
Ċ
0.05
0.6
0.53)
0.753)
0.5/1.251)
A
0.16
0.2/0.45
0.2/0.45
at 5ĂV
Current cons.
Sum A
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
CR 700-2 subrack for S5-115U and S5-115H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
6ES5 530Ć7LA12
6ES5 530Ć3LA12
6GK1 243Ć0SA10
6GK1 543Ć1AA00
6GK1 143Ć0AA01
6GK1 143Ć0AB01
6GK1 147Ć3MA00
6ES5 516Ć3UA11
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
6ES5 305Ć7Lā.ā11
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
6ES5 307Ć3UA11
6ES5 308Ć3UA12
6ES5 308Ć3UC11
6ES5 942Ć7UH11
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
6ES5 324Ć3UR11
6AV4Ă012Ć0AA10Ć0AB0
6FM1 706Ć3AB20
6FM1 707Ć3AA10
6FM1 721Ć3AA20
6FM1 723Ć3.Aā.0
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 524Ć3UA15
6ES5 544Ć3Uā.11
6AV1 242Ć0ABā.ā0
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
7
7
7
7
3
7
7
7
3
3
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
3
3
7
7
7
3
3
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
2ąLong fan subassembly 24 V DC or 230 V AC
3ąRAM, EEPROM, EPROM memory submodule
4ąFront connector K, crimp/screw connection
5ąFront connector 490,
crimp/screw/springĆtype connection
6ąFrontconnector 497, crimp/screw connection
7ąOther
PS 951 power supply module
1st EU
+
2nd EU
+
3rd EU
+
CC
=
1,53)
0.55
1.03)
1.33)
0.13
1.5
& gt; 0.91)
1.5
1.8
1.0
1.0
0.7
0,45
2.5
4.5
0.45
0.8
1.5
0.01/14)
0.05/24)
1
0.5
0.6
0.7
1.5
1.0
6ES5 497Ć4U .Ă.Ă.
6ES5 491Ć0Lā.ā11
6ES5 981Ć0HAā.ā1ā
6ES5 37 .ĂĆĂ.Ă.Ă.Ă.Ă.
6XX3 068/6XX3 081
6ES5 490Ć7 .Ă.Ă.Ă1
Sum
Total price
Total price of expansion units
up to 3A: 6ES5 951Ć7LB21; up to 7 A (PLC without fan) or up to 15 A (PLC with fan): 6ES5 951Ć7LD21/Ć7ND51/Ć7ND41
Total current for the central controller and central expansion units
(carried forward from the configuring sheets for central EUs)
1)ĂDepending on the interface moduleą2)ĂWithout sensor supplyą3)ĂAllowance must also be made for the respective sensor matching
module for each channel usedą4)ĂPower consumption/current supply to EUą5)ĂNor for S5Ć115H
6)ĂNot in conjunction with CPU 945ą7) For power supply of a transceiver max. 4.2 A 8) Not for S5Ć115F
WF 706 for contr. pos. 6Ćchannel5)
WF 707 for cam controller module5)
WF 721 for contr. positioning5)
WF 723 for contr. positioning5)
CommuĆ CP 523 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
nications CP 524 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 544 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
procesĆ
p
CP 527 for HMI
sors
CP 528 for HMI digital or analog
CP 530 for SINEC L1, blockĆtype
CP 530 for SINEC L1, compact
CP 2430 (I/O, page operation) f. AS interf.
CP 5431 FMS/DP for PROFIBUS
CP 1430 TF for Ind. Ethernet
CP 1430 FT for Ind. Ethernet
CP 1473 MAP for Ind. Ethernet5)
Special
CP 516
applicaĆ IM 304 interface module
pp
IM 305 interface module
tions
IM 306 interface module
IM 307 interface module
IM 308 interface module
IM 308ĆC interface module
Anschaltung IM 308ĆC
only for
CPU 942H
Anschaltung IM 308ĆC
S5Ć115H IM 304 int. module, CC int., 2nd CC
IM 324R int. mod., CC int., 1st CC
Total current for central controller
=
+
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
11/21
11/22
Order No.
6ES5 94ā.āĆ7UB11
6ES5 94ā.āĆ7UBā.ā1
6ES5 945Ć7UAā.ā3
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 434Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LB11
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LA11
6ES5 436Ć7LB11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 441Ć7LA12
6ES5 451Ć7LAā.ā1
6ES5 453Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 455Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 457Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LC11
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 485Ć7LA11
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 465Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4Uā.ā12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 241Ć1AA12
6ES5 242Ć1AA32
6ES5 242Ć1AA41
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 244Ć3AB31
6ES5 246Ć4U .Ă.1
6ES5 246Ć4U .Ă.1
6ES5 247Ć4UA31
6ES5 252Ć3AA13
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 261Ć4UA11
6ES5 281 4Uā.Ă12
6FM1 705Ć3AA00
D
D
General accessories (No., see below)
(
,
)
Adapter casing required (D)
Fan subassembly required (D)
Module type
CPU
CPU 941, CPU 942
CPU 943, CPU 944 with 1/2 interfaces
CPU 945
Digital
32 x 24 V DC
32 x 24 V DC
input
16 x 24 ... 48 V UC
module
16 x 48 ... 60 V UC
ă8 x 24 V DC
16 x 115 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
8 x 115 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
8 x 230 V UC
32 x 5 ... 15 V DC
Digital
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
16 x 24 V DC ... 60 V; 0.5 A
module
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 48 ... 115 V AC; 1 A
16 x 115 V ... 230 V AC; 1 A
8 x 115 ... 230 V AC; 2 A
32 x 5 ... 24 V DC; 0.1 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
Digital
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
input/
24 V DC; 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
24 V DC; ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
module
24 V DC: 24 inputs, 16 outputs 1.5 A
Analog
8 inputs
8/16 inputs
input
4 inputs
module
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0 ... 20 mA
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
module
d l
8 outputs, 1 ... 5 V; 4 ... 20 mA
Power output module5)
(max. 1.25 A)
(max. 2.5 A)
IntelliĆ
IP 240 for counting, pos. dec. and pos.
g
gent
IP 241 for counting and pos. dec.5)
I/O
IP 242A for counting5), 6)
modules IP 242B for counting5)
d l
IP 243 for analog value processing
IP 244 for temperature control
IP 246 I/A for contr. pos., incremental
IP 246 I/A for contr. pos., absolute
IP 247 for contr. pos.
IP 252 for closedĆloop control
IP 260 for highĆspeed cl.Ćloop control 6)
IP 261 for proportioning 6)
IP 281 for counting
WF 705 for position decoding5)
Component list
p
CR 700-3 subrack for S5-115U and S5-115H
5
5
7
7
7
7
4
7
7
7
7
3/7
7
7
7
7
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
4
5
5
5
CPU
0
1
Cross modules required
PS
Slot No.
2
3
4
5
6
IM
Qty.
Module
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.07
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.08
0.01
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.175
0.07
0.035
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.1
0.15
0.15
0.2
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.09
0.09
0.8ā 2)
1.0ā 2),3)
1.1
1.1
0.6
0.4
1.3ā 2)
1.3ā 2)
0.8ā 2)
2.3
Ċ
0.05
0.6
0.5ā 2)
0.55/1.251)
A
0.16
0.2/0.45
at 5ĂV
Current cons.
Sum A
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
CR 700-3 subrack for S5-115U and S5-115H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
6GK1 143Ć0AA01
6GK1 143Ć0AB01
6GK1 147Ć3MA00
CP 1430 TF for Ind. Ethernet
CP 1430 TF for Ind. Ethernet
CP 1473 MAP for Ind. Ethernet12)
CP 516
CP 581, SIMATIC PC, modular
-ĂBasic module
-ĂMass storage moduleā8)
-ĂSlot module (max. 2)9)
IM 304 interface module
IM 305 interface module
IM 306 interface module
IM 307 interface module
IM 308 interface module5)
IM 308ĆC interface module
6ES5 530Ć7LA12
6ES5 530Ć3LA12
6GK1 243Ć0SA10
6GK1 543Ć1AA00
D
D
D
D
D
D
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
6ES5 581ĆĂ1ED13
6ES5 581Ć3LA11
6ES5 581Ć0RA12
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
6ES5 305Ć7L .Ă11
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
6ES5 307Ć3UA11
6ES5 308Ć3UA12
6ES5 308Ć3UC11
7
7
3
3
3
7
7
7
7
7
3
3
7
7
7
7
3
3
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
6ES5 516Ć3UA11
6AV4Ă012Ć0AA10Ć0AB0
6FM1 706Ć3AA20
6FM1 706Ć3AB20
6FM1 707Ć3AA10
6FM1 721Ć3AA20
6FM1 723Ć3ā.āA.0
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 524Ć3UA13
6ES5 544Ć3Uā.11
6AV1 242Ć0AB.Ă0
6ES5 526Ć3LA22
WF 706 for contr. pos., 3Ćchannel5)
WF 706 for contr. pos., 6Ćchannel5)
WF 707 for cam controller module5)
WF 721 for contr. positioning5)
WF 723 for contr. positioning5)
CP 523 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 524 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 544 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 527 for HMI
CPā526/527 āfor HMI, exp. module
CP 528 for HMI, digital or analog7)
CP 530 for SINEC L1, blockĆtype
CP 530 for SINEC L1, compact
CP 2430 (I/O, page operation) f. AS interf.
CP 5431 FMS
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
2ąLong fan subassembly 24 V DC or 230 V AC
3ąRAM, EEPROM, EPROM memory submodule
4ąFront connector K, crimp/screw connection
5ąFront conector 490
crimp/screw/springĆtype connection
6ąFront connector 497, crimp/screw connection
7ąOther
PS 951 power supply module
+
3rd EU
+
CC
0.7
1.5
1.0
=
1.8
0.5
0.8ā 10)
1.5
0.01/1ā 4)
0.05/2ā 4)
1
0.5
0.6
0.8
4.2
4.5
2.5
0.75ā 2)
1.5ā 2)
0.55
1.0ā 2)
1.32)
0.13
1.5
& gt; 0.91)
1.5
2.3
1.8
1.0
1.0
0.7
0.45
6ES5 497Ć4U .Ă.Ă.
6ES5 491Ć0Lā.ā11
6ES5 981Ć0HAā.ā1
6ES5 37 .ĂĆĂ.Ă.Ă.Ă.Ă.
6XX3 068/6XX3 081
6ES5 490Ć7 .Ă.Ă.Ă1
Sum
Total price
Total price of expansion units
up to 3A: 6ES5 951Ć7LB21Ć7NB21; up to 7 A (PLC without fan) or up to 15 A (PLC without fan): 6ES5 951Ć7LD21/Ć7ND51/Ć7ND41
3
CPU 942H
6ES5 942Ć7UH11
D
7
IM 304 int. module, CC int. 2nd CC
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
D
7
IM 324R int. module, CC int. 1st CC
6ES5 324Ć3UR11
Total current for central controller
1)ĂDepending on the interface moduleą2)ĂWithout sensor supplyą3)ĂAllowance must also be made for the resprective sensor
matching module for each channel usedą4)ĂPower consumption/current supply EUą5)ĂNot for S5Ć115Hą6)Not in conjunction
with CPU 945ą7)ĂAvailable soon for S5Ć115Hą8)ĂMass storage module can only be plugged in directly to the right of the basic
moduleą9)ĂSlot modules can be plugged in directly to the right of the basic, mass storage or slot module
10)ĂWithout pluggedĆin AT modulesą11)ĂFor power supply of a transceiver max. 4.2 A 12) Not for S5Ć115F
+
Total current of the central controller and central expansion units
1st EU
2nd EU
(carried forward from the configuring sheets for central EUs)
only for
y
S5Ć115H
Special
applica
applicaĆ
tions
CommuĆ
nicaĆ
i
tionsĆ
p
procesĆ
sors
Commu
CommuĆ
nica
nicaĆ
tions
tionsĆ
proces
procesĆ
sors
Intelli
IntelliĆ
gent
I/O
modules
=
+
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
11/23
11/24
5
6ES5 465Ć7LA13
1
Cross modules required
0
Slot No.
2
3
Accessories
5ąFront connector 490,
crimp/screw/springĆtype connection
7ąOther
Analog
g
output
module
d l
6ES5 490Ć7 .Ă.Ă.Ă1
5
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0 ... 20 mA
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
5
8 outputs, ± 10 V
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
5
8 outputs, 1 ... 5 V; 4 ... 20 mA
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
5
Power output module2)
(max. 1.25 A)
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
IM 305 interface module
6ES5 305Ć7Lā.ā11
7
IM 306 interface module
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
Total current (carried over, where applicable, to the configuring sheets of a central contoller or of a distributed expansion unit)
1)ĂPower consumption/current supply to EU 2)ĂNot for S5Ć115H
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Order No.
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LB11
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LA11
6ES5 436Ć7LB11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 441Ć7LA12
6ES5 451Ć7LAāā.ā1
6ES5 453Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 455Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 457Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LC11
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 485Ć7LA11
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
General accessories (No., see below)
Adapter casing required (D)
Module type
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
32 x 24 V DC
module
d l
16 x 24 ... 48 V UC
16 x 48 ... 60 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
8 x 115 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
8 x 230 V UC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
module
d l
16 x 24 V ... 60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 48 ... 115 V AC; 1 A
16 x 115 V ... 230 V AC; 1 A
8 x 115 ... 230 V AC; 2 A
32 x 5 ... 24 V DC; 0.1 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 250 V UC relay contacts
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0,5 A
I/O
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
module
d l
24 V DC; 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
24 V DC; ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
24 V DC: 24 inputs, 16 outputs 1.5 A
Analog
8 inputs
input
8/16 inputs
module
Component list
ER 701-0 subrack for S5-115U and S5-115H
4
5
IM
Qty.
Module
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.09
0.01/1
0.05/21)
0.15
A
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.01
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.175
0.07
0.035
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.1
0.15
at 5ĂV
each
Price
Total price ER 701Ć0
Sum A
Current consumption
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
ER 701-0 subrack for S5-115U and S5-115H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
5
5
1
2
3
Cross modules required
0
Slot No.
4
5
7ąOther
5ąFront connector 490,
crimp/screw/spring-type connection
Accessories
Analog
g
output
d l
module
6ES5 490Ć7 .Ă.Ă.Ă1
5
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0 to 20 mA
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
5
8 outputs, ± 10 V
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
5
8 outputs, 1 to 5 V; 4 to 20 mA
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
5
Power output modules2)
(max. 1,25 A)
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
IM 305 interface module
6ES5 305Ć7L .Ă11
7
IM 306 interface module
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
Total current (carried over, where applicable, to the configuring sheets of a central controller or a distributed expansion unit)
1)ĂPower consumption/current supply to EU 2)ĂNot for S5Ć115H
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6ES5 465Ć7LA13
5
Order Nr.
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LB11
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LA11
6ES5 436Ć7LB11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 441Ć7LA12
6ES5 451Ć7LAā.Ă1
6ES5 453Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 455Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 457Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LC11
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 485Ć7LA11
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
General accessories (No., see below)
Adapter casing required (D)
Module type
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
32 x 24 V DC
d l
module
16 x 24 to 48 V UC
16 x 48 to 60 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
ă8 x 115 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
ă8 x 230 V UC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
module
d l
16 x 24 V DC to 60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
ă8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 48 to 115 V DC; 1 A
16 x 115 to 230 V AC; 1 A
ă8 x 115 to 230 V AC; 1 A
32 x 5 to 24 V DC; 0.1 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
ă8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 250 V AC relay contacts
DigitalĆ
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
I/O
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
module
d l
24 V DC; 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
24 V DC; ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
24 V DC: 24 inputs, 16 ouputs 1.5 A
Analog
8 inputs
input
8/16 inputs
module
Component list
ER 701-1 subrack for S5-115U and S5-115H
6
7
8
IM
Qty.
Module
Sum A
each
Price
Total price expansion units
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.09
0,01/1
0.05/21)
0.15
A
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.01
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.175
0.07
0.035
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.1
0.15
at 5ĂV
Current consumption
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
ER 701–1 subrack for S5–115U and S5–115H
11/25
11/26
Order No.
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LB11
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LA11
6ES5 436Ć7LB11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 441Ć7LA12
6ES5 451Ć7LAā.ā1
6ES5 453Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 455Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 457Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LC11
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 485Ć7LA11
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 465Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4Uā.ā12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
D
General accessories (No., see below)
Adapter casing required (D)
F subassembly required ( )
bl
i d (D)
Fan b
Module type
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
32 x 24 V DC
module
16 x 24 ... 48 V UC
16 x 48 ... 60 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
8 x 115 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
8 x 230 V UC
32 x 5 ... 15 V DC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
module
16 x 24 ... 60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 48 ... 115 V AC; 1 A
16 x 115 ... 230 V AC; 1 A
8 x 115 ... 230 V AC; 2 A
32 x 5 ... 24 V DC; 0.1 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 250 V AC relay contacts
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
I/O
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
module
24 V DC; 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
24 V DC; ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
24 V DC: 24 inputs, 16 outputs 1.5 A
Analog
g
8 inputs
input
8/16 inputs
module
4 inputs
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0 ... 20 mA
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
mod.
mod 12)
8 outputs, 1 ... 5 V; 4 ... 20 mA
Power output module2)
(max. 1.25 A)
(max. 2.5 A)
CommuĆ CP 523 pointĆtoĆpoint link
nicationĆ
sprocesĆ
sor
Component list
p
ER 701-2 subrack for S5-115U and S5-115H
D
4
3
5
5
5
5
5
6
D
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
D
D
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
0
1
2
Cross modules required
PS
Slot No.
3
4
5
6
7
IM
Qty.
Module
A
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.08
0.01
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.175
0.07
0.035
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.1
0.15
0.15
0.2
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.09
0.09
0.13
at 5ĂV
Sum A
Current consumption
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
ER 701-2 subrack for S5-115U and S5-115H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
2)ĂNot for S5Ć115H
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
6ES5 314Ć3UA11
6ES5 317Ć3UA11
6ES5 318Ć3UA11
6ES5 313Ć3AA12
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
2ąLong fan subassembly 24 V DC or 230 V AC
3ąRAM, EEPROM, EPROM memory submodule
4ąFront connector K, crimp/screw connection
5ąFront connector 490,
crimp/screw/springĆtype connection
6ąFront connector 497, crimp/screw connection
7ąOther
PS 951 power supply module
7
7
D
D
D
7
7
D
1st EU
+
2nd EU
+
3rd EU
+
CC
=
0.05/21)
1
1
0.3
0.4
6ES5 497Ć4U .Ă.Ă.
6ES5 491Ć0Lā.ā11
6ES5 981Ć0HAā.ā1
6ES5 37ā.ĂĆĂ.Ă.Ă.Ă.Ă.
6XX3 068/6XX3 081
6ES5 490Ć7 .Ă.Ă.Ă1
Sum
Total price
Total price of central expansion
units connected to ER 701Ć2
up to 3A: 6ES5 951Ć7LB21Ć7NB21; up to 7 A (PLC without fan) or up to 15 A (PLC without fan): 6ES5 951Ć7LD21/Ć7ND51/Ć7ND41
Total current for expansion unit and
central expansion units connected to ER 701-2
(carried over from the configuring sheets for central EUs)
1)ĂPower consumption/current supply to EU
IM 306 interface module (always req.)
IM 314 interface module
IM 317 interface module
IM 318 interface module2)
313 monitoring module2)
Total current for expansion unit
=
+
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
11/27
11/28
Order No.
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LB11
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LA11
6ES5 436Ć7LB11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 441Ć7LA12
6ES5 451Ć7LAĂ.1
6ES5 453Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 455Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 457Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LC12
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 485Ć7LA11
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 465Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4UĂ.12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć7LA13
6ES5 470Ć7LB13
6ES5 470Ć7LC13
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 776Ć7LA13
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 241Ć1AA12
6ES5 242Ć1AA32
6ES5 242Ć1AA41
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 244Ć3AB31
6ES5 246Ć4UB31
6ES5 246Ć4UA11
6ES5 247Ć4UA31
6ES5 252Ć3AA13
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 261Ć4UA11
6ES5 281Ć4Uā.12
6FM1 705Ć3AA00
6FM1 706Ć3AA20
6FM1 706Ć3AB20
6FM1 707Ć3AA10
6FM1 721Ć3AA20
6FM1 723Ć3ā.āAā.ā0
D
D
D
D
General accessories (No., see below)
Adapter casing required (D)
F subassembly required ( )
bl
i d (D)
Fan b
Module type
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
p
input
32 x 24 V DC
module
16 x 24Ă...Ă48 V UC
16 x 48Ă...Ă60 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
ă8 x 115 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
ă8 x 230 V UC
32 x 5Ă...Ă15 V DC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
p
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
module
16 x 24Ă...Ă60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
ă8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 48Ă...Ă115 V AC; 1 A
16 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 1 A
ă8 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 2 A
32 x 5Ă...Ă24 V DC; 0.1 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
ă8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 250 V AC relay contacts
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
input/
p /
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
p
24 V DC: 16 inptus, 16 outputs 0.5 A
module
24 V DC: ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
24 V DC: 24 inputs, 16 outputs 1.5 A
Analog
g
8 inputs
input
p
8/16 inputs
module
4 inputs
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0Ă...Ă20 mA
output
p
8 outputs, ± 10 V
module
8 outputs, 1Ă...Ă5 V; 4Ă...Ă20 mA
Power output moduleā 5)
(max. 1.25 A)
Ă
(max. 2.5 A)
IntelliĆ
IP 240 for counting, pos. dec. and pos.
g
gent
IP 241 for counting and pos. dec.5)
I/O
/
IP 242A for counting5), 6)
modules IP 242B for counting5)
IP 243 for analog value processing
IP 244 for temperature control
IP 246 I/A for contr. pos., incremental7)
IP 246 I/A for contr. pos., absolute7)
IP 247 for contr. pos.
IP 252 for closedĆloop control7)
IP 260 for highĆspeed cl.Ćloop control6)
IP 261 for proportioning6)
IP 281 for counting
WF 705 for position decoding5),8)
WF 706 for contr. pos., 3Ćchannel5),8)
WF 706 for contr. pos., 6Ćchannel5),8)
WF 707 for cam controller module5),8)
WF 721 for contr. positioning5),8)
WF 723 for contr. positioning5),8)
Component list
ER 701-3 subrack for S5-115U and S5-115H
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
7
7
7
7
3/7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
4
5
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7
4
0
1
2
Cross modules required
PS
Slot No.
3
4
5
6
7
IM
Qty.
Module
Current cons.
at 5ĂV
A
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.08
0.01
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.175
0.07
0.035
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.1
0.15
0.15
0.2
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.09
0.09
0.82)
1.0 2), 3)
1.1
1.1
0.6
0.4
1.32)
1.32)
0.82)
2.3
Ċ
0.05
0.6
0.52)
0.752)
1.52)
0.55
1.02)
1.32)
Sum A
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
ER 701-3 subrack for S5-115 and S5-115H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
CP 523 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 524 for pointĆtoĆpoint link7)
CP 544 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 526 for HMI, expansion module7)
CP 527 for HMI7)
CP 528 for HMI analog7)
CP 530 for SINEC L1, blockĆtype7)
CP 530 for SINEC L1, compact7)
CP 5430 TF for PROFIBUS7)
CP 2430 (I/O, page operation) f. AS interf.
CP 5431 FMS/DP for PROFIBUS
CP 1430 TF for Ind. Ethernet
CP 1430 TF for Ind. Ethernet
CP 1473 MAP for Ind. Ethernet10)
CP 516
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
6ES5 307Ć3UA11
6ES5 314Ć3UA11
6ES5 317Ć3UA11
6ES5 318Ć3UA11
6ES5 313Ć3AA12
6ES5 530Ć7LA12
6ES5 530Ć3LA12
6GK1 543Ć0AA01
6GK1 243Ć0SA10
6GK1 543Ć1AA00
6GK1 143Ć0AA00
6GK1 143Ć0AB01
6GK1 147Ć3MA00
6ES5 516Ć3UA11
6AV4 012Ć0AA10Ć0AB0
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 524Ć3UA13
6ES5 544Ć3Uā.11
6ES5 526Ć3LA22
6AV1 242Ć0ABā.0
D
D
D
D
D
3
3
7
7
7
7
3
3
3
D
D
D
D
D
7
7
7
7
7
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
7
3
3
7
7
D
D
D
D
D
D
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
2ąLong fan subassembly 24 V DC or 230 V AC
3ąRAM, EEPROM, EPROM memory submodule
4ąFront connector K, crimp/screw connection
5ąFront connector 490,
ăącrimp/screw/springĆtype connection
6ąFront connector 497, crimp/screw connection
7ąOther
PS 951 power supply module
1st EU
+
2nd EU
+
3rd EU
+
CC
=
0.05/24)
1
1
1
0.3
0.4
0.13
1.5
& gt; 0.91)
2.3
1.5
1.8
1.0
1.0
0.33
0,7
0.45
2.5
4.5
4.2
0.8
6ES5 497Ć4UĂ...
6ES5 491Ć0Lā.11
6ES5 981Ć0HAā.1
6ES5 37Ă.ĆĂ.....
6XX3 068/6XX3 081
6ES5 490Ć7Ă...Ă1
Sum
Total price
Total price of central expansion
units connected to ER 701Ć3
up to 3A: 6ES5 951Ć7LB21/Ć7NB21; up to 7 A (PLC without fan) or up to 15 A (PLC with fan): 6ES5 951Ć7LD21/Ć7ND51/Ć7ND41
Total current for expansion unit and central expansion units
(carried over from configuring sheets for central EUs)
1)ĂDepending on the interface moduleą2)ĂWithout sensor supplyą3)ĂAllowance must also be made for the respective sensor matching module for each channel
usedą4)ĂPower consumption/current supply EUą5)ĂNot for S5Ć115Hą6)ĂNot in connection with CPU 945 7)ĂOnly for interface module IM 314 or IM 317
8)ĂOnly for interface module IM 314ą9) For power supply of a transceiver max. 4.2 A 10) Not for S5Ć115F
IM 306 interface module
IM 307 interface module
IM 314 interface module
IM 317 interface module
IM 318 interface module5)
313 monitoring module5)
Total current for expansion unit
Special
applicaĆ
tions
CommuĆ
nicationsĆ
p
procesĆ
sors
=
+
Configuring
S5Ć115U
11/29
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Addressing intelligent I/Os and CPs at S5-115U
Addressing intelligent
I/Os and CPs
When configuring, attention
must be paid to the address
assignment of all modules
used. The intelligent I/O
modules and communicaĆ
tions processors can be adĆ
dressed in different address
areas and
therefore require different adĆ
dress widths. Addressing also
depends on the CPU. For exĆ
ample, these modules can only
be addressed in the page area
or P area in the case of the
CPU 942H and only in the P
area when using the CPU 942F.
The following table provides a
simple overview.
IP 240
IP 241
IP 242A
IP 242B
IP 243
IP 2444)
IP 246 I/A
IP 247
IP 252
IP 260
IP 261
IP 281
WF 705, WF 706, WF 707
WF 721, WF 723A/B/C
CP 523
CP 524
CP 544
CP 527, CP 528, CP 530
CP 5430 TF
CP 5431 FMS
CP 143 FMS
CP 1473 MAP
CP 516
CP 581
CPU 941, CPU 942, CPU 943, CPU 944
CPU 945
CPU 942H
CPU
942F
Address area
Module
Address area
Address area
Addr.
area
Page
Ċ
Ċ
1
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
2
4
1
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
1
2/4/8
1
4
4
4
4
1/43)
1/2/4/83)
P
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
8
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Page
Ċ
Ċ
1
2
Ċ
Ċ
2
4
1
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
1
2/4/83)
1
42)
42)
42)
42)
1/43)
1/2/4/83)
P
16
8
1)
Ċ
8
32
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
2
2
8
8
32
8
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
2)
2)
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Q
16
8
Ċ
Ċ
8
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
2
8
8
32
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
IM 3
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
32
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
IM 4
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
32
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Page
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
2
Ċ
Ċ
2
4
1
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
1
2/4/83)
1
4
4
4
4
1/43)
1/2/4/83)
P
16
8
Ċ
Ċ
8
32
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
8
8
32
8
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Q
16
8
Ċ
Ċ
8
32
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
8
8
32
8
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
1)
1)
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
1)
1)
IM 3
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
32
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
IM 4
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
32
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
P
16
8
Ċ
Ċ
8
32
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
2
2
8
Ċ
Ċ
8
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
1)
1)
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Ċ
Table 1: Address widths required (in byte) for the individual address areas of intelligent I/O modules and communications processors,
depending on the CPU used.
1)
2)
3)
4)
Addressing in absolute area with a width of 1 Kbyte
Not for CPU 941
ParameterĆselectable
Address width in absolute area: 32 byte
11/30
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Design, I/O types for S5-115H
Design
In the basic configuration a
faultĆtolerant S5Ć115H programĆ
mable controller consists of
two subunits each comprising
S A CR 700Ć0LB, CR 700Ć2,
CR 700Ć2F or CR 700Ć3 subĆ
rack,
S A CPU 942H central procesĆ
sing unit with memory subĆ
module
S A PS 951 power supply
module with battery backup.
The two subunits are interconĆ
nected via IM 304 and
IM 324R interface modules (in
adapter casings) and the 721
connecting cable (max.
100 m/330 ft). Both subunits
must have the same memory
configuration.
There are three possible I/O
configurations, depending on
the degree of availability reĆ
quired of the I/O area:
S SingleĆsided configuration
S Switched configuration
S 2-fold redundant configuraĆ
tion
I/O types
I/O
Addresses required including read inputs (RĆDI) without locating
inputs/outputs
Type
Designation
Configuration
DI
DQ
ă1
ă2
ă3
ă8
ă9
10
13
14
15
18
19
20
24
25
Digital
input
(DI)
Digital
output
(DQ)
Analog
input
(AI)
Analog
output
(AQ)
CP/IP
singleĆsided
switched
redundant
singleĆsided
switched
redundant
singleĆsided
switched
redundant
singleĆsided
switched
redundant
singleĆsided
switched
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
Ċ
Ċ
1 byte (RĆDI)
AI
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 word
1 word
1 word
AQ
1 word
1 word
1 word
Addressing
according to module
Table 2: Overview of I/O types and addresses required
Example
Allocated addresses
Wiring requirement
10 redundant DIs
without error locating
(I/O type 3)
5 redundant DIs
with error locating
(I/O type 3)
8 redundant DQs
with error locating
(I/O type 10)
2 byte for DIs
10 DE per subunit
1 byte for DIs
1 bit for LĆDIs
1 bit LĆDQs
1 byte for DQs
1 bit for LĆDIs
1 bit for LĆDQs
8 bits for RĆDIs
5 DIs per subunit
1 LĆDIs per subunit
1 LĆDQ per subunit
8 DQs per subunit
1 LĆDI per subunit
1 LĆDQ per subunit
8 RĆDI (subunit A, B or
switched)
Table 3: Examples of addresses and inputs/outputs required for the redundant I/O configuration
Legend
DI, DQ = Digital input/output or binary input/output
AI, AQ = Analog input/output
LĆDI, LĆDQ = Locating input/output
RĆDI = Readback input
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
11/31
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Design, I/O types for S5-115H (continued)
I/O types
(continued)
In order to distinguish between
the different configurations of
the I/O modules including the
CPs and IPs, they have been
divided into I/O types. Each
configuration has its own reĆ
sponse mode:
S
11/32
SingleĆsided configuration
with types 1, 8, 13, 18
and 24
The I/O module is permaĆ
nently assigned to one of
the two subunits. When the
corresponding subunit is opĆ
erating, the module is
active. Information that has
been readĆin is also availĆ
able in the other subunit irreĆ
spective of whether it is opĆ
erating as the master or
standby unit. The I/O
address used may not be
used in the second subunit.
S
Switched configuration with
types 2, 9, 14, 19 and 25
Only the master unit adĆ
dresses the I/O module. InĆ
formation that has been
readĆin is automatically
passed to the standby unit,
so that if required the latter
can continue the process
without interruption.
Table 2 shows the addresses
required for the various I/O
modules in singleĆsided,
switched and redundant conĆ
figurations. Since the locating
inputs and outputs are asĆ
signed in groups, no more
than 1 byte for the LĆDIs and 1
byte for the LĆDQs is normally
required per subunit.
S
Redundant configuration
with types 3, 10, 15 and 20
The I/O modules are all proĆ
vided in duplicate. They
occupy the same I/O adĆ
dresses in each subunit. In
errorĆfree operation, both I/O
modules are active in each
case.
Table 3 shows some examples
of address requirements. It
also shows the necessary wirĆ
ing. If an input/output byte is
occupied by some redundant
DI or DQ addresses, it can no
longer be used for nonĆredunĆ
dant inputs and outputs.
The redundant I/O configuraĆ
tion (I/O types 3, 10, 15 and
20) is described on page
11/33.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Redundant I/O configuration for S5-115H
I/O types for
redundant configuration
I/O type 3
(redundant
digital inputs)
S
S
I/O type 3 without fault locaĆ
tion.
If no locating inputs/outputs
(LĆDI, LĆDQ) have been
parameterized, the S5Ć115H
continues to operate in the
case of a dicrepancy with
the value of the master. It is
possible that this value is
incorrect. If this case cannot
be tolerated, the redundant
digital inputs (DI) must be
operated with fault location.
I/O type 3 with fault location.
In this case, locating inputs/
outputs (LĆDI, LĆDQ) are
used in addition to the reĆ
dundant digital inputs (DI).
As well as recognizing the
fault, the operating system
can also locate and deactiĆ
vate the faulty DI module.
The S5Ć115H then continues
to operate with the faultĆfree
module only.
The LĆDQ and LĆDI modules
are assigned in groups to the
redundant DI modules.
A group consists of all the DIs
connected to the same sensor
supply
DI
Subunit A
Sensor
DI
Subunit B
Fig. 11/1 Redundant digital input without fault location
L-D
Q
L-DI
Subunit A
DI
Sensor
Subunit B
DI
L-D
Q
L-DI
Fig. 11/2 Redundant digital input with fault location
I/O type 10
(redundant,
intermittent
digtal outputs)
I/O type 10 is designed for
fault recognition with reĆ
stricted or complete fault
location (depending on the
version) for the intermittent
outputs. An output is intermitĆ
tent if it changes its signal
status at least once per hour.
Since the RĆDI readback digiĆ
tal inputs are permanently asĆ
signed to the redundant digiĆ
tal outputs (DQ), just as many
RĆDIs are required as redunĆ
dant DQs.
DI
Subunit A
DI
Subunit B
DI
Subunit A or B
Fig. 11/3 Redundant intermittent digital output with restricted fault location
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
11/33
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Redundant I/O configuration for S5-115H (continued)
I/O type 10
(redundant,
intermittent
digtal outputs)
(continued)
I/O type 10 with restricted
fault location.
If no locating inputs/outputs
(LĆDI, LĆDQ) are parameterĆ
ized, it is only possible to recĆ
ognize and locate " permanent
0 faults " (DQ cannot be
switched to " 1 " ). If such a
case cannot be tolerated, i. e.
it must also be possible to
handle " permanent 1 faults " ,
the redundant digital outputs
must be operated with fault
location.
S I/O type 10 with fault locaĆ
tion.
In this case, locating inputs/
outputs (LĆDI, LĆDQ) must be
provided in addition to the reĆ
dundant digital outputs (DQ)
and the readback digital inĆ
puts (RĆDI). The operating
system can thus recognize
and locate not only " permaĆ
nent 0 faults " , but can also
deactivate the faulty DQ modĆ
ules in the case of " permaĆ
nent 1 faults " . Together with
the LĆDQs it switches off the
load supply of the DQ modĆ
ule briefly and checks the
readback signals at the
RĆDIs. The S5Ć115H then conĆ
tinues to operate with the
faultĆfree module until the
faulty module is repaired.
S
Decoupling
This I/O type provides fault
recognition with restricted
fault location in the case of reĆ
dundant analog inputs (AI).
During fault location, the operĆ
ating system accesses fault
information of AI modules via
a standard function block.
Fault information includes
range violation, overrange
and wire break. The operating
system also reports unacĆ
ceptable deviations in input
values.
P
DQ
Subunit A
R-DI
DQ
Subunit B
P
L-DI
M
L-D
Q
Fig. 11/4 Redundant, intermittent digital output with fault location
The outputs of the redundant
digital output modules for
24 V DC connected in parallel
must be decoupled with
diodes. The same applies to
locating outputs.
I/O type 15
(redundant
analog inputs)
M
L-D
Q
L-DI
11/34
AI
Subunit A
U
AI
Subunit B
Fig. 11/5 Redundant analog input
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Redundant I/O configuration for S5-115H (continued)
I/O types for
redundant configuration
(continued)
I/O type 20
(redundant
analog outputs)
This I/O type does not receive
any operating system support
in the recognition and locating
of faults. The user must proĆ
gram these himself. The outĆ
put values are output to both
subunits in parallel.
Redundant inputs
Each subunit scans the inputs
assigned to it. The user speciĆ
fies a " discrepancy time "
(10 ms to 320 s) for each digiĆ
tal input. This is the maximum
permissible time deviation beĆ
tween the signals at two reĆ
dundant inputs. The operating
system monitors this discrepĆ
ancy time. If the permisĆ
sible time is exceeded, the
operating system locates and
reports the error (entry in erĆ
ror data block). In the case of
analog input modules, the
user specifies the maximum
permissible value by which
the input signals may deviate.
Redundant outputs
In the case of redundant digiĆ
tal outputs, the operating sysĆ
tem checks whether an error
has occured. If required, the
operating system signals the
error (entry in error data
block).
For redundant analog outputs
there is no error detection. If
required, this can be proĆ
grammed by the user (e.g.
with readback analog inputs).
Fault recognition and
fault locating
In order to ensure nonĆstop
operation, the operating sysĆ
tem must not only detect but
also locate faults so that the
faulty module can be deactiĆ
vated.
In the case of analog outputs,
the operating system does
not support fault recognition.
If necessary, the user can
program fault detection and
loating himself.
In the case of digital outputs,
faults are recognized and loĆ
cated using auxiliary signals.
Readback inputs, locating
inputs and outputs
For fault detection of redunĆ
dant DQs, readback inputs
(RĆDIs) are necessary; fault
location requires locating inĆ
puts and outputs
(LĆDI, LĆDQ).
For redundant digital inputs
and outputs fault detection is
possible with or without fault
locating.
For redundant analog inputs
and outputs fault detection
without fault locating is posĆ
sible.
Address assignment
The redundant digital input
and output modules can only
be operated in the process
image area (addresses 0 to
127) and the analog input and
output modules in the P area
(addresses 128 to 255).
Non-stop operation
This " discrepancy window " is
monitored by the ANEI funcĆ
tion block. The block is supĆ
plied on diskette together with
the COM 115H parameterizaĆ
tion software.
Readback inputs are permaĆ
nently assigned to their reĆ
dundant outputs (1 readback
input per output pair). ReadĆ
back inputs can be allocated
to subunit A, subunit B or a
switched expansion unit. LoĆ
cating inputs and outputs can
be grouped for several inputs
or outputs, e. g. together in
one LĆDI byte and one LĆDQ
byte per subunit.
As a general rule, a maximum
of 1 byte per subunit for LĆDIs
and 1 byte per subunit for
LĆDQs is required.
For nonĆstop systems, input
and output modules with fault
locating functions must be
used.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
The auxiliary signals LĆDI,
LĆDQ and RĆDI required for
fault recognition and locating
can be operated in the entire
P area.
11/35
11/36
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 434Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LB11
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LA11
6ES5 436Ć7LB11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 441Ć7LA12
6ES5 451Ć7LA.1
6ES5 453Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 455Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 457Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LC11
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 485Ć7LA11
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 465Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4U.12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 244Ć3AB31
6ES5 246Ć4UB11
6ES5 246Ć4UA31
6ES5 247Ć4UA31
6ES5 252Ć3AA13
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 261Ć4UA11
6ES5 281 4Uā.ā12
Digital
g
input
module
d l
32 x 24 V DC
32 x 24 V DC
16 x 24Ă...Ă48 V UC
16 x 48Ă...Ă60 V UC
ă8 x 24 V DC
16 x 115 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
ă8 x 115 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
ă8 x 230 V UC
16 x 5Ă...Ă15 V DC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
module
d l
16 x 24Ă...Ă60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
ă8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 48Ă...Ă115 V AC; 1 A
16 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 1 A
ă8 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 2 A
32 x 5Ă...Ă24 V DC; 0.1 AV
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
ă8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
input/
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
t t
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
module
24 V DC: ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
24 V DC: 24 inputs, 16 outputs 1.5 A
Analog
g
8 inputs
input
8/16 inputs
1)
module
d l
4 inputs
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0Ă...Ă20 mA
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
1)
module
d l
8 outputs, 1Ă...Ă5 V; 4Ă...Ă20 mA
IP 240 for counting, pos. dec. and pos.
Intellig
gent I/O IP 243 für Analogwertverarbeitung
modules IP 244 for temperature control
IP 246 I/A for contr. pos., incremental
IP 246 I/A for contr. pos., absolute
IP 247 for contr. pos.
IP 252 for closedĆloop control
IP 260 for highĆspeed cl.Ćloop control
IP 261 for proportioning
IP 281 for counting
Order No.
6ES5 942Ć7UH11
General accessories (No., see below)
Adapter casing required (D)
Fan subassembly required (D)
Module type
CPU
CPU 942H
Component list
CR 700-2F subrack for S5-115H
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
4
5
5
5
7
4
7
7
7
7
3/7
7
7
7
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
CPU
0
Cross modules required
PS
Slot No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
IM
Qty.
Module
Current cons.
at 5ĂV
A
0.7
0.7
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.07
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.08
0.01
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.175
0.07
0.035
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.1
0.15
0.15
0.2
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.82)
0.6
0.4
1.32)
1.32)
0.82)
2.3
Ċ
0.05
0.6
Sum A
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
CR 700-2F subrack for S5-115H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
CP 523 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 524 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 544 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 527 for HMI
CP 528 for HMI, digital or analog
CP 530 for SINEC L1, blockĆtype
CP 530 for SINEC L1, compact
CP 5430 TF for PROFIBUS
CP 5431 FMS/DP for PROFIBUS
CP 1431 TF for Ind. Ethernet
CP 1431 FT for Ind. Ethernet
CP 516
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
6ES5 305Ć7Lā.ā11
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
6ES5 307Ć3UA11
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
6ES5 324Ć3UR11
6ES5 530Ć7LA12
6ES5 530Ć3LA12
6GK1 543Ć0AA01
6GK1 543Ć1AA00
6GK1 143Ć0AA01
6GK1 143Ć0AB01
6ES5 516Ć3UA11
6AV4Ă012Ć0AA10Ć0AB0
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 524Ć3UA13
6ES5 544Ć3Uā.11
6AV1 242Ć0ABā.ā0
D
7
3
3
3/7
7
7
3
3
3
7
3
3
7
7
7
7
7
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
2ąLong fan subassembly 24 V DC or 230 V AC
3ąRAM, EEPROM, EPROM memory submodule
4ąFront connector K, crimp/screw connection
5ąFront connector 490,
ăącrimp/screw/springĆtype connection
6ąFront connector 497, crimp/screw connection
7ąOther
PS 951 power supply module
1st EU
+
2nd EU
+
3rd EU
+
CC
=
1.5
0.01/14)
0.05/24)
1
1.5
1.0
0.13
1.5
& gt; 0.91)
1.5
1.8
1.0
1.0
0.33
0.45
2.5
4.5
0.8
6ES5 497Ć4UĂ...
6ES5 491Ć0LĂ.Ă11
6ES5 981Ć0HAĂ.Ă1
6ES5 37Ă.ĂĆĂ.....
6XX3 068/6XX3 081
6ES5 490Ć7Ă...Ă1
Sum
Total price
Total price of expansion units
up to 3A: 6ES5 951Ć7LB21/Ć7NB21; up to 7 A (PLC without fan) or up to 15 A (PLC with fan): 6ES5 951Ć7LD21/Ć7ND51/Ć7ND41
Total current of the central controller and central expansion units
(carried forward from the configuring sheets for central EUs)
1)ĂDepending on the interface moduleą2)ĂWithout sensor supplyąą3)ĂPower consumption/current supply to EU
IM 304
IM 305
IM 306
IM 307
IM 304, CC int., 1st CC
IM 324R, CC int., 2nd CC
Total current for central controller
Special
applicaĆ
tions
Interface
module
CommuĆ
nicaĆ
tionsĆ
ti
proces
procesĆ
sors
=
+
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
11/37
11/38
Module type
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
32 x 24 V DC
module
16 x 24 ... 48 V UC
16 x 48 ... 60 V UC
ă8 x 24 V DC
16 x 115 V UC
16 x 115 V UC
8 x 115 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
16 x 230 V UC
8 x 230 V UC
32 x 5 ... 15 V DC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
module
16 x 24 ... 60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 48 ... 115 V AC; 1 A
16 x 115 ... 230 V AC; 1 A
8 x 115 ... 230 V AC; 2 A
32 x 5 ... 24 V DC; 0.1 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 250 V AC relay contacts
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
input/
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
24 V DC; 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
module
24 V DC; ă8 inputs, ă8 ouptuts 2.5 A
24 V DC: 24 inputs, 16 outputs 1.5 A
Analog
g
8 inputs
input
8/16 inputs
module
4 inputs
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0 ... 20 mA
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
module
8 outputs, 1 ... 5 V; 4 ... 20 mA
IntelliIP 240 for counting, pos. dec. and pos.
gent I/O IP 243 for analog value processing
modules
IP 244 for temperature control
IP 246 I/A for contr. pos., incremental
IP 246 I/A for contr. pos., absolute
IP 247 for contr. pos.
IP 252 for closedĆloop control
Order No.
6ES5 420Ć7LA11
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 431Ć7LA11
6ES5 432Ć7LA11
6ES5 434Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LA11
6ES5 435Ć7LB11
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LA11
6ES5 436Ć7LB11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 441Ć7LA12
6ES5 451Ć7LAĂ.1
6ES5 453Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LA12
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 455Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LA11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 457Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LC11
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 485Ć7LA11
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 465Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4UĂ.12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 244Ć3AB31
6ES5 246Ć4UA31
6ES5 246Ć4UB11
6ES5 247Ć4UA31
6ES5 252Ć3AA13
General accessories (No., see below)
Adapter casing required (D)
F subassembly required (D)
bl
i d
Fan b
4
7
4
7
7
7
7
3/7
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
5
5
5
6
D
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
D
D
D
ER 701-3LH subrack for S5-115H with switched configuration
Component list
0
1
2
Cross modules required
PS
Slot No.
3
4
5
6
7
IM
Qty.
Module
A
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.07
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.08
0.01
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.175
0.07
0.035
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.1
0.15
0.15
0.2
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.8 2)
0,6
0.4
1.3 2)
1.3 2)
0.8
2.3
at 5ĂV
Current cons.
Sum A
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
ER 701-3LH subrack for S5-115H with switched configuration
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
7
7
D
6AV4Ă012Ć0AA10Ć0AB0
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
6ES5 314Ć3UR11
6ES5 530Ć7LA12
6ES5 530Ć3LA12
6GK1 243Ć0SA10
6GK1 543Ć1AA00
6GK1 143Ć0T.0.
6GK1 143Ć1AU00
6GK1 147Ć3MA00
6ES5 516Ć3UA11
7
D
D
D
7
3
D
D
D
7
7
3
3
3
D
D
3
D
D
3
3/7
D
D
3/7
D
3
7
D
D
7
D
D
D
7
D
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 261Ć4UA11
6ES5 281 4Uā.Ă12
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 524Ć3UA13
6ES5 544Ć3Uā.11
6ES5 526Ć3LA22
6AV1 242Ć0AB.Ă0
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
2ąLong fan subassembly 24 V DC or 230 V AC
3ąRAM, EEPROM, EPROM memory submodule
4ąFront connector K, crimp/screw connection
5ąFront connector 490,
crimp/screw/springĆtype connection
6ąFront connector 497, crimp/screw connection
7ąOther
PS 951 power supply module
1st EU
+
2nd EU
+
3rd EU
+
CC
=
0.05/23)
1
Ċ
0.05
0.6
0.13
1.5
& gt; 0.91)
2.3
1.5
1.8
1.0
1.0
0.7
0.45
2.5
4.5
2.64)
0.8
6ES5 497Ć4U .Ă.Ă.
6ES5 491Ć0L.Ă11
6ES5 981Ć0HA.Ă1
6ES5 37 .ĂĆĂ.Ă.Ă.Ă.Ă.
6XX3 068/6XX3 081
6ES5 490Ć7 .Ă.Ă.Ă1
Sum
Total price
Total price of expansion units
up to 3A: 6ES5 951Ć7LB21/Ć7NB21; up to 7 A (PLC without fan) or up to 15 A (PLC with fan): 6ES5 951Ć7LD21/Ć7ND51/Ć7ND41
Total current for expansion unit and
central expansion units connected to ER 701-3
(carried over from the configuration sheets for the central EUs)
1)ĂDepending on the interface moduleą2)ĂWithout sensor supplyą3)ĂPower consumption/current supply to EU
4)ĂFor power supply of a transceiver max. 4.2 A 5) Not for S5Ć115F
IM 306 interface module
IM 314R interface module
Total current for expansion unit
Special
applicaĆ
tions
CommuĆ
nicationĆ
sproces
sprocesĆ
sors
IP 260 for highĆspeed cl.Ćloop control
IP 261 for proportioning
IP 281 for counting
CP 523 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 524 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 544 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
CP 526 āforĂHMI expansion module
CP 527 for HMI
CP 528 for HMI, digital or analog
CP 530 for SINEC L1, blockĆtype
CP 530 for SINEC L1, compact
CP 2430 (page operation) for AS interface
CP 5431 FMS/DP for PROFIBUS
CP 1430 TF for Ind. Ethernet
CP 1430 for Ind. Ethernet
CP 1473 MAP for Ind. Ethernet5)
CP 516
=
+
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
11/39
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Design, I/O types for S5-115F
Design
In the basic configuration, an
S5Ć115F programmable conĆ
troller consists of 2 subunits
each comprising 1
CR 700Ć2F or
CR 700Ć0LB subrack,
S CPU 942F with memory
submodule,
S PS 951 power supply modĆ
ule with battery backup,
S IM 306 interface module
(for address setting).
S
I/O types
All input and output modules
specified in Section 3 may be
used. The interconnections
between modules and the
type of connection of the
signal leads determine the
" I/O type " . The table below
contains the 11 different I/O
types and the address space
required.
For block diagrams see
pages 11/43 up to 11/46. The
main terms used in the diaĆ
grams are explained below:
Interrupt evaluation
A 434Ć7 digital input module
for interrupt evaluation can be
plugged into each subunit. InĆ
terrupt signals always require
a twoĆchannel configuration.
They can be regarded as beĆ
ing safetyĆoriented if the falĆ
ling edge triggers an interĆ
rupt.
Direct and indirect driving
of actuators
Binary outputs can drive an
actuator either directly or indiĆ
rectly, i.e. via relays. Some
actuators cannot be driven
directly as their technical
specifications do not allow
this (see data sheet).
The two subunits are interconĆ
nected via IM 304 and IM 324
interface modules and the
721 connecting cable (max.
10m/33 ft) Both subunits must
have the same memory conĆ
figuration. Safety operation is
only possible with EPROM
and EEPROM submodules.
The supply voltage is 24 V
DC. A transceiver connected
to the CPU for interfacing with
SINEC L1 or a programming
device must have a separate
power supply.
The relays must meet the regĆ
ulations relating to the techniĆ
cal equipment of the plant in
question.
Sensors: Proof against persistent faults, single-twochannel
Sensors are proof against
persistent faults if according
to their type of construction
and certification they cannot
initiate a dangerous state of
the plant following a default. If
sensors are proof against perĆ
sistent faults, they can be
connected in a singleĆchannel
configuration.
Otherwise, two sensors must
be used, each of them sendĆ
ing signals to one subunit. In
both cases, the operating
system compensates for any
small deviations between the
switching instance of the two
sensors.
Sensors: Controllable/
non-controllable
A sensor is nonĆcontrollable, if
it cannot be powered individuĆ
ally via a binary output. ConseĆ
quently, in the case of I/O type
3, the (test) signal must be
routed via a relay module or a
transistor module1).
I/O type (digital)
Each of the two subunits has
6 or 4 slots for I/O modules.
If the number of slots is not
sufficient, expansion units
with ER 701 subracks can be
used. These expansion units
with ER 701 subracks can be
connected either in centralĆ
ized configurations using the
IM 306 interface module or in
distributed configurations usĆ
ing the IM 304 and IM 314 inĆ
terface module
(see Section 3).
Intermittent signals
Signals at safetyĆoriented inĆ
puts and outputs are reĆ
garded as intermittent if the
status changes frequently in
response to process events
within the second error occurĆ
rence period (permissible
period of time: e.g. 24 hours):
S Binary signals changing to
the other output state;
S Analog signals changing
from the nonĆsafetyĆrelated
range to the safetyĆrelated
limit value range.
Safety-oriented analog output modules
These analog output modules
can only be implemented if
the sensors and actuators are
connected as in the following
example: An analog output
signal is read back by a
safety analog input on the acĆ
tuator. In the case of an error,
a reset binary output provides
an additional shutdown facility
for the module.
Non-safety-related I/O types
These types can only be used
for input and output modules
which cannot cause a dangerĆ
ous condition in the case of a
defect.
I/O type (analog)
Type
Designation
safetyĆrelated
Type
Designation
safetyĆrelated
ă1
ă2
ă3
Binary
input
(DI)
no
yes
yes
Analog
input
(AI)
ă8
ă9
10
Binary
output
(DQ)
no
yes
yes
13
14
15
16
no
yes
yes
yes
18
Analog output ā(AQ)
no
Overview of I/O types
1) For new systems DA 6ES5 453Ć4UA11 only
11/40
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Characteristics of inputs and outputs, address assignment, scan time for S5-115F
Characteristics of
inputs and outputs
TwoĆchannel and safetyĆreĆ
lated configurations require
that some of the inputs and
outputs have special characĆ
teristics.
Binary inputs
At the beginning of each
cycle, both subunits generate
a process input image. If the
operating system detects any
deviations when comparing
individual input signals, it will
repeatedly read these inputs
for a certain period of time
(discrepancy time). However,
if the input signals still deviate
at the end of the permitted
discrepancy time, a fault reĆ
sponse is triggered.
The discrepancy time can be
configured by the user with
the support of the COM 115F
parameterization software. If
this time is not sufficient for
some sensors, it is also posĆ
sible to assign them a speĆ
cific discrepancy time.
NonĆintermittent (changing) sigĆ
nals at binary inputs (type 3)
are deactivated and checked
once within the selectable test
cycle time by means of a test
output. This test function need
not to be taken into considerĆ
ation when developing the user
program.
Address assignment
The addresses of the input
and output modules plugged
into a subrack can be set on
the IM 306 interface module
based in the same rack. An
exception to this is the adĆ
dress of the 463Ć4 analog inĆ
put module and 453Ć4 digital
output module, which are set
by means of a coding switchĆ
ing on the module itself. The
module can therefore only be
used in the CR 700Ć0LB,
CR 700Ć2F and ER 701Ć3 subĆ
racks.
Digital modules
Word addresses (16 bits) are
set for digital modules. The
following addresses are perĆ
missible
S Input modules: 0 to 126
S Output modules: 0 to 124.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Binary outputs
The operating system checks
nonĆintermittent binary outĆ
puts (type 10) once every test
cycle. If an output is " 1 " at
that moment, it will be
switched to " 0 " for a short
instant (and vice versa) until
the associated readback input
has responded. When checkĆ
ing with the " 1 " signal, the acĆ
tuator is at 0 current since the
outputs are checked one after
another. This test function
need not to be taken into
account in the user program.
No provisions need be made
for this test function in the
user program.
Analog inputs
The user can specify in the
COM 115F parameterization
software how the S5Ć115F
PLCs are to respond to deĆ
viating analog signals in twoĆ
channel systems. The deviation
tolerances can be entered eiĆ
ther absolutely or relative to the
average measured value. The
operating system unifies the
signal values of the two subĆ
units by generating minimum,
maximum or average values.
NonĆintermittent analog inputs
(types 14 and 15) are
checked by the operating
system once within a test
cycle via a test analog output.
Signal groups
All safetyĆrelated inputs and
outputs can be combined to
form signal groups using the
COM 115F parameterization
software. Any fault in one
module will then result in pasĆ
sivation of all modules in a
signal group. Passivated outĆ
put modules must be deenerĆ
gized by the user within a
specified second fault occurĆ
rence period. The formation of
signal groups provides a cerĆ
tain degree of independence
between function groups,
which enhances the availabilĆ
ity of the system.
Analog modules
Addresses from 128 onwards
are available for analog modĆ
ules. A maximum of 64 word
addresses can be assigned.
This results in the following
maximum number of modules:
S Eight 460Ć7 analog input
modules with 8 word adĆ
dresses
S Sixteen 463Ć4 analog input
modules with 4 word adĆ
dresses
S Eight 470Ć7 analog output
modules with 8 word adĆ
dresses.
Two-channel input and output modules
For twoĆchannel input and
output modules, correspondĆ
ing modules of the two subĆ
units must be assigned the
same addresses.
If individual coding has not
been preset on the 460Ć7 anaĆ
log input module, the same
addresses may be used by
an output module. The adĆ
dresses used by the 460Ć7
and 463Ć4 analog output vaĆ
lues must not overlap.
Analog inputs must be read
exclusively by the standard
function block FB 250 ANEI.
This block is integrated in the
operating system and permits
safety functions such as
range monitoring and wire
break detection.
Analog outputs
The safetyĆrelated configuraĆ
tion of analog outputs is not
possible.
Additional inputs and outputs
for testing and readback are
assigned to any vacant adĆ
dresses with the COM 115
parameterization software.
In the case of analog input
types 14 and 15, it is sufficient
for inputs with the same meaĆ
suring range to have identical
analog output values.
Single-channel non safetyrelated input and output
modules
Modules may be distributed
over any unassigned slots in
the two subunits. However,
each address must only be
assigned once per system.
11/41
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Characteristics of inputs and outputs, address assignment, scan time for S5-115F (continued)
Scan time
The scan time of a program is
defined by the following
S RunĆtime of the user proĆ
gram
S RunĆtime of the operating
system
In order to determine the runĆ
time of the user program, the
execution times of all the
statements of the blocks actiĆ
vated in a scan must be sumĆ
mated. On the average, the
execution of 1000 statements
is 15 ms.
11/42
The runĆtime of the operating
system is approx. 60 ms to
250 ms per scan style (aveĆ
rage 80 ms). The maximum
runĆtime of the operating syĆ
stem is determined from the
following factors
S 55 to 80 ms for operating
system functions
S 5 to 10 ms for additional
selfĆtests
S 12 to 140 ms for checking
I/O modules
S 0 to 30 ms for processing
discrepancy times
Generally, the last two time
factors very rarely occur. The
additional selfĆtest is not carĆ
ried out while checking I/O
modules.
The scan time can also be exĆ
tended by:
S TimeĆcontrolled organization
blocks
S InterruptĆdriven organization
blocks
S The SINEC L1 LAN
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Block diagrams and module combinations for S5-115F
Block diagrams and
module combinations
Block diagram
Characteristics
DI
Subunit A or B
DI
Subunit A
Sensor
DI
Permissible module combinations
I/O type 1;
binary input;
non safetyĆrelated
1 x DI
or
1 x DI/DQ
or
1 x DI
or
1 x DI
6ES5 430-7LA12
I/O type 2;
binary input;
safetyĆrelated;
intermittent mode;
singleĆchannel sensor
2 x DI
or
2 x DI
or
2 x DI
6ES5 430-7LA12
I/O type 2
binary input;
safetyĆrelated;
intermittent mode;
singleĆchannel sensor
2 x DI
or
2 x DI
or
2 x DI
6ES5 430-7LA12
I/O type 3;
binary input;
safetyĆrelated;
singleĆchannel sensor;
sensor can be controlled
1 x DQ
2 x DI
or
1 x DQ
2 x DI
or
1 x DQ
2 x DI
or
1 x DQ
2 x DI
6ES5 451-7LA11
6ES5 430-7LA12
1 x DQ
2 x DI
or
1 x DQ
2 x DI
or
1 x DQ
2 x DI
6ES5 451-7LA11
6ES5 430-7LA12
1 x DQ
2 x DI
or
1 x DQ
2 x DI
or
1 x DQ
2 x DI
or
1 x DQ
2 x DI
6ES5 458-7LA111)
6ES5 430-7LA12
2 x DQ
2 x DI
or
2 x DQ
2 x DI
6ES5 458-7LA111)
6ES5 430-7LA12
6ES5 482-7LA11
6ES5 435-7LC11
6ES5 436-7LC11
6ES5 435-7LC11
6ES5 436-7LC11
Subunit B
DI
Subunit A
DI
Subunit B
Sensor 1
Subunit A or B
DI
Subunit A
Sensor
DI
Subunti B
DQ
Subunit A or B
Subunit A
DI
Subunit B
I/O type 3;
binary input;
safetyĆrelated;
twoĆchannel sensor;
sensor can be controlled
Sensor 1
DI
DQ
Sensor
I/O type 3;
binary input;
safetyĆrelated;
singleĆchannel sensor;
sensor cannot be
controlled
DI
Subunit B
DI
Subunit A
DQ
Subunit A
6ES5 456-7LB11
6ES5 435-7LC11
6ES5 456-7LB11
6ES5 436-7LC11
6ES5 451-7LA11
6ES5 434-7LA12
6ES5 456-7LB11
6ES5 435-7LC11
6ES5 456-7LB11
6ES5 436-7LC11
Sensor 2
Subunit A
Subunit A
or B
6ES5 436-7LC11
Sensor 2
DQ
DI
6ES5 435-7LC11
Sensor 1
I/O type 3;
binary input;
safetyĆrelated;
twoĆchannel sensor;
sensor cannot be
controlled
6ES5 458-7LB11
6ES5 430-7LA11
6ES5 458-7LB11
6ES5 434-7LA11
6ES5 458-7LA111)
6ES5 434-7LA11
6ES5 458-7LB11
6ES5 430-7LA12
DQ
Subunit B
Sensor 2
DI
Subunit B
1) For new system 6ES5 453Ć4UA11 only
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
11/43
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Block diagrams and module combinations for S5-115F (continued)
Block diagrams and
module combinations
(continued)
Block diagram
Characteristics
DQ
Subunit
A or B
1 x DQ
or
1 x DQ
or
1 x DQ
or
1 x DQ
or
1 x DQ
or
1 x DI/DQ
or
1 x DQ
6ES5 451-7LA11
1 x DI/DQ
1 x DI/DQ
or
2 x DI/DQ
or
2 x DQ
2 x DI
or
2 x DQ
2 x DI
or
2 x DQ
1 x DI/DQ
1 x DI/DQ
6ES5 482-7LF11
6ES5 482-7LF21
1 x DI/DQ
1 x DI/DQ
or
2 x DI/DQ
or
2 x DQ
2 x DI
or
2 x DQ
2 x DI
or
2 x DQ
2 x DI/DQ
2 x DI/DQ
6ES5 482-7LF11
6ES5 482-7LF21
1 x DI/DQ
1 x DI/DQ
or
2 x DI/DQ
or
2 x DQ
2 x DI
or
2 x DQ
2 x DI
or
2 x DQ
1 x DI/DQ
1 x DI/DQ
or
1 x DI/DQ
1 x DI/DQ
2 x DI
or
1 x DI/DQ
1 x DI/DQ
2 x DI
6ES5 482-7LF11
6ES5 482-7LF21
Actuator
I/O type 9
with intermittent mode,
otherwise I/O type 10;
binary output;
safetyĆrelated;
driven directly
DQ
Subunit A
DI
Subunit A
DI
Permissible module combiantion
I/O type 8;
binary output;
non safetyĆrelated
Actuator
Subunit B
DQ
Subunit B
DQ
Subunit A
DI
Subunit A
DI
Actuator
I/O type 9
with intermittent mode;
otherwise I/O type 10;
binary output;
safetyĆrelated;
driven indirectly;
coupling relay not tested
Subunit B
DQ
Subunit B
DQ
Subunit A
DI
Subunit A
DI
Actuator
I/O type 9
with intermittent mode,
otherwise I/O type 10;
binary output
safetyĆrelated;
driven indirectly;
coupling relay tested
Subunit B
DQ
Subunit B
6ES5 454-7LA11
6ES5 454-7LB11
6ES5 458-7LA111)
6ES5 458-7LB11
6ES5 482-7LA11
6ES5 456-7LB11
6ES5 482-7LF31
6ES5 456-7LB11
6ES5 435-7LC11
6ES5 456-7LB11
6ES5 436-7LC11
6ES5 458-7LB11
6ES5 482-7LF11
6ES5 482-7LF21
6ES5 482-7LF31
6ES5 456-7LB11
6ES5 435-7LC11
6ES5 456-7LB11
6ES5 436-7LC11
6ES5 458-7LB11
6ES5 482-7LF11
6ES5 482-7LF21
6ES5 482-7LF31
6ES5 456-7LB11
6ES5 435-7LC11
6ES5 456-7LB11
6ES5 436-7LC11
6ES5 458-7LB11
6ES5 482-7LF11
6ES5 482-7LF21
6ES5 482-7LF11
6ES5 482-7LF21
6ES5 435-7LC11
6ES5 482-7LF31
6ES5 482-7LF21
6ES5 436-7LC11
1) For new system 6ES5 453Ć4UA11 only
11/44
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Block diagrams and module combinations for S5-115F (continued)
Block diagrams and
module combinations
(continued)
Block diagram
Characteristics
AI
Subunit A
AQ
Subunit B
DQ
Permissible module combinations
I/O type 14;
analog input;
safetyĆrelated;
current sensor;
singleĆchannel sensor
2 x AI
1 x DQ
1 x AQ
6ES5 463-4U.12
6ES5 458-7LA111)
6ES5 470-7L.12
DQ and AQ must be connected to the same
subunit.
I
The current and voltage ranges of the AQs, AIs and
sensors must be identical.
Sensor
Subunit A or B
AQ
Subunit A or B
AI
Subunit A
I
DQ
I/O type 15;
analog input;
safetyĆrelated;
current sensor;
twoĆchannel sensor
2 x AI
1 x DQ
1 x AQ
I/O type 16;
analog input;
safetyĆrelated;
intermittent mode;
current sensor;
singleĆchannel sensor
2 x AI
6ES5 463-4U.12
I/O type 16;
analog input;
safetyĆrelated;
intermittent mode;
current or voltage sensor;
twoĆchannel sensor
2 x AI
6ES5 463-4U.12
6ES5 463-4U.12
6ES5 458-7LA111)
6ES5 470-7L.12
The current and voltage ranges of the AQs, AIs and
sensors must be identical.
Sensor 1
Subunit B
AQ
Subunit A or B
DQ
I
Sensor 2
Subunit A
AI
Subunit B
AI
Subunit A
AI
I
Sensor
Subunit B
AI
Subunit A
AI
Subunit B
UI
Sensor 1
UI
Sensor 2
1) For new system 6ES5 453Ć4UA11 only
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
11/45
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Block diagrams and module combinations for S5-115F (continued)
Block diagrams and
module combinations
(continued)
Block diagram
Characteristics
AI
Subunit A
AQ
Subunit B
Permissible module combinations
I/O type 14;
analog input;
safetyĆrelated;
voltage sensor;
singleĆchannel sensor
2 x AI
1 x DQ
1 x AQ
DQ and AQ must be connected to the
same subunit.
The current and voltage ranges of the AQs, AIs and
sensors must be identical.
U
DQ
6ES5 463-4U.12
6ES5 458-7LA111)
6ES5 470-7L.12
Sensor
Subunit A or B
AQ
Subunit A or B
I/O type 15;
analog input;
safetyĆrelated;
voltage sensor;
twoĆchannel sensor
2 x AI
1 x DQ
1 x AQ
2 x AI
6ES5 463-4U.12
Sensor
I/O type 16;
analog input;
safetyĆrelated;
intermittent mode;
voltage sensor;
singleĆchannel sensor
UI
I/O type 13;
analog input;
non safetyĆrelated
1 x AI
or
1 x AI
6ES5 460-7LA11
I/O type 18;
analog output;
non safetyĆrelated
1 x AQ
6ES5 470-7L.12
AI
Subunit A
U
DQ
6ES5 463-4U.12
6ES5 458-7LA111)
6ES5 470-7L.12
The current and voltage ranges of the AQs, AIs and
sensors must be identical.
Sensor 1
Subunit B
AQ
Subunit A or B
DQ
U
Sensor 2
Subunit A
AI
Subunit B
AI
Subunit A
U
AI
Subunit B
AI
Subunit A and
B
Sensor
AQ
Subunit A
and B
Analog
actuator
6ES5 463-4U.12
1) For new system 6ES5 453Ć4UA11 only
11/46
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Program blocks for S5-115F
Program blocks
Configuration
data blocks
The data required for execuĆ
ting the safetyĆspecific funcĆ
tions are stored in the confiĆ
guration data blocks. These
blocks take up extremely little
user memory space. For geĆ
nerating the configuration
data blocks the COM 115F
parameterization software
must first be loaded into the
programming device. The
programming device will then
prompt the user when enteĆ
ring the necessary data, i. e.
the configuration of the syĆ
stem. The parameterization
software is subdivided into
the following groups:
S Operating system parameĆ
ters
S Communications data
S Signal input and output data
For setting the operating sysĆ
tem parameters, the user reĆ
quires certain data, such as
monitoring times, test cycle
time or time tolerances for
Logic
program counter
input signal deviations beĆ
tween subunits.
For cummunications via the
SINEC L1 LAN, the user must
specify, for example, the
source and destination mailĆ
boxes. The mailboxes can be
assigned to the flag area or
data blocks.
Standard modules are used
for signal input and output.
The wiring for input and outĆ
put modules used depends
on the characteristics reĆ
quired (pages 11/43 up to
11/46). The COM 115F paraĆ
meterization software, for exĆ
ample, requires the following
data:
S Data block number under
which the data is to be
stored
S Maximum discrepancy time
between binary inputs
S Location (address) of check
outputs and readback inputs
Signal group number for
group passivation
S Tolerance range for twoĆ
channel analog input modĆ
ules
S
The data block numbers are
predefined
S DB 1: System configuration
data block
S DB 2: Error/fault data block
for subunit A
S DB 3: Error/fault data block
for subunit B
The numbers of the other conĆ
figuration data blocks can be
defined by the user.
Editing of the configuration
data, e.g. correcting, changĆ
ing or copying, is simple. The
configuration data can also be
printed out for documentation
purposes.
Each block (except data
blocks) must begin with the
following sequence of stateĆ
ments to enable the operating
system to monitor the correct
functional sequence of the
blocks:
L
L
+
T
Organization blocks
The following organization
blocks are integrated in the
operating system of the
S5Ć115F failsafe programĆ
mable controller:
S
OBĄĄĄĄ1
Cyclic program execution
S OBĄĄĄĄ2
InterrruptĆdriven program
execution
S OBĄĄĄ13
TimeĆcontrolled program
execution
S
Integrated function blocks
The function blocks listed in
the table below are impleĆ
mented in the operating sysĆ
tem of the S5Ć115F and thereĆ
fore do not take up any user
memory space. The safetyĆ
specific function blocks are
explained below:
Function block FB 250 ANEI
The FB 250 ANEI processes
the analog values entered and
converts them into scaled valĆ
ues. This function block also
detects errors and issues erĆ
ror messages. A range moniĆ
tor can be used for detecting
wire breaks. The function
block executes all functions in
connection with the evaluation
of twoĆchannel, safetyĆrelated
analog value sensors. For exĆ
ample, FB 250 ANEI generĆ
ates from the slightly differing
analog values of both subĆ
units a single value, which
both subunits can process.
Function block FB 253
MBXT
The FB 253 MBXT permits the
implementaiton of a twoĆchanĆ
nel and thus faultĆtolerant
SINEC L1 LAN. If a fault
occurs on the main channel,
the FB 253 copies the data in
the mailbox of a second chanĆ
nel into the mailbox of the
main channel.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
FW 0
KF+1
F
FW 0
The logic program counter
(LPLZ) enables the operating
system to perform a number
of monitoring functions. The
counter must be activated at
least every 128 statements.
The logic program counter is
assigned bit memory word 0.
The user can use bit memoĆ
ries only from word 2 onĆ
wards.
OBĄĄĄ21
StartĆup characteristics for
manual powerĆup
S OBĄĄĄ22
StartĆup characteristics for
automatic powerĆup
S OBĄĄ251
Processing of PID control
algorithm
11/47
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Program blocks, standard function blocks for the S5-115F
Program blocks
Integrated function blocks
(continued)
Function block
FB 254 SYNC
FB 254 SYNC synchronizes
the two subunits irrespective
of the times mentioned under
" Principle of operation "
(page 3/18). Program locaĆ
tions and time intervals for the
synchronization of various
functions can thus be defined.
These are, for example:
Designation
Updating of timers
Calling of time process and
interrupt service routines
(organization blocks)
S Updating the mailboxes of
the SINEC L1 LAN
S Data transfer to the proĆ
gramming device
S
S
Function
Processing
time1)
Code converter
COD: B4
FB 240
Conversion of a 4Ćdecade BCDĆcoded number
into a 16Ćbit fixedĆpoint binary number
0.8 ms
Code converter
COD: 16
FB 241
Conversion of a 16Ćbit fixedĆpoint binary numĆ
ber into a 6Ćdecade BCDĆcoded number
1.3 ms
Multiplier
MUL: 16
FB 242
Multiplication of
two 16Ćbit fixed point binary numbers
1.1 ms
Divider
DIV: 16
FB 243
Division of
two 16Ćbit fixedĆpoint binary numbers
2.6 ms
ReadĆin analog value
ANEI
FB 250
ReadingĆin analog values via analog input
modules
4.0 ms
Output analog value
ANAU
FB 251
Output of analog values via analog output
modules
6.0 ms
Block transfer CP 523
AGF:BLUE
FB 252
Transfer of data to CP 523
2 to 20 ms
Transfer mailbox
MBXT
FB 253
Transferring the contents of the redundant
SINEC L1 mailbox to the main mailbox
2.0 ms
Synchronization
SYNC
FB 254
Synchronization of the two subunits
2.0 ms
1) Approximate average values; greatly dependent on parameters.
Function blocks integrated in the operating system of the S5Ć115F
Standard-function blocks
for the S5-115F
(loadable)
Only the following FBs can be
used for the S5Ć115F proĆ
grammable controller:
S PrototypeĆtested standard
function blocks
S Function blocks created by
the user (tested during sysĆ
tem acceptance)
No other standard function
blocks may be used. A check
is made for such standard
function blocks on system
startĆup.
The standard function blocks
prototypeĆtested by the TechĆ
nical Inspectorate for Bavaria
may be used, on the
CPU 942F only, as follows:
Function blocks for arithmeĆ
tic functions, signalling funcĆ
tions and sequencer on
CPU 942F from Order No.
6ES5 942Ć7UF12 onwards
S Function blocks for interfacĆ
ing on CPU 942F from
Order No. 6ES5 942-7UF13
onwards
S Standard function blocks for
fuel engineering
S
For further information, see
Section 7.
11/48
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
3ąRAM, EEPROM, EPROM memory submodule
4ąFront connector K, crimp/screw connection
5ąFrontstecker 490,
ăącrimp/screw/springĆtype connection
7ąOther
PS 951F power supply module (up to 7 A)
PS 951F power supply module (up to 7 A)
PS 951 power supply module (up to 7 A)
6ES5 491Ć0LĂ.Ă11
6ES5 37Ă.ĆĂ. . . . .
6XX3 068/6XX3 081
6ES5 490Ć7Ă...Ă1
6ES5 951Ć7ND21
6ES5 951Ć7ND31
6ES5 951Ć7ND41
Total current for central controller and central expansion units
(carried over from configuring sheets for central EUs)
1)ĂPower consumption/current supply to EU
Order No.
6ES5 942Ć7UF13
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 434Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 451Ć7LA 11
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 454Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4Uā.ā12
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
6ES5 324Ć3UA12
General accessories (No., see below)
(
,
)
Adapter casing required (D)
g
Module type
CPU 942F
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
p
ă8 x 24 V DC (interrupt module)
ă8 x 115 V UC
module
ă8 x 230 V UC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
p
output
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
module
ă8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
ă8 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 2 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
ă8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
input/
p /
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
p
24 V DC: ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
module
Analog
g
8 inputs
input
4 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0Ă...Ă20 mA
p
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
8 outputs, 1Ă...Ă5 V; 4Ă...Ă20 mA
module
CP 523 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
IM 304 interface module for dist. conf.
IM 306 interface module for cent. conf.
IMā304 interface mod. for CC int.,ā 1st CC
IMā324 interface mod. for CC int., 2nd CC
Total current for central controller
Component list
p
CR 700-0LB subrack for S5-115F
D
D
D
D
D
D
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5/7
4
5
5
5
3
7
7
7
7
3
5
5
5
5
5
CPU
0
1st EU
Cross modules required
PS
Slot No.
+
1
2nd EU
2
+
3rd EU
3
IM
+
CC
Qty.
Module
Sum
each
Price
Total price
Total price of expansion units
=
Current consumption
at 5ĂV
Sum A
A
0.8
0.005
0.07
0.005
0.005
0.01
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.035
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.13
1.5
0.05/21)
1.5
1.0
=
+
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
CR 700-0LB subrack for S5-115F
11/49
11/50
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
3ąRAM, EEPROM, EPROM memory submodule
4ąFront connector K, crimp/screw connection
5ąFront connector 490,
ăącrimp/screw/springĆtype connection
7ąOther
PS 951F power supply module (up to 7 A)
PS 951F power supply module (up to 7 A)
PS 951 power supply module (up to 7 A)
6ES5 491Ć0LĂ.Ă11
6ES5 37Ă.ĆĂ. . . . .
6XX3 068/6XX3 081
6ES5 490Ć7Ă...Ă1
6ES5 951Ć7ND21
6ES5 951Ć7ND31
6ES5 951Ć7ND41
Total current for central controller and central expansion units
(carried over from configuring sheets for central EUs)
1)ĂPower consumption/current supply to EU
Order No.
6ES5 942Ć7UF13
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 434Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 451Ć7LA11
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 454Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4Uā.ā12
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
6ES5 324Ć3UA12
General accessories (No., see below)
(
,
)
Adapter casing required (D)
g
Module type
CPU 942F
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
p
ă8 x 24 V DC (interrupt module)
ă8 x 115 V UC
module
ă8 x 230 V UC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
p
output
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
module
ă8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
ă8 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 2 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
ă8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
input/
p /
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
p
24 V DC: ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
module
Analog
g
8 inputs
input
4 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0Ă...Ă20 mA
p
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
8 outputs, 1Ă...Ă5 V; 4Ă...Ă20 mA
module
CP 523 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
IM 304 interface module for dist. conf.
IM 306 interface module for centr. conf.
IMā304 interface mod. for CC int., 1st CC
IMā324 interface mod. for CC int., 2nd CC
Total current for central controller
Component list
p
CR 700-2F subrack for S5-115F
D
D
D
D
D
D
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5/7
4
5
5
5
3
7
7
7
7
3
5
5
5
5
5
CPU
0
1
1st EU
Cross modules required
PS
Slot No.
2
+
4
2nd EU
3
+
5
3rd EU
6
+
IM
CC
Qty.
Module
=
Sum
each
Price
Total price
Total price of expansion units
Current consumption
at 5ĂV
Sum A
A
0.8
0.005
0.07
0.005
0.005
0.1
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.035
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.25
0,25
0.13
1.5
0.05/21)
1.5
1.0
=
+
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
CR 700-2F subrack for S5-115F
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
5ąFront connector 490,
ăącrimp/screw/springĆtype connection
7ąOther
1)ĂPower consumption/current supply to EU
6ES5 491Ć0LĂ.Ă11
6ES5 490Ć7Ă...Ă1
Bestell-Nr.
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 451Ć7LAĂ.ā1
6ES5 454Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
General list (No., see below)
Adapter casing required (D)
Module type
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
ă8 x 115 V UC
module
d l
ă8 x 230 V UC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
module
d l
ă8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
ă8 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 1 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
ă8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
input/
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
t t
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
module
24 V DC: ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
Analog input, 8 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0Ă...Ă20 mA
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
module
d l
8 outputs, 1Ă...Ă5 V; 4Ă...Ă20 mA
IM 306 interface module
Total current for expansion unit
Component list
p
ER 701-1 subrack for S5-115F
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5/7
5
5
5
7
1
2
Cross modules required
0
Slot No.
3
4
5
6
7
8
IM
Qty.
Module
each
Price
Total price ER 701Ć1
Current consumption
at 5ĂV
Sum A
A
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.035
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.15
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.05/21)
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
ER 701-1 subrack for S5-115F
11/51
11/52
D
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5/7
5
5
5
7
7
0
1
Cross modules required
PS
Slot Nr.
2
3
4
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
5ąFront connector 490,
ăącrimp/screw/springĆtype connection
7ąOther
PS 951F power supply module (up to 7 A)
PS 951F power supply module (up to 7 A)
PS 951 power supply module (up to 7 A)
6ES5 491Ć0LĂ.Ă11
6ES5 490Ć7Ă...Ă1
6ES5 951Ć7ND21
6ES5 951Ć7ND31
6ES5 951Ć7ND41
Total current expansion unit and
central expansion units connected to the ER 701-2
(carried over from the configuring sheets for central EUs)
1st EU
+
5
2nd EU
1)ĂPower consumption/current supply to EU
2)ĂThe ER 701Ć2 can also be expanded centrally in the case of the S5Ć115F; however, this means that no power supply can be
installed in ER 701Ć2
Order No.
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 451Ć7LAĂ.ā1
6ES5 454Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
6ES5 314Ć3UA11
General accessories (No., see below)
Adapter casing required (D)
Module type
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
ă8 x 115 V UC
module
d l
ă8 x 230 V UC
DigitalĆ
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
module
d l
ă8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
ă8 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 2 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
ă8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
input/
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
t t
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
module
24 V DC: ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
Analog input, 8 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0Ă...Ă20 mA
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
module
d l
8 outputs, 1Ă...Ă5 V; 4Ă...Ă20 mA
IM 306 interface module2)
IMā 314 interface module
Total current for expansion unit
Component list
p
Subrack ER 701-2 for S5-115F
+
6
3rd EU
7
+
IM
CC
Qty.
Module
=
each
Price
Total price ER 701Ć2
Current consumption
at 5ĂV
Sum A
A
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.01
0.05
0.05
0.035
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.15
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.05/21)
1.0
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
ER 701-2 subrack for S5-115F
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
D
D
D
D
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5/7
6
5
5
5
3
7
7
5
5
5
5
0
1
Cross modules required
PS
Slot No.
2
3
4
5
6
Accessories
1ąAdapter casing
3ąRAM, EEPROM, EPROM memory submodule
5ąFront connector 490,
ăącrimp/srew/springĆtype connection
6ąFront connector 497, crimp/screw connection
7ąOther
PS 951F power supply module (up to 7 A)
PS 951F power supply module (up to 7 A)
PS 951 power supply module (up to 7 A)
6ES5 497Ć4UĂ...
6ES5 491Ć0LĂ.Ă11
6ES5 37Ă.ĆĂ. . . . .
6ES5 490Ć7Ă...Ă1
6ES5 951Ć7ND21
6ES5 951Ć7ND31
6ES5 951Ć7ND41
Total current for expansion unit ER 701-3
and central expansion units connected to the ER 701-3
(carried over from the configuration sheet for central EUs)
1st EU
+
2nd EU
+
1)ĂPower consumption/current supply to EUĂĂ2) In a centralized configuration of the ER 701Ć3 with IM 306 the analog input module can be
used only in the 1st/2nd expansion unit and only with connection cable 705Ć0AF00 (0.5 m/1.64 ft)ĂĂ3)ĂThe ER 701Ć3 can also be expanded
centrally in the case of the S5Ć115F; however, this means that no power supply unit can be installed in the ER 701Ć3
Order No.
6ES5 430Ć7LA12
6ES5 435Ć7LC11
6ES5 436Ć7LC11
6ES5 451Ć7LA11
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 454Ć7LA11
6ES5 454Ć7LB11
6ES5 456Ć7LB11
6ES5 458Ć7LA11
6ES5 458Ć7LB11
6ES5 482Ć7LA11
6ES5 482Ć7LF11
6ES5 482Ć7LF21
6ES5 482Ć7LF31
6ES5 460Ć7LA13
6ES5 463Ć4Uā.ā12
6ES5 470Ć7LA12
6ES5 470Ć7LB12
6ES5 470Ć7LC12
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 306Ć7LA11
6ES5 314Ć3UA11
General accessories (No., see below)
Adapter casing required (D)
Module type
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
ă8 x 115 V UC
module
d l
ă8 x 230 V UC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
module
d l
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
ă8 x 24 V DC; 2 A
ă8 x 115Ă...Ă230 V AC; 2 A
16 x 30 V AC relay contacts
ă8 x 30 V DC/250 V AC relay contacts
Digital
g
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
input/
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
output
t t
24 V DC: 16 inputs, 16 outputs 0.5 A
module
24 V DC: ă8 inputs, ă8 outputs 2.5 A
Analog
g
8 inputs
inputs
4 inputs2)
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0Ă...Ă20 mA
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
module
d l
8 outputs, 1Ă...Ă5 V; 4Ă...Ă20 mA
CP 523 for pointĆtoĆpoint link
IM 306 interface module3)
IM 314 interface module
Total current for central controller
Component list
p
ER 701-3 subrack for S5-115F
3rd EU
7
+
IM
CC
Qty.
Module
=
each
Price
Total price ER 701Ć3
Current consumption
at 5ĂV
Sum A
A
0.005
0.005
0.005
0.01
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.035
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.13
0.05/21)
1.0
total
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
ER 701-3 subrack for S5-115F
11/53
Configuring
S5Ć115U/H/F
Dimensions
S5-115U/
S5-115H
S5-115F (subunit)
S5-115U with mounting parts and fan subassembly
203.6 mm/
7.94 in.
465 mm/
18.14 in.
487.6 mm/
19.07 in.
74.2 mm/ 114.8 mm/
4.48 in
2.89 in
14.8 mm/
0.58 in
171.5 mm/6.69 in
5.8 mm/
0.23 in
140 mm/
5.46 in
190.5 mm/
7.43 in
302.6 mm/11.80 in
482.6 mm/
18.82 in.
263.5 mm/
10.28 in.
The central controller with the CR 700-0 subrack and the
expansion unit with the ER 701-0 subrack are both
353 mm/13.77 in. wide.
11/54
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
11/56
2
1
6ES5 246Ć4UAĂ31
6ES5 246Ć4UBĂ11
6ES5 247Ć4UAĂ31
6ES5 460Ć4UA13
6ES5 463Ć4UA13
6ES5 463Ć4UB12
6ES5 465Ć4UA12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć4UA12
6ES5 470Ć4UB12
6ES5 470Ć4UC12
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 241Ć1AA12
6ES5 242Ć1AA32
6ES5 242Ć1AA41
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 244Ć3AB31
Order No.
6ES5 188Ć3UA..
6ES5 922Ć3UA11
6ES5 928Ć3UA12
6ES5 928Ć3UB12
6ES5 948Ć3UAĂ.1
6ES5 923Ć3UA11
6ES5 923Ć3UC11
6ES5 420Ć4UA14
6ES5 430Ć4UA14
6ES5 431Ć4UA12
6ES5 432Ć4UA12
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 435Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UB12
6ES5 441Ć4UA14
6ES5 451Ć4UA14
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 454Ć4UA14
6ES5 455Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UB12
6ES5 457Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UC11
6ES5 482Ć4UA11
Sl t required
i d
Slots
Module type
Subrack
CPUs
CPU 922
CPU 928
CPU 928B
CPU 948
923A coordinator
923C coordinator
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
32 x 24 V DC
modules 16 x 24/48/60 V DC
d l
32 x 24 V DC
32 x 5/15 V DC
16 x 24/48/60 V AC
16 x 115/230 V AC
ă8 x 115/230 V AC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
modules 16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
d l
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V AC; 2 A
16 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
ă8 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 60 V DC/0.5 A relay contact
16 x 110 V DC/250 V AC; 5A ralay contact
Digital
16/24 inputs, 24 V DC
I/O
ă8/16 outputs, 24 V DC; 0.5 A
modules
Analog
g
8 inputs
input
4 inputs (50 Hz)
modules 4 inputs (60 Hz)
d l
8/16 inputs
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs; ± 10 V; 0 to 20 mA
output
8 outputs; ± 10 V
modules 8 outputs; 1 to 5 V; 4 to 20 mA
d l
IntelliĆ
IP 240 counter and pos. decoder mod.
gent I/O IP 241 digital pos. decoder mod.
modules IP 242A counter module
d l
IP 242B counter module
Analogbaugruppe IP 243
IntelliĆ
IP 244 temperature control module
gent I/O
modules
IP 246I positioning module
IP 246A positioning module
IP 247 positioning module
Component list
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
d8)
d8)
D d8)
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
B
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107115123131139147155163
Cross modules required
Slot No.
135U/155U central controller for S5-135U and S5-155U and ZG 135U central controller for S5-135U
Qty.
Module
1.3
1.3
0.8
0.15
0.2
0.2
0.15
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.8
1.0 7)
1.1
1.1
0.4
0.4
2.2
3.0
5.0
3.6
0.5
1.1
0.08
0.10
0.09
0.2
0.08
0.10
0.10
0.08
0.08
0.12
0.12
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.12
0.08
0.12
0.09
each
A
in [A]
ĂSum
Current consumption
at 5ĂV
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
ZG 135U/155U central controller for S5-135U and S5-155U and ZG 135U central controller for S5-135U
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
6ES5 530Ć3LA12
6GK1 243Ć0SA10
6GK1 243Ć0SA10
6GK1 143Ć0TĂ.Ă0ā.
2XV9 450Ć1AU00
6GK1 147Ć3MA00
6GK1 543Ć1AA01
6ES5 581Ć1ED13
6ES5 581Ć3LA11
6ES5 581Ć0RA11
6ES5 516Ć3UA11
6ES5 300Ć3AB11
6ES5 300Ć5LB11
6ES5 300Ć5CA11
6ES5 301Ć3AB13
6ES5 301Ć5CA12
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
6ES5 307Ć3UA11
6ES5 308Ć3UA12
6ES5 308Ć3UC11
6AV4 012Ć0AA10Ć0AB0
6ES5 252Ć3AA13
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 261Ć4UA11
6ES5 281Ć4UĂ.12
6FM1 705Ć3AA00
6FM1 706Ć3A.20
6FM1 707Ć3AA10
6FM1 72Ă.Ć3Aā.ā00
6FM1 723Ć3Ă.ĂA00
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 524Ć3UA13
6ES5 544Ć3Uā.ā11
6ES5 526Ć3LA22
6AV1 242Ć0AB.0
No interrupt lines, thus functionality severely restricted
Cannot be used with CPU 948.
With IR transmission
Depends on components used
Accessories:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Interface
module
Special
p
modules
CommuĆ
nicaĆ
tionsĆ
ti
proces
procesĆ
sors
IP 252 closedĆloop control module
IP 260 closedĆloop control module
IP 261 proportioning module2)
IP 281 counter module
WF 705 position decoding module
WF 706 positioning module
WF 707 cam controller module
WF 721/WF 723 A pos. module
WF 723 B/C positioning module
CP 523
CP 524
CP 544/CP 544B
CP 526 9) (exp.)
CP 527 9)
CP 528 9)
CP 530
CP 2430 (I/O mode) for AS interface
CP 24307) (page operation) for AS interf
CP 1430 TF for ind. Ethernet
CP 1430 TCP for ind. Ethernet
CP 1473 MAP for ind. Ethernet
CP 5431 FMS/DP for ind. Ethernet
CP 581 integrated PC: basic module
Mass storage module
Slot module
CP 516 memory submodule
from CC to EU
IM 300Ć3
IM 300Ć5LB
IM 300Ć5C
IM 301Ć3
IM 301Ć5
IM 304
IM 307
IM 308
IM 308ĆC
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
d5)
1Ć3
1Ć3
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
5)
6)
7)
8)
1)
1)
5)
5)
5)
5)
Depending on version, 1 or 2 slots
See Catalog ST 80.1 for detailed description of slot assignment
Only slots 19-67 available for page operation in ZG (CC) 135K
For power supply of a transceiver max. 4.2 A
1)
2.3
0.1
0.05
0.6
0.5
0.75/1.5
0.25
1.0/1.3
1.3
0.13
1.5
0.9
2.3
1.5
1.8
1.0
0.7
0.7
3
3
2.68)
0.45
1.8
0.5 4)
0.8 4)
0.8
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
1.2
1.0
0.5
0.7
Total current for central controller
Total price
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
11/57
11/58
2
1
6ES5 460Ć4UA13
6ES5 463Ć4UA12
6ES5 463Ć4UB12
6ES5 465Ć4UA12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć4UA12
6ES5 470Ć4UB12
6ES5 470Ć4UC12
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 241Ć1AA12
6ES5 242Ć1AA32
6ES5 242Ć1AA41
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 246Ć4UA31
6ES5 246Ć4UB11
6ES5 247Ć4UAĂ.1
6ES5 252Ć3AA13
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 281Ć4UĂ.12
Order No.
6ES5 188Ć3UA..
6ES5 948Ć3URĂ.2
6ES5 948Ć3URĂ51
6ES5 420Ć4UA14
6ES5 430Ć4UA14
6ES5 431Ć4UA12
6ES5 432Ć4UA12
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 435Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UB12
6ES5 441Ć4UA14
6ES5 451Ć4UA14
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 454Ć4UA14
6ES5 455Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UB12
6ES5 457Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UC11
6ES5 482Ć4UA11
Slot required
Module type
Subrack
CPU
CPU 948R
CPU 948RL
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
32 x 24 V DC
module
16 x 24/48/60 V DC
32 x 24 V DC1)
32 x 5/15 V DC
16 x 24/48/60 V AC
16 x 115 V/230 V AC
8 x 115 V/230 V AC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
module
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V AC; 2 A
16 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
8 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 60 V DC/0.5 A relay contact
16 x 110ā DC/250ā V AC; ā5ā A relay contact
Digital
g
16/24 inputs, 24 V DC
I/O
ă8/16 outputs, 24 V DC; 0.5 A
modules
ă
Analog
g
8 inputs
input
4 inputs (50 Hz)
modules
4 inputs (60 Hz)
8/16 inputs
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0 to 20 mA
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
modules
8 ouptuts, 1 to 5 V; 4 to 20 mA
IntelliĆ
IPāā240 counter and pos. dec. module1)
gent
IP 241 digital pos. decoder module1)
I/O
IP 242A counter module1)
modules
IP 242B counter module1)
Analog module IP 2431)
Positioning module IP 246I
IP 246A
IP 247 positioning module
IP 252 closedĆloop control module
IP 260 closedĆloop control module
IP 281 counter module1)
Component list
p
135U/155U central controller for S5-155H
D
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
dā 8)
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
B
1)
1)
1)
3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107115123131139147155163
Cross modules required
Slot No.
Qty.
Module
0.15
0.2
0.2
0.15
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.8
1.07)
1.1
1.1
0.6
1.3
1.3
0.8
2.3
0.1
0.6
3.6
3.6
0.08
0.10
0.09
0.2
0.08
0.10
0.10
0.08
0.08
0.12
0.12
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.12
0.08
0.12
0.09
each
A
in [A]
ĂSum
Current consumption
at 5ĂV
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
ZG 135/155U central controller for S5-155H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Accessories:
4) Only slots 19-67 available for page operation in ZG (CC) 135K
2) Depending on components used.
D
D
6ES5 530Ć3LA12
D
6GK1 243Ć2SA10
D
6GK1 243Ć2SA10
D
6GK1 543Ć1AA01
D
6GK1 143Ć0TĂ.0ā.
D
2XV9 450Ć1AU00
D
6GK1 147Ć3MA00
D
6ES5 581Ć1āED13
1-3
6ES5 581Ć3LA11
1-3
6ES5 581Ć0RA12
6ES5 516Ć3UA11
D
6ES5 300Ć5LB11
D
6ES5 300Ć5CA11
D
6ES5 30Ă.Ć3AB1.
D
6ES5 301Ć5CA12
D
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
D
D
6ES5 307Ć3UA11
D
6ES5 308Ć3UA12
D
6ES5 308Ć3UC11
D
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
D
6ES5 324Ć3UR11
3) See Catalog ST 80.1 for detailed description of slot assignment
D
5) For power supply of a transceiver max. 4.2 A
D
6AV4 012Ć0AA10Ć0AB0
D
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 524Ć3UA15
6ES5 544Ć3UĂ.11
CP 523
CP 524
CP 544/CP 544B
CP 5283)
CP 530
CP 2430 (I/O mode) for AS interface
CP 24304) (page operation) for AS interf.
CP 5431 FMS/DP for PROFIBUS
CP 1430 TF for ind. Ethernet
CP 1430 TCP for ind. Ethernet
CP 1473 MAP for ind. Ethernet
Special
p
CP 581 integrated PC: basic module
tasks
Mass storage module
Slot module
CP 516 memory submodule
Interface from CC to EU
IM 300Ć5LB
modules
IM 300Ć5C
IM 303Ć3/IM 301Ć3
IM 301Ć5
IM 304
IM 307
IM 308
IM 308ĆC
from CC to CC
IM 304
IM 324R
1) No interrupt processing possible
CommuĆ
nicaĆ
tions
tionsĆ
procesĆ
sors
0.13
1.5
0.9
1.8
1.0
0,.7
0.,7
0.45
3
3
2.65)
1.8
0.52)
0.82)
0.8
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
1.2
1.0
0.5
0.7
1.2
1.0
Total current for central controller
Total price
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
11/59
11/60
2
1
6ES5 460Ć4UA13
6ES5 463Ć4UA12
6ES5 463Ć4UB12
6ES5 465Ć4UA13
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć4UA13
6ES5 470Ć4UB13
6ES5 470Ć4UC13
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 241Ć1AA12
6ES5 242Ć1AA32
6ES5 242Ć1AA41
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 246Ć4UA31
6ES5 246Ć4UB11
6ES5 247Ć4UA31
6ES5 252Ć3AA13
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 281Ć4UĂ.12
Order No.
6ES5 188Ć3UA..
6ES5 955Ć7NC11
6ES5 948Ć3URĂ.2
6ES5 948Ć3URĂ51
6ES5 420Ć4UA14
6ES5 430Ć4UA14
6ES5 431Ć4UA12
6ES5 432Ć4UA12
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 435Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UB12
6ES5 441Ć4UA14
6ES5 451Ć4UA14
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 454Ć4UA14
6ES5 455Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UB12
6ES5 457Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UC11
6ES5 482Ć4UA11
Slot required
Module designation
Subrack
Power supply1)
CPU
CPU 948R
CPU 948RL
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
32 x 24 V DC
16 x 24/48/60 V DC
32 x 24 V DC2)
32 x 5/15 V DC
16 x 24/48/60 V AC
16 x 115 V/230 V AC
ă8 x 115 V/230 V AC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V DC; 2 A
16 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
ă8 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x relay contact 60 V/0.5 A
16 x relay contact 110ā DC/250ā V DC; ā5ā A
Digital
g
16/24 inputs. 24 V DC
input
ă8/16 outputs. 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
ă
Analog
g
8 inputs
input
4 inputs (50 Hz)
4 inputs (60 Hz)
8/16 inputs
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs. ± 10 V; 0 to 20 mA
output
8 outputs. ± 10 V
8 outputs. 1 to 5 V; 4 to 20 mA
IntelliĆ
Counter and pos. dec. module IPāā2402)
gent I/O Digital position decoder module IP 2412)
module
Counter module IP 242A2)
Counter module IP 242B2)
Analog module IP 2432)
Positioning module IP 246I
IP 246A
Positioning module IP 247
Closed-loop control module IP 252
Closed-loop control module IP 260
Counter module IP 2812)
Component list
p
155H central controller for S5-155H
D
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
B
3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107115123131139147155163
Cross modules required
Slot No.
Qty.
Module
0.15
0.2
0.2
0.15
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.8
1.03)
1.1
1.1
0.6
1.3
1.3
0.8
2.3
0.1
0.6
3.6
3.6
0.08
0.10
0.09
0.2
0.08
0.10
0.10
0.08
0.08
0.12
0.12
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.12
0.08
0.12
0.09
each
A
in [A]
ĂSum
Current consumption
at 5ĂV
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
ZG 155H central controller for S5-155H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Accessories:
2) No interrupt processing possible
CP 523
CP 524
CP 544/CP 544B
CP 528 4)
CP 530
Special
Integrated PC CP 581:
tasks
Basic assembly
Mass storage module
Slot module
Memory module CP 516
InterĆ
from CC to EU
IM 304
faces
IM 308
IM 308ĆC
from CC to CC
IM 304
IM 324R
1) Part of scope of supply
)
p
pp y
CommuĆ
nicaĆ
tions
procesĆ
sors
4 For
4)
D
D
D
6ES5 530Ć3LA12
6ES5 581Ć0āED13
) For detailed description of slot assignment see Catalog ST 80.1
1-3
6ES5 581Ć3LA11
1-3
6ES5 581Ć0RA12
6ES5 516Ć3UA11
D
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
D
6ES5 308Ć3UA12
D
6ES5 308Ć3UC11
D
6ES5 304Ć3UB11
D
6ES5 324Ć3UR11
3) Depends on components used
)
p
p
D
D
6AV4 012Ć0AA10Ć0AB0
D
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
6ES5 524Ć3UA15
6ES5 544Ć3UĂ.11
0.53)
0.83)
0.8
1.2
0.5
0.7
1.2
1.0
Total current for central controller
0.13
1.5
0.9
1.8
1.0
1.8
Total price
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
11/61
11/62
2
1
6ES5 460Ć4UA13
6ES5 463Ć4UA12
6ES5 463Ć4UB12
6ES5 465Ć4UA13
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć4UA13
6ES5 470Ć4UB13
6ES5 470Ć4UC13
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 241Ć1AA12
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 261Ć4UA11
6ES5 281Ć4UĂ.ā12
6FM1 705Ć3AA00
6FM1 706Ć3AĂ.ā20
6FM1 707Ć3AA10
Order No.
6ES5 183Ć3UA..
6ES5 420Ć4UA14
6ES5 430Ć4UA14
6ES5 431Ć4UA12
6ES5 432Ć4UA12
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 435Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UB12
6ES5 441Ć4UA14
6ES5 451Ć4UA14
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 454Ć4UA14
6ES5 455Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UB12
6ES5 457Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UC11
6ES5 482Ć4UA11
Slots required
Module type
Subrack
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
32 x 24 V DC
modules
16 x 24/48/60 V DC
32 x 24 V DC
32 x 5/15 V DC
16 x 24/48/60 V AC
16 x 115/230 V AC
ă8 x 115/230 V AC
DigitalĆ
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
modules
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V AC; 2 A
16 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
ă8 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 60 V/0.5 A relay contact
16 x 110V DC/AC 250 āV; ā5āA relay contact
DigitalĆ
g
16/24 inputs, 24 V DC
I/O
ă8/16 outputs, 24 V DC; 0.5 A
modules
ă
AnalogĆ 8 inputs
g
input
4 inputs (50 Hz)
modules
4 inupts (60 Hz)
8/16 inputs
8/16 inputs
AnalogĆ 8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0 to 20 mA
g
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
modules
8 outputs, 1 to 5 V; 4 to 20 mA
IntelliĆ
āIPāā240 counter and pos. dec. mod.2)
gent I/O IP 241 digital pos. decoder module
modules
IP 243 analog module
IP 260 cl loop control module
IP 261 proportioning moduleā4)6)
IP 281 counter module
Position decoder module WF 705 6)
Positioning module WF 706āā2)6)
Cam conditionerāāWF 7072)6)
Components list
p
183U expansion unit for S5-135U and S5-155U/H
B
1)
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
dā 5)
1)
1)
D
D
1)
1)
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107115123131139147155163
Cross modules required
Slot number
1)
D
D
B
B
Qty.
Module
0,15
0,2
0,2
0,15
0,7
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,8
1,0ā 3)
0,6
0,1
0,05
0,6
0,5
0,75/1,5
0,25
0,08
0,10
0,09
0,2
0,08
0,10
0,10
0,08
0,08
0,12
0,12
0,10
0,10
0,10
0,10
0,12
0,08
0,12
0,09
each
A
in [A]
Ăsum
Current consumption
at 5ĂV
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
EG 183U expansion unit for S5-135U and S5-155U/H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Accessories:
from EU to CC/EU IM 300Ć3
6ES5 300Ć3AB11
IM 300Ć5C
6ES5 300Ć5CA11
IM 310
6ES5 310Ć3AB11
IM 317
6ES5 317Ć3UA11
IM 318Ć3
6ES5 318Ć3UA11
IM 312
6ES5 312Ć3AB12
IM 312
6ES5 312Ć3AB32
IM 314
6ES5 314Ć3UA11
313 monitoring module
6ES5 313Ć3AA12
1) Ă.No interrupt lines, thus functionality severely restricted.
2) ĂNo interrupt processing possible.
3) ĂDepending on components used.
InterĆ
face
module
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
4) Not applicable in connection with CPU 948.
5) Depending on version 1 or 2 slots.
6) Not released for CPU 948R/RL.
0.6
0.6
0.7
1.0
0.3
0.2
0.2
1.0
0.4
Total current for CC
Total price
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
11/63
11/64
6ES5 241Ć1AA12
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 261Ć4UA11
6ES5 281Ć4UĂ.12
IP 241 digital pos. decoder module
Analog module IP 243
IP 260 cl. loop control module
IP 261 proportioning module 4)
IP 281 counter module 2)
IntelliĆ
gent I/O
modules
Analog
g
output
modules
6ES5 460Ć4UA13
6ES5 463Ć4UA12
6ES5 463Ć4UB12
6ES5 465Ć4UA12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć4UA12
6ES5 470Ć4UB12
6ES5 470Ć4UC12
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
8 inputs
4 inputs (50 Hz)
4 inputs (60 Hz)
8/16 inputs
8/16 inputs
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0 to 20 mA
8 outputs, ± 10 V
8 outputs, 1 to 5 V; 4 to 20 mA
āIPāā240 counter and pos. dec. mod.2)
Analog
g
input
modules
2
1
Order No.
6ES5 184Ć3UA..
6ES5 420Ć4UA14
6ES5 430Ć4UA14
6ES5 431Ć4UA12
6ES5 432Ć4UA12
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 435Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UB12
6ES5 441Ć4UA14
6ES5 451Ć4UA14
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 454Ć4UA14
6ES5 455Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UB12
6ES5 457Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UC11
6ES5 482Ć4UA11
Slots required
Module type
Subrack
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
32 x 24 V DC
modules
16 x 24/48/60 V DC
32 x 24 V DC
32 x 5/15 V DC
16 x 24/48/60 V AC
16 x 115/230 V AC
8 x 115/230 V AC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
modules
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V AC; 2 A
16 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
8 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 60 V DC/0.5 A relay contact
16 x 110āV DC/250āV AC; ā5āA relay contact
Digital
g
16/24 inputs, 24 V DC
I/O
8/16 outputs, 24 V DC; 0.5 A
modules
Components list
p
184U expansion unit for S5-135U and S5-155U/H
D
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
B
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107115123131139147155163
Cross modules required
Slot number
Qty.
Module
0.6
0.1
0.05
0.6
0.6 3)
0.15
0.2
0.2
0.15
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.8
0.08
0.10
0.09
0.2
0.08
0.10
0.10
0.08
0.08
0.12
0.12
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.12
0.08
0.12
0.09
each
A
in [A]
ĂSum
Current consumption
at 5ĂV
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
EG 184U expansion unit for S5-135U and S5-155U/H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
6ES5 312Ć5CA12
6ES5 312Ć5CA22
6ES5 313Ć3AA12
D
D
D
No interrupt lines, thus functionality severely restricted.
Only via IM 300Ć5/IM 312Ć5 interface module, since there is no power supply in the EU 184.
Depending on components used.
Not applicable in connection with CPU 948.
from EU to CC/EU IM 312
IM 312
313 monitoring module
Accessories:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Interface
module
Total current for CC
0.2
0.2
0.4
Total price
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
11/65
11/66
2
1
6ES5 460Ć4UA13
6ES5 463Ć4UA12
6ES5 463Ć4UB12
6ES5 465Ć4UA12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć4UA12
6ES5 470Ć4UB12
6ES5 470Ć4UC12
6ES5 240Ć1AA21
6ES5 241Ć1AA12
6ES5 242Ć1AA32
6ES5 242Ć1AA41
6ES5 243Ć1AA13
6ES5 244Ć3AB31
6ES5 246Ć4UA31
6ES5 246Ć4UB11
6ES5 247Ć4UA31
6ES5 252Ć3AA13
6ES5 260Ć4UA11
6ES5 261Ć4UA11
6ES5 281Ć4U.12
6ES5 288Ć4UA11
6FM1 705Ć3AA00
Order No.
6ES5 185Ć3UA..
6ES5 420Ć4UA14
6ES5 430Ć4UA14
6ES5 431Ć4UA12
6ES5 432Ć4UA12
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 435Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UB12
6ES5 441Ć4UA14
6ES5 451Ć4UA14
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 454Ć4UA14
6ES5 455Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UB12
6ES5 457Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UC11
6ES5 482Ć4UA11
Slots required
Module type
Subrack
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
32 x 24 V DC
modules 16 x 24/48/60 V DC
d l
32 x 24 V DC
32 x 5/15 V DC
16 x 24/48/60 V AC
16 x 115/230 V AC
ă8 x 115/230 V AC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
modules 16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
d l
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V AC; 2 A
16 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
ă8 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 60 V DC/0.5 A relay contact
16 x 110 V DC/250 V AC; 5A relay contact
Digital
16/24 inputs, 24 V DC
I/O
ă8/16 outputs, 24 V DC; 0.5 A
modules
Analog
g
8 inputs
input
4 inputs (50 Hz)
modules 4 inputs (60 Hz)
d l
8/16 inputs
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs; ± 10 V; 0 to 20 mA
output
8 outputs; ± 10 V
modules 8 outputs; 1 to 5 V; 4 to 20 mA
d l
IntelliĆ
IP 240 counter and pos. dec. module
gent
IP 241 digital pos. dec. module
I/O
IP 242A counter module
modules IP 242B counter module
IP 243 analog module
IP 244 temperature control module
IP 246I positioning module
IP 246A positioning module
IP 247 positioning module
IP 252 closed-loop control module
IP 260 closed-loop control module
IP 261 proportioning module 7)
IP 281 counter module
IP 288 positioning module
WF 705 position decoding module 3)
Component list
p
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
B
EG 185U expansion unit for S5-135U, S5-155U and S5-155H
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107115123131139147155163
Cross modules required
Slot number
Qty.
Module
0.15
0.2
0.2
0.15
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0,8
1,0 6)
1,1
1,1
0,6
0,4
1,3
1,3
0,8
2,3
0,1
0.05
0.6
0.8
0.5
0.08
0.10
0.09
0.2
0.08
0.10
0.10
0.08
0.08
0.12
0.12
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.12
0.08
0.12
0.09
each
A
in [A]
ĂSum
Current consumption
at 5ĂV
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
EG 185U expansion unit for S5-135U, S5-155U and S5-155H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Accessories:
D d8)
WF 706 positioning module 3)5)
6FM1 706Ć3A.20
D
WF 707 cam controller module 3)
6FM1 707Ć3AA10
D
WF 721/WF 723A positioning module 3)
6FM1 72Ă.Ć3AA00
D
WF 723 B/C positioning module 3)
6FM1 723Ć3.A00
CommuĆ CP 523
D
6ES5 523Ć3UA11
nicaĆ
D
CP 524
6ES5 524Ć3UA13
tionsĆ
ti
D
CP 544/CP 544B
6ES5 544Ć3U.11
procesĆ CP 526 (Exp.) 9)
proces
D
6ES5 526Ć3LA22
sors
D
CP 527 9)
6AV1 242Ć0AB.0
6AV4 012Ć0AA10Ć0AB0
D
CP 528 9)
D
CP 530
6ES5 530Ć3LA12
D
CP 2430 (I/O mode) for AS interface
6GK1 243Ć0SA10
D
CP 243010) (page operation) for AS int.
6GK1 243Ć0SA10
D
CP 5431 FMS/DP for PROFIBUS
6GK1 543Ć1AA01
D
CP 1430 TF for ind. Ethernet
6GK1 143Ć0T.0.
D
CP 1430 TCP for ind. Ethernet
2XV9 450Ć1AU00
D
CP 1473 MAP for ind. Ethernet
6GK1 147Ć3MA00
Special
p
CP 581 integrated PC: basic module
6ES5 581Ć1ED13
modules Mass storage module
1Ć3
6ES5 581Ć3LA11
1Ć3
Slot module
6ES5 581Ć0RA12
CP 516 memory submodule
6ES5 516Ć3UA11
Interface from CC to EU
D
IM 300Ć3
6ES5 300Ć3AB11
module
D
IM 300Ć5C
6ES5 300Ć5CA11
D
IM 310
6ES5 310Ć3AB11
D
IM 314
6ES5 314Ć3UA11
D
D
IM 317
6ES5 317Ć3UA11
D
IM 318Ć3
6ES5 318Ć3UA11
D
IM 308
6ES5 308Ć3UA12
D
IM 308ĆC 12)
6ES5 308Ć3UC11
D
for progr. contr. S5Ć155H IM 314R
6ES5 314ĆUR11
D
313 monitoring module
6ES5 313Ć3AA12
ă1) No interrupt lines, thus functionally severely restricted.
ă2) When IM 307/IM 317 interface modules are used, the IP 244 temperature control module may not be used.
ă3) Not with S5Ć155H.
ă5) No interrupt processing possible.
ă6) Depending on components used.
ă7) Cannot be used with CPU 948.
ă8) 1 or 2 slots depending on the variant.
ă9) For more information on slot assignment please refer to Catalog ST 80.1.
10) Only slots 19-67 available for page operation in ZG (CC) 135K
11) For power supply of a transceiver max. 4.2 A
12) Operation in EU 185U only in combination with S5-155H
0.75/1.5
0.25
1.0/1.3
1.4
0.13
1.5
0.9
2.3
1.5
1.8
1.0
0.7
0.7
0.45
3
3
2.611)
1.8
0.5 6)
0.8 6)
0.8
0.6
0.6
0.6
1.0
1.0
0.3
0.5
0.7
1.0
0.4
Total current for central controller
Total price
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
11/67
11/68
2
1
6ES5 312Ć5CA12
6ES5 312Ć5CA22
6ES5 313Ć3AA12
6ES5 460Ć4UA13
6ES5 463Ć4UA12
6ES5 463Ć4UB12
6ES5 465Ć4UA12
6ES5 466Ć3LA11
6ES5 470Ć4UA12
6ES5 470Ć4UB12
6ES5 470Ć4UC12
6GK1 243Ć0SA10
Order No.
6ES5 187Ć3UA..
6ES5 420Ć4UA14
6ES5 430Ć4UA14
6ES5 431Ć4UA12
6ES5 432Ć4UA12
6ES5 434Ć4UA12
6ES5 435Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UA12
6ES5 436Ć4UB12
6ES5 441Ć4UA14
6ES5 451Ć4UA14
6ES5 453Ć4UA12
6ES5 454Ć4UA14
6ES5 455Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UA12
6ES5 456Ć4UB12
6ES5 457Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UA12
6ES5 458Ć4UC11
6ES5 458Ć4UC11
6ES5 482Ć4UA11
Slots required
Module type
Subrack
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC
input
32 x 24 V DC
modules
16 x 24/48/60 V DC
32 x 24 V DC
32 x 5/15 V DC
16 x 24/48/60 V AC
16 x 115/230 V AC
8 x 115/230 V AC
Digital
g
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
output
32 x 24 V DC; 0.5 A
modules
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24 V DC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V AC; 2 A
16 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
8 x 115/230 V AC; 2 A
16 x 24/48/60 V DC; 0.5 A
16 x 60 V DC/0.5 A relay contact
16 x 110āV DC/250āV AC; ā5āA relay contact
16 x relay contact 110āV DC/250āV DC;ā5āA
Digital
g
16/24 inputs, 24 V DC
I/O
ă8/16 outputs, 24 V DC; 0.5 A
modules
ă
Analog
g
8 inputs
input
4 inputs (50 Hz)
modules
4 inputs (60 Hz)
8/16 inputs
8/16 inputs
Analog
g
8 outputs, ± 10 V; 0 to 20 mA
output
8 outputs, ± 10 V
modules
8 outputs, 1 to 5 V; 4 to 20 mA
Comm.Ć CP 2430 for AS interface
proc.
Interface from EU to CC/EU IM 312
modules
IM 312
313 monitoring module
Component list
p
EG 187U expansion unit for S5-135U and S5-155U/H
D
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
B
3
19
35
51
Cross modules required
Slot No.
67
83
99
115
131
163
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.15
0.2
0.2
0.15
0.7
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.7
0.08
0.10
0.09
0.2
0.08
0.10
0.10
0.08
0.08
0.12
0.12
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.12
0.08
0.12
0.12
0.09
each
A
in [A]
ĂSum
Current consumption
at 5ĂV
Total current for expansion unit
147
Qty.
Module
each
Price
total
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
EG 187U expansion unit for S5-135U and S5-155U/H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
Configuring
Accessories:
Total price
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Siemens ST 50 ⋅ 1998
11/69
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Design S5-155H and S5-155H Lite
Design
The fault-tolerant programĆ
mable controllers S5-155H
and S5-155H Lite are availĆ
able in two versions.
One basic version consists of
two separate subunits each
with
S One central controller CC
135U/155U with integrated
power supply chassis
and
S One central controller CPU
948R/RL
The two subunits are conĆ
nected via the IM 304 and
IM 324R interface modules
and the 721 connecting cable
(max. 100m/328 ft). Each subĆ
unit/half requires the same
amount of memory.
I/O modules are available in 4
different configurations deĆ
pending on the level of availaĆ
bility required for the I/O area:
S SingleĆsided configuration
S Switched configuration
S DoubleĆredundancyconfiguĆ
ration
S TripleĆredundancy configuĆ
ration
The I/O module is only adĆ
dressed by the master unit.
Information read in is autoĆ
matically passed to the
standby unit so that it can
take over operation smoothly
if required.
1 or 3 sensors can be used
per tripleĆredundant input.
The maximum possible availĆ
ability is achieved when using
3 sensors, since the faulty
sensor can be localized and
deactivated.
The other basic version conĆ
sists of
S A central controller CC 155H
divided into two halves
and
S One central controller modĆ
ule CPU 948R/RL and one
power supply module for
each half.
I/O types
In order to distinguish the difĆ
ferent configurations available
for the I/O modules, they are
divided into I/O types. The 4
different configurations are
matched by 4 different modes
of operation:
S
SingleĆsided configuration
with types 1, 8, 13, 18 and
24
The I/O module is permaĆ
nently assigned to one of the
two subunits. The module reĆ
mains active for as long as
the corresponding subunit is
in operation. Information read
in is also available in the other
subunit irrespective of
whether it is operating as a
master or standby unit. The
peripheral address used may
not be used in the second
subunit.
S
11/70
Switched configuration with
types 2, 9, 14, 19 and 25
S
DoubleĆredundancyconfiguĆ
ration with types 3, 10, 11,
15, 20 and 21
Each I/O module is available
in duplicate. The I/O modules
occupy the same I/O adĆ
dresses in both subunits.
Both modules are active in
normal, faultĆfree operation.
S
TripleĆredundancy configuĆ
ration of the inputs with
types 4 and 16
The I/O modules are available
in triplicate. Two inputs reĆ
serve the same I/O address in
both subunits. The third input
can either be of the singleĆ
sided or switched type.
The table on the next page
shows an overview of the I/O
types for the addresses reĆ
quired.
The table on the next page
contains a number of examĆ
ples. It also describes the
amount of wiring required. If
an input/output byte is parĆ
tially reserved with redundant
DI or DQ addresses, it can no
longer be used for nonĆredunĆ
dant inputs and outputs.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Design S5-155H and S5-155H Lite (continued)
Design (continued)
I/O types
(continued)
I/O
Required addresses including
readback digital inputs (RĆDI),
without locating inputs/outputs
Type
Device
Design
DI
ă1
ă2
ă3
Digital
input
(DI)
SingleĆsided
Switched
Double
redundancy
Triple
redundancy
SingleĆsided
Switched
Double
redundancy
Double
redundancy
NonĆ
intermittent
SingleĆsided
Switched
Double
redundancy
Triple
redundancy
SingleĆsided
Switched
Double
redundancy
Double
redundancy4)
SingleĆsided
Switched
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte1)
ă4
ă8
ă9
10
Digital
output
(DQ)
11
13
14
15
Analog
input
(AI)
16
18
19
20
Analog
output
(AQ)
21
24
25
CP/IP
DQ
AI
AQ
2 byte2)
Ċ
Ċ
1 byte1)
(RĆDI)
2 byte
(RĆDI)
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte1)
1 byte2)
1 word
1 word
1 word1)
2 word2)
1 word
1 word
1 word1)
1 bit3)
1 word
(RĆAI)
1 word1)
Addressing
according to module
Overview of the I/O types and the required addresses
Example
Reserved addresses
Wiring
10 x 2 redundant DIs without
fault location
(type 3)
5 x 2 redundant DIs with fault
location
(type 3)
8 x 2 redundant DIs with fault
location
(type 10)
2 byte DI
10 DI per subunit
1 byte DI
1 byte LĆDI
1 byte LĆDQ
1 byte DQ
1 bit LĆDI
1 bit LĆDQ
1 byte RĆDI
8 x 3 redundant DIs
(type 4)
8 x 2 redundant DQs
(type 11)
2 byte DI
5 DIs per subunit
1 LĆDI per subunit
1 LĆDQ per subunit
8 DQs per subunit
1 LĆDI per subunit
1 LĆDQ per subunit
8 RĆDI (assigned
to subunit A, B or switched)
24 DI
1 byte DQ
1 bit LĆDI
1 bit LĆDQ
2 byte RĆDI
8 DQ per subunit
1 LĆDI per subunit
1 LĆDQ per subunit
8 RĆDQ per subunit
8 RĆDI (assigned A, B or
switched)
Examples of required addresses and inputs/outputs in the case of redundant I/O configuration
Legend:
DI, DQ = Digital input/output
AI, AQ = Analog input/output
LĆDI, LĆDQ = Localization input/output
RĆDI = Readback digital input
1)
2)
3)
4)
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Address identical in subunit A and subunit B.
As 1); the 2nd address is required for the 3rd channel (either in subunit A, subunit B or switched EU, as required).
As 1); 1 byte DQ for 8 AQ channels.
With fault localization.
11/71
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Design S5-155H and S5-155H Lite (continued)
Design (continued)
Redundant inputs
Each subunit scans the inputs
assigned to it. The user speciĆ
fies a " discrepancy time "
(20 ms to 320 s) for each digiĆ
tal input. This is the maximum
permissible time deviation beĆ
tween the signals at 2 redunĆ
dant inputs. The operating
system monitors this discrepĆ
ancy time. If the permissible
time is exceeded, the operatĆ
ing system locates and reĆ
ports the fault (entry in fault
data block).
In the case of analog input
modules, the user specifies
the maximum permissible
value by which the input sigĆ
nals may deviate. This " disĆ
crepancy window " is moniĆ
tored by ANEI function
blocks. The function block is
supplied on diskette together
with the COM 155H parameĆ
terization software.
Suitable modules
The redundant operation of
digital input modules with an
input voltage of 115/230V AC
(6ES5 435-4UA1. and
6ES5 436-4U...) is not
allowed.
Redundant outputs
In the case of redundant digiĆ
tal outputs, the operating sysĆ
tem checks by reading back
the outputs, whether a fault
has occurred. If required, the
operating system signals the
fault (entry in fault data
block).
Fault detection is not available
for redundant analog outputs.
If required it can be proĆ
grammed by the user (with
readback analog inputs).
Decoupling
In redundant 441, 451 and
454 digital output modules for
24 V DC, the outputs conĆ
nected in parallel must be deĆ
coupled by means of diodes.
The same applies to the locatĆ
ing outputs.
Fault recognition and
fault locating
In order to ensure nonĆstop
operation, the operating
system must not only detect
but also locate faults so that
the faulty module can be
deactivated.
Analog outputs with (type 21)
or without (type 20) fault locaĆ
tion can be implemented. A
function block is available for
fault location (included in the
COM 155H scope of delivĆ
ery).
The user can determine the
number of DI or DQ per group
(recommended: 1 module per
group). In the case of redunĆ
dant AQ with fault location
(type 21), one readback AI
(RĆAI) and one LĆDQ is reĆ
quired per output (recomĆ
mended: relay module
6ES5 458Ć4...).
Double-redundancy
configuration
In the case of doubleĆredunĆ
dancy configuration, faults are
recognized and located in the
case of digital outputs using
auxiliary signals. Additional,
external wiring is required for
this purpose.
The following 2 possibilities
exist for doubleĆredundancy
digital inputs and outputs:
S Fault recognition without
fault locating
S Fault recognition with fault
locating
Only the fault recognition
without locating alternative is
possible for doubleĆredunĆ
dancy analog inputs. If fault
locating is required, the user
must install a tripleĆredunĆ
dancy configuration.
Addressing
11/72
The redundant digital input
and output modules can only
be operated in the process
image area (addresses 0 to
127), and the analog input
and output modules in the P
area (addresses 128 to 254)
and in the Q area (addresses
0 to 254).
Readback inputs, locating
inputs and outputs
For fault detection of redunĆ
dant DQ, readback inputs
(RĆDI) are necessary; fault
location requires locating inĆ
puts and outputs (LĆDI,
LĆDQ).
Readback inputs are permaĆ
nently assigned to their reĆ
dundant outputs (1 readback
input per output pair). ReadĆ
back inputs can be allocated
to subunit A, subunit B or a
switched expansion unit.
Locating inputs and outputs
can be grouped for several
inputs or outputs.
Double-redundancy
configuration
The auxiliary signals LĆDI,
LĆDQ and RĆDI required for
fault recognition and locating
can be operated in the entire
P area; RĆDI can also be opĆ
erated in the Q area.
Triple-redundancy
configuration
Fault recognition is automatiĆ
cally accompanied by fault
location in the case of tripleĆ
redundancy inputs. In conĆ
trast to the doubleĆredunĆ
dancy configuration, auxiliary
signals are not required.
Triple-redundancy
configuration
The third input can be operĆ
ated in the complete P and Q
area.
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Design S5-155H and S5-155H Lite (continued)
Design (continued)
I/O types for
redundant configuration
I/O type 3 (double-redundancy digital inputs)
I/O type 3 without fault locaĆ
tion:
If locating inputs/outputs
(LĆDI, LĆDQ) are not parameĆ
terized, the S5Ć155H continĆ
ues working in the case of a
discrepancy with a value that
may be the wrong one. If such
a case cannot be tolerated,
the redundant digital inputs
(DI) must be operated with
fault location or implemented
with triple redundancy
(type 4).
I/O type 3 with fault location:
In this case, locating inputs/
outputs (LĆDI, LĆDQ) are used
in addition to the redundant
digital inputs (DI). The operatĆ
ing system can thus not only
recognize faults, but it can
also locate and deactivate the
faulty DI module. The
S5Ć155H then only continues
working with the faultĆfree
module.
The LĆDQ and LĆDI are asĆ
signed by groups to the reĆ
dundant digital inputs. A
group comprises all DI, which
are connected to the same
sensor supply.
DI
Subunit A
Sensor
DI
Subunit B
Fig. 11/6 DoubleĆredundancy digital input without fault location
L-DQ
L-DI
Subunit A
DI
Sensor
Subunit B
DI
L-DQ
L-DI
Fig. 11/7 DoubleĆredundancy digital input with fault location
I/O type 4 (triple-redundancy
digital inputs)
The operating system perĆ
forms a cyclic scan to
compare whether the signal
status of the 3 inputs is identiĆ
cal. If different signal statuses
are found to exist after expiry
of the discrepancy time, a
fault is signalled. A valid sigĆ
nal status is one derived from
the 2ĆoutĆofĆ3 decision result.
Subunit A
DI
DI
Subunit A, B
or switched
DI
DI
Subunit A
DI
DI
SingleĆchannel sensor
Redundant sensor
Fig. 11/8 TripleĆredundancy digital input
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
11/73
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Design S5-155H and S5-155H Lite (continued)
Design (contined)
I/O types for
redundant configuration
I/O type 10 (double-redundancy digital outputs)
I/O type 10 is designed for
fault recognition with reĆ
stricted or complete fault
location (depending on verĆ
sion) for intermittent outputs.
An output is intermittent if it
changes its signal status at
least once per hour. Since the
RĆDI readback digital inputs
are permanently assigned to
the redundant digital outputs
(DQ), just as many RĆDIs are
required as redundant DQs.
I/O type 10 with restricted
fault location
If locating inputs/outputs
(LĆDQ, LĆDI) are not parameĆ
terized, it is only possible to
recognize and locate " permaĆ
nent 0 faults " (DQ cannot be
switched to " 1 " ). If such a
case cannot be tolerated, i.e.
it must also be possible to
handle " permanent 1 fault " ,
the redundant digital outputs
must be operated with fault
location.
I/O type 10 with fault location
In this case, location inputs/
outputs (LĆDI, LĆDQ) must be
provided in addition to the reĆ
dundant digital outputs (DQ)
and the readback digital input
(RĆDI). The operating system
can thus recognize and locate
not only " permanent 0 faults "
but it can also deactivate the
faulty DQ modules in case of
" permanent 1 faults " .
11/74
Subunit A
DI
Subunit B
DI
Subunit A or B
DI
Fig. 11/9 Double-redundancy intermittent digital output with restricted
fault location
L-DQ
L-
L-DI
L+
L+
DQ
Subunit A
Subunit A,
B
or switĆ
ched
R-DI
L+
DQ
Subunit B
L+
L-DI
L-DQ
L-
Fig. 11/10 Double-redundancy intermittent digital output with fault location
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Design S5-155H and S5-155H Lite (continued)
Design (continued)
I/O types for
redundant configuration
I/O type 11
(double-redundancy nonintermittent digital outputs)
I/O type 11 is capable of fault
recognition and location inĆ
volving non-intermittent outĆ
puts. Three RĆDis are required
per redundant DQ. An RĆDI is
assigned to each subunit. The
third RĆDI ist either assigned
to a subunit or is in switched
configuration.
I/O type 15 (double-redundancy analog inputs)
This I/O type provides fault
recognition with restricted
fault location in the case of reĆ
dundant analog inputs (AI).
During fault location, the operĆ
ating system accesses fault
information of AI modules via
a standard function block.
Fault information includes
range violation, overrange
and wire break.
The operating system can
recognize, locate and deactiĆ
vate " permanent 0 faults " and
" permanent 1 faults.
The circuit is stuctured as for
I/O type 10. Two DIs must be
provided for each DQ pair.
Voltage sensor
SingleĆchannel
TwoĆchannel
Subunit A
Subunit A
AI
AI
Subunit B
Subunit B
AI
AI
Voltage sensor
SingleĆchannel
TwoĆchannel
Subunit A
Subunit A
AI
AI
R=500 W
Subunit B
Subunit B
AI
AI
Fig. 11/11 Double-redundancy analog inputs
I/O type 16 (triple-redundancy analog inputs)
Voltage sensor
SingleĆchannel
Three-channel
This I/O type provides fault
recognition with fault location
for redundant analog inputs
(AI). In order to recognize
faults, the 3 analog values are
checked for discrepancy. If a
singleĆsided locatable fault
occurs (QVZ acknowledgment
delay, wire break), the module
is deactivated. If the operatĆ
ing system locates a discrepĆ
ancy fault, the operating sysĆ
tem waits until the
discrepancy time has elapsed
and then deactivates the
module the analog value of
which deviates most from the
other two values.
Subunit A
Subunit A
AI
AI
Subunit A, B or
switched
Subunit A, B or
switched
AI
AI
Subunit B
Subunit B
AI
AI
Voltage sensor
SingleĆchannel
ThreeĆchannel
Subunit A
Subunit A
AI
AI
Subunit A, B or
switched
AI
AI
R=500 W
Subunit B
Subunit B
AI
AI
Fig. 11/12 Triple-redundancy analog module
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
11/75
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Design S5-155H and S5-155H Lite (continued)
Design (contined)
I/O types for
redundant configuration
I/O type 20 (redundant analog outputs)
This I/O type does not receive
any operating system support
in the recognition and locating
of faults. They must be proĆ
grammed by the user. The
output values are output to
both subunits in parallel.
I/O type 21
The analog output is available
under the same address in
both subunits. One AI and
one L-DQ (e.g. DQ 458) are
also necessary. Only one side
is active. It is checked
whether the passive AQ chanĆ
nel is intact by changing over
the active side.
Voltage output
Subunit A
AQ
L-DQ
(e.g. 458)
Analog actuator
L-DQ
(e.g. 458)
Subunit B
AQ
Subunit A, B or switched
R-AE
AI
Current output
Subunit A
AQ
L-DQ
(e.g. 458)
Analog actuator
L-DQ
(e.g. 458)
Subunit B
AQ
50 W
Subunit A, B or switched
R-AI
AI
Fig. 11/13 Redundant analog outputs
11/76
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Technical specifications and dimensions
Technical specifications
Insulation group
C in acc. with VDE 0110 (line side), Part 13 Group 2 (for 48 V, 24 V and 5 V inputs/outputs)
Degree of protection
IP 20 for power supply modules or modules with screw terminals, otherwise IP 00
Ambient temperature
0 to +Ă55 _C (air inlet temperature, below)
Transport and storage
temperature
-Ă40 to +Ă70 _C
Humidity rating
F in acc. with DIN 40040 ( 15Ă% to 95Ă%, no condensation)
Altitude rating
S in acc. with DIN 40040 (860 to 1060hPa; 660 to 1060 hPa for transport and storage)
Mechanical stress
Installation in stationary equipment, free from vibration;
Installation on ships and in vehicles, provided that special installation rules are observed,
but not on the engine assembly
Power supply chassis
Weight
see page 4/134
approx.
ZG 135U/155:
ZG 135U:
EG 183U, EG 185U:
EG 184U:
EG 187U:
CC 135U/155U central controllers
EU 183U, EG 184U and
EU 185U expansion units
14 kg (30.8 Ib)
16 kg (35.2 Ib)
14 kg (30.8 Ib)
13 kg (28.6 Ib)
11 kg (24.2 Ib)
ZG 135U/155U central controllers
EG 183U, EG 184U and EG 185U expansion units
53.4/
2.08 32/
1.25
310/12.09
90/3.51
101.5/
3.96
178
266/10.37
432/16.85
440/17.16
465/18.14
482/18.8
CC 155H central controller
CC 155H central controller
32
11,5
220
53.4
420
178
266
440
465
482
Siemens ST 50 · 1998
11/77
Configuring
S5Ć135U, S5Ć155U/H
Technical specifications and dimensions (continued)
EU 187U expansion unit
EG 187U expansion unit
11.5/0.45
220/8.58
266/10.37
178/6.94
53.4/
2.08 32/
1.25
440/17.16
465/18.14
482/18.8
11/78
Siemens ST 50 · 1998